Catalog 2009/2010 2
General Information
Information forStudents. The MissionoftheCollege. The AcademicCalendar Important DeadlinesforStudents. Contents
Core Curriculum. Admissions andStandards
Financial Information. Academic Departments andCourses
Special AcademicPrograms Directories
Campus Map. Index.
publication concerning,butnot limitedto,policies,tuition,fees,curricula, course Calvin Collegereserves theright tochange,withoutnotice,anystatementinthis The CalvinCollegeCatalogispublishedevery academicyear. Whileevery effort is madetoprovide accurate,up-to-date informationatthetimeofpublication, The information in this publication can be provided in an alternative format. Student Life. Opportunities. Services forStudents Services Safety andStudentConduct Pre-professional Transfer Programs. Professional Combined-CurriculumPrograms Pre-professional Programs . Professional Degree Programs . Board ofTrustees . Administration. Department Chairs Faculty. . . offerings, program requirements, facultyandothermatters. Academics Health &Wellness. . General Services . . . . Please call1-800-688-0122 torequestthisservice...... 270 285 285 288 301 289 303 10 10 17 17 10 25 23 19 18 51 46 45 43 43 42 36 7 5 4 3
General Information S S S S S 6 7 1 8 6 7 20 27 13 21 28 14 15 22 29 20 27 13 21 28 14 F F F F F 5 6 7 5 6 19 26 12 20 27 13 21 14 28 19 26 12 20 27 13 4 5 6 4 5 T T T T T 18 25 11 19 26 12 20 13 27 18 25 11 19 26 12 3 4 5 3 4 17 24 10 18 25 11 19 12 W 26 17 24 10 W W 18 25 11 W W MAY 2010 MAY 2 9 3 4 2 9 3 T T T T T 16 23 30 17 24 31 10 18 11 25 16 23 17 24 10 AUGUST 2010 April 9 April 9 FEBRUARY 2009 FEBRUARY NOVEMBER 2010 NOVEMBER 2009 March 10 March March 15 March 1 8 2 9 3 1 8 2 9 M M M M M 15 22 29 16 23 30 17 10 31 24 15 22 16 23 30 February 5 February
S S S S S 2 9 14 21 28 7
15 22 29 1 8 16
23 30
14 21 28 7
15 22 29 1 8
Spring Semester S S S S S S 2 9 4 3 3 2 9 3 11 18 25 16 23 30 10 17 24 31 24 10 17 16 23 30 10 17 24 31 F F F F F F 1 8 3 2 9 2 9 1 8 2 9 10 17 24 31 15 22 29 16 23 30 23 30 16 15 22 29 16 23 30 October 15 9 7 2 1 8 October 15 1 8 7 1 8 T T T T T T 16 23 30 14 21 28 15 22 29 22 29 15 14 21 28 15 22 29 November 6 November 6 September 14
Fall Semester 8 6 1 7 7 6 7 15 22 29 13 20 27 W 14 21 28 21 28 W 14 13 20 27 W 14 21 28 W W W JULY 2010 JULY 5 7 6 6 5 6 T T T T T T APRIL 2010 14 21 28 12 19 26 13 20 27 20 27 13 12 19 26 13 20 27 JANUARY 2010 JANUARY OCTOBER 2010 OCTOBER 2009
DECEMBER 2010 4 6 5 5 4 5 M M M M M M 13 20 27 11 18 25 12 19 26 19 26 12 11 18 25 12 19 26 S S S S S S
12 19 26 3 10 17 24 31 5
4 11 18 25 25
4 11 18 3 10 17 24 31 4 11 18 25
S S S S S 5 4 6 5 5 20 27 19 26 18 25 12 11 13 19 26 19 26 12 12 F F F F F 4 3 5 4 4 19 26 18 25 17 24 11 10 12 18 25 18 25 11 11
3 2 9 4 3 3 T T T T T 25 17 24 16 23 30 18 10 11 17 24 17 24 31 10 10 2 9 1 8 3 2 9 2 9 24 31 16 23 30 15 22 29 17 10 16 23 30 16 23 30 W W W W W
1 8 7 2 9 1 8 1 8 JUNE 2010 T T T T T semester course drops/withdrawals semester course drops/withdrawals (see financial services) from the previous semester the previous from 23 30 15 22 29 14 21 28 16 15 22 29 15 22 29 MARCH 2010 calendar DECEMBER 2009 SEPTEMBER 2010 SEPTEMBER 2009
7 6 1 8 7 7 M M M M M 22 29 21 28 20 27 14 13 15 21 28 21 28 14 14 S S S S S
21 28 20 27 19 26 6 13 5 12 7 14 4
Important Deadlines for Students Last day to add classes 2009–2010 20 27 20 27 6 13 6 13 Last day to obtain any refund for full Last day to obtain any refund Last day to drop course Last day to drop Last day to remove incompletes Last day to remove Last day to change from credit to audit credit Last day to change from
Academic Calendar August The FallSemester2009 Academic Calendar July 23–August12 June 24–July22 June 24–July15 May 27–June23 May 27–June16 The SummerSessionsfor2010 April March February The SpringSemester2010 January The Interim2009 October September May December November
*No classonMay25 *No classonJuly5 22–26 27–28 25–26 20–22 27-28 2–5 27 21 29 19 26 27 26 23 27 10 28 13 12 12 11 25 14 14 19 18 22 29 19 2 3 1 6 8 8 2
Session III Session II Session I Tues –Wed Friday Mon –Fri Wednesday Monday Wednesday Tues –Wed Tues Tues esidence hallsopen r Wednesday newFacultyOrientation Tues –Wed r egistration forfallsemesterbegins Tuesday Wednesday Monday Monday Friday Friday Tuesday registrationforInterim/Springsemester Tuesday Monday Friday Wed –Sat Thursday Monday Wednesday readingrecess Thursday Wednesday readingrecess Satur Fri Wednesday examinationsbegin9:00a.m Friday examinationsbegin9:00a.m Mon e xaminations end10:00p.m Wednesday Fri Thurs –Sat Saturday
Three weeksession Three weeksession Three week session Academic advisingrecess Good Friday–noclasses;campusclosed Spring br Spring SemesterConvocation Spring semesterclassesbegin8:00a.m Interim termbegins8:00a.m Academic advisingrecess Convocation 9:50-10:50a.m Fall semesterclassesbegin Four weeksession Four weeksession Honors Convocation7:30p.m Second sessionhalf-semestercoursesbegin Spring break ends/classesresume at8:00a.m Classes end/springbreak beginsat5:00p.m First sessionhalf-semestercoursesend Interim termends5:00p.m Second sessionhalf-semestercoursesbegin First sessionhalf-semestercoursesend Orientation andregistration Fall Conference forFacultyandStaff Friday classscheduleineffect Classes resume 5:00p.m Classes end10:00p.m Classes end10:00p.m Thanksgiving recess begins5:00p.m Examinations endandChristmasvacation Commencement activities Commencement ceremony 2:00p.m begins begins 10:00p.m eak calenda r 5
Academic Calendar 6
Mission each each member earnestly desires to use his or her which gifts in for community the a service boundaries; and class gender,supportand racial, of cultural, the ethnic, transcends other tribe and language and people and every nation’ . ‘from Its formed members God are of part kingdom of the the of family vision of biblical Christ the that to diversity,obedience in ness, andofgiftsusedforGod’s andthefurtherance glory ofHiskingdom. Jesus Christ,ofrelationships guidedbybiblicalprinciplesoflove, justice,andrighteous- tradition . Members of the community experience the common bond of lives committed to come together for the purpose of pursuing liberal arts education in the to followandfurther thewaysofGodonearth . hope we be, may whereverwe do, and say we all In needs . addresslocal to and us about in particular, those of the Christian firm the confessions and respect the rich traditions of its sharing to and fruits withothers. fields chosen their in work lively and keen to committed are staff and spheres; and enrich faith by the heritage of the past and the discoveries of today reflection;and life Christian of insights best the public and intellectual the in issues engage faithlessness, and proclaim the healing that God offers in Jesus Christ . We strive to embrace effortsintellectual pursue exploreto world’sour beauty, own our uncover pain, its to speak of learning;andourlearningproceeds asashared intellectualtask. and spiritual contexts in which we live; our teaching respects diverse levels, gifts, and styles passionate, Christian commitments . Our curriculum emphasizes the natural, cultural, societal, cal inquiry; encourage insightful and creative participation in society; and foster thoughtful, awaiting the fullness of God’s reign . We aim to develop knowledge, understanding, and criti- We study and address a world made good by God, distorted by sin, redeemed in Christ, and Christian . service We offer education that is shaped by Christian faith, thought, and practice . and beyond. virtue . Our classrooms embody a community of faith and learning extending across campus Christian of life the for ground training a provide and discipline; and compassion, justice, pursue purpose; and pledge common a around gifts and people diverse gather to Weseek . service of lives practice and aspirations, cultivate knowledge, acquire we as excellence to ourselves Together,challenge calling . we divine a to response in tasks our undertake We Vision Mission oftheCollege Christian Community Commitment Purpose God’s workinGod’s world. church, and society Christianity toric A commitment of the community is to seek, nurture, and celebrate cultural and ethnic faculty,of community academic who Christian staff a and is students, College Calvin We profess the authority of scripture and the witness of the ecumenical creeds . We af- We are also called to perform all our tasks as a caring and diverse educational community We scholarship. and art challenging and substantial produce to is purpose Another Our primary purpose is to engage in vigorous liberal arts education that promotes lifelong Calvin College is a comprehensive liberal arts college in the Through our learning, we seek to be agents of renewalof agents Throughbe . academy,to the seek in we learning, our . We pledge fidelity to Jesus Christ, offering our hearts and lives to do Reformed Church . We aim to enhance the cultural life Reformed believers worldwide and, Mission of thecoll ge Reformed tradition of his- Reformed Christian . Our faculty 7 .
Mission Neth- Reformation eformed churches in churches Reformed Reformation period: the . eformed Church, a century-old denomination with denomination century-old a Church, Reformed Reformed Church traces its origin to a band of immigrants God’s infallible Scripture provides a trustworthy guide for our for guide trustworthy a provides Scripture infallible God’s . . In addition to the explicit teachings of Scripture, which members Reformed Church subscribes to three statements of faith (in addition eformed Church stresses the sovereignty of God in every part of life— of part every in God of sovereignty the stresses Church Reformed mission of the college In 1900 the curriculum was further broadened and made more attractive to students to attractive more made and broadened further was curriculum the 1900 In . etherlands and honored John Calvin as the founder of that tradition . They believed Netherlands and honored The curriculum has expanded to include professional training in a variety of fields, The school, which had started with seven students, grew slowly during the early years, early the during slowly grew students, seven with started had which school, The The founding date of Calvin College and Seminary is 1876 . In that year the Christian The founders of Calvin came from the conservative wing of the of wing conservative the from came Calvin of founders The The Christian The In America the Christian The Christian Calvin is a college of the Christian the of college a is Calvin but the college maintains a strong commitment to its liberal arts curriculum as a means to means a as curriculum arts liberal its to commitment strong a maintains college the but world and their place in it . develop students’ understanding of God’s but by 1930 it had reached its War II pre-World size of 350–450 students . By 1950 the 4,200 . had climbed to 1,270 and now is approximately enrollment interested interested in teaching or in preparing for courses pre-professional in the universities . By two-years and preparatory of four-years the provided which Department, Literary the 1906 two-year The College . Junior Calvin John the as officially known became work, college of college in time became a college, four-year and the preparatory department was discon- . degree its first Bachelor of Arts tinued . In 1921 Calvin College awarded Reformed Church adopted a six-year curriculum for ministerial training . The first four of these years were spent in the literary department and the last an to admitted two were students pre-theological in not were who the students 1894 In . theological department expanded curriculum, and thus the school became a type of preparatory school or acad- emy the in and faith Christian the of formulation systematic best the out set had Calvin John that world . further They were so doing a had foundation created for study all of proper God’s inspired by his concern for higher education, in founding and the his Geneva Academy, of society and culture, the reform to promote all-embracing activism by which he sought of God . to the word according as well as the church, in the family, the church, and the state; in world affairs; in economic, social, and political political and social, economic, in affairs; world in state; the and church, the family, the in . life; in business; and in learning and the arts Heidelberg Catechism, which is the most famous and widely translated of all of translated widely and famous most the is which Catechism, Heidelberg 1561; in Brés, de Guido theologian, Belgian the by written Faith of Confession the creeds; . and the Canons of Dort to the early Christian Apostles Creed), which stem from the It bases its whole faith and life on the sacred Scriptures, God’s God’s Scriptures, sacred the on life and faith whole their its bases It have . heritage five-century-old a which churches, the with stand its takes thus and Word, infallible inspired, holy, Reformation . in the Protestant roots erlands . They settled in western Michigan and, after an organized immigrants, early earlier the period joined of soon who religious settlers Dutch unrest of thousands the among in 1857 . the Christian Reformed Church who sought freedom in the nineteenth century from the established of church the 8 The History of the College and its Objectives The History of The Calvin community has come together from wide-ranging backgrounds and backgrounds wide-ranging from together come has community Calvin The . members Obviously diverse . goals, and expectations uneven, is maturity spiritual and Personal places . quite is commitments shared community’s the on member every by agreement unanimous has who one each Lord, as Christ Jesus acknowledge to forced is one no While . impossible chosen to join the Calvin community thereby declares he or she is willing not to violate values and commitments . While the each community’s member is chiefly accountable to God for his or pattern, her all own members life’s also bear responsibility to and for one community this in another faith and life together strive to uphold, the college community also chooses to maintain certain in our life together and good order behavior for prudence standards of
Mission during thesummer session. weeklong graduate workshops . Students can normally complete up to three regular courses semester hoursduringtheinterim . 3–4 and semesters two the of each during hours semester 12–17 take normally Students ters, each approximately four months in length, plus a one-month interim term in January mittee functionsfortheboard throughout theacademicyear by synod . The Board of Trustees meets in October, February, and May nominations from the alumni association, and by the board of trustees . These classes, are various the by approvedrepresentatives elected of constituted is board the of membership The church . the of districts geographical ecclesiastical the represents which trustees, of member oftheChristianCollegeCoalitionandMichiganCampus Compact. Society and the Association for the Advancement of Sustainability in Higher Arts, and Letters, Council for Christian Colleges and Universities, the American Mathematical Teacher for Colleges of Association American the Colleges, Independent of Council the Universities, Colleges and Universities of Michigan, the Independent of Association the in membership maintains It association . the in membership for Womenqualified University institutions of of Association list American the on is It tions . provost andare availableforreview inthatofficeupon request . the of office the in file areon agencies fromthese accreditationdocuments The Education . mission of ABET, and the social work program is accredited by the Council on Social Work Com- Accreditation Computing the by accredited is program degree science computer in program is accredited by the giate Teacher the and Music, of Schools of Association National Association of Colleges and Schools . It is also accredited by the American Chemical Society, Government Calendar, SummerSchool Accreditation andAffiliation Compliance withLegalRequirements Student appealswillbeheard bytheacademicstandards committee. vin College financial services office, as Civil requirements should be directed to the vice president for administration and finance, Cal- to students with disabilities . Inquiries and appeals regarding compliance with these federal designed for barrier-free are living . halls The residence officethe ofin academicrooms servicesspecial providesand advice andstudents support handicapped to accessible readily the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990 . Instructional and other physical facilities are in accordance with the requirements of Section 504 of the policies . Calvin College also provides equal opportunity for qualified handicapped persons not discriminate on the basis of sex in its educational programs, activities, or employment 1972 the of IX Title by required as more, Further-origin . color,national race, regardor to with age, manner non-discriminatory a The summer semester offers 3–4 week courses with daytime and evening courses and The academic calendar at Calvin forms the typical 4-1-4 plan consisting of two semes- the of Commission Learning Higher the by accredited is College Calvin Calvin College, in accordance with Title VI of the Civil board single a by governed is It College . Calvin is college the of name corporate The The College also has membership in a number of professional associations and organizaand - associations professional of number a in membership has also College The Nursing Education, the Mathematical Association of America, the Michigan Academy of Science, Education . The Calvin nursing program is accredited by the Commission on Colle- Education and is approved by the Michigan Board of Engineering Accreditation Commission of ABET; the bachelor National Association of Independent Colleges and ducation Amendments, Calvin College does College Calvin Amendments, Education Rights, Title IX, and Section 504 coordinator ational Council for Accreditation of of Accreditation for Council National mission of thecoll ge Rehabilitation Act of 1973, and Rights Act of 1964, operates in . Nursing; the engineering . An executive com- Education . It is a orth Central Central North 9 . .
Mission
The student The . ation” document Nation” East Apartments, an Every Other programs include the include programs Other . . The officestaff also provides a wide range of services for eighborhood houses, in which students live within the city of Grand of city the within live students which in houses, Neighborhood During orientation programs students receive information about academics, about information receive students programs orientation During .
Student life
Multicultural Student Development Office (MSDO): The MSDO strives to support Off-Campus Off-Campus Residents: Orientation: The dean of student development and the associate dean of student The student development unit is made up of four offices: student development, multi- development, student offices: four of up made is unit development student The Students explore new ideas, new explore Students . experience exciting and challenging, stimulating, a is College While the SLD is one division, it offers a wide array of services and . opportunities With 10
Student Development Opportunities
Student Life Student Information for Students the college’s mission to become a genuinely multicultural, anti-racist, Christian academic Christian anti-racist, multicultural, genuinely a become to mission college’s the are programs These students . all for services support and programs offering by community “From the in outlined goals life student the address to designed off-campus off-campus students as over 40 percent of the student body resides off campus . This in- Project four cludes Rapids in as “intentional well Christian as community,” Glen Oaks one just students senior and junior for option living apartment Calvin-owned off-campus, mile east of campus . summer Wilderness Orientation Program (WOP), International Passport (for international (for Passport International (WOP), Program Orientation Wilderness summer begin- students for program Transitions winter the and program, Quest fall the students), mid-year ning activities, and facilities, obtain registration materials, and meet with a faculty advisor to plan for the coming semester by providing forums for discussion and springboards to activism . Students are encour- development are some of the first people studentsmeet once they matriculate to Calvin . Along with the office of academic services, these staff members plan and implement the orientation programs of the college . All first-year students arerequired to participate in summer the during offered program orientation an Passport, cultural student development, service-learning, and student activities . develop new skills, wrestle with difficult topics, and establish lifelong friendships lifelong establish and topics, difficult with wrestle skills, new develop more more than 80 creative, dedicated staff members, the SLD is well equipped to serve Calvin students in their holistic development . The eight offices of the SLD are eager to challenge and support students as they develop their gifts and . interests For additional information, Ca- for servicesstudents; services,see for health please or Center Counseling Broene about reer Development, Christian Formation, residence life, or student development, please see opportunities; for campus safety and judicial affairs, please see safety and student conduct . life division (SLD) at Calvin helps students engage these experiences by offering a wide array wide a offering by experiences these engage students helps Calvin at (SLD) division life of programs and services that are consistent with, and complement, the other educational opportunities at Calvin . The SLD finds joy in facilitating a rigorous, Christ-centered learn- ing environment in which students can flourish . Desiring to see students become different loveto come will they that hopes SLD the Calvin, at years more or four their during people where places the in lead to equipped themselves find will they that and loves God things the God calls them . Calvin, at provides it opportunities the and division life student the on information more For site . Web visit Calvin’s
Student Life who are twoyearsbeyondtheirhighschoolgraduationdate. older,or years 21 students or part-time,or are married, who residence, students of place to the residency requirement are granted only for students commuting from their parents’ requirement a . longer no is it when years two first their beyond students for second year students to live on campus, and by encouraging continued on-campus housing information, visitthehousingandresidence lifeWeb site. more For meal . every at options food of variety wide a provide plans meal and free, are facilities laundry basements, hall in available are rooms study quiet and Storage access . ment for all residents . All student rooms are furnished and have internet and campus cable various student leadership groups and ensure a safe, healthy, and developmental environ- create new student organizations that reflect their interests, and to get involved with existing leadership skills, expand their interests, their and build relationships . develop Students are to encouraged to students for opportunity great a is organizations student in Involvement education . own their enrich activities co-curricular through education their in themselves and anti-racism,faithathletics,languageapartments, andanhonorscommunity “themed” clusters, including topics such as environmental stewardship, understanding race there are opportunities for deeper learning through a number of apartments, and optional halls residenceliving-learning the Within or parking . and buildings academic of distance walking short within located areall apartment) per students five or (four buildings style suites of two rooms and one bathroom (two students per room), and the eleven apartment- intellectual development . The seven traditional residence halls, with rooms configured in that takes place within communities of residents is a catalyst for social, spiritual, moral, and conferees .Visit theCalvinWeb siteforfurther information. or a major event such as the bi-annual Festival of Faith and Music, which hosts over 1000 as such lecturemovie a to Cockburn; Griffin Bruce concertPatty by by ties that will help students to evaluate critically these events in light of their faith, from a comedy,movies, concerts, activi- possible theater,other best and the of season entire an areas of life, including popular culture . As a result, the student activities office staff plans all in worldview Christian a apply and embrace to students encourages Calvin campus . whereon classrooms,concertmovie in a or – at throughand discussions, dorm all-night in any other period of their lives . This process of learning and changing takes place every- the communitythrough structured reflection . in experiences their to courses their from content conceptual connect Students course . college a of context the within integrated service or service-learning, academically-based Grand the within relationships cal service-learning comes largely in in the form of participation weekly service activities with Students’ a primary emphasis on students. recipro- participating in virtues and skills, knowledge, developing simultaneously while community local the within needs meet to designed activities of range wide the to refers Service-learning learn .” to serve—serving justice andshalom. hopes to contribute to a generation of citizens who are convicted by faith to MSDO restore the result,global a As racism . systemic of manifestations discern to able be and society today’sof underpinnings historical the of racialized understanding increasetheir to aged Student SenateandOther Organizations Residence Life Calvin acknowledges this important co-curricular ingredient by requiring all first and residenceAll arehalls supervise staffwho masters-level staffedmembers full-time, by Student organizations are an integral part of campus life at Calvin . Students who involve Living on campus is an integral part of the Calvin educational experience . The learning During college, students may learn and change morethan change and learn may students college, During Office: Activities Student to “learning motto, its as has Center Service-Learning The Center: Service-Learning apids community Rapids Students may also participate in participate also may Students . oppor Blood Diamond; Blood tunitie s Exceptions . 11
Opportunities - ational Col- National . Calvin also has OVIMPR the to Coalition Stewardship Environmental Regular exhibitions in the Center Art Gallery and the English . department Dialogue, a student arts and literary magazine, tunities oppor - servesStudent senate respond by seeking out and advocate for student issues as an Over 65 student exist organizations on campus, some of which are related to particular . It sponsors work- in the various visual arts interest seeks to arouse department The Art Many fine arts activities thrive at Calvin, both as part of the academic life and as the result the as and life academic the of part as both Calvin, at thrive activities arts fine Many Both indoor and outdoor facilities are available for recreation whenever classes or sched- or classes whenever recreation for available are facilities outdoor and indoor Both Intercollegiate Intercollegiate athletics play an important role in student life at Calvin . Calvin is a all provide and program education physical the of phase important an also are Intramurals 12 The Fine Arts Intercollegiate and Intramural Athletics and Recreation and Intramural Intercollegiate All student organizations must organizations student All . schedules their fit and interests their suit that organizations dean the committee, life student The . students the by run are they but advisor, faculty a have over organizations student of coordinator the and development, student of dean associate and academic . departments All organized clubs have a faculty or staff advisor and receive ap- proval through the student life committee as well as support through the coordinator for . student organizations The student organizations range from from range organizations student The . organizations student of activities the support and see the to newspaper) student (the Chimes . under student organizations site Web Calvin’s list can be found on team . An updated for their that action is taken the student body members; it ensures ing to the concerns of . It also groups communication among all student-related interactive benefit, and promotes of finance committee which allocates the budget organization helps oversee the student . student organizations shops, visiting artists, and speakers . and Chimes, the campus newspaper, provide opportunities for student publication . opportunities provide and Chimes, the campus newspaper, visual provide to help collection, art permanent visible a with along Division, S 106 at gallery stimulation, enhance the total Calvin environment, celebrate a rich cultural heritage, and support the art provide activities writing and of music, arts, students, visual alumni, dance, faculty, in guilds and sub its other and Guild Christians . Arts Fine The organized student- among all students . the arts and dialogue regarding independent expression of spontaneous student . interest Bands, choral orchestras, groups, and chamber ensembles participate, departments all from Students . department Music the of program the of part are The . department Sciences and Arts Communication the of program theater the in do they as encouraged is reading private for and publication for writing creative of tradition Calvin long by the members of the uled contests are not being conducted . uled contests are member of the Michigan Intercollegiate Athletic Association (MIAA) and the and (MIAA) Association Athletic Intercollegiate Michigan the of member . in a variety of programs the year throughout to participate students with the opportunity Calvin men compete in cross-country, golf, basketball, golf, cross-country, in compete men Calvin (NCAA) . Association Athletic legiate soccer, swimming, baseball, track, and tennis . Calvin women compete golf, in volleyball, cross-country, basketball, swimming, track, softball, tennis, and soccer club teams and in and men’s hockey, . men’s lacrosse be women’s To eligible to participate semester12 of minimum a in enrolled be must student-athlete a athletics, intercollegiate in normal making be and standing, good disciplinary and academic in be semester, each hours found notes and table the in defined is standing good Academic graduation . toward progress student the in listed are standards disciplinary the and pages standards and admissions the in handbook . Students on disciplinary ineligible are probation to participate in intercollegiate is defined a degree toward normal progress athletics . For the purposes of athletic eligibility, 3of completion the plus semester each credit of hours semester 12 least at accumulating as . interim courses in a 4-year program
Opportunities employers, graduate schools, and employment occupations, opportunities throughouton the information world . including Careerresources, computerized and print of collection six monthsofgraduation. campus store gift certificate to students who report a job or graduate school plans within a via refunded is $15 fee, that Of Calvin . at experience their throughout services career career counselorearlyintheirtimeatCalvintobeginthecareer planningprocess . programs are also coordinated through this office . Students are encouraged to meet with a ing an electronic job posting system called CalvinLink . The college’s extensive internship manag- to addition in workshops, and dinners, networking interviews, on-campus fairs, and confidential manner professional a in advice offeringsearch strategies, job teach and interviews practice duct Staff members provide career-related assessments, critique resumes and cover letters, con- fellowships suchasInterVarsity ChristianFellowship,Young Life,andCampusCrusade. group and projects, outreach evangelistic and service Christian groups; prayer and groups a summertrainingretreat andongoingstaff support . live off campus . Student-athletes have opportunity to grow in their leadership skills through who peers their among ministry and community enhance to working leaders student sists as- also office The peers. their among ministry for Formation Christian of office the staffof Knollcrest as they consider who they are and who God calls them to be . Within the residence halls and alum Calvin or member staff/faculty a with walk to chance the students providesProgram Together), whichisheldintheChapelat8:00p.m worship at a local church and/or at the student worship to service, encouraged areThe students LOFT Sundays, Chapel’s(Living undercroftOn the Our .) in Faith (located Chapel tion the main service, several foreign-language worship services are held regularly in the Medita- Chapel services are held each weekday, Monday through Friday, at 10:00 a .m In addition to worship is a means of acknowledging God’s presence and of maturing in the Christian faith . avenues forstudentstogrow as faithfulfollowersofChrist. specific provides several and students supports Formation Christian of office The worship . Christian Formation Career Development campus opportunities forworship,discipleship,andprayer languages, counseling,business,technology, uses. andotherfieldswithministry ministry (located in the Hekman Library) provides materials for those involved in on- and off-campus program forthosestrongly inclinedtoward Christianministry study,scholarship, a in Fellows Jubilee as year each are selected juniors service college and year academic the throughout worship student-based Ap- Worship in participate and prenticeProgramplan Worship to . the members staff with apprenticeswork calling: and gifts of areas particular explore students help to exists also who are inneedofspiritualcounselare encouragedtocontactthechaplain. The Career The all covers which students, transfer and first-year to charged is fee $40 one-time A The career development office assists students and alumni with their career planning. The college chaplain provides pastoral care for the college community Numerous opportunities exist for other voluntary religious activities, including Bible study Opportunities to develop Christian leadership abound through this office . The Mentoring Public followers . his in places Christ desire the is God to devotion loving in Togrow God calls his people to seek him in all things: through studies and conversations, play and As an information source for students across the disciplines, the Ministry Please consult the “Faith” link on the college’s Web site for further information regarding Formation Christian of office the of purview the under programpartially additional An It is designed to connect students with gifts in art, theater, music, dance, writing, writing, theater,art,dance, in music, gifts with students connect to designed is It . ast apartments, numerous volunteer students are mentored and trained by the the by trained and mentoredare students volunteer numerousapartments, East esource Center on the second floor of the Hekman Library contains a contains Library Hekman the of floor second the on Center Resource . Career development coordinates a variety of events, such as job In another effort, twelve promising twelve effort, another In . . . oppor . Students and staff Resource Center tunitie s 13
Opportunities
esource Resource orth America, sponsors both scholarly both sponsors America, orth N esearch (CSR) exists to assist the Calvin community Research in studying Excellence in Preaching (CEP) at Calvin Theological Seminary provides tunities oppor The Henry Institute continues Paul quest Henry’s to promote serious reflection on the Activities sponsored by the institute include publications, conferences, workshops, credit credit workshops, conferences, publications, include institute the by sponsored Activities The institute practice, promotes and the living study, of communication in the context The Center for Social The Center for The Calvin Center for Christian Scholarship (CCCS) is the oldest and best endowed of The Calvin Institute of Christian Worship at Calvin College and Calvin Theological Semi- Theological Calvin and College Calvin at Worship Christian of Institute Calvin The interplay between Christianity and public life, by becoming a national forum for research, dialogue, and information on their interaction . The Henry Institute fosters the study of The Paul B. Henry Institute for the Study of Christianity and Politics and non-credit courses for professionals as well as students, fellowships, scholarships, and . and consultations private (i .e ., non-public) research It goals . its share that organizations and individuals with partnering by faith Christian the of lay (2) communication, of teachers and scholars Christian (1) groups: four primarily serves and professional Christian communicators, (3) future Christian leaders, and (4) Christian . communicators in the worldwide church Gainey Institute for Faith and Communication the world of human interactions . The CSR organizes scholarly . research projects At every step the CSR tries to engage students in our work . site This will Web be a helpful guide to ideas available . and programs the services, resources, Center for Social Research continuing education opportunities and numerous online resources designed to help pastors in pastors help to designed resources online numerous and opportunities education continuing life-changing . and contextual, authentic, biblical, are that sermons preparing of task vital upcomingtheir about out find to pastors for resource updated regularly a provides site Web CEP The podcasted to listen to books, and commentaries recommended about learn to seminars, preaching the of all for texts preaching upcoming on week each material new find to sermons, audio and seasons, liturgical and much . more The goal church’s of CEP is to help pastors nourish God’s . holy Word of God’s and engaged preaching the lively hungry people through Center for Excellence in Preaching and practical books on worship, and furnishes grants and consulting services to congregations congregations to services consulting and grants furnishes and worship, on books practical and participate to opportunities students Calvin offering renewal, worship promote to seek that . team participants and research members, and conference as interns, student staff 14 It was founded in 1976 to be a place where committed Christian committed where place a be to 1976 in founded was It institutes . research Calvin’s disciplines . academic the across concern public of issues pressing upon reflect could thinkers Calvin Centers and Institutes Calvin Centers Scholarship Center for Christian The Calvin and practice of Christian worship and the history, nary the promotes study of the theology, at worship on courses provides Institute Worship The . conference congregations in worship of annual renewal an hosts resources, of site Web extensive an offers seminary, and college the across sites at workshops regional offers worship, on counselors counselors are available by appointment or during walk-in . times The Career Worship Calvin Institute of Christian . year-round available during libraryCenter is open hours . Services are several books, dozen three some produce to scholars enabled has support its years the Over conferences, lectures, articles, countless as well as editions, second into gone have which of participants its of efforts the and founders its of vision The . presentations public related and intentional, of project international growing the in leader recognized a CCCS the made have . self-critical Christian scholarship
Opportunities each year during interim . It is the premiere series of its kind in the United States . The and facultyofCalvin aswelltothecommunity staff students, the to gift free a as offered is and p .m 1:30 to p .m 12:30 from Auditorium place for fifteen consecutive weekdays during the month of January in the Fine Arts Center Lecture series in the USA’ three times and the award has since been retired University . The series takes and College Best ‘The Awardfor Bowl Silver prestigious the awarded been has namic executivesandmodelmanagementfrom afaithperspective. dy- are who individuals by lead schools Christian of networks flourishing robust, includes education essential to the future of schools based on the historic Christian faith . Our vision The Van LunenCenter:ExecutiveManagementinChristianSchools Christian commitmentandencouragingtheproduction offirst-order scholarship. deep a of perspective the from disciplines various within debate current of issues dressing Seminars inChristianScholarship support forstudent-led initiativesinthisfield. on world Christianity, frequent lectures by scholars from Africa, Asia and Latin America, and concerns of world Christianity the toward north global the in expression cultural and thought Christian of reorientation and South global the in engagement cultural and thought Christian movements from the global South and Christian of understanding deeper a promote 1) things: three do to aims Institute The vin . The NagelInstitutefortheStudyofWorld Christianity for pastorsintheReformedtradition. and institutions fromother students graduate and faculty for fellowships programof a and and Calvinism through lectures, presentations, conferences, summer seminars and courses, era editions of the Bible . The Meeter Center fosters interest in and knowledge of John of Calvin number a includes also collection Center’sbook rareThe reformers . other tains one of the largest collections of sixteenth-century imprints of the works of Calvin and in libraries university and college The H.HenryMeeterCenterforCalvinStudies coordinate research projects inavarietyofsettings. to catalyst a as gather interested professionals for workshops, conferences, and research acts seminars, and will Institute Kuyers The development. professional and research foster will pre-kindergartenfromand learning college, throughand teaching on focuses Institute Kuyers The perspective . Christian integrally an from leadership educational and learning, The KuyersInstituteforChristianTeaching andLearning two fieldsofinquiry servants who are engaged, active and aware public of the and importance scholars of the of interplay generation between new these a creating to dedicated particularly is institute The study such in engage to scholars future training and motivating and public, larger the to efforts such promote and communicate to avenues seeking work, scholarly disseminate to opportunities structuring scholarship, for resourcesproviding by politics and Christianity The JanuarySeries The January Series of Calvin is a month-long lecture/cultural enrichment series given given series enrichment lecture/cultural month-long a is Calvin of Series January The The mission of the Van Lunen Center is to provide world-class executive management management executive world-class provide to is Center VanLunen the of mission The ad- by academy the in voice Christian strong a promote to seeks program seminar The The The Meeter Center is a research center specializing in John Calvin and Calvinism . Among pedagogy,of promotion and study the to devoted institute an to home now is Calvin agel Institute was founded in 2006 as a research and educational agency of Cal- of agency educational researchand a as 2006 in founded was Institute Nagel . . The orth America, the Meeter Center’sMeeter the America, North roomrarebook con- Nagel Institute serves students with support for courses East; 2) partner with Christian scholars and support . ast; and 3) provoke a provokea 3) and East; oppor tunitie s eformation Reformation series 15 .
Opportunities tunities oppor ach presenter is widely recognized as a credible and articulate authority in his or her field her or his in authority articulate and credible a as recognized widely is presenter Each In addition to the on-campus venue, the presentations are also transmitted live over the are In addition to the on-campus venue, the presentations 16 Scheduled to date for the 2010 Series are: George Ayittey, Burl Cain, Soong-Chan Cain, Burl Ayittey, George are: Series 2010 the for date to Scheduled . expertise of and Max McLean . DeVos, ichard Nam Kung, Syada Griess,R Tony C . Brooks, Rah, Arthur Many of the presentations are archived archived are presentations the of Many world . the over all in tune to listeners allowing Web a supplying by reach their expanded Series January the 2009 In online . accessed be can and the country to sites southern as Michigan farand across sites around live feed to 22 remote Canada . and even to Florida, California away as Massachusetts,
Opportunities site formore information. center’sthe Center,visit College also Spoelhof can Students 526-6123 . calling by or Web the of floor third the on located is center,which the at in stopping by directly made be can Appointments student . Calvin any for around year available are services Counseling pre-arranged appointment . Center hours are 8:00 .m a a to without counselor 5:00 a p .m with Monday meet can through students when Friday p .m 4:30 to p .m 3:30 from Friday sion, anxiety, relationships, sexuality, alcohol,stress, eating disorders, andmuchmore . variety of books, pamphlets, and other resources on pertinent information such as depres- other specialprograms .Broene CounselingCenterstaff canalsohelpdirect studentstoa and workshops are as available, are counseling group and Individual concerns . personal or problems, psychological struggles, emotional with dealing student any to framework confidential manner required .Callourfront deskforfurtheralso information(616). 526-6187 are testing skin tuberculin and Tuberculosisself-screening meningitis . and B, hepatitis immunization status for polio, diphtheria, pertussis, tetanus, measles, mumps, rubella, varicella, are availableatHHC. healthy while abroad . All vaccines and medicines for preventative health and off-campus travel consultation, personal medical evaluations, immunizations, prescriptions, and tips for staying areservices also available toHHCclients. ing and treatment, and physical exams for sports, travel, and employment . Lab and medication allergy injections, STD testing and treatment, women’s health exams, smoking cessation counsel- Call (616)526-6187toscheduleanappointment. part-time physicians . When necessary, students are referred to area providers for additional care . immediate care is medically indicated . Medical services are provided by nurse practitioners and weekdays with limited evening hours available . Visits are scheduled by appointment only unless and is being relocated within the Hoogenboom Health and regular school year Hoogenboom HealthCenter(HealthServices) Health andWellness forStudents Services Broene CounselingCenter the front desk(616)526-6187orbyvisitingtheHHCWeb site. sign a waiver form by the specified date. Detailed up-to-date information is available by calling and coverage comparable of proof provide they unless KnightCarebe in enrolledwill automatically students All cost . reasonable a at coverage round year provides students, Calvin for KnightCare,designed requirescoverage . plan Calvin insurance a health have students all that Counselors are available by appointment . There are also walk-in times Monday through a in services high-caliber and comprehensive offers Center Counseling Broene The Student Health Insurance: Immunization Policy: Calvin requires all incoming students to show provider-documented post-travel and pre- comprehensive provides staff immunizations and health travel The injuries, and illnesses common of treatment and evaluation include services care Primary the during students registered all to campus on provided are services medical Outpatient . Health Services has a new name- the Hoogenboom Heath Center (HCC) - . The staff offers evaluation, counseling, and support within a Christian To ensure that students have access to necessary medical care, Recreation Center ser vices fo r students . The HHC is open 17 .
Services for Students – Health & Wellness - . . This office . Academic counseling and testing are avail are testing and counseling Academic . English is a second language receive services from the - depart of group following the of comprised is (IRC) Center Resource vices for students ser The Curriculum Center is a multimedia educational materials educational multimedia a is Center Curriculum The Center: Curriculum The Instructional Graphics provides design and produc- and design provides Graphics Instructional Services: Graphics Instructional - profes a is department production media in-house Calvin’s Productions: Video Calvin The Audio-Visual Department: The A-V department provides equipment, services, Peer assistance . learning student of forms many provides services academic of office The The Instructional The They must They . process advising academic the in role active an take to expected are Students The coordinator for academic advising and other staff in the office of academic services are services academic of office the in staff other and advising academic for coordinator The Inner Compass, a weekly discussion of religious and ethical issues aired nationally on library designed to support the teacher education . program It is also available for use by . and programs other departments tion services to faculty - prepa and boards; students bulletin for and displays classroom or presentations, conference posters, needs . large These of servicesdesign graphic include: files, digital to prints and slides converting publication, for graphics and images of ration inkjet printer and outputting files to a large-format such video, instructional documentaryand develops that facility production video sional as studio video a operates also It multimedia . of forms other and network, television PBS the and student video-editing lab . and facilities to produce and display a variety of media . In addition to lending popular equipment like digital still cameras, digital video cameras, tripods and the microphones, transcrip- video and audio recorders, audio-cassette and audio digital provides department (includ- players VHS and DVD equipment, videoconferencing software, and equipment tion a include facilities Its . more much and recordings), foreign for players multi-standard ing & games banners, posters, creating for materials has which workroom, paper” and “paint activities, die-cut bulletin letters, boards, shapes, & labels, and so on . It also video offers and ID photos, and lamination service . and audio duplication, passport ments and services: 18 Learning Support Instructional Resource Center Instructional Resource Academics Advising tutors for most core courses and select upper level courses are available to students whose students to available are courses level upper select and courses core most for tutors helpful be would tutoring that agree professors Students with disabilities, international disabilities, with Students . problems learning difficult with students for able students, and students for whom office as well . Certain students are as required, a condition additional of admission see or as Please a servicesrequire- . these of aspects specified in participate to probation, of ment site . Web and academic services on Calvin’s information under the Access Program keep themselves informed about curriculum requirements, both in the core curriculum and curriculum core the in both requirements, curriculum about informed themselves keep student’s each of top the at appear will assignments Advising . interest of programs their in academic evaluation ) . (AER report During advisors the keep academic officeyear, hours available during which to assist they students are in making decisions about courses and . programs Students are expected to initiate conferences with their advisors and to come must They completed . have they courses the about information up-to-date with prepared also be aware of academic deadlines and . regulations By the end of the sophomore year, their faculty advisor a declaration of major form with each student should complete available to help students navigate advising and registration throughout the year also offers additional specialized advising such as course planning, study strategies, professional strategies, study planning, course as such advising specialized additional offers also . support issues, and general student academic planning, disability development, career
Services – Academics The work of the association is association facilitated bythedirector ofalumni,parent andcommunityrelationsthe . of work The (Commencement) . May and February (Homecoming), year—October each times three meets board The terms . three-year serving each world, around theworld,manyofwhomare part of35regional andaffinityalumnichapters. tion . There are currently about 37,000 Calvin graduates and 56,000 association members graduated from Calvin Theological Seminary are also considered members of the associa- attended Calvin for at least one year or who have completed eight courses . Persons who have to answerGod’s callinlifeandvocation. alumni and friends, providing opportunities for service to alma mater and inspiring alumni Hekman Library edu) . The portal contains all the information needed to effectively use the resources in the electronic resources can be accessed 24/7 through the library’s Web portal (library ments, recordings, etc .) is available to students docu- more government than microforms,100 hours journals, a (books, week . items Millions ofphysical million 1 .8 nearly of [email protected], oronthealumni Web site. or 526-6142 (616) office, alumni the from obtained be may these of all concerning tion Informa- students. to interest special of is program scholarship alumni-financed the and and uKnight, the alumni online community networking; numerous educational and social programs, including alumni class reunions; classes are insessionduringfallandspringsemesters. when Monday–Thursday p .m 9:00 to p .m 7:00 from and p .m 5:00 to a .m 9:00 from The majors . of variety undergraduatesfroma at all levels of experience are welcome to drop in or schedule appointments with trained fromorganizingstudents and Calvin and drafts.disciplines final all editing to material ideas developing from projects, extracurricular and classes for presentations oral and and study enjoyment ofmusicandfilms. the both for available is collection, media growing its with Center, Media Cayvan The items . 140,000 approximately holding documents, government library the of floor second the on located tian anywhere . available archives,manuscripts, of consists which Hall, recordsCalvinism Heritage other and Chris- the of and Calvin John on articles and books of collections extensive most the of library, one the is of floor fourth the on located Studies, Calvin material andthetoolsneededtocompleteassignments. computers of the Information Technology Center, 200-plus providing the are seamless access away to floor researchone Just furniture . lounge and tables, carrels, ample with on the second floor entrance main the inside just located desk researchassistance the at students assist to Hekman Library Alumni Association General Services Rhetoric Center The association sponsors boarda by fromgoverned alumni is 24 Association of Alumni the Calvin over The all The Calvin Alumni Association, founded in 1907, is composed of all persons who have Calvin among community building to committed is Association Alumni Calvin The The Calvin’s Hekman Library is one of the finest libraries in West Michigan. Its collection Several special collections are housed in the library Reformed Church, its leaders, its Dutch origins, and closely related institutions, is Rhetoric Center, located in the Hekman Library, offers free assistance with writing . A friendly, professional, and knowledgeable staff of librarians is eager . The quiet, comfortable environment provides great places to study Spark, the alumni magazine; services to alumni chapters; career The Calvin library is a partial depository of depository partial a is library Calvin The . . It also contributes to faculty research projects, hetoric Center is open Monday–Friday open is Center Rhetoric . The H . Henry Meeter Center for ser vices fo r students Recorded .calvin 19
Services – General . All student accounts remain active as long as a student is registered is registered active as long as a student . All student accounts remain . vices for students ser Calvin information technology (CIT) provides computing, printing, and telecommu- (CIT) provides Calvin information technology students, faculty, is available to current Center (ITC) The Information Technology in all computer labs on campus Students have access to black-and-white printing ovell account to each Calvin student as a location to store aca- to store a Novell account to each Calvin student as a location Calvin provides has one telephone, multiple phone jacks, and multiple hall room Each residence to the CIT technology services directed on campus may be Questions regarding For complete infor- complete For classes . for required textbooks the of all carries Store Campus The A variety of merchandise is available to accommodate a variety of needs such as textbooks, as such needs of variety a accommodate to available is merchandise of variety A The Calvin is Campus located Store on the first floor of the Commons Building . Hours of 20 Information Technology Campus Store Campus Our vision is to promote of the college . Our vision is to promote and staff nication services to students, faculty, to the academic and appropriate at Calvin that are information technologies and support the first floor of the located on of the college . The CIT facilities are administrative needs Hekman Library attached to the college network and Mac computers Windows . This lab offers and staff and color printers and several computer and the Internet, scanners, black-and-white open 24/7, and hall complex has a computer lab that is . Each residence classrooms ac- have student computer labs as well . Most computer labs provide many departments re- Office, student e-mail, library Microsoft cess to the college network and the Internet, equipped are . Campus classrooms tools, and a wide variety of academic software search . presentations with technology for instructor and student and to color printing in the ITC lab . Each student is allotted a printing quota each of paper) . Any pages (1 ream semester that is the equivalent of 500 black-and-white miscellaneous charges student’s quota is included in the printing over the pre-defined statement at the end of the semester Novell account network . A student can access his or her demic documents on Calvin’s also giv- . Students are by logging in to Novell on-campus or via the Internet off-campus System, ac- our Learning Management en a Calvin e-mail account and a KnightVision, administrative and material course to access have students KnightVision Through count . any is accessible from and grades) . KnightVision transactions (i .e . course registration Internet browser . Students needing to make long at no charge Ethernet jacks . Local calling is provided distance calls must make other arrangements . HelpDesk at 616-526-8555 . Additional information about computer services can be site . found by visiting the CIT Web . Students who bring a personal for classes and until October 1 following graduation hall their residence and the Internet from computer have access to the college network network . CalvinStudents or CalvinStudents (wireless) the ResNet (wired) through room to connect to ResNet on campus . In order is available to all students in many locations Antivirus installed (which is provided or CalvinStudents, students must have Symantec for con- and maintain up-to-date definition files . Support to all students) of charge free the CIT HelpDesk . necting to ResNet and CalvinStudents is available from mation on textbook purchasing, visit the Campus Store’s Web site . Web Store’s visit the Campus mation on textbook purchasing, Calvin logo imprinted items, Calvin clothing, educationally priced computer software, general software, computer priced educationally clothing, Calvin items, imprinted logo Calvin candy, cards, greeting aids, beauty and health announcements, graduation rings, class books, . mailing and shipping servicesstamps, school supplies, more and much to 5:00 p .m ., 5:00 to .m . a 8:00 Friday and Wednesday Monday, are year school the throughout operation .m . 10:00 a .m . to 2:00 p from .m . and Saturday 8:00 a .m . to 7:00 p and Thursday Tuesday
Services – General Mail and Printing Services Mail Services: Mail Services provides window service Monday through Friday from 8:00 AM to 5:00 PM at both its main building on the north end of campus near Lake Drive and in the Campus Store . Students may purchase stamps, send packages via U .S . Mail or United Parcel Service (UPS) . Various overnight services are also available through this office . Services – General To address mail to a student living in a residence hall: Full name of student (avoid nicknames) Room number and Residence Hall name (must include the word Hall) Grand Rapids MI 49546- (the extended zip code number must be included) (For details and extended zip codes please see the Mail Services Web site.) To send mail to a campus apartment please include the complete address. Students may receive faxes through mail services . The campus fax number is (616) 526-8551 . Mail services will hold the fax for pick-up or will send it to the student if the on-campus address is included on the cover page . Printing Services: Offering the same benefits as a commercial printer and located with mail services, printing services provides fee-based high speed printing services with 24 hour turnaround for Calvin alumni, faculty, staff, students and non-profit organizations at a reduced cost . Printing services is open Monday through Friday from 8:00 AM to 5:00 PM . For a complete list of services please see the Printing Services Web site .
services for students 21 safety and student conduct 22
Safety and Studnet Conduct Safety and Student Conduct Safety and
Campus Safety Studnet Conduct The mission of the campus safety office is to serve the Calvin community by promoting mutual responsibility for campus safety . It strives to ensure a safe and well-ordered campus environment, relevant educational initiatives, and respectful service of the highest integrity to members of the campus community . Campus safety staff is available 24/7 . Please visit the campus safety Web site for more information . Use of Motor Vehicles: Motor vehicles owned or operated by Calvin students must be properly registered with campus safety and must carry an official college parking permit . Motor vehicles may be parked only in approved student parking areas, and the drivers will be fined if they park elsewhere . Because parking areas are limited, parking regulations are strictly enforced . The driving regulations and requirements of the Michigan Motor Vehicle Code apply to all driving when on the campus . Judicial Affairs Calvin is a learning community where students can grow from a variety of experiences, even in their mistakes . The judicial affairs office works with students, faculty, and staff to provide a ministry of support and intentional educational interventions with students who are in crisis, or those who are in violation of the community standards of Calvin . Student Conduct Admission to Calvin is a privilege that may be withdrawn from any student who does not meet the academic and conduct standards of the college . In addition, the college not only expects students to conduct themselves both on and off campus in accord with the Christian goals and standards of the college, but also may refuse admission to, may dis- cipline, may suspend, or may expel any student who, in its judgment, displays conduct or attitudes, whether on or off campus, unworthy of the standards of the college . The Student Handbook and Residence Hall Living booklets describe the regulations and their implementation . The Student Conduct Code, approved by the faculty, the student senate, and the board of trustees, is the official document, which spells out college regulations and judicial processes . A copy of this code, included in the Student Handbook, is also available at the student life office . The definitive copy of the code is available online through the student life pages of Calvin’s Web site . While the code does not seek to develop a detailed and exhaustive summary of what a student may or may not do, it does contain, in addition to Christian principles of behavior, a list of proscribed conduct for so long as a student is enrolled at Calvin . Among those actions prohibited are all kinds of dishonesty, acts of violence, disruption of institutional activities, theft, unauthorized entry, sexual misconduct or harassment, use of alcoholic beverages on and off campus and at extended campus events, drunkenness, profane and obscene language, and use of illegal substances . Sanctions for misconduct range from verbal warning to expulsion . The judicial processes require a hearing before the designated college administrators or before the student discipline committee . The judicial process provides for appeal to the college appeals committee .
safety and student conduct 23 Studnet Conduct Safety and Student Protest and Appeals Procedure Calvin College seeks to be a model Christian academic community, and this goal directs the resolution of any conflicts which may occur between students and faculty members . It is expected that members will all ‘accept one another’ (Romans 15:7) and that student protest and appeal will occur infrequently and only over matters of significance to the call- ing as Christian faculty members . Moreover the process of protest should be one which should lead to restoration of Christian community in which the members are affirmed and express love for one another . Given this context, students who wish to protest or appeal the actions or conduct of a faculty member should follow the procedure outlined in the protest and appeals policy which is available from the student life office .
24 safety and student conduct Guest students Readmitted students are complete. indicated below Calvin andwillnotbereturned totheapplicant. International students test scores meettheguidelinesintablethatfollows: college preparatory courses are normally given regular admission if their college entrance and financialaid receives thefollowing: decisions .Thecollegeadmitsstudentsofanyrace,color, andnationalorethnicorigin. admission in considered be also will service of be to Calvin of ability the and principal, counselor,school teacher,high a or of recommendation the applicant, the of aspirations consideration . Although the prospect of academic success is of primary consideration, the perspective and curriculum of Calvin and who show an interest in its aims are eligible for ment and for the capacity and desire to learn . Students who are interested in the Christian Procedures forAdmission Admission andStandards Admission Standards: Requirements forAdmission First timeandtransferstudents; Application deadlinefor: Conditions activities . extra-curricular in involvement their limit to encouraged are also semester hours including any Access Program courses (see academic services pages) . They English and math . They will receive special advising and may register for no more than 15 in assessments take and Program Access the in participate requiredareto students Such regular admission standards may be admitted if there is other evidence of academic promise . Application deadlines are deadlines Application basis . ‘rolling’ a on considered are applications Completed of property the become admission for required data supporting and documents All english Applicants with a high school average (GPA) of B–/C+ (2 .5 on a 4 .0 scale) or higher in Applicants will be notified concerning admission shortly after the office of admissions commit- Christian of evidence for looks Calvin admission, for students selecting In
Applicants with high school or college records or with ACT/SAT scores that do not meet 7 . 6 . 5 . 4 . 3 . received applications for waived is fee (this $35 fee: application non-refundable 2 . 1 .
Transcript(s) from anycollege(s)previously attended. sections oftheSAT orACT writing the require not does (Calvin results exam entrance SATcollege or ACT Academic/educational recommendation; High schooltranscript; Personal statement; before December1); Completed applicationform(www ACTScores (#1968) 19 Minimum CollegeEntrancexamScores for Admission . Applicants will be notified of an admission decision soon after their files reading Math 20 16 .) Fall semester admitted on a space-available basis until classes begin admitted onaspace-availablebasisuntilclassesbegin admitted onaspace-availablebasisuntilclassesbegin April 1 August 15 Comp .
20 .calvinedu/apply); or Admission adStandards Interim not avail. not avail. SAT Scores (#1095) Critical Reading 470 Spring semester not avail. January 15 January Math 470 25
Admission and Standards
Registration . Calvin does not . . .sat .org Registration forms are This test is also is test This . .act .org . 3 years 3 years of college prep begin- required, math are ning with algebra I and including geometry (or a sequence of equivalent courses) . 2-4 years, with lab experience 2-3 years 0 0 . Students . Recommended HS Program4 years for Admission Required 4 years are recommended for students recommended 4 years are majors, includ- entering math-related ing engineering . ics; one with a laboratory considering programs in the sciences considering programs or health fields, including nursing and engineering, should take biology, chemistry and physics . grade 12 . . is recommended program Educational Development test (GED) and submit satisfactory scores on one of Recommended and Required High School Courses for Admission High School Courses Required Recommended and High school GPA: 3 .3 - 3 .9 (on a 4 .0 scale) High school GPA: 23 - 28 ACT Composite Score: plus math: 1100-1300 critical reading SAT The first- to second-year retention rate is 88% . The first- to second-year ndards Admission and Sta in four years carrying a normal course load . . program equivalent an from graduated have or graduates school high be must Applicants The middle 50% of the first-year students who enrolled at Calvin in the fall of 2008 Prospective first-year students are required to provide ACT (Code #1968) or SAT (Code SAT or #1968) (Code ACT provide to required are students first-year Prospective The ACT is administered several times throughout the year The six-year graduation rate for entering first-year students is 74%; most finish a degree a degree finish most 74%; is students first-year entering for rate graduation six-year The English Math Natural Sciences or phys- chemistry, 2 years: biology, Social Sciences LanguageForeign 3 years years, ideally the last year in 2-4 Other courses college prep 3 years: a strong 26 Profile of Calvin First-Year Students of Calvin First-Year Profile Entrance Examination Information the entrance examinations . the entrance attached to admission must be completed during the student’s first year the student’s during be completed must to admission attached Applicants Applicants who are at least nineteen years of age but have not completed high school or its equivalent may be granted admission provided they have successfully completed the General information for the SAT is also available from high schools and at www is also available from information for the SAT generally available from high school counselors or online at www at online or counselors school high from available generally required by the State of Michigan for its competitive scholarship . program require the writing section of the SAT or ACT the writing section of the SAT require had the following academic profile: #1095) . results Students are advised to take their college entrance examination during the spring semester of their junior year or in the fall of their senior year
Admission and Standards about costs. information detailed more for section services financial the to refer Please school . high will benotifiedoftheirdualenrollment admissionandcourse registration bymail. SATor ACT the resultsof and essays submit subsequently must year academic following the for students first-year as enroll to wish who Students enrollment . dual for The college is authorized under federallaw toenroll non-immigrantinternational students. is college The need . they programs the offers Calvin that certain be should and who show evidence of their ability to pay most of the cost of their education . Students in work arecollege-level preparedwho do college, to the standardsof academic taken bycorrespondence coursesfrom accredited universitiesintheprogram . for liberal arts courses taken through the USAFI and for a maximum of nine semester hours in advanceofregistration . a single department . Courses which meet off campus normally require special application course for each year in residence . Students may not take more than two interim courses in They maytransferupto70semesterhoursofcredit. advance . registrarin the approvedby been have providedthey accepted, arenormally institutions accredited other at residence in taken Courses universities . and colleges accreditedfrom courses intheirmajortograduatefrom Calvin. cepted, all students must complete their last ac- year be in residence may and institutions at least other four at upper-level completed work much how of regardless Furthermore, college . community accredited an at completed work for allowed be will credit of hours credit . receive to course each in required is C of grade courses must be academic and similar in nature to courses offered at Calvin . A minimum Evaluation ofTransfer Credit are reviewed individuallybythecommitteeonadmissions. scores lower with or standard the below averages with Applicants 2 .5 college, two-year a from and 2 .0 is institution four-year a from transferring students GPAfor cumulative transfer applicants with less than two-years of for requiredprevious college also experience . are The SATresultsminimum or ACT admission . for consideration to prior received procedures as first-year students. Transcripts from all previous colleges attended must be transcript is also required . school high official An admission . for application Calvin’sundergraduate complete also or principal which indicates the course(s) they wish to enroll in at Calvin . Students must counselor school high their fromrecommendation or permission of letter a obtain must Students are eligiblefordualenrollment untilthetimeoftheirhighschoolgraduation. participating high schools, and interested students should first inquire at their high school. concurrently enrolled in college courses . The dual enrollment program is administered by Dual Enrollment Policy Admission of International Students Admission ofInternational Admission ofTransfer Students The cost of dual enrollment is the responsibility of the family, in partnership with their Calvin welcomes international students who demonstrate their ability to meet the meet to ability their demonstrate who students international welcomes Calvin Veterans will receive credit, as recommended by the American Council on To meet requirements for a Calvin degree, transfer students must complete one interim A maximum of nine semester hours will be allowed for courses taken by correspondence Transfer credit will normally be awarded for work done in accredited institutions . The application same the follow universities or colleges other from transferring Students Calvin welcomes qualified high school students who wish to be dually-enrolled . Students are but school high attending still are who individuals are students Dually-enrolled Students may transfer community college credit any time during their academic career. No essays, application fees or college entrance exams are required Admission adStandards o more than seventy semester seventy than more No Education, Students . English, 27
Admission and Standards
a .) where English follows that where university or Additional informa- Additional . school school ormally, students Normally, meet nglish Language Testing Testing Language English college US international international .calvin .edu/international); 550 213 80 6 .5 an an another . International students who wish to be from from English can use that language to satisfy the from nglish language proficiency language English graduated graduated English composition course . transferring have have be International students International . courses or course composition English TOEFL code number for Calvin is #1095 will will will English department or the office of academic services who leads who who who required in the student’s country; in the student’s required TOEFL and IELTS minimum scores required for regular admission for regular required minimum scores TOEFL and IELTS LS or other documentation of documentation other or ELS US high school curriculum is the primary of instruction language s/he has earned less than one-year of credit International student application form (www student application International Academic/educational recommendation; Academic/educational below; Applicable tests - see Demonstration of English language proficiency; documents; of Finances and supporting Completed Declaration form . of Educational Background Profile December 1); December Personal statement; tests any of results the and attended college(s) and/or school high from Transcripts . non-refundable application fee: $35 (waived for applications received before Computerized TOEFL Internet-based TOEFL results IELTS Paper-based TOEFL Paper-based • in the United States a high school Applicants who will have graduated from • Applicants • Applicants • Applicants • Canadian citizens Applicants who are Before Before enrolling in classes, international students will participate in a self-placement In certain situations, a student with a lower score on either test may be admitted with admitted be may test either on score lower a with student a situations, certain In 2 1 . To apply To for admission, international students are required to submit the following 6 . 7 . 8 . 9 . the of one any in are who applicants international for ACT or SAT the requires Calvin 5 . 3 . 4 . International applicants who are not required to submit an SAT or ACT (according to or ACT (according to submit an SAT not required International applicants who are Several scholarships are available to international students; some scholarships are 28ndards Admission and Sta process process to select an appropriate a provision for further intensive language training . for further a provision by April 1: following situations: (Calvin does not require the writing sections of the SAT or ACT the writing sections of the SAT does not require following situations: (Calvin
with a member of the them the through collaborative self-placement their reviews process, materials, and then an requires or recommends who are proficient in a language other than . requirement language foreign LTS (International IELTS TOEFL, the submit must above) listing the awarded awarded based on the results of the ACT or SAT System), requested . may also be tion about mathematics proficiency even SAT or ACT the take to encouraged are scholarships academic Calvin’s for considered . for admission purposes though these tests may not be required
Admission and Standards must berepeated orreplaced inanapproved manner be used as semester hour credit toward graduation requirements . Other prior coursework granted will be so noted . Only those courses in which a student received a C- or better can been forgivenesshas academic which for student’ssemesters a The on transcript. official remain calculation, GPA the in included not when even information, grade and course all GPAand the fromgraduation, required excluded arefor calculation Calvin, at period academic prior their in grades, policy,student forgiveness all academic the Under date . attendance Calvin last their since elapsed have must years five least at and readmission, forgivenessTooption . of time the at option specifically this must request students so, do have completed course work at Calvin prior to their readmission can invoke an academic is available,enrollment depositswillbeacceptedaftertheduedate. student’sthe account . deposit is first applied toward the student’s orientation fee and the remainder is applied to students be secured inanyoffiveways: non-classroom-based credit . Completed I-20applicationsmustbereturned toCalvinbyJuly31. Upon receipt of the completed I-20 application, immigration documents Calvin . to will admission be their of processedtime . the at students Canadian and international to sent be (I-20) to attend college or university in the United States . An application for the I-20 will Immigration Procedures andCanadianStudents forInternational Policies forCourseCredits andExemptionExaminations Academic ForgivenessPolicy Enrollment DepositforIncomingStudents Readmitted students International students $300 Transfer students Canadian first-yearstudents U .Sfirst-yearstudents Enrollment depositsare notrefundable beyondtheduedate.However, enrollment de- A maximum of 32 semester hours may be obtained through the transfer of transfer the through obtained be may hours semester 32 of maximum A However,GPAwho graduation . 2 .0 students for the standard meet must students All An enrollment deposit is required of all first-year, transfer, international and readmitted of Certificate a have to required are students Canadian and International This may This subjects . certain in credit college advanced earn to able are students Some 1 .
awarded for credit higher of scores amount varies . the Detailed test, information the is on available depending from 4, the or registrar’s3 is score acceptable minimum may students first-year Boardthe College While the . by scoresconducted submit examination fromAP an admission, of time the At — (AP) Placement Advanced . This deposit serves as a confirmationof the student’s plansto enroll at . Calvin posits willbeacceptedaftertheduedateaslongspaceisavailable. If space If date . due the refundableareEnrollmentafter not deposits noletDpstDueDate Enrollment Deposit $30 $2,000 $300 $300 . Admission adStandards August 1 June 1(mustbereceived June 1 May 1 June 1 issued .) before anI-20willbe Eligibility The 29
Admissions and Standards
o credit will be given to Subsidiary- to given be will credit No xaminations — Some departments offer departmental examinations departmental offer departments Some — Examinations . Such tests must be taken in lieu of registration for the course and may Students may not receive both AP credit and a high school exemption for the for exemption school high a and credit AP both receive not may Students . office . requirement same core a receive who students to given be will credit IB — (IB) Baccalaureate International classes . Higher-level on higher or 5 of grade . level classes Departmental students enrolled regularly appropriate, it deems department a If . courses some for examination . by credit academic regular receive and requirement core a meet may the by given is approval prior unless taken be may department per exam one Only registrar examina- departmental take to wishing Students courses . repeated as used be not tions may obtain forms from the departments from which they wish to take the for $50 and exam exemption an for fee $20 a charged be will student The exams . on recorded be will examinations the on performance student’s The exam . credit a . record the student’s office the by approved previously been have that courses correspondence and line of academic services .
. . ndards Admission and Sta 2 3 4 . Methods on- — Calvin students may from obtain transfer credit non-Traditional Furthermore, students who have completed appropriate courses in high school may be may school high in courses appropriate completed have who students Furthermore, The audited course is listed academic on transcript, the but student’s no credit is re- Students with 0 to 5 non-audit credits who choose to audit a class will be charged at $285 at charged be will class a audit to choose who credits non-audit 5 to 0 with Students Auditors must be formally admitted to the college and must pay the tuition for audit- Members of the community who are not enrolled as students in any college are invited to invited are college any in students as enrolled not are who community the of Members Calvin does not discriminate with regard to age, race, color, national origin, sex, or Calvin - dis to does age, not race, discriminate with color, regard Consult the office of academic information services about the ways high for school more . courses satisfy college requirements . This exempted certain college is from course possible requirements in language, foreign and the sciences . Details about these exemptions are listed with the core curriculum . 30 Visitors and Auditors Nondiscriminatory Policy Auditors are expected to attend all classes and participate in the assigned activities assigned the in participate and classes all attend to expected are Auditors . corded of the . class They may take all tests and submit assigned papers for evaluation, but they only credit to audit from registration their change may Auditors so . do to required not are during the first nine weeks of the semester; students enrolled in a course for credit may change to audit only during the first nine weeks . Students with 6 to 11 non-audit credits who choose who credits non-audit 11 to 6 with Students course . audited the for hour credit per to audit a class will be charged at $440 per credit hour for the audited course . Students $285 at charged be will class a audit to choose who credits non-audit 17+ than more with per credit hour for the audited course . Students who are registered for 12-17 non-audit not pay extra for any audited course . do credits ing, which is described below: register register as visitors in most lecture classes . Formal admission to the college is not required; however each visitor must obtain permission from the professor and register with the of- fice attending of class . A academic services,student may not visit a course before or course fee The lab . a or music applied as such applied, or practical nature its by is that component which includes campus parking privileges . for each course visited is $55 for the semester, ability in any of its education programs or opportunities, employment, or other activities . Questions pertaining to Title Questions IX, pertaining which to discrimination prohibits Title based on sex, and Section director Calvin’s to directed be may disability, on based discrimination prohibits which 504, SE, Grand Rapids, Michigan, 49546, (616) 526-6106 . Street of admissions at 3201 Burton
Admission and Standards at three-tenths below three-tenths at A plus-grade is computed at three-tenths of a point above these figures and a minus-grade one . D, two; C, three; B, course; per points four A, grades: above the of each to assigned not lowerthecalculatedgrade(i.eIA-) does this grade; new the with remainsnoted incomplete an completed, Once HA-) . (i .e, credithonors for aregiven Grades H precededwithdrawal .letter unauthorized the N, by good; C, average; D, just passing; F, failure; I, incomplete; W, authorized withdrawal; and courses inthecollegeprovided theregistrar andthecollegeapprove oftheseminary . in both college and seminary under no circumstances may credit for a single course be counted toward degree programs required,is college registrarthe and the of and seminary registrarthe Approvalthe of by tal advisors, carry up to two courses in Calvin Theological Seminary in any one semester instructor willreport agradeof AUn. be includedinthestudent’s average. carrying core credit are normally graded according to the traditional letter system and will courses Interim completed . satisfactorily course requiredinterim each for graduation for dent’s total record, but the student normally receives three semester hours toward the 124 unsatisfactory U, included inthecompilationoftheiraverageatCalvin. recordsarenot arerecordedstudents’ but universities on and colleges other programsat Enrollment inSeminaryClasses Grading Systems Student LoadandClassification of eachacademicsemester beginning the at revised be will records college of purpose the for Classification seniors . as 89, with those and juniors; as 58, with those sophomores; as classified be will pleted com- credit of hours semester 27 of minimum a with Students credit . of hours semester most studentstocompletedegree requirements infouracademicyears. of three interim courses . A more typical load is 31 semester hours per year, which enables 12 semester hours be earned each semester and isexpectedtolimitoutsideemployment. GPA of 3 .0, must have received no grades of incomplete during the previous two semesters, services for approval . To be eligible for consideration, the student must have a cumulative academic returnedto be must student’sand the chair of department or advisor academic requiresapplication morean Such carry hours . to semester 17 than recommendationthe services, academic of office the at permission, for apply may student a cases, exceptional In hours . semester 12 to load their limit to required be may condition or probation on academic load . for courses in applied music, basic physical education, and drama in addition to a typical register to students permits hours semester 17 to 12 of load course normal The pages) . information financial see information, more purposes(for aid financial for time half ered credit12 of minimum requiredis hours consid- is hours six of load a status, time full for For purposes of averaging grades, the following numerical values or grade points are points grade or values numerical following the grades, averaging of purposes For B, excellent; A, letters by designated are semester regular the during given Grades semester per hours semester 17 to 12 is load student undergraduate typical The Full-time college students may, as a part of a program worked out with their departmen- However, if they fail to attend classes, the classes, attend to fail they if However, AU . of grades given are Auditors Audits: Graduate Workshops: Graduateworkshopsare gradedwithSandUgradesonly and satisfactory; S, honors; H, are interim the for grades Ordinary Grades: Interim Undergraduate students are classified as first-year students until they have earned 27 earned have they until students first-year as classified are Undergraduatestudents ormal progressrequiresof Normal students minimum full-time a towarddegreefor that the Non-credit review courses are counted as part of a normal load, and students These do not carry grade point values and are not averaged in the stu- the in averaged not are and values point grade carry not do These . Grades for courses completed as transfer credit or in cooperative in or credit transfer as completed courses for Grades . . . Full-time seminary students may enroll for not more than two . Normal progress also requires the completion Admission adStandards . A . 31 .
Admissions and Standards
N, 66% 66% 68% 70% 72% 74% 77% 80% credited for credited good standing which must be Minimum percent of attempted hours, Students who discontinue classes discontinue who Students . 1 .5 1 .65 1 .75 1 .85 1 .95 2 .00 2 .00 2 .00 Minimum cumulative grade point average needed for good standing The grade of I shall be computed as a neutral grade in grade neutral a as computed be shall I of grade The . 1 .0 1 .30 1 .45 1 .60 1 .75 1 .90 2 .00 2 .00 Minimum cumulative grade point average needed for continuation ndards ta . . If they on fail their to records do so, grades of IN will be entered total of 17 – 31 32 – 49 50 – 67 68 – 85 86 – 104 attempted 105 – 123 Cumulative 16 or fewer 124 or more Admission and S
semester hours
The records of all undergraduate students are reviewed after each semester, and academic and semester, each after reviewed are students undergraduate all of records The Each student admitted to Calvin is assumed to have the preparation, the desire, and Full-time students, including graduate students, with a semester of GPA 3 .5 or higher Withdrawals: Students may alter their schedules during the first week of classes Incompletes: If students fail to complete all the required work or to sit for the final Repeats: Students may any repeat courses for by registering them, properly but must 32 Academic Probation and Dismissal Academic Probation The Dean’s List The Dean’s status is determined according to the following schedule: status is determined according the ability to make satisfactory progress toward a degree; however, some students do not however, the a ability degree; toward to make satisfactory progress make the progress expected of them . Such students are notified that they are placedop- an on given and counseling, academic and assistance special offered probation, academic . their records to improve portunity Part-time students Part-time . List Dean’s the on placed be will higher or 3 .3 of grade cumulative a and the within hours semester 3 earned have and above requirements point grade the meet who last year and at least 12 semester hours within the last 2 years will be placed on the Dean’s printed . are reports grade when semester each of end the at compiled is List Dean’s The List . Interim grades and subsequent grade changes normally do not alter the list . Interim grades and subsequent grade changes After that time, grades of W, autho- W, of grades time, that After . records their on recorded being W of grades without their of approval written the with courses leave they if recorded be will withdrawal, rized semester the of week ninth the of end the by instructors without permission or notification are not entitled to a grade of W but will be given an an given be will but W of grade a to entitled not are notification or permission without examination, instructors may, if examination, they instructors consider may, reason a valid, student’s give a grade of I, F of grade a than rather incomplete, inform the instructor when they are repeating a course . Only the latest grade, whether . The shall cumulative be GPA included student in higher the or compilation lower, of a student’s A course . repeated a as noted is but record, the from expunged not is grade original courses . repeated for credit additional course will not receive . GPA student’s a determining in F an as computed is grade This withdrawal . unauthorized registrar the of approval the with time any at school from withdraw who students However, courses . deans may be given grades of W in all and of one of the student make must interim in or semester fall in I an given Students . GPA student’s a determining up the deficiency by 15 March the of the of following spring 15 semester; if October given an by Ideficiency during the the up make must they session, summer or semester spring following fall semester it which in course the retakes and reregisters student a if only altered be will F of grade A received is grade final a When . records the from expunged never are I of Grades given . was . I (i .e . IB+) will be rewarded by an or the deadline is passed a new grade preceded
Admissions and Standards degree requirements canreasonably beexpected. of previously overcomecompletion difficulties encounteredbe eventual the can that and that evidence upon based be will dismissal academic following readmission admissions; for readmission will be reviewed by the academic review committee and the committee on dismissed for poor academic performance are eligible to petition for readmission . A request academic dismissal to the academic review committee . One year their appeal must may elapse continue beforeto permitted students not Students dismissal . to subject are probation Students who fail to meet the standards for good standing during the semester they are on These actions will actions include thefollowing: These . services academic and committee review academic the by outlined as actions of number a take to required be will probation academic on placed Students semester that in standing GPAgood the requiredfor than better or GPAto a equal earn must probation on placed semester,students subsequent the In probation . academic on Any student whose average falls below the minimum required for good standing are placed that theVeterans Administrationhasbeennotified. school will inform the Veterans Administration . The student will be informed, in writing, eran’s benefits fails to meet the GPA standard within the prescribed probation period, the hours, students must have earned a cumulative GPA of 2 .00 If any student receiving vet- semester 12 final the for enrolling to Prior benefits. these for certified be to continue to demic probation if their GPA falls below 2 .00 They must raise their GPA to .00 2 in order completed bythedeadline,afailinggradeisassigned. not are they If completion . for deadline the until grade neutral a as calculated are pletes GPA,incom- the calculating of purpose the For credited . hours semester of number the which thestudenthasearnedcredit thatappliestoward adegree . for arethose Creditedhours classes . of week second the of beginning registeredthe is at The records may be handwritten or in the form of print, magnetic tape, film, tape, magnetic print, of form the in or handwritten be recordsmay The individual . another areto which accessible sharedemployee, recordsor an with of possession the in related to him/her and which are maintained by Calvin . educational records . students’ the to access have may purposes tax income for dependent termed students of of their age or status in regard to parental dependency are protected under FERPA . Parents records . fromthe information disclosurerecords, of limit those to amend and to seek to right the student records . The FamilyEducationRightsandPrivacyAct (FERPA) Failure to meet the specified conditions willconstitute grounds for immediate dismissal A student who does not meet the requirement for continuation is subject to dismissal . Students receiving benefits from the Department of Veterans Affairs are placed on aca- arethat Courses repeated arein not but attempted, courses of number the in counted student a which for hours of number the is attempted hours semester of number The With certain exceptions, a student has rights of access to those records which are directly Students who are currently enrolled at Calvin or formerly enrolled students, regardless records,revieweducation and inspect to student the of right the providesfor act The Family The In • First • In addition Limitoutsideemploymentandextra-curricularactivities. • Limitenrollment forthesubsequentsemester, normallyto12credit hours, • Meetregularly withanacademicprobation counselor, • probation willutilizeotherappropriate resources . course (normally academic services course111). course (normallyacademicservices partnership year Educational students with will the ights and Privacy Act of 1974 helps protect the privacy of privacy the protect helps 1974 of Act Privacy and Rights be academic required probation to successfully counselor, Admission adSta ndards Educational complete all students an Records include any academic on academic services 33 . .
Admissions and Standards Admissions and Standards
electronic image, computer storage, or some other medium . This would include transcripts or other records obtained from a school in which a student was previously enrolled . Official Calvin transcripts are released only when requested in writing by the students . The fee is $5 per copy . Transcripts will not be released for students who have failed to meet their financial obligations to the college . Calvin may disclose information on a student without violating FERPA through what is known as directory information . FERPA regulations define ‘directory information’ as information contained in an education record of a student that would not usually be considered harmful or an invasion of privacy . This generally includes a students name, address, telephone number, electronic mail address, photograph, date and place of birth, major field of study, participation in officially recognized sports and activities, weight and height of athletes, dates of attendance, grade level, enrollment status (e .g ., undergraduate or graduate, full- or part-time), degrees, honors and awards received, the most recent educational agency or institution attended, and other similar information . A student may restrict the release of his/her directory information by making a request in writing to the registrar . In certain other situations, a student’s consent is not required to disclose educational information . Fifteen Exceptions are: 1) to school officials who have ‘legitimate educational interests’; 2) to schools in which a student seeks to enroll; 3) to Federal, State, and local authorities involving an audit or evaluation of compli- ance with education programs; 4) in connection with financial aid; 5) to State and local authorities pursuant to a State law adopted before november 1974 requiring the disclosure; 6) to organizations conducting studies for or on behalf of educational institutions; 7) to accrediting organizations; 8) to parents of a dependent student; 9) to parents of students under 21 for violations of any law or institutional rule related to the possession of alcohol or controlled substance; 10) to comply with judicial order of subpoena; 11) health or safety emergency; 12) directory information; 13) to the student; 14) results of disciplinary hearing to an alleged victim of a crime of violence; 15) to the Attorney General of the United States in response to an ex parte order in connection with the investigation or prosecution of terrorism crimes .
Requests to disclose educational information will always be handled with caution and approached on a case-by-case basis . Students who believe that their education records contain information that is inaccurate or misleading, or is otherwise in violation of their privacy, should discuss their problems informally with the person in charge of the records involved . If the problems cannot be resolved, the student may request a formal hearing by the registrar . The request must be made in writing to the registrar who, within seven days after receiving the request, will inform the student of the date, place, and time of the hearing . Students may present evidence relevant to the issues raised . The hearing officer who will adjudicate such challenges will be the registrar, or a person designated by the registrar who does not have a direct inter- est in the outcome of the hearing . The educational records will be corrected or amended in accordance with the decisions of the hearing officer, if the decisions are in favor of the student . If the decisions are unsatisfactory to the student, the student may place with the educational records statements commenting on the information in the records or state- ments setting forth any reasons for disagreeing with the decisions of the hearing officer .
34 admission and standards The statements will be placed in the educational records, maintained as part of the student’s records, and released whenever the records in question are disclosed . Application for Degree and Certificates In addition to the formal requirements for degrees described in the core curriculum, students must satisfy certain technical requirements . Normally, they must complete their
last year in residence at Calvin . They must also complete a Declaration of Major form and Admissions and Standards have it signed by their departmental advisor and must meet all of the conditions specified in that sheet . (These sheets normally are completed during the sophomore or junior year .) Finally, they must file a formal application for a degree at the office of academic services not later than the beginning of the semester in which they expect to graduate . If they are completing teacher education programs, they must also file an application for Michigan certification at the same time they apply for a degree or not later than a semester before they complete the certification requirements . Students may not participate in the May graduation ceremony unless they are within one semester of meeting their graduation requirements . Students desiring to graduate with an honors designation must apply for admission to a departmental honors program and meet those requirements and the general honors program requirements . Consult the special academic programs pages for more information .
admissions and standards 35
Logic . . Strong high school preparation may preparation school high Strong .
core curriculum
In keeping with the tradition of liberal arts education, the core curriculum of Calvin is competen- core gateway, core The components: 4 into divided are courses core Required Because of the complexity of the Calvin curriculum and the many alternative ways of As such, the core curriculum at Calvin participates in a long tradition of liberal arts The spirit of the Christian liberal arts curriculum permeates all of the ofprograms degree While the major or the profes- for life . While the major or the a preparation curriculum at Calvin is The core The goal of curriculum the at core Calvin is likewise Knowl- divided parts: into three Life is more than a job . Most students graduating from Calvin will pursue a career in 36 The Core Requirements The Core
The Core Curriculum: An Engagement with God’s World God’s with An Engagement Curriculum: The Core Core Curriculum Core designed to equip students with the knowledge and for skills an required informed and ef- society contemporary in service Christian of life fective courses linked two of up made is gateway core The capstone . core the and studies, core cies, of required all first-yearYear students: Prelude” and “First “Developing a Christian Mind” reduce the number of courses required in the core, and that number may be further reduced reduced further be may number that and core, the in required courses of number the reduce by special examinations in any subject . meeting the formal requirements, students must confer with their advisors regularly ef- in in catalog Calvin the under graduate may Students . programs academic their planning catalog the as long as catalog succeeding any or registration initial their of time the at fect chosen is not more than seven years old when graduation requirements are completed . Students who have not attended the college for more than seven years must re-enter the at the time of re-entry college under the catalog in effect education, a tradition that stretches back the ancient Roman Greco- designed to . world those prepare free from the necessity of Originally work for a life of public service, the grammar and rhetoric, logic, - “trivium” the with began study of course arts liberal most students complete the the bachelor college . of Traditionally, arts or the bachelor of sci- ence either programs, degree of which may include a teacher certification component . Other in science of bachelor the art, in arts fine of bachelor the include college the by offered degrees bachelor accountancy, in science of bachelor the nursing, in science of bachelor the recreation, social of bachelor the engineering, in science of bachelor the accountancy, public in science of work, the bachelor of arts numberin bachelor of speech a pathology computer science,and with audiology, offered are degrees Science of Bachelor Cooperative education . of master the and and special education . therapy, occupational of other institutions in medical technology, sional program prepares students for the successful pursuit of a job, the core equips students equips core the job, a of pursuit successful the for students prepares program sional for a life of informed and Christian effective service in contemporary society for at large, world . an engagement with God’s knowledge basic a impart to designed are core the in courses The . virtues and skills, edge, of God, the world, and ourselves; to develop the disposi- basic such skills cultivate in to oral, and written, and activity; visual physical and discernment, cultural communication, of well-lived’— life a for make that hope and charity, honesty, diligence, patience, as tions benefit to others and pleasing to God . But whatever their particular employment, they will also become citizens, neighbors, parents, parents, neighbors, citizens, become also will they employment, particular their whatever But . American culture in North participants generally, and, more parishioners, consumers, was to enhance ability a to student’s construct and evaluate knowledge claims; rhetoric, to develop the powers of persuasive communication in the public not square; grammar, the to exposure through character shape to but language, a of mechanics the learn to just the of aim the short, In . culture a of texts canonical the in embedded examples and ideals . and virtuous student intelligent, effective, the liberal arts trivium was to render the . professions They will become teachers, accountants, engineers, ministers, architects, . like the and nurses, workers, social lawyers, therapists, speech doctors, biologists, research
Core Curriculum introduce students to a to students introduce formed tradition . It is taught during the . fall DCM is a first-year interim course designed to the in community academic an as Calvin to progressiveorientation is Prelude (DCM) . Rhetoric inCulture Technology*Information Written Rhetoric CORE competencies First-Year Prelude Developing aChristianMind CORE GATEWAY and theeducationprograms .Modelprograms are describedwithineachdepartment . (BSW) work social (BSR), recreation N), (BS (BFA), nursing arts fine (BSE), engineering the faculty or approved semestercoursesatCalvinwithastrong cross-cultural component. a number of ways: through designated off-campus interim courses; semester abroad programs; particular theme or discipline . a The with cross-cultural connection engagement in requirementcurriculum core may the be of fulfilledthemes in broad the together draw year,which senior or junior the in taken typically courses, studies integrative of comprised is capstone core The program . professional or student’smajor a in required courses with overlap will Typically,life . of dimensions and domains primary them the of to number students a duce introto - aredesigned corestudies The level . collegiate the at success academic to essential skills those advance they student’sas technology,a Calvin, in at careerearly taken best are of DCM in the spring semester issues . First-year students taking a 122 language course during the interim can take a section Foreign Language* Health andFitness* one coursefrom: one coursefrom: enGL101orEN100/102(two-course,full-yearse- one ofthefollowing: one ofthefollowing: Sport, DanceandSociety Leisure andLifetime Personal Fitness Certain professional-degree programs have a modified core curriculum approved by approved curriculum core modified a have programs professional-degree Certain and recreation). nursing art, fine requirementsreducedengineering, corecurriculum have (accounting, college foreign language will be required of students who are in academic programs of that year one term)or each better or (C foreignlanguage school high of years 2 least At have takenlessthan4yearswillbe askedtotakealanguageplacementtest. who Calvin’srequirement.fromStudents exempt are term) school high each in or better (C language foreign level school high of years 4 least at taken have who Students *High schoolexemptionfrom foreign languagerequirement ispossible. *Exemption examoffered. from thecorresponding category. exempt is season full a for sport varsity junior or varsity a in participating student *A . These include accountancy (BSA and BSPA), speech pathology and audiology, eformed Christian worldview and its relevance for contemporary contemporary for relevance its and worldview Christian Reformed
. Core competencies, such as written rhetoric and information SPAN 202,203;STSP203 GREE 202,206,207;JAPN202;LAT N 202,205;LCTL202; CHIN 202;DUTCFREN113,GERM123, AR IDIS 110;CS106,108;ENGR101 quence) IDIS 149 IDIS 150(MustbetakenatCalvin) one from: PER160-189 one from: PER120-159,E221and one from: PER101-112,E222and T 153;CAS101,140, 141, 214;IDIS102;SCES214 core cu rriculum Re- 37
Core Curriculum
STHU 312;
M 101, 103, 104, 115; 104, 103, 101, M 310; PHIL 225, 226; POLS 207, 271, 271, 207, POLS 226; 225, PHIL 310; E L 255, 352, 353, 354, 355, 356; SOC SOC 356; 355, 354, 353, 352, 255, L RE TH 101, 102, 234, 235, 237, 238, 239, 240; 204; STSP 270 110-112, 211, 212; CHE 212; 211, 110-112, R TH 232, 233, 241, 243, 245; BIOL 364; CAS 330;TH 232, 233, 241, 243, 245; BIOL 364; CAS TE 210; AR EOL 112, 151,GEOG/GEOL 120, 251; GEOG/IDIS 191; G 235; 223, 221, 212, 134, 133, PHYS IDIS160; 230; 152, SCES 113 BIOL 111, 112, 115, 123, 141 STCH 203, N 308, 311; STHO 205: STBR 372; 153; SPA 102, 212; SOC 151, 210 CLAS 211; ENGL 205, 210, 211, 215-219, 283,285, 290, N 309 N 206; SPA 295; FREN 351; GERM 217, 218; LAT AR ECON 237, 337; ENGL 302, 318; GEOG 110, 210/ 279; 277, 276, HIST 151 or HIST 152 HIST 151 or PHIL 153 ENST 210, 240, 242; FREN 362, 363; HIST 231-233, 235, IDS 242; IDIS 271; 263, 262, 261, 246, 245, 242, 241, 238, P 205; MUSC 201; AR 282, 320,ARCT 201, 202; CAS 145, 203, 217, 254, 281, 236; 203, 107, 106, 105, 103, MUSC 231; 221, CLAS 321; PE 202, 330 143, 160, 161, 170, 171, 221, 380; PSYC 255; 100, MATH SOC/SOWK 255 AST SOC/SOWK 250; STHO 211-212 SOC/SOWK 250; STHO
*High school exemption from physical world or living is world possible. requirement at the college level). (Students must take one science core Students who have taken at least 3 years of high or school science) with environmental science a (excluding grade of physical C or better are eligible for an exemption *Students must take one religion core at Calvin. core religion *Students must take one core curriculum one course from: one course from: CON 151, 241, 221, 232; GEOG 241; IDIS 205; POLS 101, e one course from: one course from: one course from: from: one course one course from: from: one course (If Rel131) one from: L 121 or REL 131 re reL 211-214; 221-224 (If Rel121) one from: 244, 251 reL 230-235; 237, 243, one course from: one course from: one course from: one course from: POLS 110; PSYC 151; eDUC 202; PHIL 211; Living World* 38 Societal Structures in North America Societal Structures in Literature Global and Historical Studies CORE studies CORE and the World the West History of Philosophical Foundations Philosophical I Foundations Theological or I Foundations Biblical II* Foundations Theological or II Foundations Biblical or The Arts Mathematics Physical World* Persons in Community
Core Curriculum Integrative Studies* CORE capstone meet mornings or afternoons, but those involving laboratories and in-service experiences course during the three-week January term, commonly called interim . Most interim classes requirements oftheseconddegree andcompleteaminimum of145semesterhours. a Bachelor ofSciencedegree . receive to elect may physics and mathematics, engineering, sciences, earth the science, semester hoursofinternshipcredit maybeappliedtograduationrequirements . arecourses requiredsuch parta designated of a programminor or major . hours in applied music and drama may be applied to graduation requirements except when of concentration . a minimum GPA of 2 .0 (some programs require a 2 .5 GPA) both overall and in the program hours or more, completion of the designated program of study and the designated core, creditand three of courses interim three of completion hours, semester 124 of completion ful Cross-Cultural Engagement Interim Course Bachelor ofArts,ScienceDegrees one course from: Optional CCE* Integral CCE IDIS 290(independentstudy)takenasaCCEContractCourse* one coursefrom thefollowing options: Calvin is on a system under which students take only one three or four semester hour Students desiring to earn a second baccalaureate degree from Calvin must meet all of the Students who have completed at least 58 semester hours in biology, chemistry, computer success- following: the bachelor’sinclude degreeCalvin a for requirements formal The *Transfer credit notacceptedforintegrative studiescore. and instructor the with arrangements complete additionalwork. make must students credit CCE receive *To to prior instructor obtainingsupervising 20 contacta hours ofof cross-culturalapproval with experience. form contract a submit *Students PHYS 133-134;133-235;CHEM103-104;GEOL151-152 the of any by met be also following two-coursesequences: can categories core world living and world physical The services willdeterminewhichexemptionisappropriate. coreworld living fromor world requirement.physical the either academic of office The Not more than 5 semester hours of basic physical education or 8 semester
RE 205, 207-209,212,215,395,396;POLS399;PSYC 394; IDS395;MUSC308;NURS380;PE332;PHIL201- 396; G 393; PHIL225,226;SPAN 310 on-campus courses:CAS203,216;HIST238;IDIS205, STSP 100;270,312;aninterimcoursefillingCCE STF off-campus courses: SPHO 315; STB department); SOWK 381;aninterimcoursefillingCCE 194, 196,290;NURS397;PSYC204,322;SPA N 202(see on-campus courses:CAS303;CS324;IDIS190,192,193, EN 360; CAS 352, 399, 599; CS 384; A R TS 395; A C GL 395; R R 330; STGH 312; STHO 210; STHU 312; ST 310; E OG 380, 386; G RE EN R TH 395; A L 295; SOC 395; SOWK 381; SPA G R 339, 340; ER R CT 397; BIOL 394-396; BUS M 308; HIST 395; IDIS 310, EN ST 395; F E core cu rriculum CO R 312; STCH 210; N 395; REN o more No 12 than E 394, 395, DUC 398; N N 395; M 394;
39
Core Curriculum . . At least two of the courses in ecreation courses are also offered during interim . during offered also are courses Recreation eport, which details the student’s remaining academic remaining student’s the details which Report, Although such major concentrations are not normally cho- normally not are concentrations major such Although . ducation and Education Teacher education majors group and some departmental . majors Teacher Evaluation . Such majors require a minimum of twelve courses, ten of which must be very degree-seeking student must fulfill the requirements of a faculty-approved faculty-approved a of requirements the fulfill must student degree-seeking Every Optional six-course departmental minors and group minors are possible in certain certain in possible are minors group and minors departmental six-course Optional core curriculum Members of the community who are not enrolled as students in any college are invited invited are college any in students as enrolled not are who community the of Members Calvin is associated with a number of similar colleges with January interim programs, programs, interim January with colleges similar of number a with associated is Calvin Students may also initiate interdisciplinary majors other than those formally approved approved formally those than other majors interdisciplinary initiate also may Students The various programs of concentration are specified in the section of the catalog, which catalog, the of section the in specified are concentration of programs various The To be admitted to a department’s major program a student must have earned at least a C (2 .0) C a least at earned have must student a program major department’s a to admitted be To Majors. 40 Programs of Concentration (Majors and Minors) of Concentration (Majors and Programs Formal given . is instructor the of permission the if classes interim in visitors as register to admission to the college is not but required, each visitor must register with the office of in- which $55, is visited course each for fee The class . attending before services academic interim off-campus to extends visitors to invitation This privileges . parking campus cludes student to priority first give courses off-campus leading professors However, well . as courses if space is available, for enrollment; the visitors course may register and pay the costs as- interim and an additional administrative fee of $275 . sociated with the off-campus Information is available from from available is Information interim . the during students of exchange the possible making . programs of off-campus the director One of these may be taken in addition to the required three semester hour course . three in addition to the required One of these may be taken may require full-day students . participation Because degree, of Calvin their a informal and for intensive nature, requirements most meet To limits . enrollment have courses interim must complete at least course three interim interim courses (a one course, to complete meet must the interim students requirement Transfer hours) . semester three least at be must for each year in attendance at Calvin and students may not take or more than (S), satisfactory two (H), interim honors graded are courses Interim . department single a in courses specially other and requirements core satisfy that courses those except (U), unsatisfactory designated courses, which are graded in the conventional A–F system . A number of one Physical hour semester Minors. from from two disciplines with no fewer than four from either the meet to needed courses two remaining The courses . advanced be must discipline each a provide must Students discipline . third a from chosen be must minimum twelve-course written rationale for indicating such how programs, the chosen to disciplines each relate other and how the proposed course requirements constitute a coherent the Such of approval require proposals the and registrar of fieldthe chairs of the departments of study the in available are forms major Interdisciplinary selected . are courses ten the which from the Declaration of Major/Minor form . replace office and registrar’s by the faculty Group majors designed for teacher for designed majors Group . offerings course and programs departmental describes described in the education section . are programs certification in each course designated as a prerequisite for admission, unless that department stipulates a C a stipulates department that unless admission, for prerequisite a as designated course each in be admitted to a (2 .0) concentration group average ain two courses . or To prerequisite more that within department primary the by admission for required GPA the met have must student concentra- of program the in (2 .0) C of average minimum a maintaining not student A . group . of probation for a single semester in that program tion may be permitted to remain . programs certification for teachers may be applied only to teacher departmental or group major group or departmental sen until the second semester of the most sophomore year, programs do presuppose the completion of specificcomple- freshmanthe andand advisor sophomore program courses . or Official department admissiona of to approval aformal major the requires program tion of a declaration form . Once a declaration form is completed, a student may access a Academic their of copy declaration a submit again must they major, their change students Whenever . requirements form for the new major
Core Curriculum the followingimplications: has policy This concentrations . supplementary) (or minor and major the both of ments both concentrations, no more than two courses shall be counted as satisfying the require- courses of three semester hours or more; moreover, when some courses may apply toward jor and minor (or supplementary) concentration shall consist of at least fourteen distinct student’sA concentrations. supplementary) (or minor and major between Overlap ma- Only thoseminorsdescribedintheeducationsectionare approved forteachercertification . environmental studies following interdisciplinary minors: advisor designated the of approval minors written the requireGroup catalog . the of sections departmental the in described are minors the of fields . A 2 .0 average in the minor program courses is required for graduation in . them Most Overlap betweenminors.There maybenooverlapsbetweenminors . policy hasthefollowingimplications: courses shall be counted as satisfying the requirements of both major concentrations . This or more . When some courses may apply toward both concentrations, no more than three hours semester three of courses distinct sixteen of minimum a of consist shall trations, Overlap between two majors. A double major, i .e, two college recognized major concen- Courses required Youth leadership ministry Urban studies Missions Medieval studies Latin Americanstudies Journalism International developmentstudies German studies Gender studies Asian studies Archaeology African andDiasporastudies in twomajors Total courses in themajor 20 ormore 11 ormore 19 18 17 16 10 9 8 overlap permitted overlap permitted Maximum Maximum 3 3 2 1 0 2 2 1 0 In addition the college offers the offers college the addition In . distinct coursesrequired distinct coursesrequired core cu rriculum Minimum #of Minimum #of 17 ormore 15 ormore 16 16 16 16 14 14 14 41
Core Curriculum For more information, please see see please information, more For . or biblical/theological studies II, nrollment Enrollment by means of this program is offered . This classification includes: foreign language competency, written rhetoric, rhetoric in rhetoric written rhetoric, or language foreign competency, . Departments that established departmental rhetoric programs will include will programs rhetoric departmental established that Departments
Adults with no prior college experience and at least a four year interruption in education since high school . work and work course of combination a have who Calvin into transferring Adults since high school . experiences equivalent to four years of activity work course of set a or degree second a for returning students baccalaureate Post commitments . and interests to their emerging related 2 . 3 . 1 .
Adults who wish to begin a college program or return to college courses may enroll Students in the Access Program are assigned to academic advisors who are familiar The Access an provides Program alternative entry into Calvin for those students who After a student has been selected to be part of the Access Program, a placement test Group Majors: Majors: Group Departmental Departmental Writing Programs: All students will meet Academic Writing Program Minimum Grade in English 101: As the firststep in developing competence in written Adult Learners who enter or return to Calvin must complete the new Adult Learner Adult Learners seeking to complete a degree from Calvin must fulfill requirements for requirements fulfill must Calvin from degree a complete to seeking Learners Adult Students who transfer into a major program should work with their with work should program major a into transfer who Students Students: Transfer 42 Special Academic Programs The Adult and Continuing Education Program The Access Program
The Academic Writing Program Writing The Academic Special Academic Programs Academic Special under the classification of Adult Learner academic services or visit the Calvin Web site . academic services or visit the Calvin Web with program requirements and by resources which academic progress can be and achieved . semester, first their during program the in involved very are students Access Typically semester second the during occurs follow-up additional do not meet regular admission standards, but whose records do indicate not that admission but meet they regular standards, whose records could de- is determined by the velop into successful college students . Admission into this program committee on admissions and is based on high school grades, high school course work, scores, and . recommendations ACT/SAT in mathematics and a writing self-assessment are given to determine course placement in those . areas All Access students are required to take “Strategies for academic Academic Success” . servicesThis course is course a 3 semester 112: hour course and is taken concurrently with a reading-lecture course in which the student learns to apply what is taught in academic services course 112 . When students initiate a group major other than those than other major group a initiate students When majors . group their for provisions formally they approved must by include the plans faculty, for require- meeting the AWP the and advisors major their from plans such for approval obtain should Students ments . of the AWP co-director students . each year to a limited number of first-year . program rhetoric a departmental through requirements (AWP) . for English 101 credit students receiving of all of C is required a minimum grade rhetoric, core core curriculum . Adult Learners will be required to complete one course in each of the following core areas: developing the christian mind a major and for liberal arts core courses . At least 25% of the semester hours for required graduation and a minimum of four courses in the designated major must be completed at Calvin . global andhistorical studies biblical/theological foundations, philosophical world, the and west the of history culture, . requirements what they must do to satisfy AWP major advisor to determine
Special Academic Programs department), orseetheHonorsProgram Web site. arts degree in a field such as art, art history, art ge- art, engineering, as communications, such business, field a in degreearts follow the “Harvard model” for architectural education--they complete a four-year liberal pre-architectureCalvin Most sciences . technical and social students the culture, and and history design, with concerned profession a of naturebroad the of architecture,because degree from Calvin. ate schools while also meeting requirements for a Bachelor of Arts or Bachelor of Science under whichtheyfallintheacademicdepartments andcoursessectionofthecatalog . also 15oftheirsenioryear submit an“ApplicationtoGraduatewithHonors”byFebruary must They possible . as early as advisors their with work honors their plan should Students areconsideredcourses . grades not honors honors with courses interim Regular in which department they major the by established conditions other any fulfill and 3 .5, least at of GPA a of eighteen semester hours with at least two of these courses outside their major), maintain on thepart ofthe student,andaimatgreater depth oflearningthanaregular class. honors students . Honors classes generally assume a high level of motivation and initiative cross- disciplinary proposeprograms of examination, concentration, and by participate requirementsin various core extracurricular events from for exemptions seek required), is contract with a professor to take a regular course for honors credit (for which extra work Program availableontheHonorsProgram Web site. may apply to the director by completing the online application to participate in students Other the participate . to eligible Honors also are higher or 3 . GPAis cumulative Calvin at they have an ACT composite score of 29 or higher (= SAT 1290) . Current students whose totheimmediatecommunityandworldatlargestudents forleadershipinservice . outstanding prepare to and excellence, academic discovery,of rewarding and nurturing, the for provide to intended is Program Honors The education . undergraduate their out directed . totheofficeofacademicservices complete their admission forms . Questions about the Adult Learner classification may be at Calvin. enrollment their in early major or program their from advisor academic an of advice the fulfill the liberal arts requirements specific to those programs . Adult Learners should seek example, Adult Learners in the teacher education program and the nursing program must approved cross-cultural engagement. arts, mathematics, physical foundations I, persons in community, societal structures in Architecture Pre-professional Programs Professional-degree programs The HonorsProgram For further information, contact the director of the Honors Program, K . Bratt (Classics Various courses of study may be pursued as preparation for a professional degree in degree professional a for preparation as pursued be may study of Variouscourses The programs in this section prepare students for admission to professional and gradu- department the in found be can programsprofessional-degreeregarding Information To graduate with honors, students must complete at least six honors courses (a minimum Students in the Honors Program may register for special honors sections of core courses, if Program Honors the in participate to invited automatically are students Incoming Calvin offers special opportunities for students of outstanding academic ability through Students seeking classification as an Adult Learner should indicate this when they when this indicate should Learner Adult an as classification seeking Students coreFor arts . liberal modified this allow not do majors programsand Certain NOTE: . These departmental requirements are spelled out on the Honors Web site . or living world, integrative studies, a capstone course, and an Special AcademicProg rams North America, literature, the . 43 -
Special Academic Programs
. . Tigchelaar Tigchelaar . . Tigchelaar, . of Tigchelaar, The pre-law advisor, advisor, pre-law The . Pre-law students normally take the LSAT LSAT the take normally students Pre-law . . Pre-medical and Pre-medical students pre-dental normally take their Medical College Admissions Test For those students not majoring in biology, the minimum science requirements for entrance for requirements science minimum the biology, in majoring not students those For A student may select any major concentration and still meet the entrance requirements for requirements entrance the meet still and concentration major any select may student A P with consult should students requirements, unique have schools few a Because Students interested in these programs should consult with the pre-architecture adviser pre-architecture the with consult should programs these in interested Students The Association of Theological Schools (ATS) recommends that pre-seminary students pre-seminary that recommends (ATS) Schools Theological of Association The Students planning to apply to medical or dental schools should consult P Although law school applicants must have a college degree, there is no - prescribed pro (MCAT) or Dental Admissions Test (DAT) in the spring of their junior year and should apply(DAT) or Dental Admissions Test (MCAT) the summer prior to their senior year for admission to medical or dental schools during to determine specific requirements of the schools to which they intend to apply of the schools to which they intend requirements to determine specific into nearly all medical or dental schools are met by the following: Three courses in Biology (which Biology in courses Three following: the by met are schools dental or medical all nearly into 261-262 103-104, Chemistry advisor); pre-medical the with consultation in selected be should (Chemistry 303 or 323 is by required some schools); and Physics 221-222 or the equivalent . However, nationwide the majority of the applicants to medicalto applicants the of majority the nationwide However, schools . dental and medical all science majors . and dental schools are Students . programs pre-dental and pre-medical the for advisor faculty department, Biology the . curriculum listed under the core requirements should also note the general college core Mathematicssequence, calculus semester two A . recommended are 143 and 132 Mathematics 171-172 161-162), (previously by is veryrequired few . schools Because of the changes in the encouraged to take Biology 331 or strongly curriculum, students are core Biology department . and DATs them for MCATs 206 to better prepare 44 Special Academic Programs Ministry Medicine and Dentistry Law . History department and Art in the Art ography, history, philosophy, environmental science, sociology, or political science, or an science, environmental sociology, philosophy, history, ography, and then they in enroll a graduate major, for group interdisciplinary program the Master students prepare helps focus arts liberal This . degree professional first a as Architecture of and adaptable in coping resilient them more and makes diverse environments to work in with the rapid pace of global social, technological, and economic change . Four years of high school math is advisable, since at least one course in calculus and Physics 221 and . recommended strongly 222 are . and do independent research communicate clearly, develop the ability to think carefully, Pre-seminary students should also learn about and human may culture find and society, it useful to develop proficiencyin biblical languages, Latin,and modern languages Pre-seminary Pre-seminary students should consult the catalogs of the particular seminaries that they are considering attending for the specific admissionrequirements of those schools . The department of congregational and ministry studies (CMS) serves team as of the college’s gram or major specifically designed for students planning to enter law . school Prospective law school applicants should complete the requirements for a Bachelor of Arts prescribed degree in the as core curriculum, taking advantage of the opportunities provided therein law of practice the for useful insights and knowledge, skills, acquire to J . Westra of the Political Science department, can help students plan programs and select courses that provide good preparation for law . school The pre-law advisor also guide students through the can processes of identifying law help declare as should a calling, students preparing for the Pre-law Law schools . law to applying and (LSAT), Test Admission School their interest in law at registration time and should plan to attend the pre-law information semester fall each of beginning the at held sessions In the spring of their junior year and should apply for admission to law school during the fall of their senior year
Special Academic Programs Greek are encouraged. literature),history,ing philosophy, of semesters Four science . social and science, natural in each courses length semester two least at take students college that theology and Bible in study academic further for preparation as well tion that emphasizes vocational objectives for students who are not seeking ordination, as in music orthearts . required are courses college two worship, in MA in the required for is and course anthropology; college cultural one missions, and evangelism in MA the for addition, In philosophy, and speech, as well as two each in history, natural science, and social science . in each course college one take students that recommends seminary Bible & theology) prepare persons for leadership in various areas of church ministry and ministries, family and care,youth pastoral worship, ministries, educational mission, 200; 203and240are recommended . Greek 205-206; Philosophy 251 and 252; and Communication Arts and Sciences 101 and programs: undergraduate their in courses following the include should students Calvin requirements, these fulfill to order In encouraged . are Greek of semesters Four speech . history, philosophy (preferably history of philosophy), natural science, social science, and in each courses length semester two least At courses: ing ministry therapy, Washington University School of Medicine in St therapy advisor, r.Nyhof,oftheBiologydepartment . classes, a schedule for each student is arranged in consultation with the pre-occupational for registering Before programs . OT offer schools which learning and Calvin at arriving courses from each school to which they intend to apply nated by the school offering the degree, the student should obtain a list of these required can bearrangedthrough CenteratCalvin. theService-Learning OT,which in experience volunteer or work requires also It taken. are courses specified certain as long so major any degreewith programsrequirescollege graduate a these into completing a six-month internship, and passing a national board examination . Admission therapy,occupational in doctor’s(OTD) degreea or (MSOT) degree science of master a psychology, sociology, andtheology civilization, classical study: of areas following the of 2 .67 Calvin Theological Seminary recommends that pre-seminary students emphasize degree, as well as the admissions requirements bachelor’sof a the for college’sseminary,requirements the of all including meet a minimum must GPAstudents expectations: sions requirements of the seminary are included here as an example of typical seminary admis- admission the institutions, two the between relationship close the of because nary,and students through theprocess ofdiscerningacalltoministry J . Witvliet, professor of music and worship . This group of advisors is committed to guiding Barger T advisor; pre-seminary primary and advising pre-ministry of coordinator CMS), adjunct Lundbergand (religionM . advisors: these of one to questions any direct should students Pre-ministry advisors . pre-ministry Occupational Therapy Professional Combined-CurriculumPrograms Calvin Seminary’s master of theological studies program provides a theological educa- and evangelism in concentrations (with degrees Arts of Master Seminary’s Calvin ordained for persons prepares program (MDiv) divinity of Seminary’smaster Calvin Calvin offers a 3-2 combined curriculum program with the program in occupational in program the with program curriculum combined 3-2 a offers Calvin Because the specific courses required for admission to occupational therapy are desig- earning requires (OT) therapy occupational of field the into entrance for Preparation Because many Calvin pre-ministry students choose to attend Calvin Theological Semi- Elliott, professor of youth ministry; M . Hulst, college chaplain and CMS professor; . To enter the MDiv program, pre-seminary students should complete the follow- . Cioffi, director of the Jubilee Fellows program; L. program; Fellows Jubilee the of director Cioffi, . Special AcademicProg rams nglish, Greek, history, philosophy, Greek, English, . . This step can be completed after Louis, Missouri nglish (including literature), (including English . It is recommended is It . nglish, literature, English, . A student partici nglish (includ- English . The 45 -
Special Academic Programs
. . A student applying from Calvin will receive Biology 141, 205, and 206 Biology 141, 205, and Chemistry 115 215 or Physical Education 215 and Sciences Communication Arts 101 and Sciences Communication Arts in literature English 101 and one course college competency the second year language, through Foreign History 151 or 152 IDIS 110, 149 and 150 255 Mathematics 143 or Psychology course (to be arranged) Medical terminology Music 103, 106, or 236 Philosophy 153 and 212 or Biology 396 3 activity courses Physical Education and Recreation: Physics 223 Psychology 151, 201, and 212 Religion 121 or 131 A second course in religion Sociology 151 and 153 interim courses Three The three-year program at Calvin includes the following requirements: the following requirements: at Calvin includes program The three-year Students interested in stewardship of god’s Students creation can interested in complete stewardship of degrees in god’s resource Students follow one of two paths to gain professional competence in the natural re- esource Resource institutions and human behavior requires students to become proficient in esource policy and management requires students to become proficient in economic in proficient become to students requires management and policy Resource esource ecology requires students to become proficient in biology, physical sciences, physical biology, in proficient become to students requires ecology Resource 46 Special Academic Programs Pre-professional transfer programs Pre-professional Programs Natural Resource pating in this program would spend three years at Calvin taking the specific courses listed listed courses specific the taking Calvin at years three spend would program this in pating apply for acceptance and into below, if the accepted, program at University, Washington completion successful Upon years . clinical two the for University Washington to transfer occupational and letters in science of bachelor a receive would student the year, first the of completion successful upon University Washington from MSOT a and Calvin from therapy would program OTD the into accepted student a Alternatively, . program year second the of spend three years University at Washington . either program status in his/her application for preferential ecology, policy and management, and resource institutions and human behavior policy and management, and resource ecology, sources, in any of the above fields: 1) completion of a bachelor’s degree at Calvin followed Calvin at degree bachelor’s a of completion 1) fields: above the of any in professional sources, a to transfer then and Calvin at study of years two After 2) or study graduate by re- in interested students for suggested is years two after Transferring . elsewhere program social and behavioral sciences, learning how individual, group, and institutional behavior institutional and group, individual, how learning sciences, behavioral and social . the use and allocation of natural resources affects This emphasis is appropriate for students who seek policy careers in or management of resources architecture), (landscape planning management), wildlife and fisheries, (forestry, archi- Landscape communication) . and education, advocacy, policy, economics, (resource courses in design, graphics, engineering, and planning . completion of requires tecture theory, management skills, social sciences, communication skills, and political institutions . political and skills, communication sciences, social skills, management theory, mathematics, and computer science . Students considering careers in researching fisher- ies, wildlife, and forestry should complete a biology concentration at Calvin, while also fulfilling graduate . schoolrequirements Students should consider graduate education in their employment options . to increase natural resources
Special Academic Programs prepare to complete this degree by can completing Calvin the at Students prerequisiteprofession . the courses into for entrance their for required programsbe will DPT a 2020, therapy physical in (DPT) degree doctoral a or (MSPT) degree should betakeninthefallsemester ofthestudent’swhich (PCAT), finalyearatCalvin. Test Admission College Pharmacy the require schools pharmacy Most curriculum . pre-pharmacy a planning in students assist will Ubels, advisor,J . pharmacy study of course appropriate an plan to apply to intend they which to schools tion of Colleges of Pharmacy Web site (www placement credits . Students should carefully and advanced frequently accept not consult do the schools American Some - Associa often . change and greatly vary schools pharmacy BA degree before enrolling in pharmacy school . Pre-pharmacy course requirements of the or BS a complete students that prefer now schools Some degree . (PharmD) Pharmacy of Doctor a in culminating study of years additional four complete to pharmacy of college beforecareerCalvin a at in years two least at complete a will to pharmacy transferring in interested Students school . pharmacy a to acceptance prerequisitesarefor that Calvin at schoolsrange fromApplication deadlinesatthevariousoptometry 1toApril. January college . of year junior the of completion OATafter the take students Most time . any at take the Optometry Admission Test (OAT), which is given on computer and may be taken apply to intend they which to schools optometry requirementsthe the of meets that study of course a plan advisor,to Ubels, J . of Schools and Colleges of Optometry (www or group science major at Calvin . Students should consult the Web site of the Association economics course . These requirements may be met within the context of a biology major but allrequire thefollowing: doctor of optometry (OD) degree . the in culminating study of years additional four complete to school optometry entering Optometry early intheircollegecareers . and asmanycoursesincomputerscienceeconomicspossible. chemistry, of year one mathematics, of major,year biology one the of years two first the source policy and resource management . Students who expect to transfer should complete Physical Therapy Pharmacy Students wishing to enter the field of physical therapy (PT) must complete a master’s Calvin College does not offer courses in pharmacy; however, students may take courses physiology,recommend anatomy,also or schools business biochemistry,Many a and Students wishing to become optometrists complete a BA or BS degree at Calvin before Students interested in these areas should consult D . Warners, of the biology department,
Social Science(Psychology151,Sociology151) English 101andaliterature course Mathematics 143 Mathematics 132or171 Physics 221and222 261and262or253 Chemistry 103and104 Chemistry Biology 207or336 Biology 123and224 Requirements for admission to optometry schools vary, All applicants to optometry school areschool optometry requiredto applicants All . to .aacporg) and the Web sites for the pharmacy .optedorg) and work with the pre-optometry Special AcademicProg rams Beginning in the year the in Beginning . Semester hours 5-10 3-6 8 4 6 4 4 8 8 The pre- The . 47
Special Academic Programs
yhof for Nyhof r . . Students who desire to Tigchelaar or or Tigchelaar . Core or major concentration courses Core Sociology 151 Health 254 Core or major concentration courses Core Chemistry 104 Psychology 201 Biology 205 Mathematics 143 or Psychology 255 Core or major concentration courses Core
Third Year Spring Semester Year Third First Year Spring Semester First Year Spring Semester Second Year Students Students classes . for register they before department, biology the of Nyhof, r . Core or major concentration courses Core Biology 207 Core or major concentration courses Core Chemistry 103 Psychology 151 Biology 141 Biology 206 Core courses Core
Third Year Fall Semester Year Third
Second Year Fall Semester Second Year First Year Fall Semester First Year
The prerequisite The courses prerequisite depend on the graduate school to which students wish to Calvin has developed an articulation agreement with the Herbert H . and Grace A . Each graduate program determines their prerequisite courses, and since there is so Students who would like to practice medicine under the supervision of a licensed 48 Special Academic Programs Physician Assistant Students then attend attend then Students . discipline any in program degree a with conjunction in interest of . competitive very is therapy physical in programs graduate to Admission school . graduate students should apply; obtain therefore, a for list non- each of of requirements the graduate for classes prerequisite of list sample a is Below . interested are they which in schools therapy pre-physical the of advisor the contact to encouraged are Students majors . biology program, Dow Dow A . Grace and . H Herbert the with agreement articulation an developed has Calvin University Michigan Central at Program Therapy Physical Professions Health of College (CMU) . Under this agreement, CMU will guarantee acceptance for up to two Calvin . their requirements year who have met students per Dow College of Health Professions Physician two to Assistant up for program acceptance guarantee at will CMU Central agreement, Michigan this Under (CMU) . University . Calvin students per year who have met their requirements pursue a career as a physician assistant should contact either P either contact should assistant physician a as career a pursue advice about preparatory courses and hours of direct patient care required by particular . clinical training programs much variability from one program to Calvin another, does not offer a specific program assistant . physician a as service Christian of career a for prepare to want who students for Rather, students can major in any discipline so long as they complete courses for the the graduate program prerequisite to which they intend to apply A physician assistant can assistant physician A . (PA) assistant physician a becoming consider should physician patients, counsel diagnoses, make examinations, physical perform histories, medical record order and set administer fractures, laboratory and, in tests, most assist states, in surgery, drugs . prescribe must also work or volunteer with patients under the supervision of a licensed physical physical supervision licensed the a under of patients with volunteer or work also must the Service-Learning . Center at Calvin through therapist . This can be arranged
Special Academic Programs Special AcademicProg rams 49
Special Academic Programs 50 Special Academic Programs
Special Academic Programs registered units, and they count toward full-time status and financial aid eligibility aid financial and registeredtowardstatus count full-time they and units, as aid financial of office the and services academic of office the by however,recognized are, they graduation; for credit carry not do 10 below numbers with designated Courses on appropriate studymethods. emphasis an include courses All instructors . with conferences personal and instruction individual for opportunity give to designed are schedules and sizes Class 112) . and 111 100 and 102), mathematics (ASC 004 and 005), and college-level learning strategies (ASC the academic services Webthe academicservices site . additional information under office of academic services and the Access Program, or visit see Please courses . requirednon-credit any including hours semester fourteen to twelve probationof academic registertotal on normally a students for and students Access lege . col- the at continue to eligible be to order in (ASC) course/s services requiredacademic Students in the Access Program or on academic probation must successfully complete any points . honor carry not do but grades, with transcripts student on appear courses credit Description ofcoursesoffered bythevariousdepartments Academic DepartmentsandCourses F and S, no credit . no S, and F (3) . Student Science and 005 completion ofthecourse. required is successful higher for or C of grade final A courses. core other and 110, Science Physical 115, Chemistry 103, Chemistry 111, 221, Mathematics 143, Mathematics 100, ematics Math- 005, ASC for needed competence of el course is designed to bring students to the lev- The equations . quadratic and exponents, and linear equations and inequalities, polynomials ing . Topics include properties of real numbers, solv- problem and thinking mathematical of with a particular emphasis on the taught development is course This credit . no S, and F (3) . 004 COURSES instructor), J.Heerspink(AssociateDirector) Leanne Doornbos(ESLInstructor),J.DeBoer(DisabilityCoordinator), J.DuMez(English T. Steenwyk(Director),Elicia Arai(AcademicCounselor),J.Bosscher(MathInstructor), Academic Services semester bydoubleasterisks(**). second the leave on those and (*), asterisk an by semester first the for leave on those ses afterthecoursename.Interimdescriptionswillbeavailable October2009. each course is offered . The credit (semester hours) for each course is indicated in parenthe - The office of academic services provides courses in provides courses services academic of office The (†), a by indicated are year academic the for absence of leave on members Faculty The symbols F (fall), I (interim), S (spring), and SS (summer session) indicate when Courses numbered 100 and above carry graduation credit and calculate in the GPAthe . in calculate and credit graduation carry above and 100 numbered Courses Mathematics for the Liberal Arts Student Intermediate Algebra for the Business Business the for Algebra Intermediate Economics 151, Astronomy 110, Biology
the effects of motivation and behavior on on across applicable behavior is content and Course learning . motivation of effects the understand will and concepts these apply will theories, and approaches to learning . Students course introduces students to select strategies, 111 cessful completionofthecourse. A final grade of C or higher is required for suc- require additional instruction in mathematics . for or students in mathematics-oriented majors who 201; 132, 110, Mathematics 200; ics course is intended as preparation for trigonometry angle right and functions, logarithmic and quadratic polynomials, and include graphing, linear equations, exponents Topicsreasoning . mathematical and skills ing problem-solv - of development the on em- phasis an with materials presents course This This This . S and TransitionsF Academic (1) . nglish composition (see composition English academic ser vices Econom- English . Non- The The . 51
Academic Departments Academic Services - The . . A broad choice of . urope and the Americas the and Europe Economics and a modified No more than one language instruc- track broader broader academic . studies This course is - rel evant for students across all academic disci- plines . Open to first year students; others by permission of the office of academic services (OAS) . Concurrent registration in a selected . course paired Scheduling is must required be arranged through the office of academic ser vices . One additional course from the opposite tion course, and no more than two interim - require the toward counted be may courses, ments for the minor
, African and African Diaspora Studies . Ntarangwi of the Sociology department serves ncy vices, Accounta
academic Ser Strategies for Academic Success . (3) F
An interdisciplinary minor, African and African Diaspora studies is an integrative The accountancy program at Calvin is intended to students prepare for careers in ac- See the business pages for more information on the accounting degrees and model listed below This course students introduces to theories of learning and motivation . Students will apply these theories to a paired course and to their 52 IDIS 391 as tracks two the of one from courses Four AFRICA AND AFRICAN DIASPORA STUDIES MINOR
African and African Diaspora Studies African and African Accountancy - sec and first to Open . disciplines academic all the of permission by others students; year ond servicesoffice of academic . 112 Accordingly, students may choose one choose may students Accordingly, immigration . voluntary and migration forced through Diaspora, African the on other the and 1) (Track Africa on focuses that one tracks: two of primarily in the new 2) . world M . (Track as director of the AADS minor; J . Bascom (Geography), D . Hoekema (Philosophy), and . A . Patterson (Political Science) serveadvisors for this program as program program intended to deepen students’ understanding of a region econom- global to significance increasing of are that traditions, cultural of dispersed widely the world, and of ics, international health development, policy, and Christian theology courses is offered, making it possible to adapt the minor to a variety of major programs in the humanities, social sciences, and fine . arts The minor program encompasses study to Africans of dispersal the of and peoples its and Africa of both counting by balancing a comprehensive survey of accounting courses, various business Preparation curriculum . core arts liberal strong college’s the and electives, economics and for in a accounting career can be accomplished by completion of one of the two degrees: Accountancy Public in Science of Bachelor the and accountancy in Science of Bachelor . as well as descriptions of course offerings programs Bachelor of Science in Accountancy program degree is The a program four-year intended accounting . for public students than other accounting in career a for prepare to want who requires 56 credit hours in the departments of Business and . core requirement The Bachelor of Science in Public Accountancy degree meets the 150 prepare to states other most and Michigan by adopted requirement education hour credit examination . Public Accountant (CPA) students who wish to sit for the Certified
Accountancy COURSES Other courses, including on-campus or off- Track 2:AfricanDiaspora Track 1:Africa structor aftertesting . in- the from permission or 101 LCTL uisite: cultures of Swahili-speaking peoples . Prereq- the into insight more gain will Students hili . Swa- writing and on reading proficiency and equal emphasis on improving conversational continues the study of Swahili grammar with course This (4) . II Swahili Elementary 102 tory, andliterature .Noprerequisites . film, art, culture, journalistic interviews, his- of standing Africa . Students will develop a deeper under- in peoples Swahili-speaking with nicate commu- to needed concepts grammar basic to learn elementary spoken Swahili as well as them enable and countries Swahili-speaking will expose them to the people and cultures of It language . the previouswith no experience hili . The course is designed for students with Swa- written and spoken to introduction an 101 Elementary Swahili I (4) . This course is
the approval ofaprogram advisor ed toward the minor requirements with campus interimcourses,maybecount- e Four coursesfrom; on-campus including courses, Other Four coursesfrom; Swahili -LessCommonlyTaught the semesterinGhanaprogram) STGH 217, 280, 312 (offered through Philosophy 101(Swahili); 226; Political Science 279; Languages Taught Commonly Less 242; 241, History 242; E Geography 245; history Art nglish 318; French 362; French 363; appropriate) (when 370 Spanish 303; Sociology 252; Sociology 255; History 363; program advisor requirements with the approval of a minor courses, the toward counted be may interim off-campus or nglish 283; French 362: French French 362: French 283; nglish Languages (LCTL) ast Africa through exposure to exposure through Africa East . . African and AfricaD iaspora Studi es East neatos ih h txs get lectures, guest texts, the with interactions from derives structure and discussion class course utilizes a seminar the approach where seminar,the senior a As change. social for operational impact, globalization, and means cal theory, the neo-colonial social context, its the Diaspora . Special attention is paid to criti- throughout efforts transformative in church the of role the and development, economic movements, social issues, current as well as roots colonialism/neo-colonial those tique cri- and explore to lens Christian a utilizes science, economics, and theology, this course sociology, history, anthropology, political of fields the on Drawing emerged . have tance resis- and identity, representations, gender racialized which from context social and cal histori- the formed have neo-colonialization and colonialization west, the to Africa From is- sues and contemporary transformative movements of today the to common histories their colonial from Diaspora African the and Africa of and stories unique parallel simultaneously the covers course This years . alternate S, (3). Studies and Diaspora African African in Seminar Senior 391 IDIS LCTL 201orpermissionoftheinstructor community Swahili-speaking a in be would as out carried are passages ing used . are objects authentic cultural studying and scenes, describing telling, story discussion, materials, sample creating role-play, as such Activities tasks . real-life and pedagogic both task-based, are lessons most goal, this speakers . achieve to order Swahili In other with interactions verbal meaningful in engage to learners the enable to skills communicative developing on concentrates course this 201, of uation contin- A . (4) II Swahili Intermediate 202 LCTL 102,orpermissionoftheinstructor community Swahili-speaking a writing passages are carried out as would be in areobjects cultural thentic used . au- studying and scenes, describing telling, story discussion, materials, sample creating and real-life tasks . Activities such as role-play, pedagogic both task-based, are lessons most Swahili speakers . In order to achieve this goal, other engage with interactions to verbal meaningful in learners the communica- enable to skills developing tive on concentrates course This (4) . I Swahili Intermediate 201 eading and writ- and Reading Prerequisite: . Prerequisite: . eading and and Reading . . 53 .
African and African Diaspora Studies . - arth, Earth, . This . . Students Stearley Stearley r . eligion), H VandenBerg R It is designed designed is It . . . . The laboratory attends COURSES de Vries (History), Program Program (History), Vries de Pomykala ( . Discovery of Prehistory of . . . Introduction Introduction to Archaeology (3) . Supervising and Advising The The group minor in archaeology is Interested students should consult a . A classroom introduction to archaeology course examines the major discoveries of ev- of discoveries major the examines course idences, over the course of the period A . D . 1400-2000, for the great antiquity of to the physical objects which provide these evidences: rocks, fossils, archaeological arti- discover- major document lectures The facts . ies and their interaction with the history of ideas during this time period . There are two field trips . or A required Christian three per- . developed is age great of world a on spective . Also satisfies physical world core IDIS 240 F field theory, archaeological on emphasis with work methods, artifact processing, and data . interpretation The course is designed to in- troduce students to the theoretical concepts Earth, Life, and Humanity (4) . F life and humanity Geology 230 the African or African Diaspora minor or by of the professor approval either French either or French German, while Spanish is archaeology useful for new world administered by an inter-departmental committee, the archaeology minor com mittee . The members of the committee as B are 2008-9 of (Classics), Bratt K . Coordinator, (Geology), K member of the archaeology minor commit- minor archaeology the of member tee for selection of the specific courses for the minor (Sociology) . Luttikhuizen (Art), and T
. Religion There are no language are . There Sample programs in old world . Engineering 101, 103, Geography
African and African Diaspora Studies, Archaeology
The minor in archaeology may be taken in conjunction with any major any with conjunction in taken be may archaeology in minor The Architectural Architectural History 201, Art 241, 101, History Studio Art 256/356, 250/300, 243, 245, 393, Biology 323, 346, Com- puter Science 106, 141, 153, Classics 221, 221/222, 320, Geology 151, 152, 311, 232, 231, History 317, 313, 313/Biology 235, 238, 241, 245, 261, 338, museum studies- Art 393, History 393, sequence coherent a select may Students 311, 321, Sociology 153, 253, 303, 308 courses in ancient languages Two applicable to the archaeological ture studied, one cul- interim course, with archaeological focus, other courses ap- plicable to the student’s archaeological . interests archaeology, archaeology, new world archaeology, and draw- architectural as such fields specialized graph- computer including available, are ing ics and GIS applications to archaeology Geology 230 240 Interdisciplinary 340 Interdisciplinary following: the from courses additional Three their to appropriate courses elective three of major and to their plans for minor further the study in advisor an of approval the with program to serve both those students who wish out to of study extra-vocational archaeology in- and those inwho archaeology wish qualification forterest graduate programs as specified below should seek faculty advice interested ARCHAEOLOGY GROUP MINOR IN work advanced for requirements Language vary in archaeology but minor, archaeology the for requirements students should consider plans for future work and study in completing college lan- . For old world archae- guage requirements the ology, best modern language choice is
54 Archaeology theories, theories, and . ideologies The course carries an honors option (to be arranged with from the courses Three Prerequisites: . professor)
Archaeology IDIS 340/History 380 terdisciplinary 340.Offered alternateyears. archaeology world new and world old the both in ports re-archaeological of reading critical the and work, field in participation archaeology, of college, andaprescribed program ofconcentration. with the exception of a reduced foreign language requirement, equivalent to one year in mester hours, including three interim courses, the regular liberal arts core requirements, first Wednesday inOctoberorthefirst the Wednesday inMarch . by applications Submit office . department Art the in available are admission for requirements on information and forms Application college . in courses art studio BFA program . the for advisor faculty department, art the of Greidanus A . with consult should Calvin Visual Arts(BFA) is describedindetailbelow Assistant Professors Y. Ahn,M.Burrow, C.Hanson,E.Van Arragon, A.Wolpa Associate Professors J.Van Reeuwyk(co-chair) Professors D.Diephouse(co-chair),A.Greidanus, H.Luttikhuizen,F. Speyers,J.SteensmaHoag Art andHistory field schools of other universities. An on-site quality or faculty Calvin by done work field with conjunction in Offered I. (3-6) . ology art andart history of studio art, art history, and art education . The department also offers minors in studio Students opting for a bachelor of arts degree may choose from the major concentrations A student wishing to obtain a BFA degree in art must successfully complete 124 se- 124 BFAcomplete a successfully obtain must artto degreein wishing student A threeprogram,completed Beforethe have to must admission student for a applying at program (BFA) degree arts fine of bachelor the in interested are who Students The Bachelor of Fine Arts (BFA) program, which has a greater professional emphasis, Calvin’s Art department offers both Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of Fine Arts degrees . Philosophy 208 Recommended cognate: Art Studio 399 Art Studio 395 Two electivesfrom art studioor art history Three advancedstudiocoursesfrom: Four intermediatestudiocourses from: Five introductory studiocoursesfrom: One Art Elective History Art 238,239, or240 History Art 102or Architectural History 202 History Art 101or Architectural History 201 History Art 153 Program ofConcentration: . It serves as a prerequisite for In- Art Studio 350,351,355,356,357,358,and380 Art Studio 300,301,305,306,307,308,and316 Art Studio250,251,255,256,257,and258 . Field Work in Archae- . Archae ology permission oftheinstructor tory his- cultural human of analysis written the in sources non-literary of use the and facts, arti- of analysis comparative and typological excavation, stratigraphic in involved ologies method- the to student the expose to signed introduction to archaeological field work de- Prerequisites: Interdisciplinary 240 and Prerequisites:240 Interdisciplinary . , Ar t and r 63 hrs. 12 hrs. 15 hrs. 4hrs. 3 hrs. 6 hrs. 9 hrs. 3 hrs. 3 hrs. 4 hrs. 4 hrs. . t histo r y 55
Art and Art History . . Fine arts r . Buursma, . Students minoring . Materials fee . Teacher Teacher Education Program Guide- An introduc- An S . and F (4) . Culture Visual All All finearts groupmajors must - com must have the approval of the depart- in found are approval for Criteria ment . the book, available in the education depart- ment . C of grade a earned have must Students termediate termediate courses and one advanced course) 0) or better in art 153 before applying for for applying before 153 art in better or 0) . ducation 315; Communication Arts and 153 tion to the function of visual images as tools of persuasive . communication This course will better equip students to communicate effectively with visual images and critically examine their various uses in contemporary . culture Intended for first- and second-year students only Communication Arts and Sciences; and P Hash, M usic . COURSES Reeuwyk, Art; advisors: J . Van in fine arts must complete a sequence of courses from one of these disciplines and some additional electives chosen in con- sultation with a fine arts advisor plete at least 36 semester hours of courses in music, art, and communication and arts least at complete must minors All sciences . three these in courses of hours semester 24 Art take must minors and majors All . areas E Sciences 214; and Music 238 . In addition, complete must arts fine in majoring students dis- these of two from courses of sequence a ciplines chosen in consultation with a fine arts education advisor (2 admission to the studio art and Art educa- . tion programs FINE EDUCATION ELEMENTARY GROUP MAJOR AND MINOR ARTS ducation 315, 316 and 359 Education 315, Art History 101 and 102 Art History 238, 239, or 240 Art History 241, 243, or 245 Art Education 399 Art Prior to the teaching internship, students Art Studio 255 or 256 Studio Art 258 Studio 257 or Art Studio 251 Art Five electives studio art (including two in- Specifically Specifically . y t histor t and ar courses for pre-architecture students courses for pre-architecture 56 Ar Minor Studio Art 153 Art History 201 History 101 or Architectural Art History 202 History 102 or Architectural Art studio courses introduction Two course One intermediate studio One studio elective Major History Art 153 Art History 201 History 101 or Architectural Art History 202 History 102 or Architectural Art History 232 or 233 or Classics 221 Art History 234 or 235 or 237 Art History 238 or 239 or 240 Art History 241 or 243 or 245 Art history electives art Two History 397 History 397 or Architectural Art History 399 Art complete to encouraged are majors History Art a language second foreign language sequence in addi- foreign core their to tion STUDIO ART MAJOR ART STUDIO 153 Art History 201 History or Architectural 101 Art History 202 History or Architectural 102 Art courses studio introduction Two studio courses intermediate Two studio course One advanced history or studio elective One art Studio 395 Art Studio 399 Art 103 and 203 Architecture as qualify studio MINOR HISTORY ART 153 Art History 201 History 101 or Architectural Art History 202 History 102 or Architectural Art History 232 or 233 or Classics 221 Art History 234 or 235 or 237 Art History 240 238 or 239 or Art History 245 241 or 243 or Art K-12 EDUCATION ART COMPREHENSIVE MAJOR (NO MINOR REQUIRED) 153 Art Studio 250 Art French and German are advantageous for stu- for advantageous are German and French dents who want to pursue graduate school .
Art and Art History 302/303 . Art 153, Art sites: Prerequi- fee. Materials hours . learning vice This final component will be met through ser schools . area teaching from students with experiences art and studio demonstrations, lectures, projects, includes course This ting . set- cultural their to relation in addressed be will images visual of function the course, this throughout understanding, socio-historical Togreater own . foster their call can they that approach pedagogical responsible a veloping de- in teachers prospective guide also will It and school to professional standards secondary in art education . the in art teaching of ods meth- various to students introduces course 316 sion oftheinstructor Prerequisites: areincluded . hours learning throughservice portunities to work with area school children op- Partnership education . art of philosophy personal a and units plans, lesson art create to assignments as well as assignments tive collabora- and experiences, studio lectures, group major or minor or major arts group fine a taking student education needs the the of meet to designed also is It tion . Art to pre-requisite is and (K-12) student tion Art the of needs the meet to signed de- is course This level. school elementary the for specifically methods education art as well as general in education art of field the tion 315 mission oftheinstructor per- by or seniors or juniors, sophomores, to Open competencies. core in section arts the in requirements core meets course This hours . fromlearning service through schools area children with work to opportunities and demonstrations, assignments, laborative col- experiences, studio lectures, includes It students . education special and education al course is designed The to meet level. the needs of elementary-school gener- the at art ing age-making and to various methods of teach- F (3) . 210 uain 1: eodr Art Secondary 316: Education Introduction to Elementary Art Educa- Art Elementary to Introduction This course is an introductionto an is course This S . (3) . ehd fr h Eeetr Teacher Elementary the for Methods F (3). Education Art Secondary This course is an introduction to im- to introduction an is course This .
ArtEducation(ARTE) ducation 302/303 or permis- or 302/303 Education ducation 315, Education .Materialsfee This course includes course This . .Materialsfee ducation Education Educa- Educa- This This . -
ented communication design . communication ented as a problem-solving approach to Internet ori- software image-based the to introduction An 255 Prerequisite: Art Studio250. fee. Materials critiques . and demonstrations, discussions, readings, through reinforced be will concerns Viconceptual - and technical, sual, discernment. visual and critical as well as skills, observational developing of means a as painting of use the and painting, of tion tradi- the images, painted of production the This surrounding issues media. critical addresses the course of execution and control through paintings effective visually produce ness, and facture . Students will be expected to like- representation, perception, include that issues critical adjoining of investigation an as (color, form, shape, and composition), as well painting of study the to related solutions and This problemsvisual and technical initiates course medium. painting the to introduction 251 Prerequisite: Art 153. fee . Materials discernment . visual and critical observational skills, but also that of practicing developing of means a as only not drawing, of use the address will course This critiques . and demonstrations, discussions, readings, reinforcedbe will through concerns technical and Visual,conceptual, media . the of ex- ecution and control through drawings effective visually produce to expected be will Students volume, scale, composition, and perspective) . value, shape, (line, space pictorial to related construction of visual problems and solutions drawing of materials and techniques through use the and understanding basic the teaches course This media. drawing to introduction 250 tion majors student work,required ofseniorart educa- 399 Exhibition(0).Group exhibitionof departments priortoenrollment . education and art the by teaching directed into admitted be must Students 346 . ucation with concurrently taken be must course This levels. secondary and elementary the at culture visual of teaching the in practices Art Teaching . (3) A course on principles and 359 Introduction to Drawing (3) . F and S . An Introduction to Painting (3) . F and S . An Seminar in Principles and Practices in Practices and Principles in Seminar ad S. and F (3). I Design Communication Art Studio(ARTS) Ar t and r
t histo r mphasis is on on is Emphasis y Ed- 57
Art and Art History . . This
Communication Design II (3) . F Intermediate Drawing (3) . F and S . A Intermediate Painting (3) . S . A further dresses visual problems and solutions specific solutions and problems visual dresses to ceramics, the texture of materials, and the - tech and acuity Visual space . of manipulation - read through nical abilities will be reinforced ings, discussions, demonstrations, critiques, and . lectures The history critical of approaches to ceramics the media will and lead to an understanding of how three-dimensional forms give shape to ideas and beliefs . Materi- . Studio 250 Art als fee . Prerequisite: 300 further exploration of the activity of draw- ing . This course emphasizes the critical en- gagement of visual problems and solutions through the development of a drawing port- folio . The primary source material for this course is the human figure, utilized for vi- sual and technical investigation of pictorial space, as well as for contemporary issues critical surrounding the representation of the self and others . Materials fee . Prerequisite: Studio 250 . Art 301 This media . and ideas painting of exploration course emphasizes the critical engagement of visual problems and solutions Stu- . portfolio painting a of development the through dents will be expected to participate in on- discus- critiques, individual and group going sions of and assigned contribute readings, to seminar painting bi-weekly a in dialogue the Through critical engagement of contempo- rary painting practices, this course initiates patterns of individual research in the . fee Materials . portfolio painting a of duction pro- Studio 251 . Art Prerequisite: 305 inter- interactive dynamic, on focuses course face Web site design . Using WYSIWYG edi- motion, and graphics bitmapped vector, tors, and MP3 audio are integrated usable and intuitive that are site portals Web to produce in the visualization of their navigation . Stu- dents will learn how to use low-bandwidth, high-impact, image-based software that al- lows users to navigate through linear, non- spatial, parallel, and hierarchical, ma- linear, useful, to lead which structures, timeline trix virtual interaction . Projects are designed to construct visual interfaces, which optimize site navigation without . programming Mate- Studio 255 . Art rials fee . Prerequisite:
-
y . Materials fee . - Prerequi t histor t and ar Ar Introduction Introduction to Ceramics (3) . F and S . Introduction Introduction to Sculpture (3) . F and S . Introduction Introduction to Photography (3) . F and 58 This course introduces students to the basic components of ceramics, including the con- struction of three-dimensional forms and the organization of space . Students will learn tra- ditional and contemporary methods of work- ing with clay and glazes . Course work ad- developing developing and integrating visual acuity with software dexterity in order to illus- communicate Typography, . purpose and meaning with de- to integrated are photography and tration, velop visual problem-solving skills . Selected under visual develop to designed are projects standing and encourage critical discernment . . 153 Art Materials fee . Prerequisite: 256 S . An introduction white and black of process the and techniques to basic photographic film operation, camera including photography Course . presentation and printing, processing, work emphasizes visual problems and solu- flatness, as such photography, to specific tions frame, time, and focus . The ability to produce photographic images with visual effectiveness through control and execution of the media is . stressed Visual and technical abilities will be reinforced through readings, discussions, demonstrations, critiques, and . lectures The history of photography and critical - approach and informes to the media will be introduced the context of study fall 2009 . 153 . Not offered site: Art 257 An introduction to the production of three- dimensional objects through methods and technologies of . sculpture Course work em- phasizes visual problems and solutions spe- cific to sculptureincluding the basic com- ponents of three-dimensional form and the manipulation of space . Students will be in- troduced to a variety of materials pre-fabricated, such found media, as plaster, wood, stone, metal, and composites . Students will be expected to produce and sculptural control through effectiveness visual with objects execution of the media . Visual acuity technical abilities will be through reinforced and readings, discussions, demonstrations, cri- sculpture of history The . lectures and tiques, lead will media the to approaches critical and to an understanding of how sional forms give three-dimen- shape to ideas and beliefs . Studio 250 . Art Materials fee . Prerequisite: 258
Art and Art History 306 Prerequisite: Art Studio258. fee . Materials projects . class and lectures, ings, addressed through is read- ceramics to specific theory Critical process . and concept between ods, issues of presentation, and the relationship given to the use of particular production meth- be will attention Special objects . ceramic of lio portfo- a of production the require will course This media. other and clay, glazes, of aspects further investigation of the visual and technical 308 fee. Prerequisite: Art Studio257. Materials projects . class and lectures, readings, through addressed is sculpture to specific theory Critical process . and concept of presentation, and the relationship between issues productionparticularmethods, of use objects . Special attention will be given to the sculptural of portfolio a of production the require will course This space. of nization orga- and media sculptural of aspects nical tech- and visual the of investigation further 307 Not offered 2009-2010. ect . Materials fee . Prerequisite: Art Studio 256 . studio assignments, critiques, and a final proj- lectures, readings, through addressed is cism criti - Photographic images . photographic tive effec- of production the through lectures and demonstrations, readings, technical of cation appli- the emphasizes work Course lighting . artificial and color including introduced, be also will techniques advanced and processes, photog- raphy analogue to specific theory critical of study with medium, photographic the of exploration of the visual and technical aspects terials fee.Prerequisite: Art Studio256. assignments, critiques, and a final project . Ma- is addressed through readings, lectures, studio tensive production of digital images . Criticism in- throughlecture and demonstrations, ings, read - technical of application the emphasizes ma- display and acquisition, storage, nipulation, image digital include will covered Topics addressed . be will tography pho- digital to specific theory critical of study tography with an emphasis on digital media . A tion of the visual and technical aspects of pho - 316 A S . and F (3) . Sculpture Intermediate F (3) . Photography Analogue F . (3) Photography Digital A A S. and F (3). Ceramics Intermediate A variety of professional equipment, equipment, professional of variety A .
Course work work Course . An explora- An . A further further A .
Students will be evaluated be will Students readings . critical and technical assigned of discussions to tion addi- in images, student in idea of sentation pre- and concept of quality the of on critiques consist will time Class work. tographic pho- digital and/or analogue of body herent co- a of production the in solving problem phasis on individual research and conceptual 356 Prerequisite: Art Studio305. technical and imaginative skills . Materials fee . of development personal on be will Emphasis performance . predicated portal’s a achieving on emphasis an with images, bitmapped and mize the synchronization of audio with vector opti- to streamlined be will flows work sign De- audiences. market specific with resonate which narratives visual construct to order in clips overlapping with coalesced and brated, frames and MP3 audio will be integrated, cali- digital streaming imagery bandwidth broad to row nar from design portal site expands course 355 Materials fee.Prerequisite: Art Studio301. portfolio . painting cohesive and a toward ideas images of development the on focus will that critiques individual groupand ing ongo- in participate will students painting, in issues contemporary on seminar weekly media painting supports . In addition to helping lead the bi- non-traditional and gies couraged to experiment with new technolo- en- be will students course, this of part As paintings . of portfolio a of production the through solving problem conceptual and researchindividual emphasizes course This media. and ideas painting of investigation 351 Art Studio300. Prerequisite: fee . Materials ideas . and images drawn of understanding critical and opment devel- individual the on focus will that tiques cri- individual and group ongoing in ticipate par will students readings, assigned of sions discus- to addition In media . drawing tional non-tradi- and technologies new of use the with experiment to encouraged be will dents - Stu drawings . of portfolio cohesive a of tion produc- the through solving problem ceptual course addresses individual research and con- 350 This This S . (3) . III Design Communication An em- An S . (3) . Photography Advanced This This . S and F (3) . Drawing Advanced further A S. (3). Painting Advanced . avigating within time line image image line time within Navigating Ar t and r t histo r y 59 - -
Art and Art History . A urope, Europe,
.A . candidates . Art History (ARTH) Senior Seminar in Studio Art (3) . F Independent Independent Study in Studio Art (3) . F (3) . Arts Byzantine and Christian Early (4) . I Art Historyof the to Introduction
(4) . II Art of History the to Introduction It is intended is It . present the to Renaissance 101 F and S . This course surveys the history of the the visual Paleolithic from arts era to the Renaissance . Although this course concen- trates primarily on the development of the historical and religious traditions of the artistic traditions of non-Western tures cul- are also . addressed The course is tended for first- and second-year students . in- 102 F and S . This course is a historical survey of the visual arts in Western civilization from the for first- and second-year students . 232 function and form the of study historical A S . of visual images in the early Christian and capstone seminar course for all seniors ma- joring in studio art, which re-examines the production the between relationship integral Stu- commitments . faith and images visual of dents will examine contemporary theories and practices in art criticism, while refining their own religious convictions . In addition, to related issues ethical address will students art-making as they prepare for professional se- lectures, Slide fields . art-related in careers lected readings, and class discussions; com- pletion of an and portfolio art an state- artist ment is . required Prerequisite: Senior stand- . ing with a major in studio art stu- of exhibition Group (0) . Exhibition 399 dent work, of required senior studio art ma- jors and B .F The following art courses supplementary may concentrations in journalism: be part of Art Studio 255, 256, 305, 306, 316, 355, and 356 . and S, tutorial . An advanced course provid- for investigating ing the opportunities use of new techniques or new materials, including . mixed-media To enroll in this course, stu- dents must submit a written proposal to the chair for . Five approval Prerequisites: studio . approval courses and departmental art 395 390 . approval and departmental courses
-
y . Students will also meet t histor t and ar equirements include regular critiques regular include Requirements Ar Internship in Communication Design Advanced Ceramics . (3) F and S . This Advanced Sculpture . (3) F and S . This F and S, and F (3) . Studies Visual in Internship 60 equirements Requirements include regular works in progress, critiques discussions of techniques, of and critical . readings Student portfolios will and concept, craft, of basis the on evaluated be . presentation Students will examine possible to contributions make can they which in ways the field of ceramics and . visualMate- culture Studio 308 . Art rials fee . Prerequisite: 380 (3) . F and S, tutorial . A practicum in which students work ten hours per week semester under for an one employer supervisor and participate in a series of internship seminars . techni- and ethical, theoretical, apply Students cal aspects of graphic design or photography communication . visual in problems specific to Personal journals, assigned art projects, and instruc- supervising the with meetings regular tor enroll . are in required To this course, stu- dents must submit a written proposal to the Stu- Five Art . Prerequisites: chair for approval . approval dio courses and departmental 385 tutorial . A practicum in which students work a minimum of ten hours per week for one se- mester in fieldan underart-related thesuper designer, vision professional of a studio artist, or gallery director with an instructor regularly on campus to ad- course,this in enroll To learned . lessons dress students must submit a written proposal to the chair for . approval This course is not in - tended for students concentrating in commu- Studio Art Five Prerequisites: design . nication course directs individual research in the - pro duction of a cohesive body of ceramic work . course directs individual research production of a cohesive body in of sculptural the work . tech- of discussions and progress in works of niques and critical . readings Student portfo- lios will be evaluated on the basis of craft, concept, and . presentation Students will ex- make can they which in ways possible amine vi- and sculpture of field the to contributions sual . culture Materials . fee Prerequisite: Art Studio 307 . 358 on a photography portfolio and a class pre- sentation of their . work Materials fee . Pre- 316 . Studio 306 or Art requisite: 357
Art and Art History Rubens, Bernini, Caravaggio, aesthetics . philosophical emergenceof the to and science, modern and olic Cath- the and art between relationship to en eigh- and teenth centuries . Special attention will be giv- seventeenth the during colonies Westernin images visual of function and form the of study cal 237 ing orabove.Notoffered 2009-2010. stand- sophomore Prerequisite: required . is researchpaper a discussions; class and tures lec- Slide studied . artists are major the of some Michelangelo and Vinci, da Leonardo artistic genius . Giotto, Piero della Francesca, of invention the to and humanism, and art between relationship the to perspective, ear tention will be given to the emergence of lin- images in Italy from 1300 to 1550 . Special at- visual of function and form the of study cal 235 omore standingorabove. researchrequiredis Prerequisite:paper . soph- a discussions; lecturesclass Slide and studied . artists major the of some are Durer Albrecht van and Bruegel, Pieter Bosch, Hieronymus Jan Eyck, market. art an of emergence the to and devotion, religious and art between ship given to the rise of naturalism, to the relation- be will attention Special 1550 . to 1400 from images in torical study of the form and function of visual 234 sophomore standing orabove. Prerequisite: required . is paper Slide lectures and class discussions; a research mysticism . of kinds various in images visual of role tensions the to and to orders, monastic crusades, between the relationship and the art to between given be will attention Western in images visual of function and form the of 233 above .Notoffered 2009-2010. or standing sophomorePrerequisite: quired . re- is researchpaper a discussions; class and lecturesSlide court . imperial the and images icons, and to the relationship between sacred to the veneration and destruction of religious saints, of cult the of rise the to given be attention will Special traditions. Byzantine the Baroque and Rococo Art (3) . . S A histori- Italian Renaissance Art . (3) F F (3) . Art Renaissance Northern eformation, to the rise of nationalism nationalism of rise the to Reformation, A historical study study historical A S. (3). Art Medieval mrnt Vrer ad Watteau and Vermeer, Rembrandt, Special Special 1400. to 400 from Europe Netherlandish and German cultures
urope and the American American the and Europe . A histori- A his- A .
240 more standingorabove. search paper is required . Prerequisite: sopho- ied . Slide lectures and class discussions; a re- stud- artists major the of some are Pollock and Picasso, Matisse, Cezanne, Gogh, Van circles . intellectual various in modernism of development the to and Wars,World the to psychoanalysis, of emergence the to ralism, rejectionnatu- the optical to of given be will attention Special 1960 . to 1880 from States Western in images visual of function and form the of study ical 239 site: sophomore standingorabove. Prerequi- required . is paper research a sions; discus- class and lectures Slide studied. ists art- major the of some are Monet and Manet, objectivity dustrialization, and to the search for scientific in- of implications cultural the to revolution, of politics the and art between relationship the to given be will attention Special sionism . impres- to neo-classicism from States, United nine- art Westernteenth-century in of function and form the of study cal 238 above .Notoffered 2009-2010. required . Prerequisite: sophomore standing or tures and class discussions; a research paper is are some of the major artists studied . Slide - lec ages in Western in ages im- visual of function and form the of study 241 2009-2010 . above. or standing Prerequisite: sophomore required . is paper research a gender identity,cultural race, concerning issues and contemporary to and technologies, digital in revolutionthe to modernism, of collapse the since 1960 . Special attention will be given to 243 requisite: sophomore standingorabove. requiredPre- is . researchpaper a discussions; Hinduism, class and lectures Slide Islam . and Buddhism, of spread the including Asia, in developments social and religious, political, and images visual between relationship the address will Students Japan. and China, dia, Cultures . Special attention will be given to In- Asian in images visual of function and form Nineteenth-Century Nineteenth-Century Art (3) . S . A - histori Modernism Modernism and the Arts (3) . F F (3) . Art Asian F (3) . Americas the of Art F (3). Art Contemporary Slide lectures and class discussions; class and lectures Slide . David, Delacroix, Goya, Courbet, Courbet, Goya, Delacroix, David, . Ar urope and Europe t and r A historical study of the the of study historical A . rp ad h United the and Europe t histo r orth America North Europe the and historical A . A historical A . t offered Not
. A histor- y
61
Art and Art History S, odd Renais- . A survey Engineering 103 . Readings are also . A studio course in Renaissance . Although this Materials fee . Materials 203 . Engineering urope, Europe, the development of non- Architectural Architectural Communication and Architectural Architectural Communication and Architectural Architectural History I (4) . F A survey A S . (4) . HistoryII Architectural Architectural Architectural Theory and Criticism . urope, Europe, the development of non-Western years . A capstone seminar course for all ju- niors and seniors enrolled in the pre-archi- tecture program, which integral re-examines relationship between the architectural 397 course will concentrate primarily on the de- tra- religious and historical the of velopment ditions of traditions prior to Western 1500 will also be . addressed Slide lectures and class sions . discus- Intended for first- andstudents . second-year 202 the from architecture of history the of sance to the . present Although this course will concentrate primarily on the traditions religious and develop- historical the of ment of traditions after 1500 will also be . addressed Intended discussions . class and lectures Slide for first- and second-year students . 203 Concept Design II . (3) S . A continuation of design architectural 103, introducing pre-ar- chitecture students to more complex issues of design, architectural communication, and . problem-solving Course projects and dis- cussions help students to experience archi- involving field multi-disciplinary a as tecture philosophical, geographical, cultural, sociological and issues as well as design issues . as listed Also Materials fee . 201 the Paleo- from of the history of architecture lithic era to the Design 103 . Architectural Prerequisite: 103 Concept Design I (3) . F architectural drawing designed to provide facility in the transmission of ideas through accepted graphical means . include Areas orthographic covered projection, free-hand (including representation pictorial sketching, basic conventions, and sections perspective), dimensioning, and shade The student and is . shadows introduced process by to means of the lectures and design assigned architectural . projects assigned in design-related areas of creative thinking, aesthetics, economics, and human satisfaction . Also listed as . Not offered Not offered Native American y Native American and (0) . Presentation of stu- t histor . uropean European cultures will be ad- Graeco-Roman Art and Architec- Architectural Design, Architectural t and ar History and Criticism (ARCT) Ar Methods in Art Historiography (3) . F Museum Studies (3) . F and S, tutorial . A histor- A . S (3) . Art Oceanic and African ical study of the form and function of visual images in the African and Oceanic (Polyne- sian, Melanesian, and Australian Aboriginal) . cultures Special attention will be given to the relationship between religious commit- cul- these within practices artistic and ments . tures Slide lectures and class discussions; a research paper is . required sophomore Prerequisite: standing or above . 2009-2010 . 393 An opportunities advanced course providing for studying the theory and practice of mu- seum education and/or exhibition curatorial development and installation . Prerequisites: of permission and History Art in courses five the instructor 397 A capstone seminar for all juniors aims course the and history, art in majoring niors se- to provide an understanding of the develop- history discipline academic an as art of ment and the major methodological approaches available for engaging art attention objects . is paid Special to connecting these meth- odological issues to the rest of the art tory his- curriculum including the integration of ethics and faith commitments . In preparing students for future work in art history, the course strives to hone critical thinking skills and instill in students a richer appreciation of the stakes of intellectual positions . 399 Symposium dent research, required of senior art history majors . CLAS 221 ture. 62 study study of the form and function of visual im- ages and in pre-Columbian . cultures This course will cultural concentrate developments on before contact with Western civilization, but issues of cultural interaction between immigrant . dressed Slide lectures and class discussions; a research paper is . required sophomore Prerequisite: standing or above . 2009-2010 . 245
Art and Art History courses, three required and three electives . three and required three courses, of architectural design and practice in prepa- gious issues as they address various methods reli- and ethical address will Students cism . criti- contemporary to given be will tention at- Special commitments . faith and theories and remote telescopes and cameras of the Calvin Observatory are available for student for available are Observatory Calvin the of cameras and telescopes remote and Molnar L . or Haarsma D . with program astronomy,their in plan minor and Associate Professor D.Haarsma Professors L.Molnar, S.Steenwyk(chair) Astronomy Five culture classesfrom thefollowing: courses Japanese four or Chinese Four Religion 255,355or356 Philosophy 225orSTCH203 245,246,346orSTCH204 History Asian studiesmajor Asian Studies Chair; K.Clark,Philosophy;LHerzberg, AsianLanguages;D.Obenchain,Religion) the Asian studies advisor and the committee for the Asian studies major what from year to year, may substitute for such courses as may be decided appropriate by at the Japan Center for Michigan Universities (JCMU), because its curriculum varies some- and 204 may substitute for History 245 or 246 and Philosophy 225 . The semester program offers bothmajor andminordegrees . ous departments . The program director is Daniel H . Bays, Professor of History Studies Program, an interdisciplinary program made up of several faculty members in vari- Students interested in a career in astronomy or astrophysics should major in physics, taken atthe300level. be must courses three of minimum A more thantwo) (no topics Asian on or Asia incourses interim courses, JCMU courses, Beijing 210, 204, 203, STCH 356, or 355 354, 101-218, Political Science 277, 235, ry 245, 246, 272, 346, 371, Japanese Art 241, History Chinese 101-218, Histo- from thelistbelow The minor in Asian studies consists of six The major in Asian studies is described below Asian Hubers Shirley and David the by coordinated is curriculum studies Asian The Ar t andAr R eligion t Histo r minor, aswell. serve on the committee for the Asian studies the of Obenchain D. and department, languages Asian and Germanic the of Herzberg, L. department, Philosophy the of Clark, K . minor; studies Asian the for committee the of chair as serves Department, History the of Bays, D . requirements . elective and/or required for substitute may JCMU the at taken Courses Three coursesfrom thefollowing: Religion 255,355or356 Philosophy 225orSTCH203 245,246,346orSTCH204 History ASIAN STUDIESMINOR nior orseniorstanding ju- Prerequisites: required . is paper course a discussions; verbal and Imaging planning . urban and architecture in careers for ration . The Calvin semester in China (STCH) 203 terim course. in- approved one 210, 204, 203, STCH Political 277, Science 371, 346, 272, 246, History 245, 235, courses, JCMU 101-218, nese Japa- 101-218, Chinese 241, History Art y , AsianS tudies, astro nomy eligion 354, 355, or 356, 356, or 355, 354, Religion lgo department, Religion . . (D . Bays, History, . The program The local The . 63
Asian Studies, Astronomy Pre- . Not open to stu- . Prerequisites: one Prerequisites: developing a developing Prerequisites: . . . Laboratory Galactic Astronomy and Cosmology Stars, Galaxies, and the Universe . (4) S, (4) . PlanetaryAstronomy Stellar and . This course is similar to Astronomy 110 course in college calculus (such ematics as 132, 161 or 171) Math- and one course in permission or physics, college or school high of the instructor 212 (4) . S, alternate years . This course is an in- troduction to modern astronomy and astro- physics for students with some science and of portion first The . preparation mathematics the course includes a study of our own Gal- its structure, its contents axy, (including the interstellar medium and dark matter), and Astronomy Astronomy 110, but open to students who have taken or plan to take Astronomy 112 . Students who meet the prerequisites of As- tronomy 211 or 212 are encouraged to take Laboratory instead . courses those of one requisites: developing a Christian mind core standing . or sophomore 112 F in providing an introduction to astronomy from a Christian perspective, but sizes objects empha- beyond our solar system cluding (in- stars, black holes, their function and and galaxies), development, and they how fit into the structure and development of the universe as a whole . dents who have taken Astronomy 110, but open to students who have taken or plan to take . 111 Astronomy Students who meet the prerequisites of Astronomy 211 or 212 are encouraged to take one of these courses in- Laboratory stead . standing . or Christian sophomore mind core . 2009-2010 Not offered 211 alternate years . This course is an introduc- tion to modern astronomy and astrophysics for students with some science and mathe- matics . preparation The first portion of the course includes a study of the planets and other objects in the solar system, including their physical processes and and development the formation of the solar system as whole . a The second portion of emphasizes the the physical course structure of stars, their origin and development, and their end results (white dwarfs, neutron stars, black holes) . Students may take both Astronomy 211 and 212, but one is not a for prerequisite the other Pre- . . This course is . ot open to students who have tak- have who students to open Not Not open to students who have taken Astronomy Planets, Stars, and Galaxies (4) . S . A The Solar System (4) . F The physical world core requirement 64 similar to Astronomy 110 in providing introduction an to astronomy from a Christian perspective, but emphasizes the contents of our solar system (ranging from planets and their dust), and meteorites to down satellites over development their and interrelatedness, time . survey of the major astronomical objects, in- objects, astronomical major the surveyof cluding planets, stars, and galaxies; a study organization their and characteristics their of into a dynamic, structured universe; an in- in occurring now processes the of vestigation the universe and the methods used to study them; a presentation of the history and de- velopment of the . universe The course ex- amines scientific perspectives on the natural science between relationships various world, and culture, the role of Christianity in the development of science, and relationships between Christianity and current scientific findings . requisites: developing a Christian mind core standing . or sophomore 111 110 en, or wish to take, Astronomy 111 or 112 . Students who meet the prerequisites of As- tronomy 211 or 212 are encouraged to take Laboratory instead . courses those of one COURSES Students pursuing a physics astronomymajor and minor and major a between must overlap for guidelines follow college a minor; this is facilitated by the option in upper-level substituting of major physics the . ones courses for introductory may be met by Astronomy 110, 111, 112, . 211, or 212 MINOR ASTRONOMY (At least 21 hours) Physics 133 or approved astronomy in- terim Physics 134 Physics 246 211 Astronomy 212 Astronomy 384 or 395 Astronomy use through the director of the observatory, observatory, the of director the through use L . Molnar
Astronomy tors to do multi-color photography,multi-color do to tors photome- ray) . Optical observations will use CCD detec- regimes: optical, radio, and one other (e .g, X- observing projects in each of three wavelength doing by astronomy observational modern of techniques learn will Students years . alternate 384 2009-2010 . or permission of the instructor the of permission or one course in high school or college physics, and 171) or 161 132, Mathematics as (such calculus college in course one Prerequisites: is not a prerequisite for the other one may but 212, and 211 Students Astronomy both take elements. of formation the of the universe, its age and ultimate fate, and cosmology,physical ers expansion including cov- course the of portion final The quasars . and galaxies active as well as development, and clustering, classification, their including galaxies, other covers course the of portion second The development . and formation its researchers, biotechnologists,orecologists. different vocations, engaging God’s world as health care providers, professors, teachers, nisms and meaning of life . Graduates of our programs are well equipped to pursue many dilemmas occasioned by technology and discovery, they seek to understand the mecha- stems, the foraging behavior of voles, the interactions within ecosystems, or the ethical mechanisms by which cells communicate, the flow of water and ions through roots and model for its study, care, and keeping . Whether faculty and students study the biological the diversity, organization, and functioning of the living world and to provide a Christian Adjunct Professor H.Quemada Assistant Professors R.DeJong,A.Shen,J.Wertz Associate Professors D.Dornbos,S.Matheson,A.Wilstermann Professors C. Blankespoor, H.Bouma,D.DeHeer(chair),K.Grasman,A.Hoogewerf, D. Biology Biochemistry istry major and specific biochemistry courses. majorandspecificbiochemistry istry The Biology department studies biology in response to the Creator’s call to investigate See the department of Chemistry and Biochemistry for a description of the biochem- Modern Modern Observational Astronomy (2) . S, Koetje, R.Nyhof,P. Tigchelaar, J.Ubels,R.Van Dragt,D.Warners, U.Zylstra . . Laboratory ot offered Not . Astron omy be used for interferometric imaging . will Array Large Very the with made vations try, astrometry, and spectroscopy 395 requisite: permissionofthechair astronomy in research and readings dent 390 or completion ofAstronomy 211or212. in registration Concurrent Prerequisite: chival data will be used for other wavelengths . and approval ofthedepartment . sponsor faculty A Prerequisites: times . three presentation . This course may be taken up to poster and/or seminar department a in sults re- present to and report written formal, a Normally, member). requiredis student each submit to faculty (e.g, a avenue with research another summer through or course this of part as entirely done be may search re- The results . of presentation with search re- theoretical or experimental approved an of Completion S. and F, I, (0-3) . sentation AstronomyResearch, Writing, Pre-and Indepen- S . and F,I, Study . Independent , bioche mistr y , biology . . Radio obser NASA ar
Pre- . 65 - -
Biochemistry, Biology
. volutionary Systems” (Biology Systems” Evolutionary must have a interim) (may include an approved laboratory components with Biology 250) ence 106, Chemistry 253, 261, Geology 261, 253, Chemistry 106, ence Physics 171), (or 132 Mathematics 151, 223, or Psychology 333 Advanced research: Biology 354, 385, or Four from biology 3XX, three of which BIOLOGY MAJOR 66-69 semester hours) (BS degree, Biology 123 Biology 224 Biology 225 Biology 250 concurrently one twice, (taken 295 Biology Quantitative: Mathematics 143 Interdisciplinary: one from Computer Sci- All majors perform independent research by completing by research independent perform majors All . The BS course of study has stronger quantitative and quantitative and . The BS course of study has stronger biology Students seeking general college core credit in biology typically enroll in “General in enroll in biology typically credit Students seeking general college core in biology and a Bachelor of (BA) degree a Bachelor of Arts offers The department Pre-professional Pre-professional biology courses include “Cell Biology and Genetics for the Health education biology a emphasis, particular a with program biology a in interested Students minimum a is biotechnology or biology in concentration of program a to Prerequisite The Biology department offers courses and programs for students interested in careers careers in interested students for programs and courses offers department Biology The Biology and biotechnology majors engage fundamental biological concepts in the five with Biology 250) must have a interim) (may include an approved laboratory component Thereafter, Thereafter, majors enroll in upper-level (3XX) elective courses covering such topics as genetics, cell immunology, and tissue culture, evolution, ecosystem management, plant behavior animal and physiology, or or by setting, field laboratory in with faculty a research directly working internships, culminate their studies, students explore 3XX course . To completing a research-intensive complex contemporary . capstone course (Biology 394, 395, or 396) issues in a senior (Biol- Physiology” “Human 205), (Biology Anatomy” “Human 141), (Biology Sciences” students servepre-nursing These 207) . (Biology Microbiology” “Medical and 206), ogy . in medicine or an allied health field planning a career as well as non-majors (Biology 112), lementaryBiology” (Biology 111), “Life Science for E School Teachers” for the or “Human Biology” (Biology 115) . In some cases “Cell Biology and Genetics . Health Sciences” (Biology 141) may be appropriate in biology Science (BS) degree a professional or components . Students intent on graduate study in biology research . These students for the BS degree school should complete the coursework required for the post-baccalaure- requirements should select cognates that fulfill the admissions they intend to pursue . ate program(s) should facultyor consult advisor a withspecific an graduate program appropriate major, Web site . Web site within the academic services For specific information see the advising esearch Design and Methodology” (Biology 250) and, concurrently, Biology . 295 Design and Methodology” (Biology 250) 225), and, “Research concurrently, , gradu- e .g ., education, post-baccalaureate pursue to intending students for biologist, a as ate, medical, dental, or training, other and professional for in those teaching interested at the elementary or secondary do school this levels . the To department offers courses for several major and minor programs plus a concentration for environmental science courses . and pre-professional well as core majors, as - “Cel 123), (Biology Connections” and Concepts World: Living “The courses: introductory and “Ecological 224), (Biology Systems” Genetic and lular 66 BIOLOGY MAJOR 50-52 semester hours) (BA degree, Biology 123 Biology 224 Biology 225 Biology 250 concurrently one twice, (taken 295 Biology Four from biology 3XX, three of which Biology 394, 395, or 396 Completion of the biology major field test Cognates Chemistry: Chemistry 103 and 104 0) in Biology 123, 224, and 224, 123, Biology in (2 .0) C of average equivalent courses . 225 or approved
Biology Completion ofthebiologymajor fieldtest Biology 394,395,or396 or 385, 354, Biology research: Advanced One additional biology 3XX course (or ap- Biology 383 Biology 334 Biology 325 Biology 324 Biology 295 (taken twice, one concurrently Biology 250 Biology 225 Biology 224 Biology 123 (BS degree, 67-68semesterhours) BIOTECHNOLOGY MAJOR Two from biology 3XX (may include an ap- Biology 295(concurrently withBiology250) Biology 250 Biology 225 Biology 224 Biology 123 (19-20 semesterhours) BIOLOGY MINOR take ComputerScience106 ogy or a professional school and who do not for students intent on graduate study in biol- recommended is 141 Systems Information nedsilnr: n cus fo Com- from course one Interdisciplinary: two and 143 Mathematics Quantitative: 253 and 104, 103, Chemistry Chemistry: Cognates Completion ofthebiologymajorfieldtest Biology 394,395,or396 for contractdetails). Websitedepartment (see course 3XX a 399, or an advanced reseach contract in proved interim) with Biology250) proved interim) biophysics interim a or 333, Psychology 223, Physics 311, 151, Geology 329, 323, 304, 303, 271, 262, Chemistry above), cognate titative puter Science 106 (if not taken as quan- 222 or 221 Physics 106, Science Computer courses from Mathematics 132 (or 171), (or 261) for contractdetails). Websitedepartment (see course 3XX a 399, or an advanced reseach contract in ahmtc 12 o 11 ad 4 or 143 and 171) (or 132 Mathematics Environmental Studies395 Environmental Studies302 Environmental Studies210 Cognates Geology 312 Geology 311 Geology 151 271and281 Chemistry 253(or261and262) Chemistry 103and104 Chemistry Two from Biology 332, 336, 341, 344, 346, Biology 345 103,104,and253(or261) Chemistry Biology 334 Biology 325 Biology 141or224 Biology 123 (20-21 semesterhours) BIOTECHNOLOGY MINOR Interdisciplinary: ComputerScience106 132 and 143 Mathematics Quantitative: ilg 20 cnurnl wt Biology with (concurrently 250 Biology Biology 225 Biology 224 Biology 123 (BS degree, 74-76semesterhours) BIOLOGY EMPHASIS ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCEMAJOR– sor, D.Koetje advi biotechnology the with consultation in courses select should policy,students Tocollege’sthe with comply overlap course (or 253 104, 103, Chemistry Chemistry: Cognates Biology 225 Biology 224 Biology 123 (BA degree, 52-53semesterhours) MAJOR SECONDARY EDUCATION BIOLOGY tal science,environmental studiesprogram For additional information see environmen- Mathematics 171,172,and243 or approved 3XXcourses 295), recommended (or 171) 261 and262),303(or323) Biology 67 -
Biology . Group Group . . However, Therefore, Therefore, . nvironmental Stud- Environmental Pre-nursing students should complete Pre-nursing Spring term: Biology 207 Fall term: Biology 141, Chemistry 115 Second-year students
RECOMMENDED SCHEDULE FOR PRE-Nursing STUDENTS the following courses in the indicated sequence . First-year students GROUP MAJORS A group major in science and mathematics meets the needs of some students, particu- larly those in professional programs, such as physical therapy and physician assistant . These majors, however, are not - appropri ate for students planning to attend medical biology in school graduate or school courses twelve of minimum a require majors in natural science and mathematics, ten of which must be from two disciplines with a minimum of four courses from each . The remaining two cognates must be 300-level chosen two least At discipline . third a from courses in one discipline must be included in the ten-course component of this . group Biology 395/396 or equivalent is . required must involved departments the of chairs The . each program approve Chemistry courses should be completed by the end of the second year of the . program . requirements minimum are cognates These Students planning to do graduate work in cell and molecular biology are advised to mathematics and physics the both complete cognates and organic chemistry RECOMMENDED COGNATES RECOMMENDED the requirements for any particular post- differ may program baccalaureate students should select cognates that fulfill programs the of requirements admissions the plan- Those pursuing . in interested are they should biology environmental in careers ning consider the environmental science major on Information Michigan . Mancelona, in ies AuSable the from available is courses AuSable . D . Warners advisor, Other environmental courses in biology, at offered are resources natural and geology, of Institute AuSable the cation program wishing to major or minor in minor or major to wishing program cation education science the consult should science catalog . section of the
. STA NSTA guidelines - recom ational Science Teachers Teachers Science National Education . department The Prior to the teaching internship, the internship, teaching the to Prior . biology Teacher Teacher Education Program Guidebook, 250) proved interim); Biology 331 or 332 is recommended with Biology 250) with Biology group: Group 1: 323, 338, Biology 341, 344, 345, 346, 364 and 311, 313, approved AuSable Iustitute Group II: Biology courses . 321, 324, 333, 334, 335, 336 available in the advisor for biology teaching major and minor and major teaching biology for advisor is C . Blankespoor programs Students in an elementary or secondary edu- secondary or elementary an in Students 68 ELEMENTARY AND SECONDARY AND SECONDARY ELEMENTARY SCIENCE STUDIES INTEGRATED SECONDARY EDUCATION BIOLOGY EDUCATION SECONDARY MINOR (28-29 semester hours) Biology 123 Biology 224 Biology 225 Biology 250 Biology 295 (concurrently with Biology ap- an include (may 3XX biology from Two Science Education Studies 214 and 314 Programs Programs of concentration should be - pre pared on the basis of current guidelines the by established Association . The mend physiology, study botany, in zoology, genetics, cell microbiology, ecology, biol- and ogy/biochemistry, evolution . A minor in physical science is recommended, and this minor may be constituted of selected cognates . A directed-teaching internship in se- spring the during only available is biology mester Biology department must approve student teachers . criteria Approval may be found in the Biology 250 Biology concurrently one twice, (taken 295 Biology or 332 Biology 331 Two courses, at least one from each Biology 395 major field test Completion of the biology Cognates Chemistry 103 and 104 Chemistry 253 (or 261 and 262) and 314 Science Education Studies 214 Mathematics 143
Biology registers for the course the for registers student and instructor at the time the student the details of which may be negotiated by the 364, or 300-349, Biology numbered courses ond honors course must be taken from those sec- The 225 . or 224, 141, Biology in credit honors for instructor an with contracting by met be Alternatively,could requirement this 123 . biology of section honors the be mally Of the required biology courses, one will nor major the GPAin 3 .5 minimum a earn and courses with honors, submit an honors thesis, biology three complete and program honors college the satisfy must student a partment, de- Biology the in honors with Tograduate HONORS h cus cvr tpc i life in topics covers course The classroom . school elementary the to appropriate is that base knowledge biological a build to proach ap- inquiry-based an in concepts science life use students course this In program . cation edu- elementary the de- in students is for course signed This S. and F (4). Teachers 112 neering .Lectures andlaboratories. environmental stewardship and genetic engi- as such issues, contemporary important to concepts these of application the on placed worldview biblical a of work frame- the the within systems of living of understanding nature an to contribution their and ecology,evolution of and genetics, concepts biological the of study a is course 111 COURSES honors advisorisD.DeHeer The threesemesters . of minimum a for 295) roll in the department seminar course (Biology en- must also students Departmentalhonors a public presentation to a scientific audience. as and thesis, honors the constitute will that will be reported as a scientific research paper, courses these of one in conducted research course) . 3XX a in contract research advanced an or 399, or of an advanced research course (Biology 385, honors with completion the is requirement Spring term:Biology206 Fall term:Biology205 F,(4) . Science Biological This . SS and S ie cec fr lmnay School Elementary for Science Life General CollegeCourses ormally the investigative the Normally . The third course third The . An emphasis is emphasis An . - .
History ofScience (3). IDIS 210History included inconcentrationsthisdepartment: be may course interdisciplinary following The and laboratories.AlsolistedasHealth115 on human anatomy and physiology emphasis an with investigation, biological of methods utilizes laboratory The vironment . biology,human in issues society, en- the and contemporary to concepts these apply dents Stu- health . and body human the of opment anatomy,the of study physiology, devel- and cell, ecology,the genetics, through evolution of and concepts the to introduced is dent stu- The beings . human to applied as ology bi- of theories major the of study a is course 115 on earth .Lectures . andlaboratories life understand to learning and investigating for purpose the as presented is creation the of stewardship Christian and for God’screation respect of perspective a course the out terdependently within ecosystems . Through- in- coexist ity,forms life how and evolution, of living organisms, reproduction and hered- classification cells, studying activities clude objectives in elementary education . These in- teaching as recommended are that sciences 141 programs . care, pre-health especially pre-professional, other or pre-nursing pursue who majors gy es icuig oe eeomna anat- developmental some including tems, sys- organ human of structure the of study 205 103or115,equivalent. Chemistry prerequisite: or Corequisite laboratories and Lectures genetics. and biology, cell biology, molecular in investigations of consists tory - labora The considered . are biology in issues contemporary to concepts course of cations biology of study the for biblical frameworks and philosophical, historical, introduces basic course The genetics. molecular and genetics Mendelian including arestudied genetics of concepts Fundamental levels . lar cellu- and subcellular,molecular, the at cells eukaryotic and prokaryotic of evolution and This course presents the structures, functions, These courses are intended for non-biolo- for areintended courses These . S and F (4) . Genetics and Biology Cell This SS. and F, S . (4) Biology Human A SS. and F, S, (4). Anatomy Human Pre-Professional Courses Biology . Lectures Appli- . 69
Biology
. - Emphasis . Corequisite: Mathematics 143 . The basic concepts in ecological and Ecological and Evolutionary Systems Research Research Design and Methodology (4) . Cellular and Genetic Systems (4) . S . A (4) . F and their use to gain - evolutionaryin biology, sights into adaptive physiological functions . include: population Topics genetics and ecol- ogy, evolutionary development and tion, specia- phylogenetics and genomics, biodiversity and dynamics, ecosystem adaptive biology, ap- by skills thinking critical develop Students - prob biological solve to concepts those plying communica- scientific basic practice and lems tion skills . Laboratories make use of state-of- the-art methodologies to address interesting questions about organisms as complex adap- tive systems, thereby giving students insights into the practice of contemporary ecological, . research biology organismal and evolutionary, Biol- Prerequisites: . laboratories and Lectures ogy 123, Chemistry . 103 Corequisite: Math with concurrently taken be must 143 ematics either Biology 224 or 225 . 250 F and S . A combination of field, greenhouse and laboratory studies designed to familiarize and cellular the both at research with students ecological levels of . organization the context for laboratory activities, studies, and discussions that facilitate investigating, thinking, and applying . Three two-hour ses- sions weekly must be with taken either concurrently Biol- 225 . ogy 224 or 224 of the basic concepts in cellular presentation and molecular biology and genetics . Topics Include: structure and function of cells and macromolecules; energy replication, DNA and regulation; and division cell metabolism; transcription and translation; genetics; con- trol of gene expression; and cellular mech- anisms of development . . Students develop critical thinking skills by and practice concepts to biological problems applying these basic scientific communication skills . Labo- ratories make use of state-of-the-art meth- odologies to address interesting questions about cellular and genetic functions, there- by giving students insights into the practice of contemporary cellular and molecular bi- ology . research Lectures and Prerequisites: . laboratories Biology 123, Chemistry 103 . Corequisite Mathematics 143 must be taken with either biology 224 or 225 . concurrently 225
Diseas- . . Lectures
. The laboratory will em- Basic Courses . Contemporary problems set
(4) . F and S . Students construct Lectures and laboratories . Prerequi- . biology Medical Microbiology (4) . F and S . A The Living Concepts World: and Con- Human Physiology S, (4) . and F, SS . An Program of Concentration Courses Program 70 nections comprehensive understandings of the living world, interconnecting foundational princi- ples about genes, cells, ecology, physiology, and evolution to each other and to contem- porary scientific, societal, ethical, reli- and gious issues . Biology is taught in this course as it is practiced, as a of and process creative critical inquiry These courses are intended for students who students for intended are courses These pursue a biology—or biotechnology—relat- ed major or minor and program for students whose program of concentration of the courses . one or more requires 123 phasize human anatomy and will dissection of a cat include as a representative mam- mal and some study of histology omy and histology . and laboratories 206 introduction to the physiology of the human being . Functions of the major organ systems are studied, including the - circulatory, respi ratory, excretory, musculoskeletal, nervous, reproductive, gastrointestinal, and endocrine systems . The laboratory physiological techniques introduces in an basic investigative setting sites: Biology 141 (or 224) or 205, Chemistry . 104, 115 or equivalent 207 as activities their and microorganisms of study they relate to - human health and disease . Top ics include significant events in current the and past history of microbial disease, as well and metabolism structure, classification, the as genetics/genomics of . microbes These topics will be discussed in the context of how they contribute to a beneficial symbioticrelation- aswell as humans and microbes between ship pathogenicity in factor a are they how emphasized, are viruses and bacteria to due es however human fungal, protozoal and multi- discussed . also are diseases eukaryotic cellular labo- two-hour two and lecture of hours Three ratory sessions per week . Prerequisites: Biol- ogy 141 (or 224) and Chemistry 104 or 115 or equivalent .
Biology oeust: concurrent enrollment inBiology295isrequired . Corequisite: 143. 225, and Mathematics 224 Biology Prerequisites: week . will be explored . Three two-hour sessions per research of results the of implications ligious written and oral reports . Social, ethical and in re- work their of results the present and ects proj- research own their develop will teams student direction faculty Under data. entific sci- of communication and presentation the on and literature, published the to with reference interpretation data and design mental will beonframingresearch questions,experi- Prerequisite: Biology225 . 323 . and 205 Biology both for major biology a toward applied be cannot Credit oratories . of significance lab- Lecturesand variations . structural these functional the of and ture struc- vertebrate of study comparative A S . 323 262) . and 261 (or 253 and 115 Chemistry 141 or 224 Biology Prerequisites: laboratories. and Lectures organisms . selected of phenomena developmental and genetic of study includes laboratory The components. their and organ- isms by functions and structures cialized and gene spe- of acquisition progressive of analysis the the of concepts modern of study 321 uisite: Geology152orBiology224and225. field trip. Also listed as Geology 313 . Prereq- laboratories, Lectures, on animals . invertebrate emphasis with studied is organisms of history life and tribution of those organisms, and a review of their dis- relationship and habitat, structure, the ering cesses of fossilization and methods of discov- pro- the of examination an Includes Earth . study of the organisms that once lived on the 313 botany course. Prerequisite: Biology 225, or an introductory Michigan. Mancelona, near located Studies course at AuSable Institute of laboratory and trips, forests, and swamps . Assigned readings, field meadows, marshes, dunes, bogs, in plants of examination site On communities. natural of components as plants vascular of ecology 311S . (4) Anatomy Vertebrate Comparative A years . alternate S, (4). Paleontology F (4). Development and Genetics aooy and Taxonomy SS. (4). Botany Field Advanced Courses fee a a summer a as Offered . A broad spectrum broad A . Environmental A A . 324 ety of human interactions such as ecological ecological as such interactions human of ety vari- a to and concentration, dioxide carbon quality, and quantity light availability, water temperature, air as such factors vironmental en- to evaluated be will responses Plant cess . pro- development and growth the as well as metabolism, nitrogen respiration, and thesis nutrition and the soil environment, photosyn - mineral plants, of relations water include ics in a variety of ecological contexts . Course top- factors environmental to responses their and plants of function and structure the of study 332 (or 261and262). 253 Chemistry 205; or 141) (or 224 ology Bi- Prerequisites: 331 . and 206 Biology both cannot be applied toward a biology Creditmajor for laboratories. and Lectures culation . cir- and metabolism relations, temperature contraction, hormone action, ion and osmotic regulation, muscle mechanisms, sensory function, nerve transport, membrane clude in- Topics approach . comparative and lular cel- a using physiology animal of study A S . 331 253(or261and262). Chemistry 141), (or 224 Biology Prerequisites: tories . labora- and Lectures safety). and materials, tine calculations, preparation of reagents rou- and notebooks, of (maintenance skills lab exercises tory basic of development facilitate regulation, patenting, and other social concerns . biotechnology Labora- of secular perspectives and Christian explore discussions applications. Indus- trial and legal, environmental, cultural, agri- medical, of context the within taught areproteomics and genomics, blotting, tion, transforma- recombination, cloning, DNA nology cations, and contemporary Issues In biotech- appli- current methodologies, advanced and 325 324.Prerequisite:try 323. Chemistry Chemis- as listed Also 383) . (Biology tories biology molecular and cal and ethical issues related to biochemistry philosophi- and processes, physiological ed formation, biochemical dimensions of select- in- genetic of expression and transmission, ular precursors, the chemistry of the storage, photosynthesis, biosynthesis of macromolec- Plant Physiology . (4) S, alternate years . A suy f basic of study A S. (4). Biotechnology suy of study A S. . (4) Biology Molecular (4). Physiology Animal Comparative hoeia ad rcia apcs of aspects practical and Theoretical . aig sinet and assignments Reading Lectures and labora- and Lectures . Biology 71
Biology
- Not of- . A study of . Three hours of lec- Vertebrate Vertebrate Biology (4) . S, alternate Ecosystem Ecology and Management General Microbiology (4) . F Animal Behavior (4) . S, alternate years . F, alternate . years Why Entomology (4) . F, . Lectures and laboratories . Prerequisite: ture and two two-hour laboratory sessions per sessions laboratory two-hour two and ture Biology 224 (or week . 141) Prerequisites: and . 253 (or 261 and 262) Chemistry 338 Why do birds sing and bees do ravens dance? yell and Why hyenas laugh? Why are prairie dogs promiscuous and macaws mo- nogamous? This course explores the diverse – and sometimes bizarre – mechanisms that strategies animals and use to solve same the basic problems of life: avoiding getting predators, food, finding mates, offspring, and living raising in . groups Learning ac- tivities will focus on understanding animal behavior from ecological and evolutionary perspectives and will include lectures, class discussions of scientific papers, behavioral observations, and an independent research . project Prerequisite: Biology 225 . in 2009-2010 . fered 341 are insects the most abundant and diverse animals on earth? What’s the difference be- tween a dragonfly and a horse fly? What can hu- about us teach lice and mosquitoes, fleas, our insects are Why disease? and health man friends and our foes? This course explores the bizarre biology of insects and particular- ly their interaction with humans . Learning activities will focus on understanding ento- mology from an ecological and evolutionary perspective and will include lectures, class discussions of scientific papers, laboratories exercises on insect morphology and classifi- cation, . and project an independent research Biology 225 . Prerequisite: 344 years . Study of vertebrate animals as components vital of natural communities, with emphasis and on ecol- evolution, taxonomy, ogy Biology 224 (or 141) and 225 . 345 the structure, function, genetics, and - metabo lism of microorganisms, including consider ation of their role in biogeochemical and cycles environmental quality, food production and spoilage, disease, and as tools in genetic engineering and industry . ratories Prerequisites: Biology 224 (or 141) and 225, Chemistry (or 261 and 262) . 253 336
. A study 253 (or 261 and 262) . cultures of animal cultures . cells This in vitro biology Cell Physiology (4) . alternate F, years . Immunology and Hematology (4) . . S A Cell and Tissue Culture (4) . F 72 restoration restoration and agricultural food . production Laboratories Laboratories will be largely investigative, us- ing a variety of physiological instruments to evaluate plant productivity Lec- . environments field and in chamber, growth greenhouse, tures and laboratories . Prerequisites: Biology 261(or Chemistry253 205; and 141) (or 224 in 2009-2010 . and 262) . Not offered 333 study of immunology including the compo- nents and functions of the innate and adap- tive immune systems . Immunodysfunction, immunologic diseases, and abnormalities of . considered are also systems hematologic the Hematologic concepts and practices are ad- dressed in laboratory sessions . Lectures and laboratories . Prerequisites: Biology 206 or 225, and Chemistry A study of the function of animal cells with emphasis on events occurring outside nucleus . Major the emphases include the struc- ture of the cell membrane, interrelationships functions of and membrane transport- ers and ion channels, synthesis of proteins and targeting of vesicles through the secre- tory structure pathway, and function of cell surface receptors and their interactions with intracellular signaling pathways, nisms of cell mecha- motility, and cells with interactions the extracellular matrix . Concepts of will be discussed in the context of historical development, examination of experimental evidence and relationship to the function of tissues and . organs Lectures, problem-based discussions of the primary literature, labo- course explores the theoretical bases for the in vitro isolation, maintenance, propagation and identification of living cells as practical well as experience with common cell and lab- include Topics techniques . culture tissue oratory safety and equipment; primary and dependence; anchorage lines; cell established the biology of cultured cells; cell culture en- vironments; contamination; cell harvesting and separation; cell transformation, differ- entiation, cloning, genetic engineering, and Prereq- laboratories . and Lectures cells . stem Chemistry141); 253 (or 224 Biology uisites: (or 261 and 262) . 335 of the biology, methodology, and tions of applica- 334
Biology 346 requisites: Biology224(or141)and225. investigations . Lectures and laboratories . Pre- field and studies, case laboratories, Lectures, management. ecosystem of dimensions man hu- ecology, and landscape dynamics, lation popu- genetics, conservation species management, endangered and biodiversity cling, cy- nutrient and flow energy include topics Specific ecosystems . restoring and managing for basis scientific the and ecosystems, local on emphasis special with function, and ture struc- ecosystem of study detailed a provides course This grows . management and ardship on pressure carefultheir stew- for need the systems, these increasing places population human the As ecosystems. earth’s of tioning func- proper the from resulting services and less other creatures are sustained by the goods F (4) . tdns oen iceia separation biochemical modern teach to students designed course laboratory A S . 383 emplars .Prerequisite: livingworldcore ex- areas policies upheld just developing and technologies, responsible using nectedness, intercon- human-environment strengthening by these enhance that models Development integrity ecosystem for and security food and health for challenges and opportunities ents pres- Globalization contexts. global and cal lo- both in health human and environmental between relationships of intimacy the inspect to which with theme organizing an as lized uti- be will Food development. community and international to pertain they as pecially es- disease, and health to contribute contexts these in processes how explores course This contexts . socio-economic and ecological, cal, biologi- their within understood best are ters tainability (3) . F 364 (or 141)and225.Notoffered in2009-2010. 224 Biology Prerequisite: trips. field and ries, laborato- Lectures, located . are typically they where types ecosystem the within to roles their relation in particularly explored, be will species and families, phyla, among tionships cluding forests, meadows, and wetlands . plants in a variety of natural environments, in- identify to keys of use practical the on placed plants. classifi- vascular of cation and nomenclature, Identification, F andF (1) . Biochemistry in Laboratory , lent years. F, alternate (4). Taxonomy Plant lbl elh Evrnet ad Sus- and Environment, Health, Global The lives of human beings and count- and beings human of lives The . . Global health and food mat- mphasis will be be will Emphasis Rela-
.
rrqiie or Prerequisite corequisite: 323. Chemistry 383. Chemistry as Alsolisted tissue. or cells from macromolecule biological a of analysis and purification the involving projects individual out carry to required be will Students techniques . DNA troscopy, enzyme kinetics, and spec- recombinant ultraviolet/visible tracentrifugation, ul- electrophoresis, gel polyacrylamide and perfor gel chromatography, agarose liquid high mance and affinity, ion-exchange, topics: following the are course this in Included techniques . analytical and a not-for-profit organization, or agovern- or organization, not-for-profit a laboratory, office, firm, private a in sibilities respon- has student A program . Biology a of part as learned principles and concepts the of application professional emphasizes that internship off-campus an is course This SS . 385 the majororminorinbiology in included be not may and program ucation professionalthe ed- of partis course This ing . teach- directed during develop that concerns seminar provides a forum for the discussion of with concurrently taken be should course This level . secondary the on ples of, and practices in the teaching of biology ogy (3) . S . A course in perspectives on, princi- 359 from thedepartment Web site). application course (obtain instructor the of permission Prerequisite: week . per sessions Two laboratory presentations . poster and/or multimedia, written, as well as analysis, and study collection data conduct, experimental design, literature, scientific of interpretation laboratory studies will emphasize reading and instructor the of expertise and interest the on depending vary will that topic a of investigation directed a is course The S . 354 faculty the member directing theproject . and chair the by determined be from the department office and admission will staff members . Application forms are available project currently being studied by one or more a on research library in- or laboratory be in volved will course this in enrolling student 290 Investigations in a Specific Topic F, The (1-3) . S . Research and Directed I, Seminar in Secondary Teaching of Biol- Teachingof Secondary in Seminar F,(0-4) . and Biology S, in I, Internship Research andPracticum Courses The The 346 . Education
.
Biology Field and/or and/or Field . Exclusion, (4) . F, 73 -
Biology
No . credit . Student mastery of nvironmental Environmental implica- . Freshman and sophomore stu- Biology Biology Seminar . F and . S Perspectives in Medicine (3) . F and S . Perspectives in Biotechnology (3) . F or How . S and F (3) . Biology in Perspectives biological communication is assessed through through assessed is communication biological written and oral aid . presentations the To - de completion assessments, curricular partment’s . of the biology major fieldrequired test also is How do historical and spectives philosophical affect the per- science and practice of Student mastery of biological communication is assessed through written and oral - presen aid tations . the curricular To department’s as- sessments, completion of the biology major seniorfield . testPrerequisites: alsorequired is status in a biologically-oriented program or permission of the instructor, biblical founda- tions I or theological foundations I, develop- foun- philosophical and mind, Christian a ing . in 2009-2010 dations . Not offered 395 do conceptual and technological innovations, worldviews, and the inherent limitations of the scientific enterprise affect thebiology develops? By studying way that current litera- ture, students examine how challengesbig the inform perspectives secular Christian and evo- sustainability, environmental time: our of lutionary science, as well as biofuels and oth- er uses of biotechnology Prerequisites: senior status in a biologically- oriented program or permission of structor, biblical foundations the I or theological in- foundations I, developing a Christian mind, and philosophical foundations . 396 295 Various topics in biology and related disci- fac- speakers, visiting by presented are plines ulty, and . students Biology and biotechnol- ogy majors must register for two semesters of Biology 295 ideally during the junior and senior year dents are also encouraged to . attend Majors intending to graduate with honors must reg- of Biology 295 . semesters ister for three 394 S . What do Christian perspectives contribute to the myriad of controversies pertaining to biotechnology? Using current literature and evaluating underlying assumptions as well as we implications, legal and ethical, social, their attempt to find appropriate answers to ques- tions about transgenic organisms, stem cells, cloning, patenting . tions of biotechnology also are . considered
. . . The - Require . Prerequi-
. . . Only one Biology 390 or 399 Seminar Courses . The intern works on a specific . The intern will meet with the . Only four hours credit of Biology biology Undergraduate Research (3-4) . I, F, S, F, I, Independent S, Study and (1-4) . SS . F, . A written thesis on the project will be This course provides the opportunity for student to conduct library a research, or under the direction of a faculty member, to study a subject not currently offered in the curriculum . biology Permission to enroll obtained from the must department chair and be the . project the directing member faculty ments will be determined by the supervising faculty member 399 will course this in enrolling Students SS . and conduct laboratory or field research under the supervision of a faculty project may member be part of an ongoing research program of the supervising ber faculty mem- required, as well as presentation of a poster or seminar to the . department to Permission enroll must be obtained from the depart- directing member faculty the and chair ment the project, and with their permission, this course may fulfill the requirement upper-level research experience in the for an biol- ogy major 390 or 399 course may be used to satisfy the of the requirements biology major sites: Biology 224 and 225 . course may be used to satisfy the requirements requirements the satisfy to used be may course of the biology major 74 Only one Biology 385, 390, or 399 may course be used to satisfy the requirements for the biology major or biotechnology minor Prerequisites: At least sophomore standing better, or 2 .0 of GPA cumulative a biology, in an average GPA of 2 .0 or better in all cred- ited science and mathematics courses, and off- the and department the both by approval campus employer 390 faculty coordinator, faculty will coordinator, maintain a journal, and must present an oral or written report summarizing the internship experience . The off-campus employer-supervisor will com- plete an evaluation report on course this the approval, faculty With intern . the work of in requirement investigations the satisfy may the biology major or biotechnology minor ment agency project under the direct supervision internship faculty of a and employer-supervisor an coordinator
Biology of thedepartment’s majors . department offers a variety of experiential learning options that can be integrated into any The department . the by elective an as designated is course interim the if only and ment, offering amajor in informationsystems.Thedepartment offers aminorinbusiness. Accountancy Public in Science of The department offers programs leading to a Bachelor of Science in Accountancy or a Bachelor business . Group concentrations must and form mathematics a coherent,involving concentration planned groupprogram a approved and by sciences, an social advisor the in concentration group a communication, and business in concentration group a business, — degree Arts of that best prepare them for their chosen career fields . It offers four majors leading to a Bachelor cal communication is assessed throughassessed writ- is communication cal biologi- of mastery Student questions . of-life medicine, from the status of embryos to end- students explore societal and ethical issues in literature medical the studying medical By research? current of implications and sults, re- methodology, the particularly medicine, Human Resources Finance Concentrations One concentrationwithinthebusinessmajor Economics 222 Economics 221 Business 397 Business 396 Business 380 Business 370 Business 362 Business 360 Business 204 Business 203 Business 160 BUSINESS MAJOR Assistant Professors M.Cain,S.Geddes,P. Snyder, J.Stansbury, S.Van Oostenbrugge, Associate Professors †R.Eames,†M.Edgell,C.Jen,R.Medema,L.Van Drunen,J.Voskuil Professors D.Cook(chair),R.Slager Business Business 365 Only one interim course may serve as an elective for any major or minor in the depart- The department has structured its major areas of study so that students may design programs Economics 326,331 One from Business372,359, Business 371 The department also participates with computer science in departmentThe .participatesin also science computer with Small business Operations Marketing Two businesselectives Economics 222 Economics 221 Business 203 Business 160 BUSINESS MINOR Information Systems171(1hour) Mathematics 143,243,or343 Cognates and philosophicalfoundations. mind, Christian a developing I, foundations in- structor, biblical foundations I or theological the of permission or program oriented biologically- a in status senior Prerequisites: required . is also test field major biology the ment’s curricular assessments, completion of ten and oral presentations . To aid the depart- 301, 310,Business359 One from Economics335,Psychology Two from Business350,363,365 Business 367 Mathematics 201andBusiness363 nication Arts andSciences285 One from Business381,359,Commu- Business 382 BIOLOGY, business 75 .
Business 221, 141, 271 or computer science 104, 108 or 112 ences (sociology, psychology, political psychology, ences (sociology, science or history) proved interim proved 221, 141, 271 or computer science 221, 141, 271 or computer 104, 108 or 112 ences 200, 248, or English 262 es 253, 260, 285, 305, 354, and 399 and 354, 305, 285, 260, 253, es ences 101 or 240 tive Two department electives department Two Cognates Mathematics 143, 243 or 343 Information systems 171 information systems 151, 153, One from Four courses from one of the social sci- Four courses from SOCIAL SCIENCE GROUP MAJOR - BUSINESS EMPHASIS Business 160 Business 203 Business 380 Economics 221 Economics 222 economics 325-343 or an ap- One from Cognates or 343 Mathematics 143, 243, 171 Information systems 151, 153, information systems One from One from communication arts and sci- communication arts One from Two from communication arts and scienc- communication arts from Two Communication arts and sciences 140 arts Communication 352 and sciences Communication arts and sci- communication arts One from Business 380 Business Economics 221 Economics 222 381, or 382 business 365, One from elec- business or economics One 300 level A model program for the Bachelor of Arts in business follows: for the Bachelor of Arts A model program The business major provides a thorough understanding of business and the context BSA plus: Economics 323-339 (may only take Business 367 or 396) one from conomics 324-339 (may only take Economics 324-339 (may Business 367 or 396) one from 76 Business BUSINESS/CAS GROUP MAJOR Business 160 Business 203 ACCOUNTING MAJOR (BSPA) ACCOUNTING MAJOR (BSPA) (150 semester hours) Includes all of the courses listed for the Business 306 Business 307 Business 310 Business 311 Business 315 Business 363, 367 or 396 and from Three Cognates Mathematics 143, 243, or 343 Mathematics 201 Information Systems 171 (1 hour) ACCOUNTING MAJOR (BSA) ACCOUNTING Business 160 Business 203 Business 204 Business 215 Business 301 Business 302 Business 305 Business 306, 310, 311, or 315 from Three Business 350 Business 360 Business 370 Business 380 363, 367 or 396 and Business from Two Economics 200 (1 hour) Economics 221 Economics 222 in which it operates . The business curriculum is designed to progressively develop the area an in depth develop to and business, contemporary to relevant skills and knowledge of business concentration chosen by the student . BACHELOR OF ARTS IN BUSINESS BACHELOR OF ARTS
Business ship (experiential learning)shouldworkoutthis program withafacultyadvisor and not-for-profit institutions. tancy) should refer tothenextsectionofcatalog(BachelorScience inPublicAccoun- other thanpublicaccounting(CPA) .Thosestudentsinterested inpublicaccounting ments andamodifiedcore . tion .Theprogram requires 56credit hoursintheBusinessand Economicsdepart- to prepare foracareer inaccounting inthecontextofaChristianliberalarts educa- BACHELOR OFSCIENCEINACCOUNTANCY (BSa) Students qualifyinginaccounting withthisdegree anddesiring toincludeanintern- This program isdesignedforstudentswhoare interested in acareer inaccounting The BachelorofScienceinAccountancydegree isintendedforstudentswhowant First year Second year Third year Fourth year . Students who enroll in this four-year program find positions in banking, industry Foundations ofinformationtechnology(Interdisciplinary 110) Prelude (Interdisciplinary 149) Interim (Interdisciplinary 150) Business 160 Biblical/theological foundationsI Information Systems171 Persons incommunitycore Mathematics 143 151or152 History English 101 Foreign language101and102 Interim elective Philosophy 153 Rhetoric inculture core Economics 221and222 Business 203and204 Foreign language201and202 Health andfitnesscore Interim elective Biblical/theological foundationsII Living worldcore Literature core Business 396 Business 360,362,370,and380 Health andfitnesscore Open electives Cross cultural engagement The arts core Physical worldcore Global andhistoricalstudiescore Business concentrationelectives Business 397 SemesterHours SemesterHours Semester Hours Semester Hours 12 1 1 3 3 3 1 3 4 4 3 8 3 3 3 7 7 8 2 3 3 4 3 3 1 9 1 3 4 3 6 3 business . 77
Business 3 3 3 3 1 1 3 3 3 3 3 1 9 8 3 4 3 3 4 1 3 4 4 3 1 3 3 3 1 1 4 3 12 18 Semester Hours (Philosophy 221, Political Science 110 or Psychology 151) (Philosophy 221, Political conomics 323-339 or Business 363 or 367 or 396* Economics 323-339 or Business 363 or 367 or One from core The arts Elective cultural engagement Cross Health and fitness core Business 350 Three from Business 306, 310, 311 and 315 from Three Business 360 Business 301, 302, 305, 370 and 380 conomics 325-339 or Business 363 or 367 or 396* Economics 325-339 or Business 363 or 367 or One from Elective Interim elective Global and historical studies core Health and fitness core Business 203, 204, and 215 Economics 200, 221 and 222 core Literature Living world core core Rhetoric in culture Interim elective Mathematics 201 Health and fitness core English 101 History 151 or 152 mathematics cognate) Mathematics 143 (or alternative Philosophy 153 Information Systems 171 I Biblical/theological foundations Business 160 150) Interim (Interdisciplinary 149) (Interdisciplinary Prelude 110) technology (Interdisciplinary Foundations of information Physical world core core Persons in community
Fourth year Third year Third Second year Business First year *As part of the major either Business 367 or 396 may be taken but not both. conomics departments,conomics and E the Business courses from specified to the In addition in Accountancy is: the Bachelor of Science for A model program The BSPA (a five year program) is designed to meet the 150 hours education require- education hours 150 the meet to designed is program) year five (a BSPA The All core categories must be met by this degree be met by this degree categories must All core . core must complete a modified the student . courses in religion and one of the language a foreign of one year in with the exception 78 BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN PUBLIC ACCOUNTANCY (BSPA) BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN PUBLIC ACCOUNTANCY work course the includes It . CPAs for states other most and Michigan by adopted ment
Business (with atwocoursereduction in theforeign languagerequirement) . listed above for the BSA plus two additional accounting courses and the liberal arts core A modelprogram forBSPA is: *As partofthemajoreitherBusiness 367or396maybetakenbutnotboth. First year Second year Third year Fourth year Fifth year Foundations ofinformationtechnology(Interdisciplinary 110) Prelude (Interdisciplinary 149) Interim (Interdisciplinary 150) Persons incommunitycore Business 160 151or152 History Information Systems171 Foreign language Mathematics 143 English 101 Information systems Health andfitnesscore Philosophy 153 Mathematics 201 Interim elective Literature core Biblical/theological foundationsI Economics 200,221and222 Business 203,204,and215 Health andfitnesscore Interim elective Global andhistoricalstudiescore Living worldcore Elective One from Economics323-339orBusiness363367396* Business 301,302,305,and315 Electives Health andfitnesscore Cross cultural engagement The arts core Two from Economics323-339orBusiness363367396* Business 360 Business 306,380,and370 Electives Biblical/theological foundationsII Physical worldcore Rhetoric inculture core Business 307 Business 310,311,and350 Semester Hours 16 10 11 1 1 3 3 3 4 1 8 4 3 1 1 3 4 3 3 3 8 9 1 3 3 4 3 3 6 1 1 3 7 6 3 4 3 3 Business 79
Business
Regula- A study of study A . Preparation Preparation . . Principles and . A study of Federal
Revenue Code, the IRS Emphasis on taxation of individu- Advanced Taxation . (3) S . A study of Income Tax . (4) F Cost Accounting (4) . F Con- S . . (4) II IntermediateAccounting F (4) . Accounting Advanced F (4) . Accounting Intermediate Tax research . will research Tax be emphasized . - Prereq financial accounting theory and generally ac- cepted accounting principles as applied to the - liabil and assets of valuation and measurement Business 204 and 215 . ities . Prerequisites: income tax law and of tax cases to provide a basis for an understanding and evaluation of the Includes . structure rate the of and law that implications of income taxation for business decisions . als with limited coverage of partnerships and . Business 203 corporations . Prerequisite: uisite: Business 306 . 310 of consolidated financial statements, intro- duction to governmental and fund account- ing, business insolvency and reorganization, the and role of the FASB SEC in accounting . Prerequisites: Business 301 and Information Systems 171 . 301 302 tinuation of business . 301 A study of finan- cial accounting theory and generally accept- ed accounting principles as applied to measurement and the valuation of stockholders’ equity, issues related to income determina- tion, and preparation and analysis of corpo- rate financial statements . Prerequisite: Busi- ness 301 . 305 methods of accounting for and manufacturing operating costs, with emphasis on anal- ysis and reporting to management to facili- tate planning, and control, decision-making . Prerequisites: Business 204 and Information Systems 171 . 306 307 Federal tax law and of tax cases as they ply ap- to corporations, partnerships, estates, and trusts . This course will analyze and evaluate the Internal for basis the as law case appropriate and tions, for utilizing the law in understanding the law, the interpreting ethically for and planning, tax law
(3) . F and S . A Business . After a brief introduction to the Introduction Introduction to Managerial Account- Business Foundations Financial Accounting (3) . S . A continu- A S . (2) . Methods and Process Accounting 80 Business survey introduction to business in its econom- its in business to introduction survey ic and global contexts, its common conceptu- leadership,al frameworks (planning, strategy, motivation, entrepreneurship), its functional areas (marketing, accounting, finance, opera- tions, human resources), and the critical role of management in meeting business challeng- es (technology, globalization, ethics, corpo- rate social . responsibility) Critical thinking is applied throughout the course using biblical concepts to evaluate business vocation, goals, theory and practice . 203 ing (4) . F principles of financial accounting andpurpose the of financial statements, the course provides an introduction to managerial ac- counting concepts, budgeting, incremental cost and profit analysis, breakeven analysis, finan- of use the and reporting, responsibility decision-making . managerial for analysis cial Not open to first-year students . 204 ation of the study of accounting . After con- sidering the importance of generally accept- ed accounting principles and the study the accounting cycle, the course of emphasizes asset valuation, classification, and measure- ment of liabilities, and income determina- Business 203 . tion . Prerequisite: 215 study and application of accounting processes and techniques . The operations of accounting are explored in depth enabling the accounting major to apply generally accepted accounting principles to the transactions of the account- ing cycle . The course will include significant exposure to computerized accounting appli- cations and will parallel the topics covered in business 204 . Prerequisites: Business 203 and 204 . Business in enrollment concurrent least at This course may not be taken as an elective in majors or minors . departmental 160 COURSES Prerequisite Prerequisite for admission to the Bachelor of Science in Accountancy and Bachelor of Science in Public Accountancy major is a minimum grade of C (2 .0) in both Business 203 for and admission Business to 204 . all Prerequisite other major concentrations is a 203 . grade of C (2 .0) in business minimum
Business gagement with management perspectives of perspectives management with gagement en- critical through understanding this ops revelation in creation and His Word . It devel- God’s on based management of derstanding un- integrated an develop students help to havior 360 and permissionoftheinternshipcoordinator economics or business in courses Three sites: requirementdepartmentmajor a in elective an fulfill will one only but times, two 359 Business take presentationmay Students . paper/ major seminars/work- a and journals, reflective shops, readings, involves work ic nonprofit organizationsAcadem- or . business ting with an approved set- employer-supervisor in professional a in week a work of hours fifteen to ten of minimum a involve ternships 359 senior standingintheengineeringprogram . Prerequisites: management, and business law are included . marketing, finance, accounting, economics, from topics Selected engineering . to portant im- business of aspects the of overview An 357 regulatory, andadministrative law corporation, partnership, property,agency, from selected topics other transactions; ness form Commercial Code and case law of busi- Uni- business; of environment legal The es . development, legal institutions, and process- Origins, law: business American to duction 350 204 and InformationSystems171. Business Prerequisites: spreadsheets . and software accounting using incorporated are applications accounting Computerized ethical aspects of the computer environment . and controls, systems development, systems systems, computerized and manual in trols con- internal decision-making, for needed information course structures, business The examines decision-making. for mation infor- provides which systems, accounting 315 concurrent registration inBusiness301. or of completion Prerequisite: Accountant. Public Certified the of required standards professional other and ethical the phy of auditing, including an examination of 311 Auditing (4) . S . The theory and philoso- In- S . and F (4) . Business in Internship intro- An S . and F (3) . Business in Law A study of study A S . (4) . Systems Accounting F (2) . Engineers for Aspects Business aaeet n Ognztoa Be- Organizational and Management hs ore attempts course This S. and F (3) . conomics 151 and junior or junior and 151 Economics . Prerequi . - . .
sites: Business 160 and Mathematics 143 or 143 Mathematics and 160 Business sites: Prerequi- purposes . simulation and analysis for integrated occasionally are applications process control (SPC) are studied . Computer statistical using and production, scheduling production, and purchasing just-in-time ing implement- decisions, location making for quality service or product schedules, and inventory, resources, of uation eval- and control, busi- planning, including ness, a within operations and production of management the of study A S . (3) . ment 363 uisites: Business360,Philosophy153. tive written exercises and case studies . Prereq - reflecthrough- wisdom, and hope, faith, tice, jus- compassion, stewardship, humility,thy, charity,honesty,creativity,courage, of empa- virtues Hones studies . case through policies, argumentation in support of ethical actions or persuasive in and policies, or actions of tions ramifica- ethical and legal the evaluating in tionalizations for misbehavior ra- overcoming and behavior ethical moting pro- for techniques and systems and policies; or actions evaluating for frameworks mative nor conduct; business for current stipulations legal likewise: do to others encouraging and ethically business doing both for portant im- are that areas knowledge key three with students business Familiarizes organizations . business in Shalom of agents be to students 362 instructor ics 221 and Business 160 or permission of the and health care policy costs, healthcare managing for strategies ness busi- strategies, marketing and management provider health finance, and reimbursement care health include issues Discussion lenges . als to current health system changes and chal- profession- business and administrators care tutions and emphasizes the response of health framework for understanding health care insti- nomics (3) . The course develops an economic 361 more students. foundations . veloping a Christian mind and philosophical 221, biblical or theological foundations I, de- and 160 Business uisites: Prereq- foundations. Christian and secular both from writing practitioners and scholars Ethics in Business in Ethics elh ae diitain n Eco- and Administration Care Health rdcin n Oeain Manage- Operations and Production .Notoffered 2009-2010. Not open to first-year or sopho- . Prerequisites: Prepares S . and F (3) conomics 151 or 151 Economics . Develops skills Business Techniques . Econom-
81 -
Business
. Eco- . Emphasis is conomics 221 . Economics . Prerequisites: Business Ethical aspects of strategic de- Advanced Topics In Marketing . (3) S . Consumer Behavior Theory and Prac- Marketing (3) . F and S . A study of the Advanced Corporate . Finance (S) . The Strategic Management (3) . S . An - integra Prerequi- S . and I, F, Study . Independent Business S . and F (3) . Capstone Business placed on the development and use of finan- case business and programs, spreadsheet cial Business 370 . . Prerequisite problems 380 principles and practice of planning and con- trolling marketing programs, including the conception, development, pricing, promo- tion, and distribution of ideas, goods, vices, ser- experiences, and values that attempts needs organizational and individual satisfy to Prerequisite: objectives . and 381 A study of marketing theory, strategy tactics . This based course and is in- research and Prereq- . projects learning experiential cludes uisites: Mathematics 143 and Business 380 . 382 tice (3) . An in-depth look at the processes involved when consumers purchase and use use, and purchase for explanations products, and implications for marketing and research marketing strategy 380, Mathematics 143 or equivalent . 390 chair site: Permission of the department 396 tive study of strategic management, requiring contemporary, comprehensive case tions of applica- concepts from economics, marketing, accounting, finance, management, and interna- tional business . cision making are emphasized . Student teams study cases and present their towishing students for recommended is course analyses . This understand the formulation and implementa- tion of ethical strategies in diversified business- es . Prerequisites: Business 370 and 380; their members to draw require organizations from broad experiences to address complex principles of financeare applied current to financial topics including analysis and fore- casting of corporate performance, valuation, risk, the cost of capital, and strategic invest- ment and financing decisions . nomics 222 or permission of the instructor 397 The course also . The course futures options, and bonds, and insti- financial markets examines the trade, these instruments tutions in which funds and companies, including investment Business 370 . Prerequisite: exchanges . 372
- Economics (3) . F and S . A . . Prerequisites: Business 204 Topics include . the Topics impact of cultural . An application of finance theory to Financial Principles Human Resource Management (3) . F Small Business Management (3) . S . An This course is an up- an is course This (3) . Business Global 82 Business . 2009-2010 222 . Not offered 370 investment instruments, including stocks, The course emphasizes strategic analysis of management, marketing and financial issues facing small firms primarily from preneurial entre- an perspective . This course includes lectures, case studies and development of a comprehensive business plan . Prerequisite: Business 370 and 380; Economics 222 or per mission of the instructor 369 per level study of the environment and chal- lenges of doing global business . It provides an overview of the importance of business and trade international in the global economy and explores the factors that in international influence markets . Students success will learn about the techniques and ated with strategies managing international business ef- associ- fectively and political differences on the business envi- ronment, a survey of cross-cultural concerns possible environment, global a in businesses to forms of foreign business involvement, the in- exchange foreign system, monetary ternational relat- strategies firm multinational and markets - Prereq business . of functions various the to ed uisites: Business 204 and 360 and study of the principles and problems of the financial management of the ing such topics as firm, includ- stock and bond valuation, working capital management, cost of capital and capital budgeting, capital structure, and dividend policy and Economics 221 . 371 Financial Instruments and Markets (3) . F integrative study of the ment principles business applicable to the manage- challenges . businesses small to unique opportunities and its equivalent and junior level status . junior level and its equivalent 365 problems and principles the of study A S . and involved in personnel management in an or- ganization, including recruitment, selection, training, evaluation, motivation, compensa- devel- career planning, resource human tion, opment, and . collective Prerequi- bargaining sites: Business 160 or permission of the in- status . structor and junior level 367
Business For generalcollegestudentsthepreferred core 101. courseisChemistry 115 . or 104, 103, 101, Chemistry by met be requirementmay core science physical The average of C (2 .0) in Chemistry 104 and in one course from Chemistry 201, 253, or 261 . which the organization operates so that the that so operates organization the which in of environment the of and models organization the develop Students recent coursework . their from drawn virtues and skills knowledge, apply and integrate to students opportunity or challenge actual an regarding plan detailed a develop to ers, stakehold- global with many organization, nonprofit a or business small or large a with issues . In this course, teams of students work Chemistry 103and104 Chemistry CHEMISTRY MINOR Physics 221and222or133 235 Mathematics 171and172 Cognates Completion ofmajorfieldtest approved 295(fourtimes) Chemistry an or 310 Interdisciplinary 324, 318, 271, 261, Chemistry fromTwo 303or323 Chemistry 304or317 Chemistry 262or253 Chemistry 201 Chemistry 103and104 Chemistry CHEMISTRY MAJOR for adescriptionofthisprogram . science environmental under entry the consult should focus chemistry a with science offered through the in teaching chemistry at the secondary level . A concentration in chemical engineering is interestedthose for professionaland other training), or dental, medical, graduate, (e .g education post-baccalaureate pursuing in interested those for biochemist, or chemist a Assistant Professors C.Anderson,Bruxvoort,D.McCarthy, C.Tatko Associate Professors E.Arnoys,D.Benson,H.Fynewever, *D.Vander Griend Professors R.Blankespoor, R.DeKock,L.Louters(chair),M.Muyskens, K.Sinniah Chemistry andBiochemistry capstone courseare possiblebutmustbeapproved bythestudent’s academicadvisor this course will be Interdisciplinary 310: History of Physical Science . Other options for the education program, must complete a capstone course during the senior year senior the during course capstone a program,complete education must course inintegrativestudies 325, 329,and330 as career a in interested students for programs and courses offers department The All students majoring in the department, with the exception of those in a secondary Prerequisite to a program of concentration in chemistry or biochemistry is a minimum Engineering department . Students who are majoring in environmental This allows This . CHEMISTRY MAJOR(ACSCertified) One from Chemistry 262, 318, 323, 329, or 304or317 Chemistry 253or261 Chemistry 201 Chemistry Chemistry 383 Chemistry 303or323 Chemistry 317 Chemistry 262or253 Chemistry 201 Chemistry 103and104 Chemistry andrelatedchemistry areas: best prepares students for graduate study in ments of the American Chemical Society and require- certification the meets major This rently with397.Notoffered 2009-2010. concur-taken be can 362 Business 396 . and 380 370, 362, 360, Business Prerequisites: affect their work in the project environment . tian beliefs and virtues affects their plans and Chris- how on reflect Students plans . tation implemen- and proposals, solution reports, analysis include will Deliverables tualized . contex- appropriately are solution and issue an approved interim chemist r y andbioch emistr . Normally y . 83
Chemistry and Biochemistry 334, 335, or 336 (prerequisites may be required) in integrative studies last as honors) 329 317, 330, or an approved interim 317, 330, or an approved 334, 335, or 336 (prerequisites may be required) course in integrative studies course in integrative 317, 318, 325, 329, 330 317, 318, 325, Chemistry 295 (four times) Completion of major field test Cognates Mathematics 171 and 172 Physics 133/235 or 221/222 333, 332, 331, 325, 321, Biology from One Interdisciplinary 310 or an approved course course approved an or 310 Interdisciplinary Chemistry 395/397 (4 semester hours, the BIOCHEMISTRY MAJOR BIOCHEMISTRY ) (ACS Certified This major meets the certificationrequire- ments of the American Chemical Society and best prepares students for graduate areas: study in biochemistry and related Chemistry 104 103 and Chemistry 201 Chemistry 262 or 253 Chemistry 304 or 317 Chemistry 324 323 and Chemistry 383 Chemistry 330 One from Chemistry 261, 271, 318, 325, BIOCHEMISTRY MINOR BIOCHEMISTRY Chemistry 104 103 and Chemistry 253 or 261 Chemistry 324 323 and Chemistry 383 One from chemistry 201, 262, 271, 304, Chemistry 295 (four times) test Completion of major field Cognates or 171/172 Mathematics 132/143 Physics 221/222 or 133/235 333, 332, 331, 325, 321, Biology from One Interdisciplinary Interdisciplinary 310 or an approved BIOCHEMISTRY MAJOR BIOCHEMISTRY Chemistry 103 and 104 Chemistry 262 or 253 Chemistry 323 and 324 Chemistry 383 Three from Chemistry 201, 261, 271, 304, y y and Biochemistr Chemistr Physics 221, 133, or 134 325, 329, 330 222 last as honors) 325, 329 studies in integrative 84 and secondary Elementary science studies integrated Students in the elementary or secondary education program wishingscience the consult toshould science in majorminor or education section of the catalog SECONDARY EDUCATION EDUCATION SECONDARY MINOR CHEMISTRY Chemistry 104 103 and Chemistry 201 or 261 Chemistry 253 (recommended) or 317 Chemistry 304 (recommended) or 323 Chemistry 303 (recommended) Chemistry times) 295 (two Cognates Science Education Studies 214 Two from Math (171 or 132), 172, 143, SECONDARY EDUCATION EDUCATION SECONDARY MAJOR CHEMISTRY Chemistry 103 and 104 Chemistry 201 or 262 Chemistry 253 (recommended) or 317 Chemistry 304 (recommended) or 323 Chemistry 303 (recommended) One from Chemistry 261, 271, 318, 324, Science Education Studies 359 (capstone) times) Chemistry 295 (three Completion of major field test Cognates Mathematics 132 or 171 Physics 133 and 235 or Physics 221 and Science Education Studies 214 Chemistry 330 Chemistry 395/397 (4 semester hours, the Three from Chemistry 261, 271, 318, 324, course approved an or 310 Interdisciplinary Chemistry 295 (four times) test Completion of major field Cognates 172 Mathematics 171 and or 221 and 222 Physics 133 and 235,
Chemistry and Biochemistry COURSEs in thedepartmental seminarseries. (reviewed by a committee) and a honors presentationcourse, which requires a formal report 395/397), only the last of which (Chemistry must be an research of hours semester 4 least at of completion (3) course . level 100 a be may one only requirement)and next (see course research a be must one where major the within be must courses honors three other the and cognate a be may one major,the outsideonlyof becourses must honors three overall: minimum) hours (18 gradepoint average; (2)six honors courses biochemistry3 leastwithata or chemistryin major a completionof (1) are: biochemistry or chemistry in honors with graduation for requirements The 395Hseminars. 261H,andChemistry try and special honors courses such as Chemis- research, independent tutorials, through chemistry in study guided offers graduation program upon biochemistry or chemistry in degree honors an to lead and chemistry,modern of student’sknowledge the of breadthincreasedepth the and both ferings in the department’s degree of- programs,course formal the supplement to gram pro- honors an sponsors department The HONORS PROGRAM each program ofthistype. approve must involved departments three component of this group . The chairs of the ten-course the in included be must cipline dis- one in courses 300-level two least At department . third a from chosen courses two remaining the with either, from four be from two departments with no fewer than must which of ten mathematics, and ences sci- the in courses twelve require majors programs education teacher in students by taken be cannot and school for students who anticipate attending graduate appropriate normally not are majors larly those in professional programs . These particu-students, some of needs the meets A group major in science and mathematics GROUP SCIENCEMAJORS major and the elementary education student . education elementary the and major non-science the for designed course general 101 This is a a is This S. . (4) World Molecular The . . Such group group Such 5 cumulative5 . The The
as such career care health a for planning those for designed specifically is course This S . and 115 requisite: 103ortheequivalent. Chemistry istry, and nuclear chemistry nuclear istry,and chemistry,chem- metal descriptive transition electrochemistry,changes, energy free solids, soluble slightly and bases, and acids weak es, on kinetics, chemical equilibria involving gas- emphasis with 103 chemistry of continuation 104 or chemistry and/ mathematics in background school high weak a have who or previously chemistry ied I . ular professorial help with General Chemistry regdesire- who students for course assistance 103R ence core categories. sci- both for requirements the meets quence se- 103-104 Chemistry the of completion ful instructor the of permission or chemistry high-school of year One site: Laboratory resources . natural of edge in society, and the care and stewardship knowl- such applying in responsibility man hu- sciences, physical the of methodology the knowledge, scientific of limitations and view and addresses issues such as the validity is taught from a biblical and reformed world- course The forces . intermolecular of nature the and bonding, chemical and structure ic solid states of matter, the periodic law, atom- and liquid, gas, the thermochemistry, chem- istry, inorganic descriptive combination, chemical of laws the on emphasis try, with chemis- of principles basic the of study a is 103 ral resources .Laboratory society,natu- of stewardship and care the and in knowledge such applying human in responsibility knowledge, scientific of limitations and validity the as such issues addresses and The course is taught from a biblical worldview action with synthetic materials and chemicals . inter reactivity,daily and our periodicity and cal developments in chemical theory, chemical nature of scientific investigation, some histori- society contemporary and environment the in technologies resulting its explorescourse The roleand the chemistry of specially for students who have not stud- not have who students for Especially ursing or other allied health careers that that careers health allied other or Nursing Chemistry Chemistry for the Health Sciences . (4) F F (4) . I Chemistry General F (4). II Chemistry General Chemist r General Chemistry Recitation (1) . F .Corequisite: 103. Chemistry y andB iochemistr .
It emphasizes the the emphasizes It . Laboratory . . ote: Success- Note: This course This . Prerequi- . A A S . and . y Pre- . . An
85 - .
Chemistry and Biochemistry
-
(4) . S . A . A study PA approved protocols protocols approved EPA Experiments and investiga- . Prerequisite: Chemistry 104, a A survey of physi- of survey A years . odd S, (4) . Physical Chemistry I (4) . F Environmental Environmental Chemistry (3) . I, odd Physical Chemistry for the Biological Chemistry Seminar . F and S, no . credit Fundamentals of Biochemistry Laboratory in Environmental Chemistry Environmental in Laboratory one-semester college level calculus course . 317 A seminar devoted to an exploration of topics academic both in research chemical current in and industrial laboratories . Junior and senior chemistry majors must attend each semester; to major intending and sophomores freshmen encouraged to attend . in chemistry are 303 ily intended for students who wish to major or mayit but biochemistry, chemistryor in minor substitute for Chemistry 323 in all . programs Chemistryis course this of component lab The Chemistry or 261 . 253 383 . Prerequisite: 304 Sciences cal chemistry with emphasis on the laws of thermodynamics, physical equilibria, trans- port phenomena, and enzyme kinetics . Top- ics are treated with life science applications . Laboratory survey of biochemistry focusing on the struc- ture, and function, of proteins, carbohydrates, lipids, and nucleic acids . Fundamentals of me- the in presented be will regulation and tabolism context of exercise science—that is how does the body biochemically de- support the energy mands of . exercise This course is not primar of macroscopic properties of matter as de- scribed by chemical thermodynamics kinetics . and Major topics include: The laws of (1) . S, odd years . tions devoted to chemical analysis of samples obtained from the atmosphere, hydrosphere, using lithosphere and chemical wet and instrumental both involving Chemistry 271 . methods . Prerequisite: 295 271 years . A study of the chemistry of the atmo- sphere, natural water, and soils, with a spe- cial focus on environmental problems aris- ing from the activities of humans, including a study of acid gases, ozone depletion, urban and indoor air precipitation, greenhouse and solid pollution, soil and water pollution, hazardous waste disposal, and risk assess- ment all presented within the context of a Christian view of humans and . nature Pre- Chemistry 253 or 261 . requisite: 281
.
. Pre- . y . Features a . Prerequisite:
Not open to seniors except y and Biochemistr . A study of organic compounds, reac- Chemistr Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry Analytical Chemistry (4) . F Organic Chemistry II (5) . S, SS . A con- A detailed A . SS F, (5) . ChemistryI Organic Prerequisite: Chemistry104 . . Prerequisite: Prerequisite: high school chemistry . Prerequisite: 86 require require a chemistry course . The fundamental concepts of organic chem- general chemistry, and biochemistry istry, are presented with an emphasis on the chemical nature of biologi- cal systems . such Topics as molecular bond- and ing and structure, equilibrium chemistry, chemical reactivity as illustrated by acid/base in presented are reactions redox and reactions a biological context such as membranes, en- zymes, buffers, and cellular energy - metabo lism . Issues the regarding ethics and - steward ship of health also will be discussed . Labora- tory 201 tions, and reaction mechanisms, emphasiz- ing their biochemical . significance Labora- tory 261 study of organic compounds, their synthesis and reactions, presented within the work of modern to- physico-chemical frame- theory, gether with an introduction to modern meth- ods of analysis and identification . Laboratory Chemistry 104 . Prerequisite: 262 tinuation of Chemistry 261 . Laboratory Chemistry 261 . requisite: problem-solving problem-solving approach that incorporates sampling, sample preparation, of the separation analyte from interfering substances, measurement, data analysis, and interpreta- the in presented is analysis Quantitative tion . context of analytical methods that primarily include separation science (gas, liquid, ion and chromatography, electrophoresis), opti- cal spectroscopy (uv-visible, fluorescence, and atomic absorption spectroscopy), and electrochemistry (electrode potentials, ion- selective electrodes, and sensors) . The lab- oratory includes chemical analysis of ter in the wa- athletic field and nature preserve ponds, and the measurement of air quality analyt- modern using campus Calvin’s across ical techniques and wet chemical methods . These methods illustrate the principles complex equilibria, of theory of acids and bas- es, and titrations . Laboratory Chemistry 104 . by permission . 253 (5) . F
Chemistry and Biochemistry will cover the principles underlying common biotechnology and chemistry, bio- chemistry, in techniques instrumental several to students expose to is course this of aim The S. . (4) Sciences Biological and 329 262. Chemistry other instrumental techniques . Prerequisites: and methods spectroscopic using acterized char- are prepared compounds All erature . lit- the in found procedures upon based carried out are syntheses multi-step involving chem- istry organic physical or synthesis ganic or- in topics selected of study A years . odd 325 323. Chemistry istry sophical and ethical issues related to biochem- of selected physiological processes, and philo- dimensions biochemical information, genetic of expression and transmission storage, the of chemistry the precursors, macromolecular of biosynthesis lipid photosynthesis, are metabolism, covered Topics 323. chemistry of 324 253or262. istry Prerequisite:Chem- . phosphorylation dative oxi- and cycle, Krebs metabolism, glycogen gluconeogenesis, glycolysis, on focus mary pri- with metabolism of study the is cluded in- Also function . and structure of rela-tionship the on emphasis an with and membranes lipids, carbohydrates, enzymes, teins, 323 Prerequisite: 317. Chemistry project on a topic proposed by the instructor six-week a includes Laboratory mechanics) . (statistical matter of properties macroscopic and microscopic between and relationship theory, the quantum by given molecules and atoms of energy,spectroscopyture, and struc- the include: topics Major mechanics . statistical and mechanics quantum of terms in matter microscopicof the even of study A 318 a collegephysicscourse. and 162, Mathematics 104, Chemistry sites: Laboratory kinetics. reaction and equilibria, chemical and physical and tions, solu- reactions, chemical to substances, pure application their and thermodynamics Prerequisite: 324 . Biology as listed Also . n h lbrtr idvda projects individual laboratory the In . Physical Chemistry II (4) . S, even years . F (4). I Biochemistry A continuation continuation A . S (4). II Biochemistry S, (4) . Chemistry Organic Advanced ntuetl ehd fr Chemical for Methods Instrumental
suy f pro- of study A . h course The . Prerequi- . . compounds . bioinorganic and compounds, coordination cage compounds, organometallic compounds, solids, ionic include discussed compounds of icity, symmetry, bonding, and reactivity istry of all elements with emphases on period- even years . A fundamental study in the chem- 330 tory Labora- instruments . two of minimum a use will which project, independent an to voted de- be will sessions laboratory six final The major intended their on based investigate to experiments and/or instruments of types the choosing of option the ratory,have students labo- the In expect . can one performance of work, how they are best used, and what type instruments these how examine to The is focus laboratories. academic and industrial in used instruments of number a on rience expe- “hands-on” with students provide to is course this of aspect important An tries . indus- pharmaceutical and chemical the to essential are spectrometry, which mass and resonance magnetic nuclear as such niques tech- niques . Special emphasis will instrumental be paid to tech- of number a cover will laboratory and/or lecture of combination A methods . thermal and techniques separation techniques, spectroscopic materials, ological analytical methods used for surface studies in chemical and bi- methods, instrumental ion-exchange, affinity, and high performance topics: following the are course this in Included separation techniques. analytical and biochemical teach modern to designed students course laboratory A S . 383 nor inchemistry mi- or major the in included be not may and is part of the professional education program course This teaching . directed during velop forum for the discussion of concerns that de- concurrently with taken be level. should secondary course This the on Chemistry of ing teach- the in practices and of, principles on, perspectives in course A S . (3). Chemistry 359 reviewed literature .Laboratory peer- from chemistry inorganic in advances studying involves course the of component significant A depth . in studied are acteristics .Prerequisite: 201. Chemistry F and F (1) . Biochemistry in Laboratory F, . (4) Chemistry Inorganic Advanced The seminar providesa seminar The 346 . Education eia i Scnay ecig of Teaching Secondary in Seminar Chemist r etoi ad antc char magnetic and Electronic . y andB iochemistr .
Exclusion, . Types y 87 - .
Chemistry and Biochemistry Principles Prerequi- .
. Interns will meet To . be To enrolled in this . Work conducted both in Off-Campus Offering . Offered in conjunction with the Environmental Environmental Chemistry. Internship in Chemistry (3,4) . F and 332 laboratory the and habitats natural and analysis of chemical movement and dis- tribution in natural . environments Sampling and analytical methods are included for wa- ter, soil, and air sites: One year of general chemistry and one semester of either biochemistry or organic chemistry AuSable Institute . 385 S . Off-campus chemistry be internships arranged for qualified students . Students can work 10-12 (3 semester hours) or 13-15 (4 semester hours) hours per week throughout off- an of supervision the under semester the campus employer-supervisor and a faculty internship coordinator with their faculty keep a reflective coordinator journal, and submit a final bi-weekly, written paper summarizing their internship experience . The off-campus supervisor will send in an evaluation report on the work of the intern . be To enrolled in an internship, stand- senior or junior have must student the ing, must have a cumulative GPA of 2 .0 or an better, average of GPA 2 .0 or better in all science and Mathematics courses, complet- ed the second semester of organic chemis- try (Chemistry 262) or equivalent, and ap- proval from both the department off-campus and employer the completed a submit must student the course, form agreement to the office ofresearch aca- demic services . physical sciences (predominantly physics and physics (predominantly sciences physical the to given is attention Particular chemistry) . philosophical and religious background scientific ideas of and the institutional context oftheme central A develops . science which in this capstone course will be the investigation of the interaction of science and withreligion a view toward articulating a critical reformed Christian perspective on this historical velopment . de- Some primary texts will be con- . sidered Prerequisites: developing a Christian mind, History 151 or 152, Philosophy 153, Religion 121 or 131, junior/senior standing, and a declared major in the natural sciences instructor) . of the (or approval
y . If taken as y and Biochemistr Register for the course for the History of Physical Science (3) . S . Summer . Research (0) F and S, Sum- Academic . Year Research I, (0-4) and F, Directed Directed . S and I, F, Study . Independent esearch Research on a project selected in consulta- 88 Chemistr Each credit requires 45 hours of A once . than more taken be may course This . research student may be paid for if research and only if it is taken for . zero credit The student will all complete and report a write to required be tasks specified by the supervisor Integrative Studies/ Capstone . An - examina century 17th the in philosophy natural of tion and of major developments since then in the S . tion with a faculty member at Calvin College . honors, a seminar in Chemistry must be 295 given and a formal research report must be commit- review a by approved is that written student the course, this in enrolled be To tee . agreement research completed a submit must form to the office of academic services . 397 full weeks 10 of minimum a for research mer time on a project selected in with consultation a faculty member at This course Calvin constitutes 3 semester College . hours of research and may be taken more than once . A formal research report must each be time . If the written project is to be conducted off campus, prior approval by the . required chair If is taken as honors, a formal the and given be must 295 Chemistry seminar in review a by approved be must report research committee . Fall semester directly following the summer was conducted, unless in which the research a seminar is to be given the next spring . To be enrolled in this course, the student must form agreement research completed a submit sci- the and services academic of office the to ence division office . IDIS 310 liquid chromatography, agarose gel and poly- and gel agarose chromatography, liquid ultracentrifu- electrophoresis, gel acrylamide gation, ultraviolet/visible spectroscopy, en- zyme kinetics, and recombinant DNA tech- out carry to required be will Students niques . purification the involving projects individual and analysis of a biological macromolecule from cells or tissue . Also listed as Chemistry 323 . or co-requisite: 383 . Pre Biology 390 readings or . projects Admission by permis- whom under instructor and chair the of sion . the work will be done 395
Chemistry and Biochemistry eight Chinese language courses and four culture courses by the Germanic and Asian Languages department . The Chinese language major includes Assistant Professors L.Herzberg Professors J.Vos-Camy (chair) Chinese Three courseschosenfrom: Chinese 202 Chinese 201 Chinese 102 Chinese 101 The ChineseStudyGroupMinor Chinese 217or218 Chinese 216 Chinese 215 Chinese 202 Chinese 201 Chinese 102 Chinese 101 Chinese LanguageMinor at the300level. A minimum of one elective course must be taken religion 354, 355, 356; STCH 203, 204, One culture electivefrom thefollowing: Eight Chineselanguagecourses Religion 255or355356 Philosophy 225orSTCH203 245,246,346orSTCH204 History chinese Languagemajor program department isD.Baysofthehistory . the for advisor The Chinese . of knowledge prior without or with students for is Beijing Capital at China Beijing, programin history through Chinese202. Chinese studygroup minor The Chinese language program is part of the Asian studies program and is administered 210, Beijingcourses 272, 346,371,PoliticalScience277 246, 245, 235, History 241, ArtHistory During Fall semester of each year, Calvin offers 101 Chinese its taking own full-time by Chinese corelanguage requirement and language two-year the fulfill can Students the and minor language Chinese the namely available, minors possible two areThere Calvin-approved interimtriptoChina. one interim course on China including a Science 277, Political 225, Philosophy 210, STCH 371, 346, 246, 245, History 241, Art R eligion 255 or 355, or any . The program in programin The (STCH) . University Normal COURSES 101 w hnrd oe hrces are Characters more hundred Two reading . and speaking both on emphasis with continued system, writing Chinese the of study further and grammar Chinese basic the of study of Completion 201. Chinese of uation 202 Chinese 101orpermissionofthe instructor Prerequisite:culture . Chinese into insight ing for introduced reading and writing and as a medium be for gain- will Characters 300 Chinese Another Chinese. writing and reading on and proficiency on conversational improving emphasis equal of with study grammar, Continued Chinese 101. Chinese of ation 201 Chinese 101orpermissionoftheinstructor Prerequisite:culture . Chinese into insight ing for introduced reading and writing and as a medium be for gain- will Characters 300 Chinese Another Chinese. writing and reading on and proficiency on conversational improving emphasis equal of with study grammar, Continued Chinese 101. Chinese of ation 102 300 Chinesecharacterswillbeintroduced . Approximately thinking. of ways and values social Chinese of fundamentals some stand under and Chinese, readin written dialogues Chinese, (Mandarin) in conversations simple on carry to able be will students one-semester After Chinese. written and spoken both ing stress- culture, and language Chinese to tion F . (4) Chinese Elementary F (4) . Chinese Intermediate A contin- A S . (4) . Chinese Intermediate continu- A S. (4). Chinese Elementary . Chinese An introduc- An . A continu- A .
89 . . -
Chinese - . It
. A continuation A .
. Further Studies in Modern Chinese Introduction Introduction to Modern Chinese - Litera 102, Latin 101 or 102, additional work in intermediate or advanced Greek or Latin courses, history 232 or 262, Philosophy 251 or 217 F (3) . Present the to 1911 ture: of Chinese language study and an introduction introduction an and study language Chinese of to works written by major from Chinese 1911, when authors Chinese literature was first written in the modern to vernacular, the - pres his- Chinese on readings selected as well as ent, Chinese . and Prerequisite: culture society, tory, instructor 216 or permission of the 218 Literature: 1911 to the Present . (3) S . This course builds on Chinese 217 and deals with literary texts of greater linguistic difficulty also includes further language study and se- lected readings on Chinese history, and . Chinese society, culture Prerequisite: 217 or per mission of the instructor Classical Languages Major Six from Latin 101, 102, 201, 202, Greek CLASSICAL STUDIES MINOR or Latin courses 200-level Greek Two Classics 211 Classics 221 Classics 231 History 261 One elective drawn from Greek 101 or . . This .
Advanced Conversation (4) . F Advanced Grammar and Composition
munication Arts and Greek Sciences 101, 102; 320; 264; History Latin 101, 102; 262, Philosophy courses additional 312; or 341; 241, 263, Religion in the selected languages The classical languages department offers four programs of concentration in classical in concentration of programs four offers department languages classical The individual an on students qualified to offered be may scheduled normally not Courses 90 Chinese, Classical Languages CLASSICAL STUDIES MAJOR or Latin courses 200-level Greek Two Classics 211 Classics 221 Classics 231 Philosophy 251 History 232, 261, or 262 from Two Com- 235; 233, 101, History Art from Two One interim or Classics 242 The program in classical in program The language . Latin and language, Greek languages, classical studies, Roman Greco- of study broad a with languages the of one of study some combines studies graduate for designed is program languages classical The influence . later its and civilization studies; the language Greek is program for and pre-seminarians for any others wishing to concentrate in Greek language and literature, and the Latin language program is for those intending to teach the language at the secondary school level and for any others . literature wishing to concentrate in Latin language and be completed . basis so that specific concentrations may Classical Languages M. Williams K. Bratt (chair), Professors J. Winkle D. Noe, Assistant Professors taught taught for reading comprehension and cul- . tural understanding 215 course is designed to develop advanced au- skills as well as advanced ral comprehension competence in spoken Chinese through ex- in class . Stu- and conversation drills, ercises, dents will also continue their study of Chi- new many learning by language written the Prerequisite: pictographs . or Characters nese of the instructor Chinese 202 or permission 216 (4) . S . The systematic study grammar of and advanced . composition learn Students many new Chinese Characters as they will Con- Chinese . written in skills their improve versation practice will also be emphasized . Prerequisite: Chinese 215 or permission of the instructor
Classical Languages Interdisciplinary 357 231, 221, 211, Classics from elective One 304, 302, 300, Latin from electives Three Latin 206 Latin 205 MINOR LATIN SECONDARY EDUCATION Interdisciplinary 359 Interdisciplinary 357 Two from 261 Classics211,221,History Latin 305 Latin 304 Latin 302 Latin 300 Latin 206 Latin 205 MAJOR LATIN SECONDARY EDUCATION One classicscourse 205, 202, 201, 102, 101, Latin from Five Latin Minor 205, 202, 201, 102, 101, Latin fromThree 205, 202, 201, 102, 101, Latin from Six Latin Major One classicscourse 303, 201-207, 102, 101, Greek from Five Greek Minor 303, 201-207, 102, 101, Greek Twofrom or from303, Six 201-207, Greek102, 101, Greek Major One interimorClassics242 His- or 231, 221, 211, Classics Twofrom Six from Latin 205, 206, 300, 302, 304, 305, History 261 History 305 206, 300-305,or391 level Latincourse) 300- one least (at 261 history or 231, 221, 211, classics 391, 300-305, 206, 206, 300-305,or391 304, or395 300-level one least Greek course) (at 261 or History 231, 221, 211, Classics 395, 304, 304 261 tory must betakenineachlanguage) 303, or 304 (at least one 300-level course 391, Greek 201, 202, 203, 205, 206, 207, 101, 102,201,202,203,or207 study of religions academicteachingthetheminorin of part by classics 221 and 231 The core requirement in the arts may be met enroll inLatin201. completed one year of college Latin should special major or regarding minor programs . Those who have chair department the consult should 202, or 201 Latin omit to Students, whose qualifications permit them more than three years, in Latin 205 or 206 . with three years, in either Latin 202 or 205; for language with one college course); those Latin 205 and so meet the core requirement with department approval, enroll may,directly Latin, in school high of years two only unusually well-qualified student, even with 101; Latin two years in in Latin 201 enroll (except that the should Latin school high of year one completed have who Students collegelanguagerequirement Greek 202 (or their equivalents) satisfies the COURSES also meetsthecore literature requirement . to the late and Greek ancient of arts major the of study a is 221 ments thestudyoftexts. supple- evidence archaeological and Artistic of literature the in transformation their to riography,and histo- and drama, lyric, epic, Greek of ment develop- and origins the to devoted is tention - at Primary studied . are Augustine to Homer and Greek of works 211 the course of Westerndis- of Lectures,culture course . the over influenced have they art of works the and myths the of interpretations various to tures are studied via slides . Attention is given cul- both of works art major and translation and Greece of art and literature the via thology my- Classical in themes major the of study a 231 and Romanculture . physical remains in this investigation of Greek sources literary cient of study the supplement of arts the in transformation their to and architecture, and painting, sculpture, Greek of development and origins the to ed Classical Art and Architecture (3) . S . This Classical Mythology . (3) F and S . This is Major literary sources areliterary readin Major Rome . oman civilization from the Bronze Age Age Bronze the from civilization Roman The major major The S. (3). Literature Classical Empire . Primary attention is devot- m ad h cuc fathers. church the and Rome Classical Languages . Completion of Latin 202 or
mn ieaue from literature Roman . Classics 231 may be
. Classics211 An- Rome . 91
Classical Languages
-
. Ro- . Metamor-
A study of study A . Emphasis is . A thorough . For students
of Augus- of Confessions Emphasis is placed on Latin (LATN) . This class includes in readings the Elementary Latin II (4) . . S A continu- Intermediate Latin I (4) . F Elementary Latin I (4) . F F . (3) Prose Greek Advanced This course course This S . (3) . II Latin Intermediate In- (3) . Greek Ancient in Topics Special Latin of the Late Republic and Early Em- Early and Republic Late the of Latin A study of study A S . . (3) Poetry Greek Advanced man history and . culture Prerequisite: Latin 101 or its equivalent . 201 review of the essentials of grammar will ac- company the reading of selected Latin . prose or Latin school high of years Two Prerequisite: two courses of college Latin . 395 dependent study of special topics or authors Greek the of rest the in covered ordinarily not curriculum . Prerequisites: Four courses in . Greek Offered as needed . May be repeated . the course content is different provided 101 who had only one unit of high school Lat- in or who have had ba- a no and grammar of Latin . essentials the on placed sic vocabulary with constant comparison to English . Sententiae from the principal Latin . authors will be read 102 ation of Latin 101 . grammar and the early reading of longer se- lections of authentic Latin dealing with 202 poetryand prose selected of study a involves in Latin, which may include the the and Ovid of phoses school high of years Three Prerequisite: tine . Latin or Latin 201 . 205 pire (3) . F selected Greek prose authors, based on stu- dent interest and . demand Authors studied may include Thucydides, the or Plato, orators, Attic the Polybius, Xenophon, Aristotle, in courses Four Prerequisite: fathers . Church of the instructor or permission Greek include may studied Authors demand . and est Hesiod, the lyric and elegiac or Callimachus; tragic po- phanes, Menander, poets, Aristo- etry not otherwise covered in the curriculum cours- Four Prerequisite: studied . be also may of the instructor or permission es in Greek - Pre . noted also are tragedies the understand to . of Greek semesters Three requisite: 303 304 selected Greek poets, based on student inter - - .
. A beginning ew Testament New with Testament Prerequisite: Three se- Three . Prerequisite:
Greek (GREE) Greek . 2009-2010 Not offered
Odyssey, with special emphasis put . Readings in the early dialogues of Pla- Biological and Medical Vocabulary . In this course, the Gospel of Mark is Readings in Herodotus (3) . F, alter Classical Languages New Testament Greek: The Epistles New Testament Greek: The Gospels Intermediate Greek B (3) . S, alternate Intermediate Greek A (3) . alternate F, Elementary Greek II (5) . S . A continu- Elementary Greek I (5) . F Thisyears . alternate S, (3) . Tragedy Greek Iliad or 92 A study is made of some of the Pauline the of some of made is study A . S (3) . . 205 Greek Epistles . Prerequisite: 207 course includes a close reading of at least one Greek tragedy with attention to its poetic and cul- Greek of matters Those qualities . dramatic literary tradition, ture, and history that help us read read with attention to the parallel passages in the other . Gospels A study is made of the sig- The . Greek Hellenistic of features special nificance of lexical and syntactical detail for the interpretation of the text is emphasized . 102 . Greek Prerequisite: 206 203 nate years . In this course, special is emphasis placed on gaining reading proficiency with prose, some Greek attention to the char in acteristics of Herodotus as historian in - rela tion to Thucydides . 205 (3) . F 202 years . This course includes readings in Hom- er’s poetry Greek in proficiency reading gaining on and to exploring some major themes of Greek and religion mythology 2009-2010 . . Not offered mesters of Greek to . Special emphasis is put on gaining read- ing proficiency in Greek . prose Prerequisite: Greek 102 the help of a grammar and lexicon . the help of a grammar 201 years . ation of Greek 101 . Completion of the text and the reading of selected prose passages . student the allows course this of Completion to read works like the study of classical Greek with emphasis on the on emphasis with Greek classical of study and basic vocabularyessentials of grammar 102 101 A study of the ba- the of study A (2) . Latin and Greek from and Latin components sic of Greek scientific students for intended especially terminology, . the health sciences in biology and . reports and written cussions, 242
Classical Languages under theEnglishdepartment . The department’s internshipadvisorisP American Studies Program in Washington, D .C, or the Los Angeles Film Studies Center above are encouraged to do an internship, either locally or with the Chicago Semester, the and GPA2 .5 a of with Students communication . digital and communication business in majors group offers also department The theatre . and studies, media production, media offers majors in speech pathology and audiology, film studies,department The rhetoriccommunicate . to andability their improve communication, to the and live they which in understand society to wish who those and professions communication-related in careers contribution to Western culture, particularly Latin the illustrate to Augustine St . and tius, Lactan- Seneca, Cicero, Lucretius, as thors au- Textssuch years . from alternate selected 302 ture .Prerequisite: Latin205or206. litera- epic Latin of works other and/or neid A close reading of selections from Vergil’s Ae- 300 requirement language with othercourses. foreign their satisfy who students for Literature in requirement instructor the authors. of permission or 205, 202, Prerequisite:Latin non-Christian and Christian both from ages middle the and empire later the of poetry and prose Latin in readings includes 206 Latin, orpermissionoftheinstructor requisite: Latin 202, three years of high school Pre- courses. genre advanced the to duction intro- an as serve to and literature Latin cal classi- of development the survey to selected are which writers, major of poetry and prose Adjunct L.Vander Meer Assistant Professors D.García, D.Leugs, Associate Professors R.Buursma,B.Fuller, P. Goetz,K.Groenendyk, B.Macauley, G. Professors R.Bytwerk,M.Fackler, D.Freeberg, M.Page,†C.Plantinga, Communication ArtsandSciences The group minor in journalism, a program involving the department, is described is department, the involving program a journalism, in minor group The The Communication Arts and Sciences (CAS) department serves students intending students serves department (CAS) Sciences and Arts Communication The F,(3) . Poetry Epic Latin . years alternate This course course This . S (3) . Literature Latin Late S, . (3) Literature Philosophical Latin R.Prince,A.Richards Pauley, †S.Sandberg, †C.Smit †W. Romanowski,Q.Schultze,H.Sterk(chair),J.Vander Woude, A.Visky This course satisfies the core the satisfies course This . Classical Languages , Communicatio n Ar
.
.Spence
and jor ma- the in reading Intensive years. ternate 304 Latin 205or206. Prerequisite: thought. social and ethical in the instructor of permission or Latin in courses 300-level course the content is provided different . Prerequisite: At least two repeated be May ed . dent study of special topics . Offered as need- 391 Not offered 2009-2010. equivalent . the or 206 or 205 Latin requisite: to metrics and the Greek heritage in lyric . Pre- attention with poets, elegiac the and Horace, Vergil, Catullus, as authors such from poetry 305 Not offered 2009-2010. 206 . or 205 Latin Prerequisite: reports . and reading Collateral period . the of movements sources for our understanding of the political as writers these of interpretation proper the mn itras f h Late the of historians Roman Latin Lyric (3) . F, alternate years . Selected Early Indepen- (3). Latin in Topics Special , al- S, (3). Literature Historical Latin Empire . . mphasis is placed upon placed is Emphasis ts andS ciences
Republic 93 .
Communication Arts and Sciences . . Goetz of the CAS the of Goetz . . Admission into graduate and athology . The liberal arts requirements include Students who wish to enter professions 238, 240, 253, 260, 361, 362, 386, or interim . Other an CAS approved cours- es may be as approved electives in con- sultation with the student’s academic advisor terim and speech pathology Major audiology CAS 140 CAS 210 CAS 212 CAS 215 CAS 216 CAS 311 CAS 344 CAS 345 CAS 352 or 399 CAS 384 CAS 385 CAS 387 Three electives from CAS 200, 203, 214, Cognates Biology 115 English 334 Mathematics 143 Psychology 201 Physics 223 Speech P Audiology One CAS elective, which may be an in- programs in programs speech pathology or audiology is very competitive . Students must have a be to average point grade 3 .0 a of minimum . considered The advisors for the program P and Woude Vander J . are . department category: develop- one course in each core ing a Christian mind, first-year prelude, written and rhetoric, research information history technology, of the west and the world, philosophical foundations, biblical dealing with speech pathology and audiol- ogy may qualify for the degree of Bachelor of Arts in speech pathology and audiology graduate for students prepares program The work in speech pathology or in audiology Students should apply to accredited gradu- ate programs during the Fall semester of their senior year ts and Sciences category Media history: CAS 230, 255, 281, or 282 Media theory and criticism: CAS 238, 254, 284, 305, or 383 346, 354 or 395 lish 296 French be may which of one interim, an 375 94n Ar Communicatio MEDIA PRODUCTION MAJOR MEDIA PRODUCTION CAS 145 CAS 190 CAS 248 CAS 249 CAS 250, 290, or 316 courses from Two Three courses with at least one from each CAS 346, 351, or 390 courses from Two CAS 352 or 399 MEDIA STUDIES MAJOR CAS 140 CAS 190 CAS 230 CAS 238 CAS 254 CAS 352 CAS 399 CAS 248, 249, or 250 One course from CAS 255 or 284 One course from CAS 281 or 282 One course from One course from CAS 285, 305, 318, 330, rhetoric and communication major CAS 101 CAS 140 or 141 CAS 205 CAS 238 CAS 305 CAS 327 CAS 352 CAS 200, 203, or 211 from Two CAS 240, 253, 260, or 270 One from CAS 230, 318, or 330 One from Major studies film CAS 145 290 CAS 190 or CAS 284 CAS 352 CAS 383 Eng- CAS/ 282, 281, CAS from courses Two Three CAS electives, one of which may be
Communication Arts and Sciences Physics 223 and Biology 115 Biology and 223 Physics 143, Mathematics 151, Psychology 352, serve as cognates for the major are: CAS 140, egory semester hours in the health and fitness cat- three and engagement, cross-cultural arts, the language, foreign literature, america, structuresnorthsocietal in II, foundations theological or II foundations biblical I, foundations theological or I foundations n fo CS 0, 4, 6 or 262 248, 200, CAS from One Twoor 354, 305, 285, 260, 253, fromCAS One from CAS101or240 CAS 352 CAS 140 major Business communication group be may which of one electives, CAS Two One coursefrom CAS248,319,or323 One coursefrom CAS238,327,or383 CAS 352 CAS 321 CAS 320 CAS 316 CAS 219 CAS 218 CAS 217 CAS 203 CAS 140 theatre major and English334. 201 Psychology include cognates required One from InformationSystems151,153, Information systems171 Mathematics 143,243,or343 Cognates the at elective business or economics One One from Business365,381,or382 Economics 222 Economics 221(gradeofCrequired) Business 380 Business 203 Business 160 399 an interim 104, 108or112 221, 141,271orComputerScience 300 level 262 . Other specified core courses that also . Additional English Commu nication Ar CAS 204 following the option education the *For CAS 320or321* CAS 319* CAS 316 CAS 220 CAS 219 CAS 218 CAS 217 CAS 203 THEATRE MINOR Four electivesfrom filmandmassmedia One massmediacourse One filmcourse CAS 230 MEDIA STUDIESMINOR CAS electives(6semesterhours) CAS 230or254 CAS 203or217 CAS 200 CAS 140 sciences MINOR Communication arts and Mathematics 143 Mathematics 132 Computer Science384 Computer Science 295 (3 semesters in the in semesters (3 295 Science Computer Computer Science262 Computer Science108 Information Systems333 Information Systems341 Information Systems337 Information Systems221 Information Systems171 Information Systems153 Information Systems151 Information Systems141 CAS 352 CAS 330 CAS 305 CAS 248,249,or250 CAS 238 CAS 230 CAS 141 CAS 140 major digital communication group courses replace CAS319and320/321: junior andsenioryears) ts andS ciences 95
Communication Arts and Sciences . . Hash, Music . Fine arts advisors: Reeuwyk, J . Van Oral Rhetoric (3) . F and S . Students Introduction Introduction to Film (3) . F and S . A Introduction Introduction to Video Production (4) . F and and F (3) . Culture and Communication This course This S . and F (3) . Rhetoric Visual examine the principles of oral rhetoric in this course, with an and emphasis on visual guided practice in the development of effec- tive speeches . The course leads students to understand the role of to rhetoric in society, think critically about rhetorical and situations practices, and to gain proficiency in the . of rhetoric art 140 S . This course examines the ways in which communication is used to create, maintain, and change . culture Students have the op- portunity to apply a basic understanding of the concepts of communication and culture cul- issues, social contemporary of range a to tural texts, and communication Emphasis practices . is given to rhetorical and discus- sion methods to help students learn about analyzing and constructing oral and written a doing cooperatively work to and arguments . presentation for class project research 141 is a study of the of rhetoric images, how im- ages create meaning, and how used to persuade . It images leads students to under- are stand the relationship between the rhetoric of images, the various audiences for those images, and their social contexts . Students learn to critique the construction of images, the ethical use of images, and meanings of images . the various 145 phe- cultural and form art an as film of study nomenon, including dramatic, visual, and acting, focus, and theme and elements, sonic directorial style . covered Topics include the materials and methods of filmmaking, the major styles and genres of film, and there- lationship of film to American . culture Course work includes a and world mandatory weekly screening (lab) and readings in the and criticism of film . theory, history, 190 film-style in course introductory An S . and F production in the medium of digital video, with instruction in all of the elements of 101 COURSES tives chosen in consultation with a finearts advisor CAS; and P r . Buursma, art; ts and Sciences ducation 315, CAS 214, and 214, CAS 315, Education Students minoring in fine arts must arts fine in minoring Students . n Ar Communicatio interim interim for state teacher certification at this time. certification at for state teacher 96 ELEMENTARY EDUCATION FINE EDUCATION ELEMENTARY GROUP MAJOR AND MINOR ARTS All fine arts group majors must complete at least 36 semester hours of courses in art, music, and CAS . All minors must complete at least 24 semester hours of courses in these three . areas All majors and minors Art take must Music 238 . In addition, students majoring in fine arts must complete achosen disciplines sequencethese of of two from courses in consultation with a finearts education advisor of one from courses of sequence a complete these disciplines and some additional elec- Prerequisite Prerequisite to admission to any of the de- partment’s specializations is CAS 140, one other CAS course, and a minimum average . of 2 .0 for CAS courses completed GPA The core requirement in rhetoric in culture may be met by CAS 101, 140, 141, or 214 . The department offers an exemption exam for CAS 101 . ELEMENTARY EDUCATION EDUCATION ELEMENTARY and arts Communication MINOR sciences CAS 140 CAS 190 CAS 203 CAS 204 CAS 214 CAS 215 CAS 217 One from CAS 218 or 316 or an approved EDUCATION SECONDARY and arts Communication sciences MINOR CAS 101 CAS 140 CAS 190 CAS 203 CAS 204 CAS 217 One from CAS 218 or 316 or an approved CAS 214 Note: The education option is NOT approved
Communication Arts and Sciences 204 dio, television,oreducation. ra- rhetoric, theatre, in careers considering tory examined include poetry, prose, and oral his- literature of Genres discourse . of forms oral and written and action, human and erature lit- performance, and text between tionships rela-the of understanding students’ expands literatureing beforecourse this audience, an perform- of techniques and principles the in training providing By literature . celebrating and appreciating, analyzing, of means a as (3) . F and S . An introduction to performance 203 or equivalent.Notoffered 2009-2010. contemporary speeches . Prerequisite: CAS 101, selected of criticism and theory, rhetorical in readings discussion, of types various in pation partici- speeches, of types various in ticipation tion and presentation of types of speeches, par 200 finished video.Allequipmentisprovided . exercisesshortof a series produceand a will Students editing . and lighting raphy,sound, videog- scriptwriting, including production, 205 2010 . settings . school in ticipate required to facilitate them . Students will par- skills assessment and instructional the velop de- and programs such behind rationale and principles the explore will Students schools . in implemented and administered, ganized, or- are debate, and forensics as such grams, pro- co-curricular how explores course This study of the anatomic and physiologic bases bases physiologic and anatomic the of study Hearing, and Language Mechanisms (4) . S . A 210 electronic ageandits focusontheimage. the by transformed been has oratory how to methods of critical listening and analysis and world . our and selves our- of understanding our shapes speaking tual contexts, and learn how the art of public intellec- and historical its in tradition torical deepen their knowledge of the art,American rhe- practical and aesthetic an as oratory of ture . Students will develop an understanding experience, and a reflection of American American cul- the on influence an form, art an as oratory American examines course This hs ore s eind o students for designed is course This . Composi- S . (4) . Rhetoric Oral Advanced Anatomy and Physiology of the Speech, Speech, the of Physiology and Anatomy American VoicesAmerican F (3) . Directing Co-Curricular Programs Co-Curricular Directing nrdcin o efrac Studies Performance to Introduction mphasis is given to given is Emphasis ot offeredNot 2009- Alternate years . Alternate . (1) . - Commu nication Ar orders inclinicaland educationalsettings. dis- hearing and language, speech, with sons per for issues rehabilitation and evaluation, prevention, of understanding general a gain will Students lives . their of aspects all almost it affects communicating, difficulty have ple peo- When beings . social be to us allows that gift God-given a is Communication lenges . chal- communication overcome or manage professions are devoted to helping individuals ology audi- and pathology speech-language to tion introduc - general A S . and F (3) . Audiology 215 and knowledgeinschoolsettings. skills these apply they and process; learning appropriatestyle) and invention, tion, the to organiza- as (such rhetoric of strategies the in engage they communication; non-verbal and verbal analyze to learn Students tings . set- educational in learning facilitate petry pup- reader’stheater,and drama, creative as such arts, ad- communication course the how This dresses . S and F (3). Classroom 214 acoustic phonetics,andsynthesizedspeech. thresholds, hearing measuring of methods psychophysical production, speech and perception of theory acoustic acoustics, basic to introduction the include Topics duction . pro- and perception, speech hearing, of ies plication of the scientific method to the stud- 212 101 orpermissionoftheinstructor CAS Prerequisites: communication . everyday to reasoning argumentative apply to how but contexts, academic within argue to how only not learn will students practice, and analysis Through arguments . other with and interactions structure, appeals, and evidence of use logic, informal language, of use dimensions, argument—ethical oral of dynamics the on es gumentation and advocacy study and application of basic principles of ar 211 quired forspeechproduction . re- mechanisms articulatory and respiratory,phonatory, the on and body, human the of mechanisms auditory peripheral and central guage, and hearing . The course focuses on the lan- speech, of use and development the for F (4) . Science Hearing and Speech A A S. (3) . Advocacy and Argumentation Introduction to Speech Pathology and and Pathology Speech to Introduction raig omncto At i the in Arts Communication Creating . These rapidly growing interdisciplinary ts andS ciences . This course focus-
.
Ap- .
97 - -
Communication Arts and Sciences . Eng- orth North . Small English 248 . . Prerequisite: . Also listed as Group Group Communication (3) . F Writing for Writing the Media (3) . F and S . An Theory and Communication . (3) F and (3) F (3) Media American North Historyof CAS 140 or 141 or consent of instructor 240 American life (Canadian, Mexican, U .S .) by phonograph, telephone, telegraph, press, the photograph, cinema, wireless, radio, televi- sion, cable and satellite, and computers . It concentrates on the history of technologi- cal development, programming, development, audience representation of constituent groups in society – especially minorities – and changes in law and regulation that have media institutions . affected 238 S . An examination of the of significancenature the understanding in theory of role and human . communication The course focuses communica- of elements fundamental the on underlie that assumptions the processes, tion communication theory, the similarities and differences between theoretical approaches, and the means of evaluating theoretical per- spectives, including a Christian critique of communication theories . Fall - theory, Spring - rhetorical media theory group communication theory and practice . Students participate in group projects lead- ing to class . presentations leadership, Topics discussion, roles, include consensus, or- and leadership, decision-making, ganization, are conduct ethical for Standards persuasion . the course . throughout considered 248 introduction to the content, styles, and for- mats of media scripts . The course emphasiz- compared writing media in differences the es with familiar more forms of writing, the role of the script as text in producing media pro- grams, the styles of writing used (journalis- tic, dramatic, polemical, and emotive), and to used scripts for requirements technical the focus the work of directors, actors, camera, in mixers and editors technicians, sound and creating a media . product Prerequisites lish 101, CAS 145 and 190; or of permission the instructor Playwriting Topics: (F and S) - Prerequisite English 101; Scriptwriting (S) . 230 the in changes emphasizes course This S . and me- of control the communication, of means dia systems, the audiences for media prod- ucts, and the changes into introduced
- . Eng- The .
This course This . ts and Sciences . . A study of phonetic
. Prerequisite: A GPA of 2 .0 or higher A GPA . Prerequisite: n Ar Communicatio Phonetics . (3) F Principles of Production Design (3) . Calvin Media Company (1) . F and S . Calvin Theatre Company (1) . F and S . Principles of Acting (3) . . S An - introduc F (3) . Theatre of Principles . An introductory study of the basic prin- 98 theories and the use of International Phonetic Alphabet symbols in analyzing, categorizing, American of sounds the transcribing and 216 lish . The course emphasizes understanding of the processes involved in the production of . specific phonemes 217 studies the theatre through analysis artistic of principles, its genres, and . forms This foundational course concentrates on script analysis, major classical and modern theory, and critical methodology 219 218 tion to the art of . acting Through discussions, readings, and numerous in-class exercises ma- with acquainted become will students the jor acting theories . The course is for students interested in theatre-related professions, well as as for students wishing to deepen their understanding of theatre and dramatic litera- . ture Prerequisite: CAS 217 or permission of the instructor F ciples, theories, and applications of technical production and design for theatre, television, and film . Includes lectures, lab tions, demonstra- and contextual readings, and seeks to introduce students to all aspects of the craft, make-up, costume, property, scenic, including compar while production, lighting and sound ing the distinct visual media televi- of theatre, CAS sion, and film . Prerequisite: . 217 220 de- is and limited is class the in Membership audition/interview by annually termined various the in training given be will members drama . of production the of aspects practical year, one than more participate may Students but not more than six semester hours may for be applied to the minimum requirements graduation, and no more than three to the major 222 Students will participate in film, radio and partici- may Students . productions television pate more than one semester, but no more than four semester hours may be applied to- Per- . requirements graduation or major ward . mission of instructor required
Communication Arts and Sciences cludes a mandatory weekly screeningcludes amandatory (lab) . in- Course television. and film documentary of functions institutional and cultural and ics history,eth- the aesthetics, of examination An 255 and CAS140orpermissionofthe instructor. Prerequisites:blogs) . and games, video music, digital Internet, the (including technologies media new and music, popular radio, television, as such media of criticism audience-focused reviews and evaluate others’ society and church of behalf producers of media to evaluate mass media on a develops course This criticism. media of practice and 254 culture shock.AlsolistedasSociology253 of management the and cultures indigenous developing an appropriate attitude regarding phasis on the last two . Special topics include em- special with work, mission and opment, devel- Corps, Peace business, government, include application of areas The dynamics . cultural of nature the and systems cultural of components the of comparison extensive an requires examination This munication . com- cross-cultural to relating principles cal anthropologi- the of examination An S . and 253 Prerequisites: CAS 145 and 190 or or permission oftheinstructor 190 and 145 CAS Prerequisites: strated . demon- and analyzed are principles mixing and recording audio lighting, studio camera, the for Performance technologies . related and switchers recorders, cameras, video tionary sta - with experience gain Students needs . and principles communication particular of light in evaluated and discussed are formats gram pro- Various production . video studio-based of practice and theory the to introduction An 250 Prerequisites: CAS145and190. demands . such to respond should media the cess demands, and how Christians working in pro- this that challenges ethical and aesthetic the produced, are programs media which by course also introduces students to the process of short audio programs in lab situations . The variety a produce Students sound . on cusing govern the production of media programs, fo- that principles aesthetic the to introduction 249 Media Criticism (3) . F and S . The theory Documentary Film and TelevisionS . and (4) . Film Documentary An An S . (3) . Aesthetics and Design Audio ad S. and F (3). Production Multi-Camera F (3) . Communication Intercultural eformed lens for consumers and and consumers for lens Reformed .
Students write write Students . nglish 101 101 English
Commu nication Ar
262 management, andrelational enrichment. conflict gender, shyness, communication, ic dyad- of elements the include Topics cation . communi- interpersonal of practice the and society contemporary in faith of life the live to seek they as Christians by faced problems and ties opportuni- communication interpersonal The 260 282 ideologies .Notoffered 2009-2010. Holly- directors,and systems, star and studio wood the genres, and conventions rative Topics nar- style, and technique film include style . that from diversions and style lywood Hol- classical the of expressions major sent repre- considered Films America . of images tically, and culturally to affirm and challenge how Hollywood films work technically, artis- investigates course This present . the to era sentation and communication from the silent technology, including industry,art form, and an the system of repre- as film American of 281 institutions andreligious settings. educational and organizations, religious ness, family,relationships, busi- interpersonal in ly between communication and gender, especial- study and Christian evaluation of the relations 270 English 262.Notoffered 2009-2010. and 101 CAS Prerequisite: writing. business and viewing, inter listening, aids, visual of uses propriate ap- presentations, public negotiation, conflict ethics, communication culture, ganizational or include will matter Subject munication . ries, principles and practices of business com- This course will instruct students in the theo- aaim epoe i te td o film. of study the in employed paradigms cultural and concepts key the to troduction 284 fered 2009-2010. cinema . American the of dominance the response of various film industries to the pd in oped devel- forms narrative the and style” lywood cinematic basic differencesthe principles, “Hol- the between of development and tory his- early the include Topics States. the United outside movements film significant to An in- An (4) . Film Approachesto Critical The study The S . and F (4) . Film American F and S . and F (3) . Communication Business F (4). Cinema World F (3). Gender and Communication S. (3). Communication Interpersonal The course focuses on the theories theories the on focuses course The . rp, sa ad lehr, and elsewhere, and Asia, Europe, Cross listed with with listed Cross 101 . English ts andS ciences n introduction An .
ot of- Not
A A . 99 - -
Communication Arts and Sciences
. Examples for
. . Education 311 . Prerequisites: An in- American Politics and Mass Media Principles of Directing (4) . S . An - intro Child Language Development (3) . S . An Topics in Advanced Production Design Production Advanced in Topics research research of persuasion, improving personal persuasive abilities, recognizing and resist- ing persuasive strategies, and in propaganda modern society the role of analysis are taken from advertising, religion, sales, political campaigns, and democratic . propaganda and totalitarian 311 examination of early language development research in phonology, morphology, syntax, semantics, and pragmatics . Theories of lan - guage acquisition and implications for prac- given is attention Particular examined . are tice to the role of adults in language development and to the relationship between language de- velopment and cognitive development . Also listed as troductory course in psychology or education or permission of the instructor duction to the theory of . directing Through readings, play attendance, discussions, and exercises, the students will develop a understanding basic of the directing process and an appreciation for the art of . directing This course is for - students in interested theatre-re lated as professions well as for students wish- ing to deepen their understanding of theatre and dramatic . structure Prerequisites: 217 and 218, or permission of the instructor CAS 316 318 (3) . S . A survey of the relationship between American politics and the mass communica- tions media . The course covers the way the federal government, through its regulations and its dissemination of information, affects the operations of the media, and media how influence the social the and political val- ues of Americans and the functioning of the political . system Also listed as Political Sci- . 2009-2010 ence 318 . Not offered 319 of principles the of study advanced An S . (3) . production design for the theatre, television and . film This rotating topics course (scenic cos- and design, lighting direction, design/art tume design) builds on concepts from CAS 219 . Includes lectures, workshops, discus- sions, demonstrations, play reading and de- sign projects, with special attention to the visual communication of design ideas in the form of written concept descriptions, draw-
- ot N
. . In-depth (3) . F nglish 296 . English ts and Sciences (3) . F and S . An in- Topics include cross-cultural cross-cultural include Topics . ot offered 2009-2010 . . Not offered Community-based Drama (3) . This n Ar Communicatio Persuasion and Propaganda (3) . F and Film as a Narrative Art Advertising and Public Relations (3) . F Video Video Production II 100 Students Students are introduced to the diverse ways in which films are examined and critiqued, issues critical and ethical, theoretical, central surrounding the study of film,film theories based on cognitive, psychoana- and major lytical, ideological, semiotic, structural, and film of schools Various . perspectives feminist criticism (e .g ., formalist, auteur, genre, hu- manist, and religious) are . considered Pre- the of permission or 281, 145, CAS requisite: instructor 285 and S . How and why organizations use ad- vertising and public relations to various influence publics . The course emphasizes the historical development of advertising public relations, as and well as current issues in these industries . 290 S . The theory and communication . practice Topics include theory of and persuasive course combines readings and field work in ethnography and community-based drama with performance as a method of analysis, as a means of and interpreting con- cultural veying cultural texts, and as a tool for creat- empathy of ing performance, storytelling, analysis, conversational community-based drama facilita- tion, and the creation and performance oral histories of and personal narratives as the- 2009-2010 . atrical texts . Not offered 305 . 2009-2010 offered 303 termediate-level course in video . production Course includes further development of tech- emphasis special with skills, creative and nical on the writing, design and of doc- production umentaries and narrative videos . Prerequisite: CAS 190 or permission of instructor focus- film, narrative of art the of examination ing each semester on one or more directors, genres, or styles of filmmaking . The course pays particular attention to narrative structure, characterization, conflict, narration and setting, and point of view and also acquaints students with literary adaptation and with the contribution of film image and sound to nar rative development . The course emphasizes the development of student skills in writing with listed Cross film . about 296
Communication Arts and Sciences to the nineteenth century nineteenth the to origins its from drama and theatre of study analytical and historical A years. Alternate 320 2009-2010 . instructor Design . Scenic the Topic:Advanced of permission Prerequisite: or 219, topics. CAS three the of each for credit for repeated be may course The ing . ing, rendering, painting, drafting and model- and their impacts on indigenous culture . organizations media global of development the to attention significant includes It gion . reli- and culture, economics, politics, tional interna- in media of role law,the tional and flow,media interna- of impacts cultural and information technologies, communications international of regulation and use history, flow media in based ture cul- global a of development the to tention at- special with borders, international across occurring communication examines course 330 analysis .Notoffered 2009-2010. criticism and develop their own strategies for torical act . Students read a variety of types of rhe- any in involved audience and context, text, author, between relationship dynamic the interpret and explain students help will course The meanings . those share to others induce to attempt and world the to meaning assign to symbols use humans how vestigate in- will students tradition, humanistic the in evaluation of public discourse . Working with- and analysis the for principles of application 327 sites: CAS218and316. Prerequi- camera. and stage both for work quality performance produce requiredto are Students directing . and aesthetic acting the of processes in competence develop will students exercises, and rehearsals, readings, demonstrations, lectures, Through vision . tele- and theatre the for directing and acting (3) . S . An advanced study of the principles of 323 the present . to century nineteenth the from drama and theatre of study analytical and historical A 320 . CAS of continuation A years . Alternate 321 2009 . A study and study Criticism A Rhetorical S. (3) . This (3) . Culture Global Media, Global F (3) . II Drama and Theatre of History Scene Studies for Actors and Directors and Actors for Studies Scene . S (3) . I Drama and Theatre of History Topicsthe . include . ot offered2008- Not ot offered Not Not . . Commu nication Ar omncto, ih pca rfrne to reference special with communication, mediated and group, interpersonal, in mas dilem- exploring communication, human of dimensions moral the examines course This 352 mission oftheinstructor per- and 290 or 250 248, CAS Prerequisite: repeated forcredit when course focus varies . be May format . video digital a in work own ments and skills . Students will require-produce their technical and ethical, creative, its on emphasis with investigated, thoroughly be will genre or style The multimedia. and production studio and/or field include may other styles and genres and of video and television, and narrative documentary, among alternate will subtitle, a by designated focus, course The genre . or style particular a in eo S . The intensive study and production of vid- 351 2 .5GPA, andpermissionofthedepartment . pation . Prerequisites: Junior or senior status, partici- seminar and journal, daily student’s professional’sthe the on evaluation, based is Grading required . are participation seminar and journal A like . the and companies produc- tion video agencies, stations, cable advertising or broadcast or relations public include placements Typical professional . a of supervision the under communication it non-prof- or profit in work Students S . and 346 344 . University State Michigan from Calvin to transmitted course education distance a is This adults . and children with counseling and reading, plification systems, auditory training, speech am- group and individual including tation, the fundamental aspects of auditory rehabili- 345 CAS 210and212. Prerequisites: week . a day one MSU at sion University State Michigan from Calvin to transmitted course education distance a is This cedures . pro- testing objective and subjective cluding in- hearing, of measurement physiological ing disorders and the behavioral and electro- (4) . S . The study of the classification of hear- 344 offered 2009-2010. Aural Rehabilitation (4) . F F and F (3) . Production Media Advanced ad S . and F (3). Ethics Communication F (4). Communication in Internship vlain rcdrs n Audiology in Procedures Evaluation Prerequisites: CAS 210, 212 and 212 210, CAS Prerequisites: . ses- laboratory a attend Students . ts andS ciences . . The study of 101
Communication Arts and Sciences
. A study . . This course
ot offered 2009-2010 . . Not offered . The course introduces students to Neurogenic Neurogenic Disorders (3) . S . A study Phonological Disorders (3) . F Seminar in Language Disorders (3) . S . Clinical Practicum . (2) F and S . An in- 386 troduction to the clinical practice of speech- language pathology within a Christian per- spective . Specifically, students will become acquainted with applied clinical procedures in speech-language pathology includes observation and/or direct contact with clients under close professional super- to up course this repeat may Students vision . four times . Prerequisites: a of GPA 3 .0, CAS 215, 387 and instructor approval . registration prior to 387 of the nature, prevention, and treatment of introduces course This . disorders Neurogenic of the nature and prevention of cal phonologi- . disorders This course dents to the theories introduces associated with speech, stu- sound development, dialectal variations, and the factors related to phonological . disorders Students will learn specificphonological as- sessment procedures and remediation princi- ples for teaching the perception and - produc tion of speech sounds . Students also explore Christian responses to individuals with pho- nological disorders—responses that shape as- sessment and remediation principles . - Prereq uisites: CAS 215 and 216 . 385 A study of the assessment and intervention in childhood language disorders in phonol- syntax, semantics, pragmatics, and mor- ogy, phology psychometric and descriptive Students assessment . also examine the Christian faith and integration practice in of intervention strategies that concentrate communication on between the child improving and the communication partners in the home CAS school 215, settings . 311, Prerequisites: and or permission of the instructor form and its implications, including narra- cin- acting, sound, and editing structure, tive ematography, production design, and their influence on . viewers The course also exam- ines basic theoretical issues such as the rela- nature the reality, and film between tionships of film as art,an adaptation, identification, and elicitation of emotional . response Pre- requisites: CAS 284 and course work in the applied knowledge category, or permission of instructor 384 . An in- . ts and Sciences
. Prerequisite: CAS 361 or . Students learn to use creative Film Theory and Aesthetics (3) . S . American Sign Language II (3) . S . A Communication Policy and the Public American Sign Language I (3) . F 102n Ar Communicatio Sphere (3) . The course focuses on the con- communication of expectations between flict eco- and politics of realities the and society in nomics . It examines specific disputes across a broad range of communications activities, including the and arts media, and details the different points of view brought to bear in creating and maintaining public debate . It includes issues such as the of representation social or ethnic groups in ownership of media and in communications professions, the interplay of social responsibility theory and the development of media monopolies . It also applies the principle of social justice in an examination of these political and eco- . 2009-2010 nomic issues . Not offered 361 383 Alternate years . An advanced study in film problems problems encountered in communications . professions While wrestling with cases and apply and review also students controversies, historic criteria for coming to mor- reasoned al judgment, including post-modern, the determinist, feminist, of voices contemporary and naturalist . ethicists Major Christian po- sitions are reviewed and applied . Case stud- ies are the focus, with a variety of learning opportunities and encouragement for objectives . learning personal stu- pursue to dents Prerequisites: biblical foundations I, devel- oping a Christian mind, and philosophical foundations . 354 troductory troductory course in the use and - comprehen sion of American Sign will Language . learn finger spelling and basic Students signs . Ad- students ditionally, will be introduced to his- tory of deaf communication, types and degree of deafness, general education issues, and in- . sights into deaf culture 362 continuation of American Sign Language I . Students will improve their comprehension and use of American Sign Language, includ- ing increasing their use of sign vocabulary and grammar expression, classifiers, body postures, and signing space . Students will investigate the social, educational, and legal issues of deaf the community permission of the instructor
Communication Arts and Sciences stone course examines the application of a a of application the examines course stone 399 atre . F 395 of theinstructor permission Prerequisite: department . the of students, under the supervision of a member particular to interest of topics of study dent 390 requisites: CAS210,215,and216. Pre-remediationprinciples . and assessment, prevention, shape that disorders—responses plore Christian responses to individuals with injury brain traumatic and dysarthria, apraxia, aphasia, for principles procedures assessment and remediation cific spe- learn will Students disorders . rogenic students to the theories associated with Computer Science 295(3semesters) Computer Science195(3semesters) Computer Science262 Computer Science232 Computer Science214 Computer Science212 Computer Science112 Computer Science108 (bcs) bachelor ofcomputerscience departmental programs isavailableatthedepartmental Web site(cs.calvinedu) the secondary education program, in and students information for systems . Morescience information computer about science, the computer in minors offers also department science degree is accredited by the Computing Accreditation Commission of ABET computer of bachelor The management . and business with applications computing of and the bachelor of arts in information systems for students who wish to combine students a who studywish to combine a study of computing applications with communications, computer science with another discipline, the bachelor and of bachelor artsof science in in digitalcomputer science for communicationstudents who wish for to combine a study of degree for students who wish to focus primarily on computer science, the bachelor Science computer of of bachelor arts the include These vocation . computing-related a pursue Assistant Professors P. Bailey, V. Norman, J.Nyhoff Professors J.Adams(chair),E.Fife,H.Plantinga,K.Vander Linden Computer Science Topic: . The The department offers a variety of major concentrations for students who wish to wish who students for concentrations major of variety a offers department The Independent Study . F, I, and S . Indepen- hs cap- This S. and F (3). Seminar Senior (3) . Communication Topicsin Special omanian and Hungarian The- Hungarian and Romanian . Commu nication Ar Students also ex- also Students . Neu- ts andS ciences, Comput er science Four from Computer Science 312, 320, 332, Computer Science396and398 Computer Science384 mind, andphilosophicalfoundations. Christian a developing I, foundations logical theo- or I foundations Biblical Prerequisites: changes . cultural and economic of face the in flexible patiently being and economy, world a in tribalism Christian reci- overcomingprocity, with networking interviewing resume-writing, and honest persuasive, mastering location, a to committing mentors, using and finding one’sgifts, understanding of portance im- the success, of view Christian a amines ex- also It professions . through and in work to have Christians that responsibilities the and on activity professional define professions communication-related which in ways the on focuses and communication professional and faith Christian the between relationships the on concentrates It vocations . nication-related commu- especially culture, and munication com- understanding to worldview Reformed and 341. 337, Information333,fromSystems en interim . At most one elective can be tak- approved an or 325, 304, Engineering 371, 341, 337, 333, Systemsformation In- 386, 382, 374, 372, 352, 344, 342,
. The 103
Computer Science - Engineer Teacher Edu- Teacher hours) from Computer Science 200-380, 200-380, Science Computer from hours) 300-380, Systems Information ing 220 or 325, including at most one approved interim course . At most one Information from taken be may elective 337, and 341 . Systems 333, cation Program Guidebook, available in . the education department internship, students must have the ap- proval of the . department Criteria for approval are found in the volves significant scientificChemis- 399, or 385 Biology (e .g ., program- ming Science Computer 397, or 395, 385, try Mathmatics 395, Geology 396/8, or 394 395) course (of at least 3 credit hours) that has Computer Science 106 or 108 as a prerequisite, or a significantprogram- ming project in a 200- or 300-level sci- ence or mathematics course (of at least 3 credit hours) that does not computation require of all its students, or an interim approved ence 212, 262, 342, 352, 372, or 374; 271 or 341 Information Systems Minor in computer science for students in the secondary program education Information Systems 151 Information Systems 153 Information Systems 171 Information Systems 141 Information Systems 221 Information Systems 271 Computer Science 108 Computer Science 112 Computer Science 212 Education W10 Prior to the secondary education teaching An approved investigatory course that in- A 200- or 300-level science or mathematics mathematics or science 300-level or 200- A and Scientific computation Modeling MINOR or 108 Computer Science 106 Computer Science 112 141 Information Systems Two elective courses from Computer Sci- Engineering 304, 325, or an ap- mathematics or science may receive elect the to bachelor of science degree in computer science rather than the BA . degree 232 or 262 is for required admission to these concentrations . 332, 342, 344, 352, 372, 374, 382, 386, 382, 374, 372, 352, 344, 342, 332, Information Systems 333, 371, 337, 341, proved interim . At most one can elective taken from Information 333, 337, and 341 . Systems including two (but no more than two) courses from one . department electives These may be chosen from Astron- omy 211 or 212 (but not both), 103, Chemistry Biol- 225, 224, 141, 123, ogy 235 . 104, Physics 133, 134, 104 Computer Science Students completing at least 58 hours of COMPUTER SCIENCE MINOR Computer Science 108 Computer Science 112 Computer Science 212 Three elective courses (of at least 3 credit A minimum grade of C .0) (2 in 212, 214, in computer bachelor of Arts science (ba) Computer Science 108 Computer Science 112 Computer Science 212 Computer Science 214 Computer Science 232 Computer Science 262 Computer Science 195 (3 semesters) Computer Science 295 (3 semesters) Computer Science 384 Computer Science 396 and 398 Three from Computer Science 312, 320, Cognates Engineering 220 Mathematics 156 and 256 Mathematics 171 or Mathematics 132 Mathematics 143 or 243 (preferred) Cognates and Sciences 101 Arts Communication 220 Engineering 171 and 172 Mathematics 243 Mathematics Three college laboratory science electives,
Computer Science Mathematics 143 and201 Cognates Economics 221 One course from Business 359 or Comput- or business from courses 300-level Two Business 203 Business 160 Computer Science384 Computer Science295(3semesters) Computer Science195(3semesters) Computer Science262 Computer Science112 Computer Science108 Information Systems371 Information Systems341 sci- computer from Twocourses 300-level Information Systems271 Information Systems171 Information Systems141 INFORMATION SYSTEMS BACHELOR OFARTS IN Mathematics 132and143 Cognates One course from Communication Arts and One course from Communication Arts and Communication Arts andSciences352 Communication Arts andSciences330 Communication Arts andSciences305 Communication Arts andSciences238 Communication Arts andSciences230 Communication Arts andSciences140 Computer Science384 Computer Science295(3semesters) Computer Science262 Computer Science108 Information Systems333 Information Systems341 Information Systems337 Information Systems271 Information Systems221 Information Systems141 Information Systems171 Information Systems153 Information Systems151 communication (groupmajor) Bachelor ofarts indigital er Science394 economics an approved interimcourse including systems, information or ence Sciences 248,249or250 Sciences 141or143 n fo Cmue Sine 212, Science Computer from One Computer Science214 Computer Science112 Computer Science108 Physics 381 Physics 235 Physics 134 Physics 133 GROUP MAJOR PHYSICS/COMPUTER SCIENCE Twofromelectives 262, Science Computer Computer Science108 Information Systems341 Information Systems271 Information Systems171 Information Systems141 INFORMATION SYSTEMSMINOR pressions, libraries, functions and parameter and functions libraries, pressions, ex- and types I/O, includes Coverage C++ . language the using scientists and engineers for design program and solving problem to 104 COURSES honors program intheirsophomore year departmental the to admission for apply to complete, and students should normally site tails are available from the department Web coursework and a senior honors project . De- partmental honors program requires further de- science computer program,the honors requirementsthe to addition college the of (to electives science computer or Physics n te eatetl oos program honors departmental the ing in computer science can do so by complet- honors with graduate to wishing Students HONORS Mathematics 271or232 Mathematics 231or256 Mathematics 172 Mathematics 171 Cognates interim approved an or courses, systems tion 300-level computer science or informa- in eitherphysicsorcomputerscience) provide a minimum of 24 semester hours puter-science elective com- division upper an or 220, neering . This program requires careful planning ple C ++ C Applied Computer Science(CS) Comput er Science F (2) . n introduction An . Engi- . 105 In In .
Computer Science
. - (3) . S . (3) . F ot offered Not offered . . The course
. Prerequisite: Computer . Grading is pass/fail . Prerequisite: .) Operating Systems and Networking Programming Programming Challenges (1) . A hands- Data Structures and Algorithms Programming Language Concepts Programming F (0) . Seminar Computing Introductory Design principles and implementation issues of contemporary programming Topics covered languages . include programming para- digms, the syntax and semantics of - program ming language constructs, translation of high level languages to machine language, and for mal languages . Several languages different are introduced and examined to illustrate these topics . Laboratory Science 112 or 212 . 216 structures data the use to forum laboratory on varietya on courses other of mathematics and of problems, ranging in difficulty consists of working on a variety of problems and examining techniques used in their solu- tion . Students may take this course multiple times; the course does the not major count towards Computer Science 212 and Mathematics 156, which may be taken concurrently 2009-2010 . 232 concepts major the to introduction An S . (3) . modern operating systems Topics must include operating . address system structure, processes and threads, inter-process munication com- and synchronization, schedul- ing, main and secondary memory manage- A systematic study of algorithms and their application to data arrays, structures, lists, trees, including heaps, hash graphs . tables Algorithms and and data structures are space, and time both of use their in analyzed and the choice of data structure in problem as such issues, Theoretical studied . is solving best and optimality, worst-case performance and limitations of algorithms are studied, as well as implementation issues . Prerequisite: Computer Science 112 156 . and (Mathematics 156 may Mathematics be taken con- currently 214 195 and S . This seminar explores a range of cur- in topics including computing, in topics rent and research practice . Students intending to take must field computing-related a in major and freshman their in times three course this sophomore years . Prerequisite: freshman or . standing sophomore 212 (4) . F . Prerequisite: . Prerequisite: . . An introduction to (4) . F . . . Meets the information technol- Computer Science Introduction Introduction to Data Structures Introduction to Scientific Introduction Computation F and S . and F (4) . Computing to Introduction 106 passing, passing, control structures, files, array pro- cessing, and classes (including the templates) . Prerequisite Mathematics 132 use or of may be taken concurrently 161, which 106 and Modeling computing computing as a tool for science, emphasiz- prob- for methodology a as programming ing lem solving, quantitative data analysis, and simulation in science and . mathematics This includes in silico modeling of natural phe- nomena; precise specification of a problem; design of its algorithmic solution; debugging, testing, and maintaining software; using scripting to increase scientific productivity; and the use of existing scientific software li- braries . A secondary emphasis is the discus- sion of breadth topics, including historical, theoretical, ethical and biblical perspectives on computing as a discipline . This provides an alternative to Computer course Science computing to introduction an providing 108, focusing on scientific examples and applica- core technology information the Meets tions . . Laboratory requirement . requirement ogy core 112 An introduction An to introduction computing as a problem- solving discipline . A primary emphasis is on programming as a methodology for problem solving, including: the precise specification of a problem, the design of its solution, the encoding of that solution, and the testing, debugging and maintenance of . programs A secondary emphasis is the discussion of top- ics the from of breadth computing including historical, theoretical, ethical and perspectives biblical on computing as a discipline . Laboratory 108 and S . A continuation of Computer Science 108 or 104, using C++ classes to introduce and implement the elementary data struc- tures including lists, . trees stacks, Advanced queues programming and such techniques as indirection, inheritance and plates are introduced; along with an empha- tem- good and efficiency analysis, algorithm on sis style . programming Laboratory of permission or 104, 108, Science Computer the instructor
Computer Science language of a typical computer niques for implementing these in the machine tech- the to and languages programming ern mod- of constructs basic the to introduction Design Compiler 300 nior standing. se- or junior Prerequisite: years . senior and junior their during times three course this take must majors Department 195. Computer Science of continuation a is It practice . researchand in topics including computing, seminar explores a range of current topics in 295 junior standing. least Computerrequisite:at Scienceand 112 maintenance and the use of CASE tools . Pre- software testing, and assurance quality ware soft- patterns, design software, of mentation requirements analysis, the design and imple- and system management, project software including principles engineering software of 262 Computer Science Prerequisite: 112 andEngineering220. systems. distributed systems, client-server networking, systems, file ment, ehia ltrc cuss o aiu under- various to courses literacy technical summer the in summer,assist early in issue project . Students will be oriented service to the digital divide outreach technical a nect, Con- Project through cultures other of bers mem- with students engage will practicum F SS, (1) Divide Digital the 324 neering 220. Prerequisite: systems. multiprocessor and principles, instruc- cache parallelism, tion-level principles, design set instruction S, even years . Principles of computer design, 320 ics 256. as mathematics 312 . Prerequisite: Mathemat- comput- ability, computational complexity grammars, and languages formal concepts, state finite including computation of F,theory Topics(4) .the years .from even 312 ence 214.Notoffered 2009-2010. - Sci Computer Prerequisite: generation . code semantics, object and detection, error allocation, storage syntax, structure, grammatical This S . and F (0) . Seminar Computing (3), Architecture Computer Advanced Logic, Computability and Complexity and Computability Logic, F . (3) Engineering Software Special Topics in Computer Science: Science: Computer in Topics Special rs Clua Eggmn across Engagement Cultural Cross An An years. F, selected (4) . This Pass/Fail . . . Topics include . Also listed A survey survey A . Engi- Programming processing . image and tracing ray including rendering photorealistic moval; tions, lighting, shading and hidden surface re - puter graphics techniques such as transforma- com- 3D and 2D interactive to introduction 352 permission oftheinstructor). and 112 (or 212 Science Computer uisite: Prereq- context . religious and philosophical, psychological AI’s to as well as networks, neural and systems expert search, as heuristic such AI from techniques programming to introduced be will Students robotics . and processing language ma- natural learning, chine planning, solving, representation, problem knowledge include intel- Topics artificial ligence . to introduction An years . 344 tory Labora- given . is systems management base data- existing to introduction An facilities . query languages, description data relations, data for forms normal models), data tional rela- and network hierarchical, models (including data include Topics system. ment manage- database a implement to necessary even years . An introduction to the structures 342 requisite: ComputerScience232. security network and development, ture fu- its and Internet the networks, of struction writing of network software, the physical con- and naming . Problems considered include the routing mapping, address and addressing ing, principles of architecture, layering, multiplex- to paid be will attention Specific suite . pro- tocol appropriate an in out worked are they as communication computer of principles al gener the of understanding an develop will Students networking. computer of field the to even years . This course introduces the student following Fall semester Fall following the in groups those support to continue and Grand the in groups privileged 332 will beawarded inthefallsemester). al engagement core requirement (CCE credit sion of the instructor information science, systems, engineering, or permis- computer in status Senior uisites: semester fall the in awarded be will ally register for the Fall semester .Prerequisite: Computer Science 262 . Computer Graphics (3) . S, odd years . An Database Management Systems Management Database Advanced , selected I, (3). Intelligence Artificial optr Networks Computer Comput er Science . Meets the cross-cultur- Students will gener-will Students . . CCE credit apids area, Rapids Prereq- . S, (3) . F, (3) . Pre- . 107 -
Computer Science
. . An . The Engineer- (1) F . Interested
. Information Systems (IS) Senior Project in Computing (2) . F Senior Internship in Computing (3) . Computing with Databases Computing Presentation . (1) F and S . Senior Project in Computing II (2) . S . This is the first course of a two- semester se- quence, in which the student will complete a department-approved computing . project This capstone experience will give students the opportunity to apply concepts and tech- niques learned in the classroom by develop- ing a significant computing application . The nec- any on focus typically will semester first essary librarydesign and research, prototyp- ing; implementation and wiring should nor- mally be done in the second semester student will submit regular progress reports to a supervising faculty member and submit a preliminary report on the project’s status for evaluation by a departmental committee . Prerequisite: 262 and senior standing . Stu- dents with may, department permission, re- ceive credit for 396/398 by taking ing 339/340 . 398 The 396 . science computer of continuation A student will submit regular progress reports to a supervising faculty member and submit a reportfinal for evaluation by a departmen- tal . committee Prerequisite: Computer Sci- ence 396 141 F, I, S . F, Study 390 Independent 394 F and S . Interns will work 10-20 hours per organi- non-profit or business local a in week zation under the supervision of a computing . professional The internship experience will give students the opportunity to apply skills and concepts acquired in the classroom to a will intern The setting . real-world supervised be expected to maintain a reflective journal and complete a summary paper students must contact the instructor before Com- Prerequisite: course . the for registering 262 and senior standing . Science puter 396 An introduction to the use of presentation introduction introduction to information processing with struc- table introduces course This databases . relational the and reports queries, keys, ture, database model . foundations Prerequisite: of . information technology core 151 - . Prerequi- . Ethical discus-
F, even years . An (4) . F, . Laboratory . Prerequisite: junior stand- Topics include encryption, protocols, protocols, encryption, include Topics . Reformed, Christian perspective . Social Computer Science High Performance Computing (3) . F, Numerical Analysis (4) . S, odd . years Perspectives on Computing (3) . S . This Computer Security 108 site: Computer Science 112 and junior stand- junior and 112 Science Computer site: ing or permission of instructor 384 course addresses social, ethical, legal and - pro fessional issues that arise in computer science from a issues concerning the computerization of soci- ety the include security, digital privacy, divide and changes in the way people receive infor mation and relate with others . and theories ethical surveyof a with starts sion covers professional, ethical and legal issues in areas including intellectual property, privacy, liability and professional codes of conduct . In covered, are issues foundational some addition, what of view Christian . vs materialist including it means to be a person . Prerequisite: last year of a . computing-related program Meets the in- . tegrative studies requirement Analysis of errors in real numerical roots of equations, methods, approximations us- ing polynomials, numerical integration, ap- equations, Lagrange plications to differential and spline interpolation, least squares proximations, ap- orthogonal polynomials and 335 . Mathematics as listed Also applications . Prerequisites: Science 104 Computer or 108 or 232 . and Mathematics 256 374 odd years . A study of rithms architectures, and algo- programming techniques help minimize the that execution times of com- puter programs that solve particular prob- include high com- performance lems . Topics puter architectures, parallel programming techniques for distributed and shared-mem- ory multiprocessors, code optimization and hands-on experience using the Calvin Col- lege supercomputer 386 projects with graphics libraries such as Qt and Qt as such libraries graphics with projects Computer OpenGL . Science Prerequisite: 212 255 or 256 . and Mathematics 372 introduction introduction to the principles of computing security security models, trusted systems, program se- network curity, legal security, and ethical is- sues . Laboratory ing and at least one of Computer Science 232,Science Computer of one least at and ing 332, or Information Systems 333 .
Computer Science 271 nology core . tech- information of foundations requisite: Pre- office . or home a for system computer a maintain and up set to learn will Students networking . administra- and expansion hardware system tion, configuration, initial include: Topics system. computer personal a administering and configuring of practice and concepts the to introduction An S . (1) . 221 foundations ofinformationtechnologycore . Prerequisite: macros . and management data making, decision charts, and graphs erations, spreadsheets,op- using basic tation including - compu numerical to introduction An S . and 171 tion technologycore . issues hypermedia, scripting and cultural and ethical communication, retrieval, and search mation infor include Topics Web . Wide World the ing and creating materials for the Internet and a future; study of resources the and tools for using, manag- for prospects and nature rent cur origins, its Internet- the to introduction 153 mation technologycore . infor of Prerequisite:foundations addressed be . will issues composition and layout ages, pack- the using of mechanics the to addition quality publication of brochures and ters newslet- and materials presentation create to packages software current use software . will Students publishing desktop and software Concepts are exercised through lab lab throughexercised are Concepts explored . ship issues in a technical environment are also leader and team Christian-based framework . business perspective and use of a development a through asset strategic a as data managing to systems, defining system requirements, and formation technology, applying business rules in- to applied as concepts theory systems eral gen- include topics Specific tools . computing their knowledge of programming and desktop on builds that system information an of tals F Students are introduced to the fundamen- the to introduced are Students . Introduction to Information Systems . (3) An An S . . (1) Internet the with Computing F F . (1) Spreadsheets with Computing esnl optr Administration Computer Personal . Prerequisite: foundations of informa- of Prerequisite: foundations In In .
- - - -
of theinstructor permission or 262 Systems Computer uisite: text of a significant, full-class project . Prereq- con- the in issues these address will The course agreements . level service establishing and investments technical to applied financial ratios analysis, outsourcing budgeting, project including management, IT of ations consider-exploreseconomic It the missions . organizational to value optimal provide to IT aligning emphasizes It environment . cal techni- a within issues leadership Christian key the and Officer Information Chief the of role the explores course This years. odd S, 371 271 orpermissionoftheinstructor issues . Prerequisite: Information Systems 141, ethical and legal security; and integrity ment, manage- data in issues technology; Microsoft using server database a with interfacing for principles programming; SQL design; tabase da - to introduction an include Topics work . ad- and minister database servers and clients on a net- up set to students prepares course 341 108, orpermissionoftheinstructor and Prerequisite:issues . ethical Science Computer legal scripting; web to introduction an documents; web creating configuration; and installation server options; platform include minister a site on the World Wide Web . Topics F (3) . 337 Systems 271orComputerScience108. Information Prerequisite: issues. ethical legal and social, firewalls; and security proxies; routers; and switches hubs, interface, wiring, including hardware networking TCP/IP; as works . Topics include network protocols such ad- and TCP/IP,minister Microsoftnet- and/or Linux, up set to students prepares course 333 may betakenconcurrently) . 141 Systems (Information 108 Science puter Com- requisite:and 141 Systems Information the and gies technolo- Microsoft include that assignments Introduction to Web site Administration (3). Leadership Systems Information F (3). Administration Database This This . S (3). Administration Network This course prepares the student to ad- to student preparesthe course This . Pre- C#. using framework .net . Comput er Science . .
This This . 109
Computer Science . . Reformed elations), L . Relations), esearch), D . Research), Glassford oels (Business/CMS), and (Business/CMS), Roels ienstra (College Rienstra lliott . E is L . Barger director . The program y studies n . Carlson (Center for Social Polman (Music), C . (Music), Polman B . Research), The minor, which may be taken in conjunction with a major in any field, any in major a with conjunction in taken be may which minor, The .
This concern for the academic study of lay ministry is grounded in the in grounded is ministry lay of study academic the for concern This .
The department also sponsors an interdisciplinary working group of faculty and staff The minor in church, society, and ministry helps students in any major or professional professional or major any in students helps ministry and society, church, in minor The An interdisciplinary minor, the youth ministry minor students focuses foron preparing minor, An interdisciplinary The department offers minors in youth ministry and congregational studies, and serves and studies, congregational and ministry youth in minors offers department The We encourage students interested in careers careers in interested students encourage We majors . any offer not does department The The department offers and minors ministryin youth ministry and in society, church, The department of congregational and ministry studies (CMS) aims to provide oppor- provide to aims (CMS) studies ministry and congregational of department The
110nal and ministr Congregatio
Congregational and Ministry Studies Ministry and Congregational (chair) J. Witvliet S. Roels, Professors Cioffi T. Assistant Professor J. Smith Hulst, M. Mulder, Elliott, M. L. Barger Cooper, Adjunct D. Participants Participants studies . ministry and congregational to related research conduct or teach who for 2009-2010 include: M . Bruinooge (Christian Reformed Church in the working group Agencies), B . Haney (Economics), program program understand the role, function, and interests and gifts contributions own their how discern to of and Christian society, in ministries and congregations, denominations, hours 22 requires minor The world . the in church the of mission the to contribute might advisors include T . Program allowed between minors) (note: no overlapping courses are . S (Philosophy), Smith J . (Sociology), Mulder M . (CMS), Cioffi . (CMS/Music/CICW) J . Witvliet The amount The . credit of hours semester 19 of minimum a comprising courses seven of consists college the in outlined standards the follow will minor the and major the between overlap of with confers who director the by approved be must programs minor ministry Youth catalog . the supervising committee for the minor (Calvin Theological Seminary), M . Gunnoe (Psychology), M . Marie (English), Social for (Center ning J . Pen- Courses . organizations parachurch and settings church-based in ministry youth of types all and advising are based on the Bible and historic with Christian an theology, emphasis on theology Reformed as a coordinating center for faculty scholarship, student other and learning congregations Christian to related institutes and centers and Calvin’s of activity the internships, and . The ministry department hosts organizations a biweekly public colloquium for interdis- . ciplinary of faculty and student research discussions in congregational and other ministries to attend seminary (see information below on pre- on below information (see seminary attend to ministries other and congregational in seminary advising), and to pursue a broad liberal arts education at Calvin College, with . attention to the study of religion particular tradition’s emphasis tradition’s on the role of all people in ministry and in the emerging vitality of ministry an academic field . studies as Together Together with the minor in missions (Religion department) and the in major music in and worship minor (Music department), these programs encourage students pursuing any major to also pursue the wisdom, perspectives, and skills necessary for effective lay ministry tunities for classroom learning, and research, apprenticeships to help students critically examine how every other major and program in the college contributes to the life of the church and This its crucial . is ministries . church Along the to with contributions knowledgeable other for contributions preparation academic in culture broadly, and society more interdisciplin- biweekly courses, studies ministry of offering the through accomplished is ary discussions of faculty and student an research, internship program open to students arts liberal on seminar senior a and courses, interim ministry-related several majors, all in ministry in all majors . open to students learning and congregational Winkle (Christian formation (Christian Winkle A . Science), (Political Smidt C . Library), (Hekman Schemper partici- of list updated An above . listed faculty CMS the of each the to addition in office), site . Web pants can be found on the departmental
Congregational and Ministry Studies vin community During thefalloftheirsenioryear, totheCal- Fellowsusetheirleadershipgiftsinservice the program .Aspringseminarstylecourseisfollowedbya10-weeksummerinternship tures leadership.Eachfall,junior-level inministry studentsare selectedtoparticipate in The JubileeFellowsprogram isaselectiveopportunity forCalvinjuniorstoexplore fu- Jubilee FellowsProgram gion department . The advisorforallpre-ministry programs isM.Lundberg, assistantprofessor inReli- the Pre-Ministry Advising One Religion211-214;221-224 CMS 385 CMS 251 CMS 201(ainterimcourse may be CMS 151 (22 semesterhours) MINOR CHURCH, SOCIETY, ANDMINISTRY One from Business380,Communication One from Religion230-237;241-244,251, One from Religion211-214;221-224 Education 309 Psychology 202 Interdisciplinary 380 Interdisciplinary 374 (19 semesterhours) MINOR YOUTH MINISTRY LEADERSHIP Library, L.Schemper teer service, and more . Contact the director of the Ministry in Bible studies, prayer ministries, worship leadership, urban neighborhood ministry, volun- man Library, provides resources for all students and regional community members involved The Ministry Ministry Resource Center career developmentofficetoexplore options. the visit or advisor pre-ministryLundberg, the M . see to appointment an Make office . ment the through internships non-credit about more out Find . supervision close with experience onsite an be will It hospital . teaching a and intern hospital a between that to similar be churchwill and student between relationship the internships, non-credit For ministry church explore The department offers for-credit and non-credit internships ministry for those who want to Ministry Internships 302, 304,anelectivealternative 301, SocialWork 350,Sociology250, terdisciplinary 205, Psychology220,222, 253, 260,Recreation 203,305,312,In Arts andSciences101,140,143,240, 295 substituted withdepartmental approval) Resource Center, located in the northeast corner of the fourth floor of the Hek- . For further details contact K . Bosma, Jubilee Fellows Program coordinator For-credit internships are described more fully under CMS 381 . CMS under fully more described are internships For-credit . Congre gational admi nistr from: course focus life congregational One One internshipcoursefrom: religion230-237;241-244,251,295 One intermediatetheologicalstudiescourse: ntutr f h cus, n oti prior obtain permission oftheCMSdepartment . and course, the of instructor the of permission prior obtain website, CMS dents should complete a form located on the stu- listed, not course Toa for creditreceive 265, 234, 201, 251 CMS Interdisciplinary 378, 374, twice), (taken 352, 253, 240, Arts Sciences and Communication 232, History Art mission ofbothdepartments major mayfillthis requirement withper 385, orinternshipcredit from arelated CMS 381,378,iInterdisciplinary other course. an in life congregational to related per) pa research or review book major (e .g, assignment significant a completing by ciology 253, 311, an approved interim, or 301, 202, ogy Psychol 271, Science Political 336, 236, ecreation 203, History 264, Music 264, History 203, Recreation Resource Center in the Hekman uain 309, Education eligion 237, 255, 357, So 357, 255, 237, Religion y studi es, careerdevelop- gih 245, English 111 .
Congregational and Ministry Studies
. . The weekly aca- weekly The . Education 102 or Prerequisites: ad- Prerequisites: . . Internship experiences will equip the Integrative Studies in Church, Society, Internship in Congregational and Min- students with the ability to integrate educa- tional and theory, theoretical understandings from related disciplines, with the practice of contemporary church-based youth ministry Students work in a local church or parachurch parachurch or church local a in work Students to appointment an receive they where ministry min- youth in responsibilities specific conduct school middle of education the to related istry and/or high school young . people week per hours eight of minimum a Students work will under the supervision of an on-site supervi- sor and participate in regular seminar meet- ings conducted by the college youth ministry advisor dem- that project a produce will student Each learn- such in competency her or his onstrates youth of aspects specific to related transfer ing ministry experienced in the internship and will also meet with the seminar instructor for junior or se- an oral evaluation . Prerequisites: nior class level; completion of - Interdisciplin ary 374 or Psychology 322; 381 istry Studies (3) . F/S . This course links stu- dents to internship opportunities gregations in where they con- are assigned specific responsibilities in congregational and minis- try studies . Students work a minimum of 10 hours per week under the supervision of an supervisor on-site approved demic seminar accompanying the internship involves readings, reflective journals, and a major paper/project and . presentation Pre- permis- standing; senior or junior requisites: sion of the instructor; and completion of at least two courses in the minors . 385 and Ministry (3) . S . Students explore the - in tersection of their major or professional - pro gram and the life of the church and its min- istries . Class sessions challenge students to integrate theological insights, perspec- societal and interpersonal cultural broad and skills, tives into class discussions and course - proj ects . Prerequisites: junior or senior standing; (12) upper-level students, Jubilee Fellows, to Fellows, Jubilee students, upper-level (12) discern whether God might be calling them leader church a become to mission to the Jubilee Fellows per- program; the instructors . mission of 380 Youth Ministry Internship (4) . F and S . the permission of the instructor . y studies, . The This . . Students, orth North Ameri- . The course is . Prerequisites: junior Theological Reflections on Ministry al and ministr n Congregatio Interpreting Interpreting Church Practices . (3) F A Christian Calling: Proclaiming Jubi- Church Church and Society (3) . S . This course F (2) . Youth Ministryto of Models course provides a forum for students, youth schol- theological and practitioners, ministry ars to investigate and evaluate youth the a to ministry variety church’s the for models of of the church and practitioners, and scholars will employ a va- community riety of methods including, but not limited to, a field trip, presentations criti- and nationally by experts, ministry youth recognized cal theological reflection on key issues as- sociated with youth ministry specially designed for with registration cross students from Calvin College Theological and Seminary Calvin or senior status . It follows the academic cal- endar of Calvin Theological Seminary where the course is taught . 378 lee as a Christian Leader. (3) . S . The of this aim course is to describe the strategic role that leaders within the church have played and continue to play in the economy of gifts God gives to his people: and to assist twelve 112 A comparative study of church practices in major Christian traditions, with a particu- lar focus on their formative role in shaping individuals, communities, and society and observe to opportunities includes course interpret spaces, activities, rituals, and roles in congregations and denominations and to and analyze the polity, interplay of theology, societal factors in shaping local practices . 251 Practices. . (1) F/S . Students learn to address and challenges, problems, situations, specific interdisci- ministryin through opportunities plinary readings, theological reflection, and . strategic planning exercises 374 introduces introduces students to the study of human church the of lens the through activity social as a societal institution in the introduc- an as functions also It context . can tion to the field of congregationalanalyzing studies, and understanding the social dy- namics of the church through social science societal the fulfills course This investigation . . America core in North structures 201 COURSES 151
Congregational and Ministry Studies by Calvin,are availabletostudentsinthecitiesofLeidenandZwolle. endorsed or approvedprograms, Semester program . this in placements available on tion Interested students should contact the chairperson in September for details and informa- ing students, will also be open to students in the Dutch program beginning in Spring 2010 . semester at the Free University of Amsterdam, primarily designed for science and engineer advisor department the by individually permission oftheinstructor 390 ment inaninternship). enroll- concurrent (or equivalent 381or CMS Courses taken on semester programs in the in- approved an or study independent An Two 300-levelelectives Dutch 202 Dutch 201 Dutch 102 Dutch 101 (25 semesterhours) DUTCH MINOR Courses taken on semester programs in the Six 300-level electives, one of which maybe Dutch 202 Dutch 201 Dutch 102 Dutch 101 (34 semesterhours) DUTCH MAJOR Associate Professor H.DeVries (QueenJulianaChairoftheLanguageandCulture Professor H.Aay(Frederik MeijerChairofDutchLanguageandCulture), Dutch telns a apy poie that provided apply, may Netherlands terim intheNetherlands. in advance. courses specific for approval gain and chair department with meet students that provided apply, may Netherlands the Netherlands. an approved Dutch-language interim in The cross culturalengagementrequirement ismetbytheDutchInterimAbroad (W40). them for out worked are Dutch in major or minor to wishing students for Programs Independent Study. F, I, S . Prerequisites: of theNetherlands) J. Vos-Camy (chair) . Congre gational admi nistr A Calvin Studies in the in Studies Calvin A . Courses taken on semester programs in the and 234, History Art from courses Two he 30lvl uc cuss oe of one courses, Dutch 300-level Three Dutch 202 Dutch 201 Dutch 102 Dutch 101 (33 semesterhours) NETHERLANDIC STUDIESMAJOR rrqiie o cnetain n Dutch in concentration a to Prerequisite in advance. courses specific for approval gain and chair department with meet students that provided apply, may Netherlands terim . In- Landscapes Dutch and Engineering approved approved an 237, History Art (optionally) then guage interimintheNetherlands. Dutch-lan- approved an be may which in advance. courses specific for approval gain and chair department with meet students uropean History Course, an Course, History European lgo cus, Geography/ course, Religion y studi es, dutch etherlands off-campus Netherlands 113 -
Dutch
. . . . Study and dis- . Staff. Netherlandic civi- English language of sev- Independent Study . Prerequisite: Ap- . Netherlandic Civilization (3) . A study Dutch Literature II (3) . S . A continua- Intermediate Dutch II (4) . S . A contin- Dutch Literature I (3) . F Dutch Literature uation of Dutch . 201 Further development of skills in speaking, listening, reading, and grammar of mastery Ongoing Dutch . writing and idiomatic use of the language . Cultural topics are explored through film and short literary texts . 305 cussion of several Dutch literary texts rep- resentative of the classical and modern pe- riods of Dutch . literature Offered based on chair demand . See department 306 tion of Dutch 305 . 309 conducted in the eral important aspects of lization: Literature, religion, history, art, ar- chitecture, social structure, and education . Offered based on . demand See department chair 390 chair of department proval 202 . Further Netherlands An introduc- An . .
dutch, Economics S. Vander Linde (chair) S. Vander Intermediate Dutch I . (4) F ElementaryF (4) . I Dutch A continua- A S . (4) . ElementaryII Dutch The department has structured its major areas of study so that students may design Only one interim course may serve as an elective for any major or minor in the depart- the in minor or major any for elective an as serve may course interim one Only The department offers economics minors that serve a variety of student needs: a general a needs: student of variety a serve that minors economics offers department The
114 Economics Der Heide, E. Van K. Schaefer**, J. Tiemstra, R. Hoksbergen**, Professors A. Abadeer Associate Professor McMullen S. B. Haney, R. DeVries, Assistant Professor tory course in the comprehension and use of use and comprehension the in torycourse spoken and written Dutch and an exposure to the people and of culture the . and Flanders, Belgium 102 tion of Dutch 101 . 201 101 COURSES is a minimum average of C (2 .0) in Dutch 202 . Dutch and 201, Dutch 102, Dutch 101, foreign the meets 202 Dutch of Completion . language requirement Group concentrations must form a coherent, planned program approved by an advisor approved planned program must form a coherent, concentrations Group It offers three majors leading majors three offers It fields . career chosen their for them prepare best that programs to a Bachelor of Arts degree — economics, a group concentration in the social sciences, and concentration a involving the group mathematics help and of economics . their With in careers for them prepare to major economics their focus to choose may students advisor, school graduate or development, international economics, international finance, business, development of skills in ing, speaking, reading, listen- and writing . Dutch systematic Includes grammar review and the duction intro- to finer points of grammar and idi- omatic use of the language . Cultural topics are explored through film and short literary texts . Dutch Prerequisite: 102 or permission of the instructor ment, and only if the interim course is designated as an elective by the . department The minor in economics or minors corresponding to specific concentrations in the Calvin busi- Calvin the in concentrations specific to corresponding minors or economics in minor marketing, and operations management), as ness resources, curriculum (finance, human well as, international, quantitative, or teacher education (see below for details) .
Economics
ulc diitain n Policy: And Administration Public Management: Operations B Preparation: MBA Marketing: in (2 .0) C of thedepartment’s majors. department offers a variety of experiential learning options that can be integrated into any Threefrom Economics 325or326 Economics 222 Economics 221 ECONOMICS MINOR Information Systems171 Mathematics 132or171 Mathematics 143,243,or343-344 Cognates business or economics fromTwo electives Two additionalfrom Economics330-346 Economics 395 Economics 345or346 Economics 343 Economics 326 Economics 325 Economics 222 Economics 221 ECONOMICS MAJOR or 337andintegrativestudiesismetbyEconomics395. by met is studies historical and global 241; or 232, 221, 151, Economics Study: Global And International Human Finance: Economics326andthree from taking After 241, 330,335,339 nomics 325 or 326 and three from 232, fromthree and 326 or 325 nomics 339, 345,346 343 and two from 232, 326, 330, 334, 330, 326, 232, from two and 343 343 andonefrom 241-346 241, 330,334,345 337, 338,345,346 ics 325or326andthree from 237,331, three from 326,241,232,330,345 331, 338,339,343,346 courses Prerequisite for admission to the economics majors or minors is a minimum grade of grade minimum a is minors or majors economics the to Prerequisiteadmission for demic interest asfollows: ics minor according to their area of aca- additional four the courses for the econom- organize to encouraged are dents at leastone300levelcourse Resources: The societal structures in structures societal The 221 . Economics conomics 325 and threefromand 325 Economics conomics 232-346, including 232-346, Economics conomics 221 and 222, stu- 222, and 221 Economics oois 2, 326, 325, Economics oois 2 and 325 Economics conomics 325, Economics Econom Eco n fo Ifrain ytm 11 153, 151, Systems Information from One Information Systems171 Mathematics 143,243or343-344 Cognates Two electivesfrom economicsorbusiness Political Science 101 229 History 152 History 151 History Geography 210 Geography 110 Economics 222 Economics 221 STUDIES GROUPMAJOR SECONDARY education SOCIAL within from hours semester additional Six IDIS 375 Economics 339 Economics 338 Economics 222 Economics 221 ECONOMICS MINOR SECONDARY EDUCATION sci- social the of one from courses Four Two from Economics325-346 One from Economics325-326 Economics 222 Economics 221 ECONOMICS EMPHASIS SOCIAL SCIENCEGROUPMAJOR— ml Business: Small Analysis: Quantitative and three from 232,241,330,331 326, 343,and345or346 interim maybeincluded approved advisor one department, the Science Computer 104, 108or112 or 271 141, 221, science orhistory) political psychology, (sociology, ences orth America core area is met by met is areacore America North oois 2 o 326, or 325 Economics Economics oois 325, Economics conomics 237 Economics 115
Economics
. - conomics Economics Economics 221 . conomics 221 is limit- is 221 Economics . Christian views concern- Economics 221 (by students orth North America, their role in re- Principles of . (3) Microeconomics The Principles of Microeconomics (3) . F Principles of Macroeconomics (3) . F Calculus Applications for Business . (1) F An to introduction calculus differential and optimization techniques used in business ap- mar the at changes of concept The plications . gin and derivatives will be applied to management management, operations - in prob lems decision theory and economic analysis . Stu- dents will also study constrained and uncon- - prob solve to it use and optimization strained - produc pricing, product as such areas in lems tion, capital budgeting, and assessing risk in markets . This course is for business students, Math- with concurrently taken be normally to ematics 201 and This course) . calculus another completing not course does not satisfy the calculus - require . ment for economics majors 221 in- the of study a involves course This S . and stitutions of mixed-market economies such as those of the honors section will However, be conduct- ed with greater opportunities for group dis- cussion and classroom reporting of student . research results This course meets a core - re quirement in the societal structures category honors in Enrollment and S . A continuation of take this course, but should take . requirement this core 221 to satisfy 200 source allocation, and the determination of prices, outputs, and include the of role the government in income Topics . distribution the economy and environmental impact of economic activity ing justice, freedom, stewardship, and the nature of human beings and society are ap- plied to economic analysis and issues . 221H honors section of “Principles of nomics” is - Microeco similar to other sections - regard ing content and general . course requirements first-year to open not normally is and 20 to ed . 2009-2010 students . Not offered 222 A study and evaluation of tion the of national determina- income, including analysis of consumer spending and saving patterns, business investment, government spending, taxation, monetary policy, unemployment, and inflation . The course includes an intro- duction to international trade and finance . Economics 221 . Prerequisite:
. orth American North mar- . . Advisors: D . Miller, D . Principles of Economics (3) . F and S . . Christian ideas about justice, freedom, In ) . Guidebook Program Education Teacher nomics group major, please contact nomics the major, group chair department studies major must also complete a his- a complete also must major studies tory major or a minor Courses or political science . in geography, economics, are allowed to overlap between the so- cial studies major and the disciplinary major or minor Howard, and r . Schoone-Jongen, History Howard, 116 economics The institutions of the 151 ket economy are studied, examining the de- terminants of resource allocation, distribution, prices, production, income income and employment levels, and economic . growth Topics include international economic rela- econ- the in government of role the and tions omy and stewardship are applied questions . to Students economic intending to major minor or in economics or business should not For information on the mathematics/eco- COURSES ELEMENTARY SOCIAL STUDIES ELEMENTARY GROUP MINOR Economics 221 Economics 222 Geography 110 geography 210, 230, 310, or 320 One from History 151 or 152 History 229 Political Science 101 Political Science 202 addition, students must complete a sequence a complete must students addition, of courses from one of these disciplines studies social a with consultation in chosen education advisor Students must take two specified courses from each of the following four disciplines: political and history, geography, economics, in listed are choices course (Specific science . the Students pursuing the secondary social STUDIES SOCIAL ELEMENTARY GROUP MAJOR Political Science 202 Science Political 205 Interdisciplinary 375 Interdisciplinary 359 Interdisciplinary
Economics (3) Economics 232 fessions, nursing or public policy public or nursing fessions, resources,man pro-health mental medicine, sional career in health care management, hu- is profes- a seeking students for recommended course This issues. these to world-view reformedChristian a apply and develop ther fur- to challenged be will Students markets . provider care health and hospital insurance, of evolution and development the and icy, access, history and reform of health care pol- allocation, ethical perspectives of health care resource of equity the and efficiency include rection of the U .S health care . system Topics di- future and historical the evaluate to ria crite- other with used be can that principles economic of understanding an develop to is course the of intent The system . care health health policy, with detailed focus on the U .S and economics health of study a of context the in economics to introduction An S . (3) . 241 or Economics151. Prerequisite: class . history world previouslya has taken student a if requirement core studies historical and is considered . This course satisfies the global model development regional distinct a of ity possibil- The economies . regional key of ber num- a of study historical detailed more to applied then are concepts These economies . modern of institutions and systems nomic eco- differencesin basic of study a with gins be- course The basis. rotating are a on economies studied American Latin and Asian African, world . the of region particular a of sion-making in such areas deci- as market and risk managerial to applications phasizing ate-level study of microeconomic theory em- Microeconomics (4) . F and S . An intermedi- 325 to first-yearstudents. andS 237 dress theseproblems .Noprerequisite . ad- to policies business and public of ation evalu- and design and policies, vironmental measurement en- of benefits and costs the of problems, environmental of source a as ity activ- economic include Topics justice . and efficiency, economic sustainability, ardship, stew- Christian to relationship in problems F WorldF the (3) . of Economies Regional elh cnmc ad elh Policy Health and Economics Health Environmental and Natural Resource Resource Natural and Environmental . Managerial Economics/Intermediate Economics/Intermediate Managerial This course focuses on the economies the on focuses course This . F . A study of environmental of study A conomics 221 and 222 and 221 Economics . ot open Not nomics .Prerequisite: E conomics 221and. 222 eco- international and domestic in role their and policy and theory monetary on emphasis with credit and money,banking, of principles 331 Economics 221and222. will be considered in the course . Prerequisites: local governmental cooperation with business and realtors, and agencies lending of role the sprawl, problems,transportationurban tricts, dis- downtown of health economic cerning economy Michigan West the typically, considering, by policy and theory of applications illustrate will course The els . lev- different at governments and firms ness busi- by policy appropriate develop and lyze accounting systems will be taught to help ana- social of concept the and forecastingregional and national Toolsof systems . transport and of infrastructure, resources,exports, and people flows economic inter-regional use, land determinants, location include examined be will that study the of concepts Basic growth . economic national to relate they as opment devel- metropolitan of issues regional plores ex- then and theory location and economic al regionto introduces- students initially course Prerequisites: forecasting . and planning business to theory economic of application the demonstrate to ing are evaluated . Computer lab work is used decision-mak- individual and firm in mation infor- forecast of use the and explained are and policy business public for conditions business ing chang- of implications the and activity ness busi- general of analysis emphasizing theory macroeconomic of study intermediate-level An S. and F (4). Macroeconomics mediate 326 ics 132or161(economicsmajors). Mathemat- or majors) (business 200 nomics 171; Mathematics 143, 243, or 343; and sites: Prerequi- evaluated . and examined are them achieving in theory economic of use the and firms of Goals budgeting. capital and ning, plan- profit pricing, product analysis, cost analysis, demand forecasting, production and 330 243, or343. 143, Mathematics and 171, Systems mation A study of the the of study A S . (3) . Banking and Money Business Cycles and Forecasting/Inter-and Cycles Business F (3) . Economics Regional Urban oois 2; nomto Systems Information 221; Economics ai frcsig techniques forecasting Basic . Economics 221 and 222, Infor- economics Questions con- Questions . This This . Eco- 117
Economics
- . Econom- . Interna- . This semi-
Economics 326 (including
Advanced Topics in Macroeconomics Economics Seminar (3) . F Prerequi- S . and I, F, Study . Independent (3) . Microeconomics in Topics Advanced This course provides students with a deep- a with students provides course This . the statistics and calculus cognates) . 390 chair site: Permission of the department 395 nar course considers the history of economic thought during the last two millennia . This involves a careful consideration of major his- torical schools of thought about culture, beginning with economic the classical civiliza- tions and ending with contemporary method- ological approaches to economics . - Prerequi sites: Senior economics major status; biblical de- I, foundations theological or I foundations veloping a Christian mind, and philosophical foundations . tional interrelationships, decisions made un- der uncertainty, and decisions made across anal- the in included be also will periods time ysis . Prerequisites: ic modeling will be used to gain insight into important macroeconomic issues, including economic growth of nations, consumption, investment, inflation, unemployment,government macroeconomic and policy (3) . S . This course provides students with a the- deeper understanding of macroeconomic beyond ory, the intermediate level . F er understanding of microeconomic theory than at the intermediate level . Students will microeconom- in topics recent to exposed be of economics the theory, game including , ics They economics . behavioral and information, will also learn to build economic models to Prerequisites: . phenomena economic analyze Economics 325 (including the statistics and . 2009/2010 calculus cognates) . Not offered 346 345 evaluating evaluating empirical . results Topics - function include model, regression linear classical the al form, dummy explanatory variables, binary choice models, heteroskedastic and autocor related disturbance terms, and an - introduc time-series and simultaneous-equation to tion models . Students learn to programs write in a their major statistical programming own Mathematics language . 132 Prerequisites: and . 143 or their equivalents
Em- A study of study A . . Economics 221 Economics 221 and 222 . . An introduction to econometric . A study and evaluation of business economics Public Finance . (3) S . A study of the Industrial Industrial Markets and Public Control World Poverty and World Economic Develop- Quantitative Economics and Economet- A study of labor of study A S . (3) . Economics Labor F (3) . Economics International 118 methods that are frequently used in applied practice . business and research economic international economic relations, stressing the stressing relations, economic international fundamentals of trade the theory, balance of payments, problems of international - disequi to promote librium, trade barriers, and efforts international economic stability and . growth . Economics 221 and 222 Prerequisite: 339 economic effects of government and spending taxation on resource allocation and on the distribution of income . Students analyze the economic role of government, and cur- rent policy issues and the political process regarding taxation and government spend- ing . Prerequisite: 2009-2010 . Not Offered 343 rics (3) . F phasis on creating, interpreting, and critically and 222 . 337 ment (3) . F and . S A study of the character- istics of poor nations in many regions of the influence and cause that factors of and world, Af- countries . within development economic ter examining conditions within poor tions, students analyze theories of economic na- growth and economic development . Subse- quently, the course investigates differences and similarities in human and source endowments, capital production, and re- trade . relations Problems, possibilities, and poli- . areas topic these of each in analyzed are cies . Economics 221 and 222 Prerequisites: 338 markets and their relationship to the econ- omy as a whole, including labor-force par- ticipation, human-capital formation, wage theory, discrimination, unemployment, in- come distribution, labor unions, and related public . policies Prerequisite: (3) . F strategies in imperfectly competitive markets, including entry barriers, pricing, product dif- . integration, vertical and mergers ferentiation, Examination of relevant public policies, such as antitrust law and - utility . regulation Prereq uisite: Economics 221 and 222 335 334
Economics majors and minors offered are listed below minor requirements are described under the appropriate department . The specialty area and Major catalog . the of section this in described arerequirements course Education for certification .Allofthesecriteriaare describedintheguidebook. criteria for admission to directed teaching (the full-time student teaching semester) and scribed in the year sophomore their area earlyintheirprograms . or education, are considering endorsements in special education, early childhood education, bilingual students, programs must be carefully planned . It is especially important for students who program requirements . Since some core courses are designed in particular for education services so that they can be assigned to an advisor who academic is of office knowledgeablethe inform should education about teacher in interestedareeducation who Students program, they should seek assistance in choosing appropriate courses as early as possible . setting (e.g,languagearts and integratedscience). requirements andchoosetwominorsthattheywouldliketoteachin a middleschool the middleschoollevelare teachereducationcore advisedtofollowtheelementary history, languagearts, earlychildhoodeducation,etc.)Studentswho wishtoteachat to completeamajorandminorormultipleminorsincontentspecialty areas (e.g liberal arts core andaseriesofeducationcourses .Inaddition,students are required and specialeducation).Allteachereducationstudentsare required tocompletethe fied toteachingradesK-12(e.gart, foreign languages,music,physicaleducation, (6-12)level.Theresecondary are afewspecialtyareas inwhichstudentscanbecerti- site .InMichigan,teachersare generallycertified (K-8)or toteachattheelementary Education Program Guidebook,whichisavailableontheEducationdepartment’s Web Undergraduate Teacher EducationProgram Adjuncts B.Hekman,J.Shortt Assistant Professors K.Dunsmore†, P. Stegink,M.Terpstra, S.Verwys Associate Professor A.Boerema, D.Buursma,J.Kuyvenhoven,Rooks Professors T. Hoeksema,C.Joldersma†,R.Keeley†(chair),J.Simonson,Sjoerdsma, Education minors (including successful completion of state certification tests) must also be met. be also must tests) certification state of completion successful (including minors and majors area specialty for requirements Certification experience . teaching directed the in education courses sequence for elementary or secondary requiredcertification including a semester-long the complete must Students recommendation . of letters two be Toand above or 2 .5 of average point grade a have program,must this students certificate for . eligible teaching a obtained having without institution accredited an from Teacher Certificate Post Baccalaureate Non-Degree Program LeadingtoaMichiganProvisional or usethecitybusline. pool car a arrange to able be may Students settings . those to transportation own their greaterthe in sites of Grand variety a at occur and specialtyarea requirements canalsobefoundintheguidebook. program education the of descriptions Detailed departments . multiple with associated Specialized core requirements are listed in the Normally,programduring education teacher the into admitted be to apply students preparation comprehensive and complex a have students education teacher Since The undergraduate teachereducationprogram isdescribedindetailthe Teacher This program is designed for students who have graduated with a bachelor’sa with graduated degreehave who students for designed is program This for experiences Practicum Teacher Education Program Guidebook . Students must also fulfill particular nglish as a second language to work with the advisor in their specialty their in advisor the with work to language second a as English Criteria for admission to the teacher education program are de- areprogram education teacher the to admission for Criteria . ducation 202, 303, 330, 343, 344, 345, 346, and 347 and 346, 345, 344, 343, 330, 303, 202, Education . Note that most group majors and minors are apids areaRapids areStudents . responsible for Teacher Education Program Guidebook . Education 119
Education Educa- ognitive impairment —c Spanish Special education A comprehensive list of departmental advi- departmental of list comprehensive A in found be can concentration each for sors Guidebook . Education Program the Teacher COURSES EDUCATION ELEMENTARY Education 102 Education 202 Education 302 Education 303 Education 305 Education 309 Education 322 Education 326 Education 345 Education 398 205 Interdisciplinary Science Education Studies 313 Mathematics 221 Mathematics 222 Physical Education 221 Physical Education 222 COURSES EDUCATION SECONDARY Education 102 Education 202 Education 302 Education 303 Education 307 Education 346 Education 398 205 Interdisciplinary MAJOR SPECIAL EDUCATION (COGNITIVE IMPAIRMENT) Hoeksema Advisor: T. Biology 115 Psychology 151 Psychology 201 Psychology 213 Education 306
. equests for admission to this program should be addressed to the to addressed be should program this to admission for Requests n educatio ote: The State of Michigan has recently put new standards into effect into effect new standards put of Michigan has recently Special Note: The State Art Bilingual Spanish Biology Chemistry and sciences Communication arts Computer science tion) music or (see art, group Fine arts and sciences) communication arts French Geography German Health education (see HPERDS) History Integrated science (see science education studies) (see English or group Language arts and sciences) communications arts Latin (see classical languages) Mathematics Music Physical education Physics Political science Psychology (see history, Social studies group economics, political science or geography) Sociology 120 Only courses in which a grade of C– or higher is earned can be used to meet program . requirements MAJOR AND MINOR EDUCATION EDUCATION MAJOR AND MINOR CONCENTRATIONS avail- are minors and majors these of Some only elementary or secondary, K-12, for able . tion department working are for elementaryof the education program . Members education students at the time of this but, will mean for our program what those changes to determine may affect however, . The new requirements, work is not yet complete printing, that students will notify as soon as May 2012 . The department students hoping to graduate any changes . as soon as possible of to catalog the of section department’s the See determine the certification levels available and to obtain a list of courses required for . these majors and minors early childhood education (see educa- science (see geology) earth/space economics english english as a second language religion
Education UNDERGRADUATE COURSES Education 344 Education 343 Education 339 Education 337 Sci- and Arts Education/Communication Education 236 Sociology 304 Education 202 Advisor: S.Verwys EARLY CHILDHOODMINOR Education 347 Education 330 Education 310 102 be satisfactorily completed as a condition of of condition a as completed satisfactorily be quired as part of this course . This course must re- placement field class of outside hour teen fif - a is There perspective . Christian reformed and socio-cultural theory through the lens of a biological, educational, psychological, amine study,case a and experience, ex- will class the readings, class assignments, a service-learning lectures, Through classroom . the in impacts the social environment of the learner and their with interplay their as well as development of facets moral/spiritual and culture social, cal, will explore and analyze psychological, physi- “exceptionality as labeled typically is what including seeing, and doing, being, of ways alternate many and diversity of domains multiple including learners, all of and perspective identity, mind, the of development the into insight develop students help will course This S . and F (3) Diversity and Development 202 completion ofonesemestercollegestudy condition ofprogram admission.Prerequisite: a as completed satisfactorily be must course This course. the of component required a is experience field companion a as practice to - af course The fords students the the opportunity to relate beyond. theory in and schools States of United organization the to and standards, and curriculum of issues to basis, ducing students to pedagogy and its empirical work for subsequent education courses, intro- frame- initial the provides it such, As fession . pro- teaching the and education of discipline the to introduction an as serves course This ences 311 The Learner The in Learner the Educational Context: (1) F and S . and F (1) Education to Introduction ” Students Students .” .
303 taken concurrently withEducation303. be Must requirements .) admission for book the (See program . education teacher the to admission 202, 102, Prerequisites: setting . classroom a in practice and theory linking in students sist as- will practicum extensive An perspective . reformedChristian a of lens throughthe ined areasthese of All exam- vision . be mative will transfor a maintain and develop can teachers new which in exploreways also will Students learners . all of needs the meeting on focus a with reflection and evaluation, plementation, im- planning, includes that cycle pedagogical a in engage to how learn will They practice . instructional shape context the and riculum, learner,the of cur understanding the an how explore will Students contexts. educational theory and its impact on instruction learning in diverse surrounding issues complex the of understanding increased an develop students help will course This S . and F (4) Learners 302 any 300-levelcourseinthedepartment . beginning before standing academic good in be and program education teacher the to ted *Students seeking certification must be admit- facilitation ofdevelopment. ed to the major theories and to the appropriate preschoolrelata as in particularsetting child - and intensive analysis of the development of a Observation development. child of theories F (3) . ting 236 of Education102. completion Prerequisite: admission . program ilcl rnils wih fe direction offer which principles, Biblical ies . stud- social the teaching for methods practice Students will examine materials and learn and curriculum. studies social the to disciplines various the of contributions the analyze and for teaching the social studies . They will study themes and goals major determine perspec- and tives analyze will Students school. tary elemen- the in studies social the teaching in materials and methods, content, perspectives, and ry Middle 305 Education 302.Seedescriptionabove with concurrently taken be Must S . and F (3) Teaching Social Studies in the Elementa- The Young Child in an Educational Set- Educational an Youngin The Child Curriculum and Instruction for Diverse Diverse for Instruction and Curriculum urclm n Isrcin Practicum Instruction: and Curriculum A review and critique of the basic basic the of critique and review A . School (2) . F and . S A study of ece Euain Guide- Education Teacher educatio n
ducation Education
121 - -
Education
. Edu- . Research- Education . Skill will . . A study of the vari- Education 202, 302/303, and 306 Curriculum and Instruction: Cogni- Child Language Development (3) . S . Assessment Assessment in Cognitive Impairment Introduction Introduction to Methods of Teaching Reading/Language Arts in the Elementa- based general principles of instruction are re- are instruction of principles general based teach- for methods specific as well as viewed ing domestic, vocational, community living, recreation/leisure, and functional academic skills . Strategies are learned for generating curriculum, evaluating published curricula, and for developing individualized education . programs Includes a practicum of two half- serv- programs school local in week per days Pre- impairment . cognitive with students ing requisites: or permission of the instructor (3) . S . A study of the foundational concepts and basic terminology needed to assess stu- dents with intellectual disability be developed in and selecting, interpreting both formal and in-formal, administering, norm-referenced as well as criterion refer- enced and curriculum-based assessment in- struments, for the purpose of developing in- dividualized educational plans . Corequisite: Education 347 . 311 . and Sciences 311 See Communication Arts 322 Reading: Elementary (3) . F and S . A study intro- an process; reading the of nature the of duction to the various process; an introduc- tion to the various approaches to the teach- with an emphasis on the basal ing of reading approach; a presentation strategies of appropriate instructional to a reading program; and an developmental analysis of the or- ganization and management of a classroom reading . program Prerequisites: ous curricula, instructional materials, and teaching methods appropriate for learners who have mental impairments . 310 302/303 or permission of the instructor 326 ry School (3) . F and S . This course will - pres as a ent language and reading art demonstrate various the to arts language of relationship the subjects in the elementary . school Students assess- for techniques and strategies learn will instruction to meet ing theand differentiating found levels writing and reading of range wide in elementary . classrooms Prerequisite: cation 322 or permission of the instructor 330 tive Impairment (3) . F
-
Education 202 or . . Education 302/303 or . Education 302/303 or permis- . ducation 302/303, permission of permission 302/303, Education . Historical and contemporary per . A comprehensive study of the - charac Introduction Introduction to Cognitive Impairment Reading/Literacy in the Content Area Teaching Religion to Children and Ado- and Children to Religion Teaching 122n educatio permission of the instructor permission for human interactions in society, will be con- for human interactions in society, . sidered Prerequisites: 306 (3) . F teristics of persons who have an intellectual disability (3) . F and S . This course examines the secondary na- the in literacy of function and ture curriculum . Specifically this course will ex- amine the reading and writing practices that char- doing and knowing of ways the support acteristic of secondary school subject . areas The course will include: analysis of the fac- tors which affect comprehension and com- examining materials; area content of position diagnosis support that strategies pedagogical as well as instruction in the common literacy to skills all content areas; strategies for of inclusion and participation full supporting abili- of range wide the display who students classroom; secondary average the in found ty discipline between relationship the exploring literacy development, and based ed- inquiry, field a is There practices . and goals ucational placement component as part of this . class Prerequisites: sion of the instructor the instructor or declaration of youth min- istry minor spectives on mental retardation will be plored, as ex- will common causes, definitional interventionsand issues, atten- special While . tion is given to the needs of persons with - re as tardation learners, the course examines the entire lifespan and functioning in a variety of church, the as such school, the besides settings workplace, and . neighborhood A discipleship, and community, persons, of view Christian along with the concept of normalization/so- cial valorization, role integrating are elements in the course . Prerequisite: permission of the instructor 307 309 perspectives, of study A S . and F (2) . lescents content, methods, and materials in teaching in- This adolescents . and children to religion cludes pedagogy appropriate for public and non-public schools and other settings and evaluation of methods and materials . requisites: Pre-
Education 344 tion 236,337,339,andSociology304. Prerequisites:setting . childhood early the to relate they as organization classroom and materials, methods, teaching of analysis Providesfor endorsement . the quirementsfor ence in a preschool setting that meets state re- experi- field A S . and (3) .F Experience Field 343 grams; andassessmentissues. pro- childhood early of organization and tion administra- policy; and law public advocacy child in trends and issues relationships; ing develop- including child, young the for tems sys- support of examination An S . (3) . cation 339 cation 302/303. model for early education . Prerequisite: the implement to opportunity and devel- opment curriculum for model a is Included children . for approach each of propriateness ap- the and approach, each of assumptions underlying the eight), childhood age to (up early education for curriculum a of develop- ment to approaches major the of ation Early Childhood Education (3) . . S An evalu- 337 eodr sine tdns al f h sci- the of (all students science Secondary dent teach during the fall or spring semester stu- students education physical semester and history fall the student during teach students mathematics Secondary major their in experience teaching student Students participate in a full-time supervised 346 quirements .Includesaweeklyseminar Education Program Guidebook for additional re- the See departments . major/minor and education the from recommendations priate appro- and courses, education of completion gan Test for Teacher Certification—Basic Skills, Michi- the on scores passing GPA2 .5, sites: of Prerequi - experience. teaching student vised and S . Students participate in a full-time super 345 Education 236,337,339,andSociology304. Prerequisites: setting . childhood early the to relate they as organizationclassroom and als, vides for analysis of teaching methods, materi - Pro- endorsement . the for requirements state meets that setting kindergarten a in perience Experience Field ten Current Issues in Early Childhood Edu- Childhood Early in Issues Current Early Childhood Education: Kindergar Education: Childhood Early Curriculum Theory and Development: and Theory Curriculum al Cidod dcto: Preschool Education: Childhood Early F F (12). Elementary Teaching: Directed F (12) . Secondary Teaching: Directed A field ex- field A S . and F (3) .
Secondary Secondary . . Teacher
Educa- Edu- -
- . . . See the See recommendations . appropriate and courses, education required all of completion Skills, the on Teacher Certification-Basic Testfor Michigan scores passing program, education teacher the in standing Good Prerequisites: context . teaching student the in practice to ry theo- applying in experience their on flection seminar, which engages students in critical re- biweekly requireda is Includes participation, . ing at least 360 clock hours of observation and includ- weeks, ten of minimum A pairment . im- cognitive of levels moderate or mild with teaching in a school program serving students student supervised Full-time, . S (12). ment 347 requirements . additional for Guidebook Program Education ocret nolet n departmental Seminar, a in enrollment concurrent and departments, major/minor and cation edu- the from recommendations propriate ap- courses, education of completion Skills, Michigan Test for Teacher Certification-Basic the on scores passing GPA2 .5, requisites: of semester spring the during teach dent semester spring the during only teach student ences) and philosophicalfoundations. mind, Christian a developing I, foundations 302/303; biblical foundations I or theological standing; senior or junior uisites: Prereq-education . of philosophy faith-based own their completing are students course, the Throughout practice. cultural as edu- cation and institutions social as schools ing inform- practices and beliefs the shape that settings social and developments, historical assumptions, philosophical the of critique and into inquiry involves It practice. as life a context its in education examine dents stu- course this In (3) . Education of dations 398 more information. Language Second a as 349 for more information. lish as a Second Language Second a as lish 348 for additionalrequirements . Directed Teaching: - Secondary English Integrative Seminar: Intellectual Foun- Intellectual Seminar: Integrative ietd ecig Eeetr - Eng- - Elementary Teaching: Directed ietd ecig Cgiie Impair Cognitive Teaching: Directed Teacher Education Program Guidebook ProgramTeacher Education l ohr eodr suet stu- students secondary other All . e the See 359. Education See . educatio n See . SL advisor for advisor ESL SL advisor ESL Education Teacher Pre- . 123 -
Education
- - - Edu- (2 .3)C+ Rooks, literacy; English as a second lan- Only courses with a grade of grade a with courses Only . ndorsement Endorsement Program at Calvin allows certified teachers to fulfillrequirements- Certifi the Teaching of the Michigan Professional - ad obtain or status, qualified highly gain cate, stateThe . area specialty a in expertise ditional semes- 18 of minimum a requires Michigan of ter hours of coursework beyond - initial certifi expe- teaching successful of years 3 and cation rience before a teacher can be recommended for a Professional Teaching . Certificate The are status qualified highly for regulations state available in the education . department endorsement The program allows participants to add a level of teaching certification to (e .g . elementary to a certificate secondary cer their ema, educational leadership; J . Program Endorsement The tificate) or to add a subject endorsement to their . certificate Calvin offers endorsements in early childhood, guage, learning disabilities, cognitive impair every as well as education, bilingual and ment, undergraduate the at offered minor and major level . Courses taken in this program may be time later a at degree master’s a to transferable if they are applicable to a particular concen- tration . Courses in the endorsement program must be chosen in consultation with an - appropri ate departmental advisor at the time the - pro gram is initiated . Students from and who were recommended graduated for the - provi sional certificate by Calvin must take at least 6 semester hours of the program at All others must take Calvin . at least 9 semester hours at Calvin . Previous course work, as well planned selections, must be as evaluated by this advisor or higher will be applied to program - require endorse- subject adding students Also, ments . ments or elementary certification must for Certification pass Teacher for Test Michigan the . those areas Requirements for admission to the program, are requirements degree and credit, of transfer described in detail in the graduate program catalog, which can be obtained the from ic specialty areas in the MEd program should meet with one of the following advisors: J . Si- monson, curriculum and instruction; A . Boer . disabilities or D . Buursma, learning academ- of office the office, department cation ic services or online on the graduate studies site . Web
-
. Chris- . Education . This course will . Information about . This class is - appropri Education (MEd) programs Societal Societal Structures and Education n educatio Community-based research projects will projects research Community-based . 124 Master of Education Degree The Master of (MEd) programs in curriculum and - instruc tion, educational leadership, learning literacy disabilities . In and addition, calaureate, post-bac- non-degree programs are able for - avail obtaining the Michigan Professional Certificate(18 hours of Teaching coursework endorse- state and certification) initial beyond of education . ments for specialized areas serve elementary and and administrators secondary who want advanced pro- teachers the satisfy to need who and training fessional requirements for continuing certification or additional endorsements . teach- for especially designed is MEd Calvin’s experienced and certified already are who ers in classroom teaching or administration and where college Christian a attend to wish who academic excellence is pursued in the light provides MEd The . commitment Christian of college graduates with an opportunity to in- tegrate an authentic Christian knowledge of range deeper or broader a with perspective and insight into the professional role of the teacher or administrator MEd programs can be found in the graduate program catalog or on the graduate studies site . Web Students who wish to learn about more specif- Graduate Teacher Education Program Graduate Teacher Calvin College offers Master of (3) . F and S . An examination of the interac- systemsother the and education between tion and economic, political, (e .g ., institutions and cultural) that shape society given to the impact ofticular attention will be race, class, and gender on schooling and so- ciety challenge students to examine these issues in real-life contexts as well as introducing them methodology research science social to tian norms, such as social justice, will shape between interaction the of analysis critical this education and society ate for all students who are interested in edu- cation and society and meets a core - require category ment in the societal structures examine how education is shaped by and is reshaping these systems and . institutions Par IDIS 205
Education neighbors locally andglobally Individuals inthisdepartment usetechnological giftsandskillstocare forand serve Community Service among engineering,technology, andthebroader society relationships the and ethics; engineering education; engineering management; project teaching . Scholarship includes research in the engineering sciences; the design process; of mission primary the enhances that consulting and researchthrough public general Research &Scholarship utilizing design final to projectfromproblemstatement a creativelymove to Equipped Firmly grounded in the basic principles and skills of engineering, mathematics, science, Kingdom servants whose Christian faith leads them to engineering careers of action and of faithinJesusChrist.StudentsgraduatingwithaBSEdegree from Calvinwillbe: ing is marked by a strong emphasis on responsible design that builds upon a foundation also to place that learning in a broader interdisciplinary and liberal arts context . All - teach technical concepts of engineering (such as design principles and problem-solving), but Teaching who togetherseektobuildGod’s kingdomintheareas ofengineeringandtechnology needs of the world . The mission of this department covers the faculty, staff, and students call to be agents of renewal by learning to design responsible technologies that serve the Mission oftheCalvin CollegeEngineeringDepartment department chair,the S.Vanderleestwith . consult should engineering in interested Students 101 . English 171, Mathematics 103, Chemistry is curriculum semester humanity of benefit the for materials energyand of utilization the to judgment with humanities and sciences, social ethics, economics, science, ics, Engineering (BSE) phone: (410)347-7700. Commission of ABET, 111 Market Place, Suite 1050, Baltimore, MD 21202-4012 - tele- the by accredited is program engineering The engineering . computer,and environmental,electrical and mechanical civil and chemical, in trations Assistant Professors A.Si Associate Professors, J. Jewett Van Antwerp, J. Van Antwerp, D. Wunder Professors R. Brouwer, R. De Jong, L. De Rooy, G. Ermer, *M. Heun, R. Hoeksema, E. Nielsen, Engineering The engineering department serves God by engaging both the profession and the and profession the both engaging by God serves department engineering The The primary mission is for students and faculty to explore not only the fundamental Creator’sdepartmentrespondsthe engineering to the Calvin, Withinof mission the mathemat- of principles the applying profession design-oriented a is Engineering Calvin College offers a Bachelor of Science in the interdisciplinary and interdependent characterof theengineeringprofession . level appropriate levelprofessional forentry workand graduatestudies; a at assessment problem sensitive and perceptive, correct, for humanities, the and with aprophetic voiceadvocatingappropriate technologies; piety,personal to involvement, integrity, responsibility,social and leadership to and P. Ribeiro, A.Sykes,S.VanderLeest (chair),W. Wentzheimer Community service enhances the primary missionof enhancesthe primary .Communityservice Engineering degree (BSE) with concen- . ngineering 101, 181 and 181 101, Engineering ngineering Accreditation Engineering The recommended first recommended The . engineer ing 125 .
Engineering
. Statis- AP and
Calculus (AP The electrical and computer engineering engineering computer and electrical The . pre-calculus least at including . The design experience starts with several in projects the first The chemical engineering concentration has emphases of chemistry chemistry of emphases has concentration engineering chemical The . mathematics, of Engineering years An ability to use the techniques, skills, and modern engineering tools necessaryAn ability to use the techniques, skills, and for and technologies, engineering practice to develop responsible . to the engineering profession Significant exposure profession, fundamental principles, holistic a Christian, from and ethical responsibility An understanding of professional perspective, An ability to communicate truthfully and effectively, education necessary to understand the impact of engineering solutions in The broad of of Christian stewardship a global and societal context including an understanding resources, engage in life-long learning, to aid in and an ability to of the need for, A recognition the fulfillment of their calling, An ability to apply knowledge of mathematics, science, and the engineering sciencesAn ability to apply knowledge of mathematics, guidelines for design decision making, as appropriate data to as well as analyze and interpret An ability to design and conduct experiments, extract meaning, needs and to meet desired to process An ability to design a system, component, or test the basic principles of the or model which can effectively a prototype produce design, An ability to function on multi-disciplinary teams, using problems formulate, and solve engineering An ability to identify, ach ach of the in four has the program concentrations two engineering or three major tics if possible) Model High School Program The curriculum described above is designed so that students will achieve the follow- above is designed so that students will The curriculum described The engineering program has a strong emphasis on . design Here the student meets E • and physics chemistry, of science, including 1 year each of biology, 4 years • language of a foreign 2 years • of English 4 years • recommended drafting, or other industrial design courses are CAD, • 4 126 (l) (k) (f) (g) (h) (i) (j) to their engaged contemporary issues demonstrating how their Christian faith relates Finally, the mechanical the Finally, . circuits analog and systems digital of emphases has concentration machine design . has emphases of thermal systems and engineering concentration demonstrate that its graduates have: will engineering program ing outcomes . Calvin’s (b) (c) (d) (e) (a) the challenging value and technical issues that arise when societal problems are dealt with technology through empha- has concentration engineering environmental and civil The . processing chemical and environmental and structures, hydraulics, of ses teaching and includes service-learning, involvement in mission projects, and consulta- service-learning, and includes teaching projects, in mission involvement . engineering expertise needing tion with groups two years, which focus on societal and problems issues, and which emphasize concep- and . teamwork Design experiences then are integrated into each tual design, creativity, concentration by way of year specificsenior courses the during or . the sequence projects course Finally, design experience project design is capstone a of means by completed Within this design perspective, students are aided in the development of a of technology and its applications . Christian understanding thorough emphases or themes
Engineering by completingtwoofthefollowing fouritems: designation to their concentration (e .g, “BS E International Mechanical Concentration”) courses inengineeringare takenbyspecialarrangementwiththecourseinstructor the Since regular admissiontotheprogram . for requirements all met have they until courses 300-level taking delay may students for admission to the program at a later date . As an alternative to conditional admission, fail to meet these conditions within the designated time period are not eligible to reapply (normally not exceeding one year) . Students who receive conditional admission and then chair the by designated period the within removed be must deficiencies course all and is no less than 2 .20 Furthermore, the student’s GPA must be raised to no less than 2 .30 average point grade cumulative their if only and deficiencies course of hours semester Conditional admission is normally granted as long as students chair do not have moredepartment than 8 the of discretion the at granted the is admission to Conditional admission program . conditional given be may average point grade cumulative required courses with the stipulated minimum grade and/or who have not achieved the minimum Students who wish to take 300-level courses, but who have not completed the required ing courses. above . requiredis concentration BSE listed a to Admission engineer-300-level enter to student a for courses required the completing are they which in semester the during meet thefollowingrequirements: Introduction tocomputerprogramming isrecommended • The minimumrequirements foradmissiontotheprogram are: program . engineering the in concentration a to admission for apply year,they second Graduating with Honors: Conditional Admission: program engineering the in concentration a to admission for apply must Students Credit forEngineering294,engineeringseminar • HaveaminimumcumulativeGPA of2.30 • Attendanceatanengineeringinternshipworkshop • Submissionofrésuméwithapplicationfor admissiontoconcentration • Completionof16hourstherequired humanitiescourses • eceive credit for credit receive 2 . 1 . Completion • Admission: Completion • eceive credit for an international internship and demonstrate some ability to ability some demonstrate and internship international an for credit receive 2 . 1 . Designation: Concentration International grade ofC–; 387: “InternationalEngineeringInternship.” A– (atleastoneoftheengineeringcoursesmustbea300-level course) . 285, 294, 337, 339, 340, 382, 385, 387, 390, and 394) with a minimum grade of (except engineering in courses honors two least at hours minimum) overall, including at least two honors courses (18 outside courses the honors major; six of total a and 3 .5 GPAof cumulative minimum a Have 231, 271,Physics133and235withaminimumgradeofC–; speak thelanguage oftheirinternshipcountry Complete aninternationalengineering interimcourse. ngineering department does not regularly offer honors sections, the honors the sections, honors offerregularly not does department Engineering Late in the in Late years. two first the for program common a follow Students of of Engineering Chemistry ngineering Internship”, or Internship”, “Engineering 385: Engineering Conditional admission is available to assist certain students . Those wishing to graduate with honors in engineering must 103, 101, Computer 106, 181, Students may receive an international an receive may Students Science 202, . 204, 104, ngineering 101, 181, 185, 181, 101, Engineering and Mathematics 209 engineer ing with Engineering a minimum 171, 172, . 127 .
Engineering . o course completed with completed course No ngineering department is served is department Engineering The All students must display a high degree degree high a display must students All Engineering 294 Engineering 339 Engineering 340 Engineering 394 Cognates Technical (32 semester hours) Business 357 Chemistry 103 . Mark Michmerhuizen of JCI Corporation . . Engineering Advisory Council (CEAC), consisting of Students wishing to transfer from another school should should school another from transfer to wishing Students . 5 grade point average at their previous school . at their previous Have a 2 .5 grade point average in was student the that indicating school that from letter a provide requested, If standing . good academic and personal the chair permission from Calvin societies . professional of range wide a of members are Faculty Engineering Engineering 3 . . program summer engineering an international for credit receive 4 . . semester program engineering for an international receive credit 2 . 3 . receive either conditional admission or regular admission or possibly special 1 . Advisory Council and Professional Societies: Professional and Council Advisory Calvin’s Calvin’s engineering program emphasizes the integration of Christian faith and a Graduation: and Admission Regarding Notes Other procedures and activities may qualify for the international designation . For Transfer Student Admission: Admission: Student Transfer chair department the by transcripts of analysis an for arrange must students Transfer 128 Bachelor of science in engineering (26 semester hours) Engineering 101 Engineering 106 Engineering 181 Engineering 202 Engineering 204 Engineering 209 This is demanded by the nature nature the by demanded is This admission . for recommended be to integrity personal of of engineering as . a After profession admission to the engineering the program student must . continue A fulfillingto requirements toward graduationmake adequate progress progress, inadequate of example an is course engineering 300-level a in C- below grade only repeated be may courses engineering 300-level course . the repeating require will and admission to the once . will program A be if student’s revoked the student fails to show the 2 .0, of average point grade college-wide overall, an to addition In . progress adequate student must obtain a grade point average of 2 .0 in all engineering courses completed at Calvin to be eligible to graduate . For this For ways . many in place takes integration This education . engineering professional reason, a student seeking a BSE degree from Calvin should be part of the program for the equivalent of no less than four semesters as a full-time student at Calvin . It is also at Calvin . be taken for each semester stipulated that at least one non-technical course additional details, please contact the department chair or the coordinator department internship In general, transfer students must meet the same course same the meet must students transfer general, In admissions . of office the to apply . Calvin at programs their begin who students as requirements . transfer credit a grade below C (2 .0) will receive courses 300-level take to wish who those addition, In . advising course of advance in well at Calvin must: in their first semester by an advisory board, the Calvin engineers from local industries, which meet semi-annually to review the program and give advice from an industrial perspective . The council is currently co-chaired by Mr Ron Plaisier of Pfizer Corporation and Mr Calvin E, and Ieee . College has student chapters of ASCE, ASM
Engineering Engineering 305 (42 semesterhours) and Environmental Emphasis Concentration-Hydraulics, Structures Civil andEnvironmental Engineering elective Chemistry 317 Chemistry 262 Chemistry 261 Chemistry Engineering 342 Engineering seniorspecialtopicsinterim Engineering 337 Engineering 335 Engineering 331 Engineering 330 Engineering 312 Engineering 303 (44 semesterhours) Emphasis Chemistry andProcessing Chemical EngineeringConcentration- below: listed concentrations four the of one least at of requirements the meet must Students One year of a foreign language (exemption Cross-cultural engagement Communication or 102 Interdisciplinary The arts core Literature core Economics 221or151 Religion 121or131 Philosophy 153 151or152 History Health andfitnesscore English 101 Interdisciplinary 150 Interdisciplinary 149 (31 semesterhours) Humanities Courses Approved statisticscourse Physics 235 Physics 133 Mathematics 231 Mathematics 271 Mathematics 172 Mathematics 171 Computer Science104 ter eachterm) school foreign language with a C or bet- for students with at least 2 years of high Arts andSciences 101 At least two from two least At Engineering elective Engineering seniorspecialtopicsinterim Engineering 326 Engineering 320 Engineering 319 Engineering 306 Advanced mathematics/basic science/engi- mathematics/basic Advanced elec- science mathematics/basic Advanced Engineering elective Engineering seniorspecialtopicsinterim Engineering 382 Engineering 334 Engineering 333 Engineering 328 Engineering 324 Engineering 322 Engineering 319 Engineering 305 (42 semesterhours) Systems andMachineDesignEmphasis Mechanical Engineering-Thermal Computer science112 science/engi- mathematics/basic Advanced science/engi- mathematics/basic Advanced elec- science mathematics/basic Advanced Group majors combining majors Group elec- science mathematics/basic Advanced Engineering elective Engineering seniorspecialtopicsinterim Engineering 332 Engineering 325 Engineering 311 Engineering 307 Engineering 304 Engineering 302 (42 semesterhours) Analog Circuits Emphasis Concentration-Digital Systemsand Electrical andComputerEngineering 327 mation) . infor- more for chair the (see students some for appropriate be may ABET) by accredited not (but discipline another neering elective tive neering elective tive neering elective tive ngineering 308, 321 or 321 308, Engineering engineer ing ngineering and Engineering 129
Engineering .
. Prereq- .
Engineering 106 and also Engineering 106 and Mathematics A study of computer organization . (in- A study of computer organization Statics and Dynamics (4) . F and . S A Circuits Circuits Analysis and Electronics (4) . Architecture Computer to Introduction Introduction to Conservation Laws and Laws Conservation to Introduction . Issues of stewardship of materials and 172 or permission of the instructor 220 (4) . F cluding memory hierarchy, I/O, bus-based systems, distributed systems, and parallel uisites: techniques techniques and computer software tools used for visualization and engineering communi- cation . The course introduces graphical tech- niques for spatial analysis, including graphic projection, free-hand sketching, picto- - ortho rial representation, descriptive geometry, - sec . dimensioning, and tolerancing tions, basic 202 study of fundamental principles of mechan- ics and their application to the problems of algebra, engineering . moments,forces, Vector a of kinematics work, virtual friction, couples, particle, kinematics of a dynamics rigid body, momen- impulse, bodies, rigid and particles of tum, work, and energy are presented in two and three dimensions . Prerequisites: Physics 133, Mathematics 172 . 204 applica- and theory the to introduction An S . tion of electronic circuits and devices . The following topics are covered: circuits basic (including frequency linear and transient response), semiconductor devices (diodes, op-amps, comparators, etc .), electric power, and DC machines . Laboratory electric safety, exercises are used to illustrate the material covered in the lecture portion of the course . resis- current, voltage, measure will Students tance, power, transient response, resonant circuits, voltage regulators, operational am- logic digital investigate will Students plifiers . . circuits Co-requisite: Mathematics 231 Pre- Physics 235 . requisite: 209 Thermodynamics (4) . F and S . This course introduces several foundational engineering topics . Included are single and multi-com- ponent process material and energy balanc- es (conservation laws), the first and second laws of thermodynamics and heat transfer broadens the student’s knowledge of chem- istry resources are . addressed Laboratory Study of chemical kinetics and equilibrium demonstrates the link between science and design begun in . . Engineering Engineering Engineering ngineering 308 308 ngineering E . Readings, lectures, and ngineering 202, 204 or 204 202, Engineering ngineering 333 (Thermal/ 333 Engineering Engineering 331 Reactors) ( . This laboratory course focuses on or 335 (Separations) Fluids) or 322 (Machines) 325 (Digital) or 332 (Analog) (environmental), (environmental), 321 (Hydraulics) or 327 (Structures) . An introduction to the engineering Engineering Introduction Introduction to Engineering Design Engineering Chemistry and Materials Engineering Graphical Communication Civil & environmental: environmental: & Civil 209 courses from: one design Chemical: Mechanical: Electrical & computer: 130 101 (2) . F design process and resource design tools by men- homework, lectures, projects, of means projects, tor visits, and team meetings . Team including service learning, require applica- tion of engineering creativity, analysis, and computational tools . discussions also examine the areas of tech- nology in society, engineering ethics, library research and methods . computer Various tools software and introduced are used . This information of foundations the fulfills course category technology core 106 Science (4) . S . An introduction to the sci- ence of engineering . materials properties of materials - mechanical, electri- cal, and chemical - are closely linked to the underlying solid state and molecular struc- of aspects various to relating Chemistry . ture the- solution change, phase including design acid-base ory, solutions, and chemical equi- librium is . presented This course facilitate to engineers and chemists is by taught team- the integration of basic chemical principles and engineering . design Issues of steward- ship of resources are . addressed Laboratory Prerequisites: Prerequisites: Chemistry 103, At least two 300-level courses including 101, and Mathematics 170 or 171 . 181 Lab (2) . F minor Engineering courses) engineering (Six approved 106 or ChemistryEngineering 104 from: two least At COURSES The minor is not accredited by ABET by The minor is not accredited
Engineering F (3) . Thermodynamics 303 Prerequisites: Mathematics 231andPhysics235. circuits . line transmission of aspects design and analysis the on is phasis conditions . boundary various under and conductive, dielectric, and magnetic materials applica- tions engineering of electric and magnetic fields in various and laws the of study 302 tration. concen- BSE a to admission formal is higher or 300 numbered courses all to Prerequisite of theinstructor permission or 108 or 104 Science Computer normally course, language programming A Prerequisites: principles. emphasize ercises ex- Laboratory architecture) . in- set and struction pipelining, control, (in- CPU architecturecluding computer and systems), digital logic CAD tools, logic synthesis and and hardware description languages (VHDL) . synthesis Lab - logic tools, CAD logic digital devices, logic programmable and families ic asynchronous logic .Thestudentisintroduced todigitallog- and programming, language assembly and organization computer design, computer to applications and description al micro-operation - language, transfer networks, register sequential and combinational of synthesis and analysis algebra, Boolean clude: in- Topics systems. digital in design logic of An introduction to the fundamental principles 304 317. tion inChemistry registra- concurrent and 231, Mathematics Prerequisites:312 . neering in thermodynamics of study in-depth This material provides the foundation for performance . the best of models as equipment process reversible and cycle Carnot the ing The first and second laws are studied includ- presented . are system reversibility, librium, Basic concepts of thermodynamics, i .e, equi- team design project in-depth of a commercial process . an with reinforced are Principles introduced . are (HYSYS) simulators Process dew and bubble points and the flash process . of concepts the including equilibrium liquid liquid- vapor-liquidand to introduction and reaction with balances energy and material in begun ples ues the study of chemical engineering princi- S . (4) . Systems Digital of Fundamentals A A S. (4). Electromagnetics Engineering hmcl niern Picpe and Principles Engineering Chemical Included areIncluded 209 . Engineering . This course contin- course This . ngineering 209, Engineering Engi- Em-
308 Mathematics 231. Prerequisites: troduced . in- is (DSP) Processing Signal Digital plots . spectral and plots, Bode functions, transfer using analyzed is response Frequency ysis . anal- signal discrete versus transforms, continuous and Fourier series, Fourier forms, trans- Laplace analysis, domain include: frequency Topics systems. electrical analog F 307 permission oftheinstructor Prerequisites: demand . function; biogeochemical cycling; and oxygen and structure ecosystem microbial processes; transport mass/particle balances; energy and mass kinetics; and equilibria, stoichiometry, chemical presence; and sources types, inant contam- dynamics; population measurement; of units relevant engineering; environmental of domains the of overview an include course and natural systems . Topics considered in this engineered to relevant principles science and F (4) . 306 Prerequisites: Engineering106and202. tion to theory of failure, and energy introduc- methods . stresses, simple of compounding ofcolumns, buckling beams, of deflection shear,torque,load, force, bending, eccentric to resistance including materials, gineering en- of strain and stress in problems of tion solu- the to mechanics of principles of tion 305 course (normallyComputerScience104). Engineering 204 and a programming language Prerequisites:programming . language sembly as- and design logic include will work oratory nenl cin f omny sd micro- used commonly of action internal qualitative and characteristics the of study A 311 mission oftheinstructor Prerequisites: ment . manage- waste hazardous and solid and tion; for air pollution control, groundwater remedia- processes processes; treatment wastewater es; process- treatment and supply water of design Problems considered in this course will include systems. engineered and measures control tal science principles to the design of environmen- and engineering environmental of Application dacd ehius o te nlss of analysis the for techniques Advanced . Environmental Engineering Design (4) . S . Principles of Environmental Engineering F (4) . Materials of Mechanics F (4) . Circuits and Devices Electronic (4). Systems and Signals Electrical A study of environmental engineering engineering environmental of study A . gneig 0, r per or 306, Engineering . ngineering 209, or or 209, Engineering engineer ing gneig 204, Engineering .
Applica- .
131 - .
Engineering
. Engi- ngineering Engineering 202 and . Design of advanced digi- Hydraulic Engineering Design (4) . F Machine Design (4) . S . Application of Hydraulic Engineering (4) . S . Applica- Materials and Processes in Manufactur- in Processes and Materials Computer Architecture and Digital Sys- Digital and Architecture Computer This course introduces students to students introduces course This . S (4) . ing the various mechanical and management is- sues involved in the fabrication of manufac- prin- engineering and Scientific goods . tured ciples are applied to fabricating such as processes casting, forming, and machining so ma- to process of relation the determine to as ac- dimensional economics, properties, terial such Topics . requirements energy and curacy, as computer-aided manufacturing (CAM), numerical control (NC), statistical quality control (SQC), and quality management are are laboratories and trips Field . explored also used to support the lecture material . Prereq- uisites: Engineering 106 and 305 . 325 tems Design (4) . F Appli- logic, programmable using systems tal cation-Specific IntegratedCircuits (ASICs), and . microprocessors Microprocessor archi- tecture including pipelining, memory erarchy, cache, instruction hi- set architecture, CPU control, bus standards, I/O, supersca- Application of principles of hydraulics and hydrology to the design of tems . hydraulic Problems sys- considered in will this include design of pipe networks for wa- course ter distribution, design of sewage collection systems, design of pumping facilities, design of groundwater remediation systems, Computer . structures control flood of design and Pre- employed . frequently be will techniques Engineering 320 . requisite: 322 engineering mechanics, materials, and failure mechan- of design and analysis the to theories ical elements and systems . Computer used as aids to analysis and design . niques are tech- Engineering 305 . Prerequisite: 324 cepts . Prerequisites: 231 . 209, Mathematics 320 tion of the basic principles of fluid mechan- hy- and hydraulic in problems practical to ics statics, fluid include Topics . analysis drologic conduit closed flow, channel open hydrology, tech- Computer pumps . centrifugal and flow, niques and laboratory exercises are used to emphasize principles . Prerequisite: neering 319 . 321 . An - introduc . Laboratory and Engineering 204 and Concepts include the prop- the include Concepts . Engineering are . addressed The An introduction to the engineer- the to introduction An . Engineering Control Control Systems . (4) F Chemical Engineering Thermodynam- Introduction Introduction to the Thermal/Fluid Sci- Soil Mechanics and Foundation Design Analysis of me- of Analysis S . . (4) Analysis Vibration project project exercises are used to illustrate con- erties erties of fluids, first and second laws of ther- modynamics, external and internal viscous convection, conduction, and flows, ideal and and radiation heat transfer ing thermal and fluid sciences including ele- ments of thermodynamics, fluid mechanics, transfer heat and F (4) . ences tion to linear feedback control theory, includ- tion to linear feedback theory, control ing transient and frequency response, stabil- systems performance, control ity, modes, and compensation methods . Hydraulic, electrical, pneumatic, and inertial components and sys- - Prerequi employed . and investigated are tems sites: Engineering 204 and Mathematics 231 . 318 (4) . S, alternate years . Soils studied as engi- neering materials whose behavior is depen- dent upon soil types, index properties, and soil moisture conditions . The scope of the course includes soil structures, index prop- erties, soil classification, com- permeability, pressibility and consolidation, soil testing, soil stresses, and foundation design . Labora- prin- emphasize to used are experiments tory . Engineering 305 ciples . Prerequisite: 319 132 properties properties of real fluidsequilibri- phase mixtures, of and properties state, equations of Prerequisites: equilibrium . chemical and um, Engineering 303, and Chemistry 317 . 314 steady and transient both in vibration chanical state regimes, employing analytical and - com non- and Linear . solution for techniques puter linear problems are investigated with original inquiry suggested and encouraged . - Prerequi sites: Engineering 202 and Mathematics 231 . 315 Mathematics 231 . 312 ics (4) . . S Thermodynamic topics important in Chemical electronic devices for discrete and integrated integrated and discrete for devices electronic circuits, such as diodes, junction field-effect transistors (JFETs), metal-oxide semi-con- junc- bipolar and (MOSFETS), FETs ductors tion transistors . (BJTs) Application of these . explored is circuits amplifier basic in devices Laboratory exercises are used to concepts . Prerequisite: illustrate
Engineering Principles of kinetics of homogeneous of kinetics of Principles sign . de- reactor and kinetics chemical to duction 331 Engineering 209and303. Prerequisites: covered . are evaporation and filtration of operations Unit fluids . of tering me- and transportation the for designs and design exchanger heat including problems Chemical to heat trans- fundamentals and fer flow fluid of Applications 330 principles .Prerequisite: Engineering319 . and computer exercises are utilized to design, emphasize Laboratory, combustion. and equilibrium, chemical processes, ditioning con- air cycles, refrigeration and power fer, trans- heat of modes radiation convection, forced and free dimensions, three and two on emphasis an with conduction unsteady and steady relatedto design and analysis ing of heat transfer and thermodynamics includ- and Design (4) . . S An intermediate treatment 328 site: Engineering181,326. used as aids to analysis and design . Prerequi- are techniques Computer concrete . inforced re- for requirements code building the and buildings for steel structural of erection and steel specification for the design, fabrication, design procedures are resistancestudied along with the factored current and Load con- crete . reinforced structural or steel of of made design members the to analysis tural struc- and solids of mechanics of principles 327 analysis .Prerequisite: Engineering305. structural in methods matrix to introduction an includes also course The structures . nate indetermi- statically of analysis the and lines, influence using loads moving of analysis tion, to deflec- due of calculation loads, moving and fixed moments bending and forces shear of calculation includes rigid work Course frames . and trusses, two-dimensional beams, 326 tal systems.Prerequisite: Engineering304. size the design of microprocessor-based digi- empha- exercises Laboratory processing . lel paral- to Introduction codes . correction and detection error data including techniques, communication and Interfacing approaches . lar,Veryand WordInstructive Long (VLIW) Kinetics/Reactor Design . (4) F F (4) . Design Structural S. (4). Transfer Heat and Flow Fluid A study of of study A S. (4) . Analysis Structural nemdae hra/li Sciences Thermal/Fluid Intermediate Application of Application . Engineering . An intro-
332 317. and Chemistry in class . Prerequisites: presentedreinforce concepts to done be will project lab kinetics one and project design team open-ended One introduced . is sign, reactorde- transfer,multiphase impacts it as lyzed fluid-solid reactors are presented . Mass isothermal reactor design, and design of cata- included . Ideal reactor design concepts, non- are data kinetic of analysis integral and tial differen- with reactions heterogeneous and site: Engineering202 . reinforceto used is Prerequi-concepts . basic mechanisms of simulation Computer botics . areathe in application on emphasis an ro-of are studied in a three-dimensional space with machinery rotating balancing of methods including addressed their use in machines . Vibration concerns are linkage. of context arethe gears in and studied Cams four-bar the as such mechanisms machinery of aspects dynamic various investigates course 334 requisite: Engineering328. analysis and design . A project is required . Pre- of principles basic emphasize to semester the A co-generation system is studied throughout emphasized . are systems conversion energy in used ment equip- transfer heat and flow fluid of design and Selection given . are components system of optimization the for methods and analysis (exergy) Availability presented . thermal are of systems design the for important topics flow fluid and thermodynamic, transfer, heat 333 Engineering 307and311. laboratory the and projects in emphasized experience IC’sDesign available . commercially using designs of realization on to noise analysis and low noise design . Introduction oscillators. and tivibrators, multipliers, Schmitt trigger, S/H circuits, mul- regulators . sign: de- supply Power realizations . practical and theory filter to Introduction compensation . operational amplifier specs, nonidealities, and of study Detailed amplifiers. multi- transistor stage to applied theory device and theory circuit electronic and principles Feedback S . Thermal Thermal Systems Design (4) . F Analog Circuits and Systems Design (4) . This S. (3). Machinery of Dynamics ectifier circuits, linear, and switching and switching linear, circuits, Rectifier onlinear circuits: Comparators, Comparators, circuits: Nonlinear conomic evaluation is studied . is evaluation Economic An in-depth study is made of made is study in-depth An . Kinematics and kinetics and Kinematics . Engineering 312, 330, engineer ing
Prerequisites: . . Advanced mphasis Emphasis 133
Engineering
Emphasis is
Explicitly Parallel . . Engineering 209 and Math- . A final presentation is given at On Campus Interims mphasis is placed on the comple- the on placed is Emphasis This course explores advanced com- Process Process Dynamics, Modeling, and Indepen- S . and I, F, Study . Independent Engineering Instrumentation Laboratory Instrumentation Engineering W81 Advanced Computer Architecture with Architecture Computer Advanced W81 VHDL. puter architecture techniques including su- perscalar machines, Very Long Word (VLIW) Instruction scheduling, Instruction Computing (EPIC) architectures, predicated execution, interrupts in a lined pipe- machine, and compiler - de optimizations Hardware platforms . hardware specific for signs are examined through the use of VHDL 390 per- Prerequisite: . research and readings dent mission of the chair lectronic Electronic signal conditioning techniques are . covered A design project software and using FilePoint data acquisition - hard LabVIEW ware is . required Written reports Engineering 204 . Prerequisites: . required . sequence tion of a major design project Engineering initiated 339 . This project in should entail task specifications in light of the norms for design by means of engineering analysis and primary on focused prototype appropriate an functionality the May senior design . project program Lec- tures continue to focus on integration of the design process with a reformed worldview, team Christian activity, and state-of-the- technical art aspects of design . Prerequisites: Engineering 339 (taken the semester imme- integra- the fulfills course This prior) . diately category tive studies core on the usefulness, and accuracy, reliability of measurement systems in actual applications . 342 Control (4) . S . Introduction to the analysis of process dynamics, and to the design and analysis of process control systems . Covers transient and frequency response, transfer functions, stability, performance, lineariza- tion, decoupling, and multivariable . control Prerequisites: ematics 231 . 382 (1) . S . Laboratory course, which serves as an to introduction the characteristics and uses of transducers to measure displacement, strain, pressure, temperature, velocity, acceleration, and other physical quantities .
-
. This is the . . Students focus on Engineering design - prob Emphasis is placed on design team Evaluation and analysis of experi- engineering . Mass transport fundamentals are ap- Mass Transfer and Staging Operations Chemical Engineering Laboratory (2) . Introduction Introduction to Traffic Engineering and Senior Design Project (2) . F (4) . Senior S . Design This Project is the 134 second course in the senior design project aged . Prerequisites: Concurrent registration program model the of semester seventh the in for a particular concentration or permission of the instructors; developing mind and philosophical foundations . a Christian 340 the development of task specifications in light in specifications task of development the of the norms for design and preliminary vali- dation of the design by means of basic analy- sis and appropriate . prototyping Lectures fo- cus on integration of the design process with a reformed Christian team worldview, build- ing, and state-of-the-art technical aspects of design . Interdisciplinary projects are encour formation, project formation, identification,- project and produc tion of a feasibility study 339 first course in the senior design projectquence . se- (4) . F plied to Chemical transport mass equilibrium of Principles lems . operations are applied to distillation, gas ab- sorption, extraction, and humidification de- 312 and 330 . Engineering sign . Prerequisite: 337 mass transfer, heat flow, fluid of Principles S . transfer, stage-operations, and chemical ki- netics are studied using small-scale equip- ment . mental observations, project proposals, and report writing is emphasized . Prerequisites: ChemistryEngineering 331, 335, and 317 . 338 Highway Design (4) . S, alternate troduction to years . the basic In - concepts of traffic en- gineering and highway design . The - traffic-en gineering portion introduces basic including concepts how the motorist, and pedestrian interact, roadway capacity vehicle, and road, Level-of-Service, traffic flow and queue theory, and traffic signal timing . Software applications traffic simulation and regarding introduced are capacity analysis . The highway design portion of the course focuses on the basics of horizon- tal and vertical alignment of roadways, design vehicle, design speed, superelevation, distance, and other - design considerations . Pre sight or program engineering to admission requisite: permission of the instructor 335
Engineering ics, corrosion, and materials of construction . of materials and corrosion, ics, kinet- nonelementary transfer, heat radiation operations, staging and transfer mass include: covered topics Design courses. engineering chemical earlier several from concepts tional founda- the on build that topics advanced tial Engi- Design. neering Chemical in Topics Advanced W84 sion oftheinstructor permis- or standing senior and 306 gineering Prerequisites: stabilization . and handling solids and clarification, aeration, bioreactors, membrane filters, trickling sludge, activated for design including: components treatment wastewater process unit includes coverage Additional handling. residuals and filtration, membrane adsorption, exchange, ion fection, disin- filtration, softening, chemical culation, ponents: screening, coagulation, mixing, floc- com- plant treatment water potable following considered include unit process design for the Problems systems . treatment wastewater and treatment water potable to related processes biological and physical, chemical, of theory sign. De- TreatmentWastewater and Water W83 305 orpermissionoftheinstructor Prerequisite: projects . design several on focus in-depth an soft- is There ware . general-purpose available to student transfer in the areas of structural mechanics and heat method this of applications various the and principles, fundamental the development, historical the consider students course this widely used in many areas of engineering . In element method is a design and analysis tool finite- The Analysis. Finite-Element W82 sion oftheinstructor ples . Prerequisite: princi- design VHDL of understanding their demonstrate and lab, the in circuits interface microprocessor and subsystems croprocessor mi- implement tools, CAD sophisticated ing us- modules and circuits of variety a design Students covered . also are techniques cation Verifi- detail . in studied are modules current con- and sequential describing for constructs Syntax styles. description architecture tural dataflow,behavioral, the struc- compares and and methodology design VHDL the examines course The HardwareLanguage) . Description Circuit][VeryIntegrated (VHSIC Speed High This course addresses the application and . xercises are assigned to orient the orient to assigned areExercises This course addresses essen - addresses course This Engineering 325 or permis- . .
Engineering . En-
The student will be able to analyze and and analyze to able be will student The ries . accesso- reinforcing and mortar,grout block, sonry materials, including clay brick, concrete ma- basic with familiar become will student Design. Masonry W88 or permissionoftheinstructor uisite: Prereq- systems . power / with grids transmission associated issues environmental and management with familiar become to finally and etc.; limits, stability efficiency, practical tive power, three phase power, power quality, understand voltage regulation, real and reac- investigate flow of power on a power grid; to (MATLAB/Simulink, PowerWorld, systems power of sis ofenergy;delivery tousetoolsfortheanaly- transport/ of means a as grids transmission of use the understand to grid; inte- power grated built-the ever machine largest the of and analytical tools; to understand and study equipment components, engineering system power with familiarity develop to are nents compo- Major design. and analysis system and the methods theory related to AC power ation principles . Students will be learn about oper-basic its and energysystems electric to course is intended to serve as an introduction This Systems . Power to Introduction W86 permission ofinstructor management Prerequisite:techniques . and principles basic phasize em- to used also are reviews study case and trips, field speakers, Guest problems . sign de- management stormwater solve to ware soft- modeling numerical use to how learn today practice in used approaches management stormwater basic understand to is goal second and The treatment . storage, collection, flows, stormwater with associated methods computational and principles basic the introduce to is goal first The course. this for goals specific three are stormwater quantity as well as quality both of issues addressing involves agement Man- environment . urban the within water storm- of impact the managing of problem the with faced frequently are today gineers Management. Stormwater W85 331, 335,andseniorstanding. design arepresentedPrerequisites: . for issues safety and health, mental, In addition, fundamental concepts of environ- ngineering 204 and senior standing senior and 204 Engineering EasyPower,to PSCAD/EMTP); h tid ol s to is goal third The . . engineer ing ngineering 320 or 320 Engineering In this course the the course this In ngineering 330, 330, Engineering
. ii en- Civil . There 135
Engineering
Not Not offered . Open days
r . . Hoeksema Robben Island, Soweto mining hos- . Briefings,interpretation route, en WRC village projects enabling people to country topographic maps, and study-sheet assign- ments guide each field trip . Students spend one Sunday with a Dutch family are integrated to provide opportunities for personal . travel . interim 2010 The South African Miracle: Challenges and Accomplishments in Politics and Industry. This course introduces students to a country with a tragic past but also a . promising future The primary academic objective is firsthand to knowledge gain and understandinghow racial of injustice has been encountered in political and industrial contexts . Participants read and culture, study South African history, and industrial change as well as experience South African townships, meet with cal leaders politi- from a variety of political parties, and visit gold mines . Students explore South Africa’s apartheid past, the struggles for and painful miracle of its democratic and transition the political-economy of the mining in- dustry where interaction of politics, business, and race are poignant . Specific on-site visits include tels, the University of Cape the Town, - Apart Heun . M . . more much and Museum, heid 2010 . interim offered Transforming Cambodia . The goal of this class is to identify and experience the root causes of abject poverty in sues Cambodia . to be engaged include Is- food production land use trends, capacity, availability of ade- availability quality, reasonable or water quate of education and human health . This course plans to engage a mental involved organizations in variety supporting of non-govern- the holistic transformation of communities; CR produce greater quantities of healthier food, water filtration and pumping methods, or- phanages, Kindergarten classes, a hospital, and several evangelical churches, and launch of a new the Christian university (AIU) . Students will students contribute Additionally, venues . these in hours service-learning will engage the cultural underpinnings the of current situation in Cambodia . A temples will lay a ancient of the Angkor Wat visit historical foundation of ture, followed by the Killing Fields and Tuol Cambodian cul- Sleng prison to assess the recent impact of
otre Notre ürnberg, Nürnberg, . Prerequisite: urope Europe shape the . e . Nielsen . . L . De Rooy Reims, Heidelberg, Dachau, Engineering 101 or permis- . Europe Students learn how This course introduces the Few countries exist where . Mr Engineering 326 or permission Off Campus Interims . Europe Locales include Amsterdam, engineering 136 Business and Engineering for the tional Interna- Market. student to the nuances of business practices and product development in the international market, focusing on business, research, and development in sion of the instructor the languages, history, culture, regulations, and politics economics, of Business 160 or and Technology, Society, Landscapes: Dutch Environment. design unreinforced masonry structures using structures masonry unreinforced design engineering methods . The student will - un derstand the behavior of reinforced masonry structures and be able to design for axial and flexure, flexure combined forces, axial shear, sets Problem . forces shear in-plane and forces, and a . finalreportrequired design-project are human activities have exerted a greater in- fluence in the shaping of the land than the Netherlands . With daily and field detailed excursions topographic study maps, this country’s students richly varied and torically his- layered cultural landscapes . Land reclamation, water management, and envi- ronmental preservation technologies used over many centuries are an important part of understanding the complex interrelation- and ships land . technology, between society, Additionally, students have for direct engagement with opportunities people from this Prerequisite: Prerequisite: business and design process through tours of businesses, engineering-research facilities (in- dustrial and academic), and facilities manufacturing as well as discussion sessions leading business executives engi- and research with neers in Rotterdam, Delft, Brugge, Brussels, Paris, Ko- blenz, Offenbach, Zurich, Munich, Leipzig, Berlin, Bremen, and Koln . Additional religious and cultural locales include The Be- gijnhof, The Hague, Louvain, Versailles, Dame Cathedral, Neuschwanstein, Prague, St . Vitus Cathedral, Wittenberg, Magdeberg, and Koln Cathedral . Students keep a daily journal and study assignments that focus complete attention on key issues related to the day’s tour from instructor from
Engineering Si, L.VanDrunen . or department be given to students majoring in the Business journal and a reflectivea essay and journal celebration. year new Chinese the including explored, be will sites cultural and historic important many addition In professionals . engineering and business with arranged be will meetings ten Approximately Kong . Hong and Guangzhou finally and Xiamen, then areas, surrounding and Shanghai in continuing Beijing, in ing start- China, of centers economic and tural omy econ- global the of reshaping this of partare who professionals engineering with and business meeting China in weeks three spend will students interim this During gineering . en- and business in especially world, day’s to- on largeimpact a has emergingeconomy China’sChina . in Engineering and Business and A.Kim(HandongGlobalUniversity) Jr Dornbos D . experience . ing learn- their of features key describing report final a in and journaling, individual cussion, dis- group culture, local with participation on based be will evaluation Student Korea) . (South University Global Handong and lege Col- Calvin with adventure learning erative society troubled deeply a in redemption of agents be to how words, other in or citizen, Cambodian average the to change sustainable and positive a make to done being is and can what are, change to impediments the what are, they as be to come have they how Cambodia, in are tions condi- living current what of understanding Khmer the level, should be for a minimum of nine (9), nine of minimum a for be appropriateshould level, an at work engineering of ing respectively 385 for credit ceive re- will juniors and sophomores, Freshmen, effort . their for recognition transcript ceive re- may program, internship department’s the of part as summer the during ternship an complete who Students 185/285/385 The course will include the major cul- major the include will course The . Seminars/Internships Students will gain a clear a gain will Students Rouge . (0). Internship Engineering A. department . Engineering These internships, consist- internships, These . gneig 8, 8, and 285, 185, Engineering auto i bsd n a on based is Evaluation This class is a coop- a is class This . Preference . will gneig In- Engineering De L . ., Rooy, ternship coordinator for exceptional cases must be made to the in- Application credit . internship international Other procedures and activities may be given approval . for coordinator internship the to submitted be should material presentation semester ing follow- the during work internship their of presentation of type some make also must supervisor their of signature the under activities their of report written brief a provide must States Students United Canada . and the than other country a in place take shall and weeks consecutive time, full- (9), nine of minimum a for be should level, appropriate an at work engineering of for their effort . These internships, consisting recognition transcript receive may program, internship department’s the of part as mer al Internation- an complete who Students, (0) . 387 substituted forseminarsuponapproval . be may meetings society technical and tours being admitted to a BSE . concentration Plant ing 394 if they attend eight (8) seminars after for recognition transcript receive ing admitted to a BSE concentration and will be- before seminars (8) eight attend they if for recognition transcript receive will Students analysis. engineering of aspects and studies, graduate engineering practice, engineering in issues non-technical design, engineering of practice the as such areas cover will Seminars engineering . in ics top- of exploration an to devoted seminar A 294/394 ternship coordinator for exceptional cases must be made to the in- Application credit . internship given be may for approval . Other procedures and activities coordinator internship department’s the to submitted be should material presentation semester ing follow- the during work internship their of presentation a make also must students The supervisor their of signature the under ties activi- their of report written brief a provide must Students weeks . consecutive full-time, gneig nenhp uig h sum- the during Internship Engineering Internship Engineering International F and S . and F (0) . Seminar Engineering h rpr ad ois f the of copies and report The . the of copies and report The . . . engineer ing gneig 294 Engineering h students The . Engineer- 137 .
Engineering ESL, English Engbers, D . nglish 101 is 101 English nglish department department English ormally, Normally, nglish 101 or 100/102, 356, 100/102, or 101 English . English electives include any English must complete a minimum of or 370 ex- the with course department English of ception 309, 314, or 321 357, and 359 . Of the 300-level seven be courses must two in least at minor, the courses in language or . literature Only one interim course may count toward the minor nglish, majors and minors in secondary in minors and majors English, Three English electives Three The three English 217, 218, 310, 311, 312, or 315 English 334, 337, 339, 345, 346, 347, 350, ENGLISH MINOR English 210 or 211 English 215, 216, 302, 304, 305, 307, 308, . All professors in the department advise for . department English nglish 101 or 102 is required both for graduation and and graduation for both required is 102 or 101 English . . The advisors for the secondary-education programs are K . The advisor for the linguistics minor linguistics the for advisor The Schmidt . G . and Hull, n . Honors curriculum . general the from two least at and 101) English English 399: “Honors Thesis”, as one of their three honors courses Vander e . Lei . Vander The advisors for the writing minor are C . nglish education, a minor in writing, and interdisciplinary minors in minors interdisciplinary and writing, in minor a education, English nglish 101 or 100/102, 356, 100/102, or 101 English English electives include any The advisors for the elementary-education the for advisors The Bosch . Vanden J . and Kopple, Vande .
English W. Vande Kopple (co-chair), J. Vanden Bosch, D. Ward** (co-chair), J. Vanden Kopple Vande W. J. Zwart D. Urban, J. Williams, L. Naranjo-Huebl, The advisor for advisor The Hettinga . . D is minor journalism the for advisor The Kopple . Vande .
ESL minor is Students who plan to graduate with honors in 0) in (2 .0) C of grade minimum A nglish department course with the ex- the with course department English of ception 357, and 359 . Only one interim course the major may count towards nglish 217 or 218 may be taken, but taken, be may 218 or 217 (*English not both) nglish 215 or 216 may be taken, but taken, be may 216 or 215 (*English not both) The department offers a major and minor in minor and major a offers department The English 101, 100/102, or by examination . The literature core requirement is met by 5 or higher, both within the within both higher, or 3 .5 of GPA cumulative a maintaining to addition In English . English 395 Four English electives The four in linguistics, and in journalism . A student may alter any of the programs recommended with the permission of an academic advisor the general major and minor W Saupe, Hettinga, D . are programs W is the Vander Lei . etland, G . Schmidt, and e . Vander Hettinga, L . Klatt, J . N the first course taken in thein . is department written The requirement met rhetoric core by 283, 285, 290, and 295 . English 205, 210, 211, 215, 216, 217, 218, 219, six honors courses (or 18 hours of honors work): at least three in the the in three least at work): honors of hours 18 (or courses honors six Honors including (not students Honors . graduation for required course honors sixth the as count may 101 English must also complete in to order in Thesis Honors their on B+ a least at earn also must students overall, and major graduate with honors . For specific questions about Honorsrequirements in the nglish department’s curriculum committee . contact the chair of the English department’s department, the in concentration any to prerequisite a as English 334, 337, 339, or 370 English 345, 346, 347, or 350 English 217* or 310 English 218*, 311, 312, or 315 and elementary and 138 ENGLISH MAJOR English 210 or 211 English 215*, 302, 304, 305, or 307 English 216*, 308, 309, 314, or 321
Associate Professors J. Holberg, B. Ingraffia, D. Rienstra, E. Vander Lei (co-chair) Vander Rienstra, E. B. Ingraffia, D. J. Holberg, Associate Professors M. Campbell, L. Klatt, N. Hull, M. Marie, C. Engbers, G. Fondse, Assistant Professors Instructor A. Kortenhoven Adjunct M. Admiraal English Schmidt, J.H. Timmerman, Hettinga, K. Saupe, G. S. Felch, D. *R. Anker, Professors
English ing placement, students must pass (80% or (80% pass must students placement, ing Before being considered for a student-teach- English 359. both for register must For their student-teaching semester, students they maystudentteach. complete semester student-teaching their preceding immediately semester the Ideally, students should take Two consultation in chosen course literature A Com- or 380, 265, 262, 245, 201, English English 301or355 English 275 WRITING MINOR Communication Arts andSciences230 Cognate English 357 English 346 English 338or339 English 334,335,or337 English 326 English 283,312,320,321,or322 English 218 English 217 English 216 English 215 English 210or211 ENGLISH SECONDARY EDUCATION MAJORIN Three electives chosen in consultation with Communication Arts andSciences216 Communication Arts andSciences140 English 337 English 334 LINGUISTICS INTERDISCIPLINARY MINORIN a with consultation in chosen elective One with aprogram advisor 248 Sciences/English and Arts munication the program advisor program advisor gram advisor pro- a with consultation in chosen 248 Sciences/ English and Arts munication Com- or 380, 355, 301, 265, 262, 245, gih lcie from electives English gih 5 scesul before successfully 357 English uain 4 and 346 Education Students must Students . English 357 in gih 201, English with the appointment an make must students exam, their student-teaching semester to prior immediately year calendar the of 1 December by exam the of sections five all minor the in certified be can they before exam this pass must They the of sections five all section) each on better or (80% pass must later and 2007-2008 in minor tion educa- secondary the elect who those All English 357 English 346 English 334,337,or339 English 283,312,320,321,or322 English 217or218 English 215or216 English 210or211 ENGLISH SECONDARY EDUCATION MINORIN tion department . the in available ProgramGuidebook, the in arefound teaching student for approval for criteria Additional itagain. once andthetimetheytry exam the try they time the between elapse to weeks two least at allow must they and year,calendar per exam the take to chances four have Students assistant . administrative the with appointment an make must students exam, this Totake semester student-teaching their to prior December 1 of by the calendar exam year the immediately of sections five all pass must They exam . screening department English better on each section) all five sections of the English 334,337, or339 English 326or328 English 325 English 217or218 English 215,216,or346 English 210or211 ENGLISH ELEMENTARY EDUCATION MAJORIN itagain. they try the time they try the exam once and the time between elapse to weeks two least at allow must they year,and calendar per exam the assistant . Students have four chances to take nglish department screening exam . screening department English English department administrative nglish in academic year academic in English nglish department English They must pass must They . TeacherEducation English . To take the Educa- 139 .
English Eng- . Education English 100/102 ESL minor must be com- nrollment Enrollment in Written Written Rhetoric (3) . F and S . In this (3) F (3) I Rhetoric Written Enhanced Sciences 346 the program advisor the program 302 and Interdisciplinary 301/302) 302 and Interdisciplinary Note that the Lei (English) . and e . Vander Education 302-303) COURSES English 380 or Communication Arts and INTERDISCIPLINARY MINOR IN INTERDISCIPLINARY JOURNALISM and Sciences 230 Communication Arts English 245 English 265 with consultation in chosen electives Three bined with a major concentration, even for even concentration, major a with bined elementary education . LANGUAGE: ENGLISH AS A SECOND MINOR NON-EDUCATION Sciences 216 and Communication Arts English 334 English 335 English 338 301 or 302 Interdisciplinary Sociology 253 elective An approved *Program advisors are K . Miller (Spanish) course, students write several expository es- says in which they practice rhetorical strat- egies, research-based argumentation, methods and of composing effective . prose the process of writing these essays, In students consider language as a means of discovering truth about God, the world, and themselves, and they explore its potential to communi- . to transform culture cate truth and, thereby, lish 100 is the first part ofhanced year-long a course sequence en- in written . rhetoric under description sequence complete the See English 102 . is by special arrangement with student aca- demic services . nglish department and the E 101 For clarification of even and odd years, see site. English Department Web 100 ducation 303 (concurrent with (concurrent 303 Education Interdisciplinary 356 or 357 356 or Interdisciplinary with (concurrent 301/302 Interdisciplinary RY EDUCATION EDUCATION aRY English English or Communication Arts and English or Communication Arts and 215 Sciences elective 215 Sciences electives 140 ELEMENTARY EDUCATION EDUCATION ELEMENTARY GROUP MINOR LANGUAGE ARTS English 210 or 211 English 215, 216, or 346 English 217 or 218 English 325 or 326 English 356 Communication Arts and Sciences 203 or and Sciences 214 Communication Arts One ENGLISH AS A SECOND LANGUAGE: ENDORSEMENT FOR ELEMENTARY EDUCATION OR SECONDARY and Sciences 216 Communication Arts English 334 or Spanish 340 English 335 English 338 ELEMENTARY EDUCATION EDUCATION ELEMENTARY GROUP MAJOR LANGUAGE ARTS English 210 or 211 English 215, 216, or 346 English 217 or 218 English 283, 312, 320, 321, or 322 English 325 English 326 or 328 English 356 Communication Arts and Sciences 203 or and Sciences 214 Communication Arts and Sciences 230 Communication Arts Two ELEMENT MINOR IN ENGLISH English 210 or 211 346 English 215 or 216 or English 217 or 218 English 325 or 326 321, or 322 English 283, 312, 320, English 356 One English elective nglish 283, 312, 320, 321, or 322 320, 321, 283, 312, English English 356 One English elective Cognate and Sciences 230 Arts Communication
English those ofAsia,Latin America,andAfrica. as such cultures, non-Western of literature the to given is attention Additional tradition . Westernthe on emphasis present,with the to literature of the world from the course of selected readings and lectures in the 211 Latin America,andAfrica. Asia, of non-Westernthose as such cultures, of literatures the to given be will attention Additional tradition . Western the on phasis the through world ancient the from world the of literature the in lectures and readings selected of course a 210 culture . human of area this to approach distinctive a take might Christians how be will concern in shaping and reflecting culture . An abiding literature imaginative of roles the and texts, to respond and interpret can readers ways authors use to create meaning and effect, the tools the conventions, their and literature of reading . Discussion topics include the genres mental elements of literature and methods funda- of the on emphasis an with works ary This course involves a study of selected liter- 205 variety ofacademictraditions. a in papers short writing in practice tensive ex- and rhetoric, written of principles the of consideration a reading, writing Includes practices . academic of study advanced wish who students for designed composition, and rhetoric in course second A years). (odd S 201 form culture .Prerequisite: English100. trans- to thereby, and, truth communicate to potential its explore they and themselves; of and world, the means God, about truth discovering a as language consider students language, of conventions mastering and says own prose . In the process of writing these es- their of context the in proficiency syntactic and grammatical developing and mentation, argu- research-based producing research, ic academ- conduct to how learning strategies, rhetorical various applying composing prose, of effective methods practicing essays, Written in sequence course year-long,enhanced this 102 World Literature II (3) . F and S . This is a Academic and Professional Writing (3) . This is This S . and F (3) . I WorldLiterature In S . (3) II WrittenRhetoric Enhanced F and S . and F (3) . Literature Understanding hetoric, students write expository expository write students Rhetoric, nisne wt em- with Renaissance, nlightenment Enlightenment
eth century eth an literature from the nineteenth and twenti- of course major is works a of survey Canadi- 219 works . artistic and historical of survey issues this through cultural contemporary upon reflect late from movements various to paid attention special with literature American of works sentative and S . This is a chronological study of repre- 218 of Americanculturalhistory beginnings very the from genres literary ous numer in experi- expressed been have human they as ence of struggles and difficult questions the examines course The Realism . through literature Colonial various from movements to attention special with landscape literary American the of works representative of study chronological a is course This S . and 217 eighteenth intothetwentiethcentury century late the from literature British of works major surveys course This S. and 216 eighteenth century late the to beginnings its from literature ish Brit- of works major surveys course This S . 215 248 evaluate newsreports andfeature stories. of current practices, students write, edit, and Against the background of a critical appraisal stories. international and national, local, of cies governing the selection and presentation poli- varying the and news of definition the journalism—specifically,newspaper pecially principles and techniques of journalism—es- 245 ers intranslation.Notoffered 2009-2010. writ- Canadian native and Canadian French on to given is attention Some writers . Canadian emphasis an with drama, and i, rmtc plmcl ad mtv) and emotive), and polemical, dramatic, tic, (journalis- used writing of styles the pro- grams, media producing in text as script the of role the writing, of forms familiar more with compared writing media in differences the emphasizes course The scripts . media of formats and styles, content, the to duction Survey Survey of Canadian Literature . (3) This Survey of Survey British Literature I . (3) F and F (3) . II Literature American of Survey F (3) . Media the for Writing F F (3). I Literature American of Survey F (3) . Journalism Basic F (3). II Literature British of Survey Students present . the to Realism . eadings include fiction, poetry,fiction, include Readings . .
A study of the of study A . english An intro- An . . English 141 -
English
- -
Edith Readings . ussian liter- Russian Neale . Hurston) In ad- Emily Dickinson, Novel . Students will read a Literature Literature and Women . (3) F F and S . and F (3) . Literature in Topics Special number of current and “canonical” graphic novels and comics, with reference to the cul- workeach which in frame historical and tural . rests The course will examine in particular the ways in which graphic novels and comics genre of understanding traditional complicate and narrative . 296 Film as a Narrative years) . Art In-depth (3) . examination F of (odd the art narrative of film, focusing eachone semester or on more directors, genres, or styles filmmaking . of The course pays particular at- tention to narration and narrative structure, characterization, conflict, setting, and point of view and also acquaints students with lit- erary adaptation and with the contribution of film image and sound to narrative devel- develop- the emphasizes course The opment . ment of student skills in writing about film . Also listed as Communication Arts and Sci- ences 296 . Fall – Asian American . Literature The course within literature American Asian consider will historical and cultural contexts of the Ameri- can literary tradition, including . genre It form will and investigate representations Asian of American experience and class, their ethnicity, faith, of dynamics inter with section nationalism, and gender in American . culture Spring – Graphic lotte Smith, and Zora 295 Wharton, Wharton, and Charlotte Bronte) and the - re covered (e .g ., Anne Lock, Aphra Behn, Char dition to focusing on the many contributions course this culture, literary to women by made will examine male and female representations issuethe as well as experience feminine the of . for literature of gender and its implication twentieth twentieth . centuries Authors to be read in- clude, but are not limited to, Gogol, Turge- Akhma- Bulgakov, Tolstoy, Dostoevsky, nev, will attention Special . Solzhenitsyn and tova, be paid to spiritual and moral issues, which the in importance central of are ary tradition . 290 will emphasize poems, stories, plays, essays, these women; by written criticism literary and readings will include both (e .g ., the Jane established Austen, - - English
. English 101 or A course in the in course A . Russian writers of the nineteenth and English 245 is recommended but not English Business Writing (3) . F, S and I . A Russian Literature . (3) S . A study of Feature Feature Journalism (3) . S (even years) . Each student submits several . projects African-American Literature (3) . F and F (3) . Writing of Craft The . 142 spectives—how texts are constructed and what and constructed are texts spectives—how these two they perspectives,accomplish . From students will consider the two classical catego- bel- of study (the poetics genres: written of ries per of study (the rhetoric and writing) letristic suasive writing) . This is a foundational course for students who are interested in study advanced of . writing Prerequisite: of the instructor 102 or approval course introducing students to the kinds of writing and computer presentations that are required in business-related fields . Students collect examples of and practice composing the types of that professional they are likely to communication craft on the job . The class is conducted as a workshop; students instruc- the with and other each with consult tor The class also includes a group report (with written, multi-media, and oral portions), in- class writing and computer exercises, the use and of and word-processing presentation of completion Prerequisite: . software foundational principles and practices of writ- ing . Students compose in a variety of written genres, exploring composition from two per 283 S . A chronological survey of major writers and works of African-American . literature Readings will include fiction,histori- to paid attention special with drama, poetry, and cal and cultural contexts . 285 major the technical requirements for scripts used to used scripts for requirements technical the focus the work of directors, actors, camera, and sound technicians, editors, and mixers in creating a media . product Also listed as Communication arts and sciences 248 . Pre- or 102 . English 101 requisite: 262 101 or 102 with a grade of C+ or above . 265 A course in the art of writing stories . feature The course pays particular attention to the process by which specialized from information various fields—government, science, engineering, medicine, law, comprehen- public for prepared religion, business—is and sion . . as a prerequisite required 275
English a culture’s expression . cultural upon engagement that of effectforces the and many of engagement the derstand un- will students ways, uniform strikingly in literature the convergein issues language and social and bookmaking, history,architecture, philosophy,art, which in age an studying In emerge . they which of out culture the impact Middle and Anglo-Saxon the of literatures the which in F (even years) . This course examines the ways 302 Prerequisite: English101or102. writer the for art and faith of relationship the to given be will emphasis Special genre . in the practice extensive in of engage variety and a models examine will Students non- fiction . creative of practice and principles the 301 tion of the fiction, poetry, and non-fiction and poetry, fiction, the of tion F (3) . War Civil to ment 310 writers . Carlyle, Huxley, and Arnold, and poets the among nold Ar- and Brownings, the Tennyson, of study intensive including prose, and poetry both of writers Victorian the of study A . years) (odd S (3) . Century Nineteenth er 309 ley, andKeats. of Shel- Byron, Coleridge, Wordsworth, study Blake, intensive with prose, and poetry the of study A years) . (even F (3) . Century teenth 308 Johnson, and Boswell.Notoffered 2009-2010. Pope, Addison, Swift, Dryden, of works the to attention detailed with contexts, cultural its and writing of study A S . (3) . tury 307 ofDonneandHerbertcially thepoetry . espe- lyric, religious the on emphasis with etry and prose in po- of study A years) . (odd F (3) . Century 305 seventeenth centuries. early and sixteenth the of drama the of and century sixteenth the of prose some of and (3) . tury S (odd years) . A study of the poetry 304 British Literature of the Middle Ages (3) . British Literature of the Middle and Lat- British Literature of the Eighteenth Cen- Literature of the United States I: Settle- British Literature of the Sixteenth Cen- A course in in course A S . (3) . Non-fiction Creative rts Ltrtr o te Seventeenth the of Literature British rts Ltrtr o te al Nine- Early the of Literature British omantic writers of writers Romantic nglish periods both reflect and and reflect both periods English England from 1600 to 1660 Ruskin among the prose
A close examina- close A . ngland in both in England
ngland in England Newman, .
Faulkner, O’Connor, Welty, America. of landscape literary diverse the within issues cultural and figures selected to given is tion atten- Special present . the to and II War World poetry, from States United fiction, the of prose non-fiction the of examination close A S . (3) . Present the to WorldWarII 312 Fitzgerald, Robinson,Frost, andEliot. son, Twain, Howells, James, Wharton, Cather, ica . within the landscape diverse of literary Amer issues cultural figures and selected to given is War to the Great Depression . Special attention Civil the from States United the of prose tion examination of the fiction, poetry, and non-fic- close A S . (3) . Depression Great the to War 311 ville, Emerson,Thoreau, andWhitman. Mel- Hawthorne, Bradstreet, include writers literary landscape of America . diverse the within issues cultural and ures War Civil the to prior States United the of prose lected works of major twentieth-century twentieth-century major British andAmerican poets. of works lected se- of reading Intensive years) . (even F (3) . 320 and SouthAsia. will alternate between the literature course of Africa the of focus The world. the of gion re- non-Western a from literature of works significant of survey historical A S . (3) . Asia 318 which eachworkrests . in frame cultural and historical the to ence refer- with tradition, literary American the of novels major chronologicalthe A of study 315 offered 2009-2010. fluenced the growth of novelistic fiction. bolic fiction, and of the ideas history that in- sym- and realistic, romantic, epic, as such strains major of growth the novelists, major course emphasizes the century art and thought of the twentieth early experimental the in of forms proliferation its through origins its from novel British the of study A 314 Bellow, Baldwin,andUpdike. Special attention is given to major fig- major to given is attention Special . Non-Western Literature: Africa or South The American Novel (3) . F (odd . years) Literature of the United States II: Civil Civil II: States United the of Literature F (even years) . (even F . (3) Novel British The peettv wies nld Dickin- include writers Representative Poetry American and British Modern ieaue f h Uie Sae III: States United the of Literature peettv wies include writers Representative Ellison, Representative English Roethke,
This . Not 143 -
Englsih
.
English lan- SL curriculum typi- curriculum ESL English grammar, learn of . This course involves two SL classroom, and research ESL and classroom, research Oxford Oxford English Dictionary and and selections from from selections and Tales Canterbury . Grammar for Teachers of ESL (3) . Chaucer (3) . S (even years) . A study of History of the English Language . (3) S . English Grammar (3) . I . A study of tra- Sociolinguistics and Issues in Language Language in Issues and Sociolinguistics . In this course, students will review the guage, based on an intensive study of selected portions of the F fundamentals of the possibilities and limitations of teaching grammar in the gram- this of some of teaching the practice or matical material, so that they can make the the of part that of most Chaucer’s his minor work, which reflect his handling of An analysis of the changes that have occurred throughout the history of the vari- and Shakespeare, Chaucer, from passages ous English translations of the Bible . 338 cally dedicated to the teaching of grammar English 101 or 102 . Prerequisite: 339 ditional grammar, focusing on its its system, history, its applications, its competitors, and its place in the middle school and high school classroom; special emphasis will be given to the system and terminology of this grammar 345 major activities: (1) an examination of socio- recent in arisen have that se- topics lected linguistic research, particularly those topics centering on questions about how standard and nonstandard languages and dialects ap- pear to affect people’s educational success; and (2) an evaluation of how these should topics affect approaches to language edu- cation, particularly approaches to teaching Prereq- (ESL) . Language Second a as English uisite: English 101 or 102 . 337 tion given to the processes of language ac- linguistic of effects and patterns to quisition; change through time; to variations in guage lan- from region to region, social class to the to and gender; to gender and class, social assumptions informing the struc- traditional, of scope and nomenclature, methodology, tural, transformational, generative-semantic, and text . grammars The course incidentally grammars these of relationship the considers and composition . to the study of reading 335 Education (3) . F . .S . Nor- English . A study mpire Empire on the de- Yeats, Dylan Thomas, George George Thomas, Dylan Yeats, .B . Emphasis is placed on the significant British British and Commonwealth Litera- english Adolescent Literature (3) . F Children’s Children’s Literature (3) . F and S . A Recent Literature for Children (3) . S Modern Drama (3) . F (even years) . A A study of some of study A S . and F (3) . Linguistics liot, W Eliot, .S . 325 or 326 . 334 of the more interesting and important char- acteristics of language, atten- with particular and critical evaluation of the nature and con- and nature the of evaluation critical and tent of adolescent literature, including tensive in- reading, application of literary stan- of field the in issues of discussion and dards, young adult literature: censorship, selection criteria, reader-response theories, ethnicity, criticism . and gender-based 328 surveychil- A of years) . evaluation (odd and dren’s and young adult literature, with em- phasis on the more recent literature; consid- literature such selecting for criteria of eration in the classroom; examination of reference and issues trends; historical and recent tools; approaches to understanding children’s and young adult literature; and study of several representative works . Prerequisite: 144 ture ture of the CenturyTwentieth (3) . S (even years) . The readings include fiction, poetry, drama, and non-fictionprose of twentieth- century British . literature Special attention is given to the emergence of high Modern- ism in the 1920’s and 1930’s, as well as its eventual permutation into Post-Modernism and Wars World two the of effects the to and the demise of the British study of children’s literature, including in- tensive reading of the best of this literature and the application of literary standards to . what is read 326 321 movements in modern drama and questions criticism . of gender-based 325 velopment of the literary . tradition Selected writers include James Joyce, Woolf, Virginia T Orwell, Doris Lessing, Graham Greene, V . Walcott Naipaul, and Derek 322 Conti- and American, British, major of study nental playwrights of the twentieth century Playwrights to be read may include, but are not limited to, Ibsen, Chekhov, randello, Shaw, Pi- Brecht, Williams, Miller, O’Neill, Beckett, Pinter, Shaffer, Fugard, and man .
English period are included. the to related movements literary and works sues of his time . Supplementary study of other the major cultural and religious events and is- 357 struction andpractice. in- composition and grammars these tween be- relationships the of grammars, exploration an and developed recently more with grammar traditional of comparisons some grammar,traditional including of nature the aspects of the nature of language, a review of practical and significant several to duction F (3) . Classroom Elementary the 356 ing inSpring. writ- fiction as and Fall in writing poetry as Offeredcredit . for course the of version etry po- the and fiction the both take may dents writer the for art and faith of tionship rela- the to given be practice. will emphasis extensive Special in engage and models of variety a examine will Students offered . is course the time each registration to prior announced be to emphasis the or poetry,with fiction of practice and principles the in 355 andprosepoetry ofJohnMilton. 347 major worksofWilliam Shakespeare . 346 and 398. dents normally also complete tion 302/303 . Before taking complete and Exam must pass the taking Before ing” . Teach-“Directed 346: education with rently concur- taken be should course This level . of teaching the in practices and of, principles on, perspectives in course A S . (3) . Education Secondary in 359 final year their of semester fall the in course this take must programs education secondary in jors Ma- evaluation. and revision, composition, in exercises frequent and reading Extensive programs . writing school high and middle to pedagogy apply these as especially and composition, of practice, principles, the in Milton (3) . S (odd years) . A study of the A study of the the of study A S . and F (3) . Shakespeare A course A S . and WritingF Creative (3) . Seminar in Principles of and Practices and of Principles in Seminar agae Gamr ad rtn for Writing and Grammar, Language, F (3). Writing of Teaching . English Department Screening nglish on the secondary secondary the on English
nglish 357 and educa- and 357 English gih 5, students 359, English English 359, stu- Education 307 course A . An intro- An .
Stu- . stone course in the 395 chair department the of permission Prerequisite: 390 ment internshipsupervisor the of permission and 355), and 301, 265, 245, (English taken courses writing advanced in higher or 2.5 of grade or average an GPA, college Junior 2 .5 a status, senior Prerequisites: campus. on nars semi- in participates and supervisor agency an under week per hours ten works student publishing houses, or other businesses . newspapers, or magazines of publishers the with placed be may Students activities. tic technical, journalis- specific to theoretical, principles ethical and apply to permitting practicum A students S . and F (4). ing 380 some practicalcriticism. il- lustrations of the various methods, as includes well as course The development. origins and historical their into investigations with criticism literary of methodologies and theories contemporary to introduction An 370 Honors . with graduating those for required orliterature; the language in of field criticism and research of work tial 399 and mind, philosophical foundations. Christian a developing I, tions founda- theological or I foundations biblical cultural criticism and theology aesthetic reflection as well as from Reformed Christian of tradition the within from ings read- by framed are issues linguistic and ary liter- contemporary These words . love who those for opportunities vocational consider story and language of cations language and meaning, and the ethical impli- ry and literary expression, the relationship of sto- of significance the as such studies, erary flection on issues related to language and lit- re- Christian nurture to designed is seminar Senior Seminar . (3) F and S . As the cap- A substan- A S . and F (3) . Thesis Honors Internship in Journalism and Publish- and Journalism in Internship S. (3). Criticism and Theory Literary . , , n S. and I, F, (3). Study Independent English major, this senior nglish departmental English . nglish depart- English Students also Students . . Prerequisites: english Each 145
English
Program advisors Program . nglish as a second second a as English Students interested interested Students . SL education minor education ESL ENGLISH AS A SECOND LANGUAGE ENGLISH AS A SECOND MINOR NON-EDUCATION (21 hours) Sciences 216 and Communication Arts English 334 English 335 English 338 301 or 302 Interdisciplinary Sociology 253 elective An approved SL prepare students to teach to students prepare ESL . - certi teacher for minor ESL
. Students interested in environmental issues, but who wish to pursue graduate Studies Science, Environmental ESL, Environmental
The environmental studies group minor program of concentration is intended for Students who major in environmental science must choose one of three emphases . The college offers a major program of concentration in environmental science with ote that the that Note These interdisciplinary minors in minors interdisciplinary These Those interested in careers in environmental biology should complete the biology emphasis, biology the complete should biology environmental in careers in interested Those emphasis,geology the follow should geology environmental in careers in interested those and those interested in careers in environmental chemistry should follow the chemistry emphasis . study- in interest an have also who and major disciplinary a following are who students global and national, local, the at issues and problems environmental of range broad a ing levels . Because the study of such issues is truly interdisciplinary in scope, the environ- study in chemistry or geology, are encouraged to complete a disciplinary major and the and disciplinarymajor a complete to encouraged are geology, chemistryor in study studies minor environmental an an emphasis in either or chemistry, biology, geology and it offers a environmental studies . group The environmental minor science major in program of concentration is intended for students who plan to pursue a career requiring scientific training in envi- ronmental problems and their solutions . The major will prepare students for jobs in a variety of fieldsand will environmental prepare themor formanagement, furtherresource studynatural inscience, certain environmental graduate programs ecology, as such biology language within the U .S . or . abroad Students in elementary and the for secondary requirements education the fulfill must programs
146 Environmental Science, Environmental Studies Environmental
ENGLISH AS A SECOND LANGUAGE ENGLISH AS A SECOND MINOR EDUCATION (21 hours) Sciences 216 and Communication Arts 340 English 334 or Spanish English 335 English 338 356 or 357 Interdisciplinary 301/302 Interdisciplinary Education 303 English as a Second Language as a Second English fication requires a major and that Interdisci- that and major a requires fication concurrently taken be must 301/302 plinary with Education 303 . in teaching abroad or in programs such as community minor non-education the for education, requirements or the literacy, fulfill should church outreach Lei (English) . e . Vander K . Miller (Spanish), M . Pyper (Spanish), and are
ESL also maybetakensinglyaselectivestoenrichaprogram ofstudy minor,groupcourses entire studies the environmental complete the to encouraged are sciences, or the natural sciences . While disciplinary majors with environmental interest appropriateis minor social studies mental the humanities, the in majoring students for who choose the geology emphasis is for students who choose the chemistry emphasis is K . Piers; and the advisor for students Biology 345 Biology 225 Biology 123 Geology 312 Geology 311 Geology 215 Geology 152 Geology 151or120 GEOLOGY EMPHASIS ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCEMAJOR— 304, 212, Geology or 225 Biology of One Geology 312 Geology 311 Geology 151 Biology 345 Biology 224 Biology 123 262,304,or323 One ofChemistry 271-281 Chemistry 253or261 Chemistry 201 Chemistry 104 Chemistry 103 Chemistry CHEMISTRY EMPHASIS ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCEMAJOR— Geology 312 Geology 311 Geology 151 271and281 Chemistry 253(or261and262) Chemistry 104 Chemistry 103 Chemistry Two of Biology 332, 336, 341, 344, 346, or Biology 345 Biology with (concurrently 250 Biology Biology 225 Biology 224 Biology 123 BIOLOGY EMPHASIS ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCEMAJOR— ies group minorprogram isH.Aay The advisor for students who choose the biology emphasis is 317, 322orapproved alternative approved 300-levelcourses 295), recommended Enviro nmental S cience, Envir onmental Studies . r . Stearley ) opein f patcl experience practical a of Completion 6) of Completion 5) among honors for taken course One 4) between honors for taken course One 3) Bi- from honors for taken course One 2) 3 least at of GPA cumulative A 1) environmental sciencerequires: in Program Honors the program, honors general the of requirements the Beyond mental scienceprogram . the committee, which oversees the environ- approvedbe and course by each in (2 .0) C of grade minimum a with courses science college-level three completed have must student a program, science environmental the in major a as admitted be to order In Environmental Studies395 Environmental Studies302 Environmental Studies210 One of Biology 224, Geology 212, 304, 317, 281 Chemistry 271 Chemistry 253or261 Chemistry 104 Chemistry 103 Chemistry ahmtc 12 o 11 ad 4 or 143 and 171) (or 132 Mathematics (all emphases) Cognates . The advisor for the environmental stud- Mathematics 171,172,and243 322 orapproved alternativeelective another approved practicum. or geology, or chemistry, biology, in course) (390 study independent an through 395 withhonors. or Geology312. 281, or 271 Chemistry 345, Biology Environmental Studies210or302; or 103, Geology 151. Chemistry 224, 123, ology courses contributingtothemajor vrnetl tde 385, Studies Environmental r . E Van Dragt; the advisor nvironmental Studies Studies nvironmental . . 3 in in 3 . 147
Environmental Science, Environmental Studies . Re- . . Environmen- . Attention is . nvironmental Environmental Studies Not open to first-year stu- nvironmental Environmental Studies 210, History and Philosophy of Environ- Internship in Environmental Studies Prerequisites: Prerequisites: focused upon material, energy, and food re- and population upon as well as issues source resource . relationships Political, economic, and technological policies plus lifestyles individual are considered as part of responsi- keeping . ble earth dents . Prerequisite: instructor 210 or permission of the 385 (3) . F or S . This course is an internship in- volving field application of the concepts and environmen- the of part as learned principles tal studies supplementary concentration or the environmental science group concentra- tion . A student is placed in a organi- position not-for-profit a in agency, governmental a zation, or a corporate firm, which builds on program student’s the in instruction previous of concentration in an area related to envi- ronmental matters . Students are assigned a specificproject and work under direct the supervision of an employee of well the as entity, govern- business or non-profit, mental, as under the supervision of the instructor 302, and permission of the instructor and public policy studied are in to order un- derstand and address the environmental is- sues and problems of our day 395 mental Thought (3) . S . This course aims to develop a Christian philosophy of the envi- ronment and environmental management . Issues, problems, and controversies in envi- ronmental ethics . are explored tal thought is explored through historically, the perspectives of contemporary environ- mental movements, and finallyfrom a formed, Christian perspective . Prerequisites: Environmental Studies 210 and 302 or per- mission of the instructor Engineer- nvironmental Environmental Stud- ot open to first-year stu- first-year to open Not Economics 232; . The interactions among pop- Human Modifications of the Global Studies Science, Environmental Environmental Chemistry 101; ing 306; Geography 110, 120, 221/222, 191, 251, 320, 151, 311, 312 or an approved interim 351; Geology course ies 385; Environment Environment and Society: Issues and program advisor program 148 Environment (3) . F and S . As and affluence population have increased and technol- ogy’s role has grown, human activities have transformed natural environments around the globe . This course surveys and examines how a wide variety and of recreation, such as agriculture, industry, human enterprises urbanization have had and continue to have far-reaching environmental everywhere consequences on . earth These impacts are as- sessed by standards such as ecological well being human and habitability, sustainability, life . of quality and dents . Also listed as Geography 210 . 302 Policies (3) . F 210 ulation, resources, technology, economics, COURSES One additional course approved by the secondary and Elementary Science Studies Integrated Students in the elementary or secondary education program wishingscience the consult toshould science in majorminor or education section of the catalog . GROUP MINOR IN ENVIRONMENTAL IN ENVIRONMENTAL MINOR GROUP STUDIES 210 Studies Environmental 302 Studies Environmental 395 Studies Environmental Two electives from: Biology 345, 364;
Environmental Science, Environmental Studies French 302 French 301 FRENCH MINOR(22semesterhours) the take must majors all 2005-2006, of As 315, STFR are: courses France in Study fol- the of any from chosen electives Five fromcourse One French literature: French world: francophone the from course One French 351 French 302 French 301 FRENCH MAJOR(31semesterhours) office or Web site. the consult to couraged arestudents en- minor and Major 396 . or French395 requirementby 394, met be may corestudies integrative coreThe 363 . requirementFrench/STFor by 363 met R be may core literature requirement may be met by French 351 . The global and historical studies ment’s W60, W80 interim courses, or by the study in France program (STFR) 330 . The 113 or 202 . The cross-cultural engagement core requirement may be met by the depart- of concentration. Approved courses from Calvin’s study in France program may be applied to the program education . elementary and secondary in concentrations minor or major and French in concentrations minor or major include department the in Programs levels . school tary plays a language key role,foreign and for which those interested in in teaching careers French in at the interested secondary or elemen- those for level, graduate the on work Assistant Professors V. DeVries, I.Konyndyk Professors G.Fetzer, O.Selles,J.Vos-Camy (chair) French year senior their of spring the in preferably exam competency department French in aparticular semesterabroad . one of these three courses will be taught Only elective . an as serve or quirement re- course world francophone the ther ei- fulfill may 363 and 362 361, STFR 316, 381, 330, 361, 362, and 363 . ims abroad (W60,W80). French 394, 395, 396 381, or the department’s inter- French/STFR 375, 374, 373, 372, French 363, 362, 361, STFR French/ 330, 316, 315, STFR lowing: 394, 395or396 French/STFR 361,362or363 French of completion the by met be may requirement core language foreign The The French department offers courses of study for students interested in continuing . , available from the departmental the from available Handbook, FrenchDepartment Note: ote: Only one of the three courses STFR courses three the of one Only Note: com- must majors education French All fromcourse One French literature: French fol- the of any from chosen Twoelectives fromcourse One French literature: French world: francophone the from course One French 351 Interdisciplinary 356 (elementary) or 357 or (elementary) 356 Interdisciplinary French 351 French 302 French 301 (31 semesterhours) EDUCATION MAJOR FRENCH ELEMENTARY/SECONDARY 6, 6 ad 6 wl b tuh i a in particular semesterabroad . taught be will 363 and 362 361, one from STFR361,362or363 and 381, 330, 316, 315, STFR hours): (15 program France in study the plete 394, 395or396 (secondary) ims abroad (W60,W80). French 394, 395, 396 381, or the department’s inter- French/STFR 375, 374, 373, 372, French 363, 362, 361, STFR French/ 330, 316, 315, STFR lowing: 394, 395,or396, French/STFR 361,362or363 French 149
French An introduc- An . Multisensory Structured French I (4) . Elementary French II (4) . S . Continua- Multisensory Structured French II (3) . . (4) III French Structured Multisensory F (4) . I French Elementary An introductory course in the comprehen- . An introductory tory course in the comprehension and use of use and comprehension the in torycourse . spoken and written French 102 . 101 tion of French 111 F sion and use of spoken and written French designed to meet the special needs of at-risk students . Materials are presented with emphasis an on understanding the nature language . of General language-learning skills are developed as specific foreign language goals are met . Students are assigned to this course on the basis of adequate documenta- tion of being at-risk . 112 I . The second course in a three-course quence se- of language study designed to meet the special needs of at-risk students . Materi- als are presented with an emphasis on un- derstanding the nature of language . General language-learning skills are developed specific foreign language goals are met . as The course is open to students who are continu- 111 and expect to French complete ing from 113 level . the French through 113 sequence three-course a in course third The S . of language study designed to meet the spe- cial needs of at-risk students . Materials are presented with an emphasis on understand- ing the nature of language . Introduction to cultures where French is spoken, including North Africa, West Africa, and Quebec pro- how understanding for opportunity the vides the language and culture interacts to shape expression in various contexts . The course is open to students continuing who from are satis- 113 French of Completion 112 . French . requirements language fies the foreign 101 the Université de Grenoble 3 Stendhal, stu- Stendhal, 3 Grenoble de Université the language, of hours semester 15 obtain dents 302 and 301 French . culture and literature, . program advanced the for prerequisites are French 351 is . recommended The advisor for this program is O . Selles . The program is offered Fall 2010 and Fall 2011 . It will fall 2009 . not be offered COURSES . Directed teach- Directed . As of 2007-2008, . Education . Department . Students interested in the French Teacher Education Teacher Program Guidebook, (secondary) R 361, 362 or 363 French/STF 394, 395 or 396, lowing: STFR 315, 316, 330, French/ STFR 361, 362, 363, French 372, 373, 374, 375, R French/STF inter- department’s the or 381, 396 395, 394, French (W60, W80) . ims abroad 150 STUDY IN FRANCE Calvin offers an advanced language during program the literature fall semester and the by taught courses Through . Grenoble in program director and those offered at the of Françaises d’Etudes Universitaire Centre In order to qualify for the elementary or secondary teaching internship in French, all major and minor students are expected to pass, prior to the teaching internship, a addition in exam competency departmental to the competency exam administered by the State of Michigan available from the To be admitted to the teachercumulative a have must education student a program, of at GPA least 2 .5 in the courses required for the major and/or minor College Language Requirement Completion of French 113 or 202 satisfies . language requirement the college foreign FRENCH ELEMENTARY/SECONDARY ELEMENTARY/SECONDARY FRENCH MINOR EDUCATION hours) (22 semester 301 French 302 French 351 French Interdisciplinary 356 (elementary) or 357 One course from the francophone world: French literature: French One course from One elective chosen from any of the fol- teacher education options should consult the French French education majors and minors are profi- oral external an take to required also ciency interview in order to be . certified A ranking of Advanced-Low on the ACTFL minimum the constitutes Scale Proficiency proficiency of level required ing in French is available only during the spring semester
French Theory and and Theory I . and F (3). School Elementary 356 IDIS Prerequisite: French 202,ortheequivalent. study of advanced grammar and composition . 302 the equivalent. or 202, French Prerequisite: groups . small in and class, in conversation drills, ercises, ex- through French spoken in competence continuing as well as skills, comprehension course is designed to develop advanced aural 301 eign languagecore requirement . for- the satisfies language. 202 French Frenchof Completion the shaped have which contexts sociological and cultural, torical, his- the into insights provides course This cultures . francophone of study continuing and writing, and reading, listening, in tice prac- language, the of structure the of study French, written and spoken in training ther 202 language core requirement withFrench 202. foreign their complete course this in dents Stu cultures . francophone of study ductory speaking, in listening, reading, writing practice and intro- language, the study of structure French, the of written and oral in training 201 French 202. complete sequence their foreign language this core requirement with in Students 131 . French from continuing students to open is course The interim. the and semesters two tensive sequence of language study involving in- and integrated closely a in course second the is This I . French(3) . I Intermediate 132 French 202inthespring. with requirement complete core language foreign and the interim during take 132 sequence French this in Students fast-paced sequence . a in French learning of capable are who but French, previous no had have who learners language strong to open also is course The 201 . for prepared not are test, placement a of basis the on who, Frenchbut dents who have completed some high school stu- for interim, the and semesters two ing involv- study language of andin- sequence tensive integrated aclosely in course first 131 Intermediate Intermediate French II (4) . F and S . Fur- F (5) . French Introductory dacd Grammar Advanced F (4). I French Intermediate F (3) . Conversation Advanced Foreign Language Education in the the in Education Language Foreign Systematic Systematic S. (3) . This is the is This . Further Further . This .
-
Pedagogy 357 IDIS current registration inEducation302/303. dorsement .Prerequisite: completionoforcon- and endorsement, K-12 language, foreign in certification elementary teaching. student to prior year, senior or junior the in taken be Should ence . school visits and for aiding observation experi- Off-campus programs . and curricula, ologies, opment, second language acquisition, method- ementary school . Study of language skill devel- el- the in teaching language foreign of practice the department competency exam. of completion successful and 346, Education Education 302/303, concurrent registration in programminor Prerequisites:or . major the of part as count not does course This 346 . tion with concurrently required is course This framework . practical a into concern ate immedi- of matters pedagogical and oretical the- putting on work collaborative for tunity oppor an provide will course The teaching . level directed of semester their during students secondary for the on pedagogy language foreign of practices and principles major the reinforcingseminar A S . (3) . Pedagogy guage IDIS 359 tion inEducation302/303. registra- concurrent or of completion uisite: the for and language foreign in certification ondary teaching . student to prior year,senior or junior the in taken be should course This classroom . language foreign the in technologies of use the and assessment, and evaluation in issues to skills, basic the of teaching the to educator prospective the introduces also It growth . learner’spersonal language the with interacts pedagogy guage eign language pedagogy and how foreign lan- for- affects education to approach Christian ciated with them . The course explores how a asso- controversies major the and odologies meth- various of study a pedagogy,offering language foreign of practices and principles Prerequisite: French 301or302. French . in mainly Conducted present . the to Ages Middle the from genres and move- ments, writers, major selected of overview 351 An S . . (4) Literature French of Survey Literature andCivilization Prereq- endorsement . secondary ESL Seminar in Secondary Seminar Foreignin Secondary Lan- Introduction to Foreign Language Foreign to Introduction (3) . F . An introduction to the major L lmnay en- elementary ESL equired for sec- for Required french equired for for Required Educa- 151 -
French Ron- Not offered in ot offered in 2009- in offered Not (3) . . S This course in- . Authors may include (3) . S . One of three pos- . One of three possible cap- Racine and Mme de Lafayette . (3) . One of three possible capstone . Authors may include Montesquieu, Contemporary French Literature and French French Cinema French French Literature Before and After the (3) . Topics Special Medieval and Early Modern French Lit- French Modern Early and Medieval 2010 . 394 erature courses in the this French integrative major, studies course is designed to nurture Chris- lit- French to related issues on reflection tian erary studies of narrative, theater and poetry in France from the Middle Ages to the end of the 17th century Chrétien de Calvin, Troyes, Du Bellay, sard, Molière, Prerequisites: Prerequisites: developing a Christian mind, philosophical foundations, biblical founda- tions I or theological foundations I, French 351 . Conducted in . French 2009-2010 . 395 French Revolution sible capstone courses in the French major, this integrative studies course is designed to related issues on reflection Christian nurture to French literary studies of narrative, the- beginning the from France in poetry and ater of the 18th century to the end of the century 19th Rousseau, Voltaire, Diderot, Beaumarchais, Staël, Hugo, Balzac, Baudelaire, Sand, Lama- rtine, Flaubert, Verlaine, and Zola . Prereq- uisites: developing a Christian mind, philo- sophical foundations, biblical foundations I or theological foundations I, French 351 . . Conducted in French 396 Thought (3) . F stone courses in this the inte- French major, grative studies course is designed to nurture Christian reflection on issues related to lit- century twentieth the from France in erature to the . present Authors may include Alferi, Blanchot, Cixous, Duras, quard, Germain, and . Perec Prerequisites: Hoc- developing foundations, philosophical mind, Christian a biblical foundations I or theological founda- . 351 . Conducted in French tions I, French Prerequisite: French 301 French or 302; Prerequisite: 351 French in 2009-2010 . . Not offered recommended 375 troduces French Cinema from the silent era . . Conducted mainly to in the French present 301 French or 302; Prerequisite: 351 French . recommended 381
Euro- North orth North . An introduction to French- (3) . An introduction to repre- french Women Women and Gender in French Litera- French French for International Business (3) . Francophone Francophone Literature and Culture in Francophone Literature and Culture in Francophone Literature Francophone and Literature in Culture An introduction introduction An (3) . Linguistics French 152 ture ture and Culture (3) . An women’s introduction writing to from the Middle Ages the to . present Conducted mainly in . French An introduction to writers representative and Sub-Saharan from expression French of works Africa and the African Diaspora . Conducted or301 French Prerequisite: . French in mainly in course one recommended; 351 French 302; and categories the of core History of the West the World I or II and one course in persons in community or societal structures in in 2009-2010 . America . Not offered 363 North Africa expres- French of works and writers sentative sion from the . Maghreb Conducted mainly in . French French 301 Prerequisites: or 302; the in course one recommended; 351 French the and west the of history of categories core world I or II and one course in persons community in or societal structures in . in 2009-2010 America . Not offered 372 to French linguistics, including lex- syntax, and morphology phonology, and phonetics icology and derivational morphology, prag- Conduct- perspectives . historical and matics, ed mainly in . French Prerequisite: . in 2009-2010 301 or 302 . Not offered French 373 An introduction to French cepts and structures in business a contemporary con- con- aspects of text . the Various French economy (transportation, trade, banks and the prac- business French as well as Union) pean be will Quebec in nuances language and tices studied . This course develops proficiency in written and oral communication in French in a business context . Students will have the Français de Diplôme the earn to opportunity des Affaires conferred by the Chambre Commerce et d’Industrie de de Paris . Conduct- ed mainly in . French Prerequisite: in 2009-2010 . 301 or 302 . Not offered French 374 Quebec (3) . F Sub-Saharan Africa and the Diaspora (3) . 361 Con- . Quebec in society and culture language French Prerequisite: . French in mainly ducted . 351 recommended French 301 or 302; 362
French Gender Studies Two from thefollowing: Gender-cognate courses Three from thefollowing: Gender-focused courses or courses gender-focused Two additional Three courses drawn from regularly offered Interdisciplinary 394 gender studiesMinor gender focused class to add a significant and non- a in contract a negotiates student the which in one is course cognate gender A at least four different departments . locating them within a Christian worldview and SocialWork) andC.Van Dyke(Philosophy). (Communication Arts and Sciences), Groenendyk K . (History), DuMez K . (Religion), Groot De C . (Biology), III Bouma H . program director is S . Goi of the Political Science department . Program advisors include: two gender-cognate courses gender-focused courses n seil ois gne centered gender as: such courses, topics, special Any chology 222,Sociology250 losophy 211, Phi- Political Science 312, Psy- interim, health women’s 268, or 256 History 374, French 290, English Communication Arts and Sciences 270, course . negotiatedgender-cognatea approvedorinterim, an 316, Sociology 304, ogy An interdisciplinary minor, gender studies focuses on gender issues and relations, and issues gender on focuses studies gender minor,interdisciplinary An
lgo 33 Sociol- 313, Religion No more than one interim is allowed in the minor r . Groenhout (Philosophy), M . Mulder (Sociology . The minor consists of six courses taken from der issues. nurturing mature Christian thinking on gen- to paid be will attention Special field . the in controversies and theory, research, current on particularly focusing minor, the in work An integrative course that builds on previous DS 394 IDIS typical paper additional readings and guided research of a to, limited not are but include, may nents compo- These requirements . class normal theoretically focused gender component to COURSES towards theminor. count may course gender-cognate one Only studies minor. consultation with the director of the gender course the of content the affects it as analysis gender of area the in guidance providing to committed be must professor course The contract . honors an into factor could . The contract should be developed in S. (3). Capstone Studies Gender . These additional components Gender studies . The 153
Gender Studies Engi- 304, 304, 311, 312, 313, 316, 317, 322, 386, 390, 395, 396, Geography 221 and 222 . neering 306, Geology 212, 251, 322, Physics 133 or Geography 361 316, Cognate Chemistry 103 EARTH/ EDUCATION SECONDARY major FOR SCIENCE Space (46-47 semester hours) Geology 151 Geology 152 Geology 212 Geology 215 Geology 251 191 Geography/Interdisciplinary 211 Astronomy 212 Astronomy Science Education Studies 214 elective An approved Cognates Chemistry 103 Chemistryngineering 106 104 or E Mathematics 171 or 143 Mathematics 172 or 132 GEOLOGY MINOR (27-28 semester hours) Geology 151 or 120 Geology 152 Geology 215 251, 230, 212, Geology from electives Three Geology 312 Geology 317 Geology 387 Geography 221 Geography 222 Studies 210 Environmental Studies 302 Environmental course Studies 385 or field Environmental Studies 395 Environmental Two electives from Chemistry 253,
Geology and Geography
312, 313, 322, 386, 390, 395, 396, Ge- ography 221 and 222, Geography 361 interim course . or an approved Geology 386 Programs in the department include a major and a minor in geology, a major in envi- in major a geology, in minor a and major a include department the in Programs 154 GEOLOGY MAJOR (47-48 semester hours) Geology 151 or 120 Geology 152 Geology 212 Geology 215 Geology 311 Geology 316 Geology 317 Geology 387 Geology 230, 251, 304, electives from Two Physical science senior capstone course or Cognate Chemistry 103 Mathematics 143 or 171 Students who desire hours semester 58 of minimum aa complete BS degree must of science and mathematics . Students who wish to pursue a career or graduate study must degree BS a desire who and geology in complete the minimum requirements the take also should and ofmajor geology the following courses: Geology 313 Chemistryngineering 106 104 or E Physics 133 Physics 134 Math 171 or 132 English 201 Geology field methods course GEOLOGY MAJOR ENVIRONMENTAL (67-68 semester hours) Geology 151 or 120 Geology 152 Geology 215 Geology 304 Geology 311
ronmental geology, a major and a minor in geography, a group minor a in group environmental a major and a minor in geography, geology, ronmental studies, as well as majors and minors for teacher . also available engineering, or physics are education . programs chemistry, Group majors consisting of geology, Geology and Geography Geology Kooten G. Van Stearley, R. J. Curry**, J. Bascom(chair), H. Aay, Professors D. van Dijk Associate Professor Horn, J. Skillen J. Van K. Bergwerff, Assistant Professors
Geology and Geography Geography 120 Geography 110 (23-24 semesterhours) GEOGRAPHY MINOR SECONDARY EDUCATION One approved elective Geography 320 Geography 230 Geography 210 Geography 120 Geography 110 (20-21 semesterhours) GEOGRAPHY MINOR Mathematics 143orPsychology255 Cognate 242, 241, 240, 191, GeographyTwo from Geography 380 Geography 320 Geography 311 Geography 310 Geography 230 Geography 222 Geography 221 Geography 210 Geography 120 Geography 110 (40-42 semesterhours) GEOGRAPHY MAJOR One courseincollegeorhighschoolphysics Mathematics 132or171 Cognates Science EducationStudies214 Astronomy 212 Astronomy 211 Geography 191 Geology 251 Geology 152 Geology 151 (31 semesterhours) Space ScienceMINOR SECONDARY EDUCATION Earth/ One courseincollegeorhighschoolphysics 103 Chemistry Mathematics 132or171 Cognates interim course approved an 302, Studies vironmental 395, 390, 385, 361, 351, 322, 251, En- History 151 or152 History n cus fo Gorpy 1, 230, 210, Geography from course One Geography 110 Economics 222 Economics 221 (27-28 semesterhours) GROUP MINOR ELEMENTARY SOCIALSTUDIES departmentHistory . Miller,Howard,D . and cial studies education advisor disciplines chosen in consultation with these a ofso- one from courses of sequence a book) . Teacherthe in listed are choices course (Specific science . economics, geography, history, and political from each of the following four disciplines: courses specified two take must Students GROUP MAJOR ELEMENTARY SOCIALSTUDIES See electives: of hours Six Interdisciplinary only) 375(secondary Geography 241 Geography 210 tdns usig h scnay social secondary the pursuing Students Interdisciplinary 359 Interdisciplinary 375 Interdisciplinary 205 Political Science202 Political Science101 229 History 152 History 151 History Geography 210 Geography 110 Economics 222 Economics 221 (41 semesterhours) group major secondary socialstudies 310, or320 major orminor disciplinary the and major studies cial so- the between overlap to allowed are economics, geography, in orpoliticalscience.Courses minor a or major tory studies major must also complete a his- applicable of electives list for Guidebook tion In addition, students must complete Geology andGeography ducation Program Guide- Program Education . Schoone-Jongen r . TeacherEduca- . Advisors: D . 155
Geology and Geography
- Interdisci as listed Also . arth’s Earth’s surface based on
. Also listed as Geology 120 . arth Earth materials and the forc- Topics . Earth include: Topics 1) The Introductory Meteorology (4) . . S This Cartography (2) . F and . S Map design Human Modifications of the Global En- Earth Earth Systems (4) . F and . S This course Not open to first-year students . Also list- 210 af- and population As S . and F (3) . vironment fluence have increased and technology’srole transformed have activities human grown, has natural environments around the . globe This course surveys and examines how a wide va- riety of human enterprises such as ture, agricul- industry, recreation, and urbanization have had and continue to have far-reaching environmental consequences everywhere on . Earth These impacts are assessed dards by such as stan- ecological well being and sus- human and tainability, habitability, quality of life . Studies 210 . ed as Environmental Prerequisite: high school chemis- school high Prerequisite: 191 . plinary try or equivalent . 221 and interpretation with an emphasis upon computer cartographic methods . Course in- composition composition of es that create landforms, 2) weather and cli- matic systems and their effect on the global distribution of soils and ecological commu- nities, and 3) the oceans . Understanding of stew- of concepts to applied is systems Earth ardship, use, resource and energy consump- tion . Laboratory Not open to students who have completed Geology 112 or 151 . 191 course is a study of the atmosphere and the complex processes that control weather and climate . Special attention is given to: The - dif the in operative are that energy of forms ferent atmosphere and how these control tempera- ture; the various optical phenomena that are observed in the atmosphere; the hydrologic cycle and the mechanisms of cloud formation and precipitation; air pressure and the winds that result from its differences at the surface andmasses air of formation the and aloft; and their movement as frontal systems . Human interactions with atmospheric processes will pollu- air of topics the including examined, be tion, hurricanes, tornadoes, ozone depletion, global warming, acid rain, and photochemi- Laboratory smog . cal 120 includes an introductory study of physical systems and historical processes that shape the surface of physical nature of Both Both . New Zealand, Oceania, arth’s principal re- culture Earth’s orth North Africa and Southeast Geography (GEOG) Such group majors require twelve twelve require majors group Such . Russia, East Asia, South Asia and Southeast Geology and Geography World World Regional Geography (4) . F and COURSES science core requirements may be met by Geology 151-152 . MAJORS IN GEOLOGY AND GEOGRAPHY Students must have completed at least two courses in geology or geography minimum average withgrade of C a (2 .0) before they may be formally admitted to the ma- jor . program The core requirement in the Geography/ by met be may sciences physical Geology 120, Geography/Interdisciplinary 230 Geology or 151 Geology 251, 191, courses, courses, ten of which must be from two departments with no fewer than four from either, with the remaining two courses chairs The . department third a from chosen ap- must involved departments three the of . such programs prove 156 S . An analysis of gions from a geographic perspective: Africa, Europe, Asia, Asia, Australia and Caribbean, and Latin America . eas will be These examined in the ar- light of several foundational geographic themes: the loca- tional organization of physical and cultural features; society-land relationships; cultural landscapes; and patterns of spatial interac- . tion among and within regions 110 GROUP MAJORS IN GEOLOGY AND GROUP MAJORS IN GEOGRAPHY A group major meets the needs of some students, those particularly in professional programs and secondary Elementary Integrated tudies Science S Students in the elementary or secondary education program wishingScience the consult toshould science in majorminor or catalog . of the Education department History 229 101 Political Science 202 Political Science
Geology and Geography 222 six-week segmentsinthesamesemester two as taught are 222 and 221 *Geography applications of cartographic principles . practical on focus will exercises Lab poses . of remotely sensed data for cartographic pur- use the and data spatial of portrayal cludes F (3) . Canada 241 TheGeographyoftheUnitedStatesand the formationofregional patterns. of relativeunderstanding and the in location resources, physical migrations, historic on of development and poverty issues on focus particular a with and versity di- economic and region’s the cultural, physical, on emphasis an with America Latin of geography F,the of survey A years . alternate 240 Prerequisite: Geography 110oraneconomicscourse. development. uneven of ries interaction patterns among places, and theo- on various economic activities, exchange and location relative and distance of impact the with interaction human of analysis Includes system. economic global the of evolution structural and geographical the traces course This years . alternate S, (3) . 230 commensurate withGeography221. experience or previoustraining on based tor Geography 221 or permission of the instruc- semester same the in segments week six two as sequence in taught are 222 interest . plinary a semester GIS project tailored to their disci- complete will Students ArcGISsuite . the ing us- students to experience practical give will work Lab countries . developing for creation tice, poverty, and a significant project on atlas jus- social landscape, and world physical the Topicsrelationships . spatial of those include exploring for methods of variety a as well as Vector and raster data forms will be analysis . explored, spatial for science and (GIS) tems sys- information geographic on Focus S . and used as a framework for the analysis of the re - are processes These migration . of history the economy,relative location of resources market and markets, and the of structures sources, re - of distribution the and processes natural region of this forcesshaped geographic that the of view Geographic Information Geographic Systems Information The Geography of the Global Economy Global the of Geography The (3). America Latin of Geography The North America . These forces include This course provides an over an provides course This . ote: *Geography 221 and 221 *Geography Note: Earth’sresources, . Emphasis is put Prerequisite: . (2) . F Note: . - offered through quantitativemodelingofthe tographs . pho- aerial and maps, topographic vations, obser- fromfield classified and aredescribed processesweathering and tional, Landforms . glaciers, and wind, as well as coastal, gravita- rivers, from resulting features depositional and erosional the studies course This them . cause which processes the and landforms of 311 ography 110oronesocialsciencecourse. Ge- Prerequisite: examined . are politics and institutions, ethnicity, activities, social life, economic infrastructure, of organization tial spa- present-day and historic The attention . receive cities of relations external and ture and systems of cities . Both the internal struc- cities of organization spatial the of study A 310 Prerequisite: Biosphere . sophomore standing. the and Change Policy and Law Environmental 295 ing . Prerequisites: 251. high school chemistry and sophomore stand- Geology as listed Also trips. field Laboratory; resources . marine of stewardship and communities; marine tidal inter- and estuarine and coral communities reef biota, deep-water plankton, including marine biogeography, marine ecological currents; and tides of nature the seawater; of properties the processes; geomorphic sediments; coastal marine and spreading, sea-floor crust, oceanic volcanoes, submarine cluding floor, in- ocean the of nature the exploration; marine of history The includes: course survey 251 cessful developmentpractices. suc- for quest the and programs, adjustment structural under poverty of intensification migration, voluntary and forced of patterns spatial degradation, environmental of lenges the historical experience of colonialism, chal- diversity nomic eco- and cultural, physical, region’s the on focus a with Africa of geography the of vey 242 alization .Notoffered in2009-2010. region- this of creation the in agent formative a as worldview on emphasis an with America gional economic and cultural patterns of Oceanography (4) . F alternate years . This Geomorphology (4) . F Urban Geography (4) . F, alternate years . A sur- A S . . (3) Africa of Geography The F (2-3). Geography in Topics Special Geology andGeography xplanations of the landforms are landforms the of Explanations Featured emphases include emphases Featured . . The investigation Climate S. . orth North 157 .
Geology and Geography . . Open to
. The philosophi- Reformed worldview . Prerequisites: . senior Prerequisites: standing Geology (GEOL) arth Earth systems is applied to con- arth/sun/moon Earth/sun/moon system . Under- arth’s surface Earth’s based on composi- Topics include . Earth 1) Topics the physical Internship in Geography . (3) S, F, or Research Research in I, Geography and (2) . S . F, Earth Science for . Educators (4) . May Seminar Seminar in the History and Philosophy F, I, and - S . Prerequi Independent Study . F, qualified students by permission of the de- . partment 390 . site: permission of the department 395 geo- approved an on research library or Field graphical problem and presentation of the in a seminar of this results research SS . This course is an internship professional application of the involving concepts and principles learned as part of the geography . program A student is placed in a ment govern- agency, a private firm, previous on builds which organization, orprofit a not-for- instruction in the program in an area of ap- such plied as geography, urban and regional informa- geographic and mapping, planning, specific a assigned are Students systems . tion project and work under the direct supervi- sion of an employee of the outside agency or firm as well as under the supervision of the instructor in the geography major or permission of the geography faculty Prerequisite: junior or senior standing in Prerequisite: the . geography program 385 standing of 380 of Geography (3) . episodes significant S, of study alternate a includes . years course This philoso- and history the in issues crucial and phy of geography with an emphasis on pres- ent-day human geography cal underpinnings of geography’s domains and paradigms are critically examined . This geography majors to seminar requires reflect on integrating their geographical knowledge and fitting this into a interim, alternate years . study of physical An systems and historical and introductory contemporary processes that shape the sur- face of nature of tion of earth materials and the create forces that landforms, 2) weather and systems and climatic their effect on the global distri- bution of soils and ecological communities, and 3) the 112 Not (4) S, alter- Prerequisites: Ge- Prerequisites: . ot offered in 2009-2010 . Not offered . ot offered in 2009-2010 . Not offered . Geology and Geography Introduction Introduction to Cultural Geography Introduction Introduction to Urban and Regional Coastal Geomorphology Advanced Geographic Information Sys- Information Geographic Advanced ography 221 and 222 with the grade of C or better . in 2009-2010 offered 361 tems (4) . S, alternate years . This course in- In- Geographic in themes advanced troduces database spatial including Systems formation design, spatial algorithms, implementation and design, and advanced GIS applications including designs for community develop- ment and service tailored to individual stu- study of field major dents’ Planning (3) . alternate F, years . A survey of the practice of urban and regional planning including its theory, history, techniques, is- zon - and planning use Land . careers and sues, ing, housing and community development, environmental planning, planning, recreation health care systems planning, transportation planning, historic preservation and urban de- examined withinsign, and other subfields are neighborhood, downtown, suburban, - region al, and Third World contexts . Prerequisites: Two 200-300 level social science and/or ge- . ography courses or approval department nate years . This course examines ture and the development of na- coastal landforms and the processes responsible for change in the coastal zone . include Topics waves, cur- rents, tides, wind, changing sea levels, and the coastal environment of beaches, dunes, estuaries, and rocky coasts . Coastal land use coast- and protection, shoreline hazards, and Lakes Great discussed . be will stewardship al coasts are . emphasized Laboratory and field trips . Prerequisite: Geography/Geology 311 . . in 2009-2010 Not offered 351 158 (3) . F, alternate years . An examination the interactions between of culture and nature in pre-agricultural, agricultural, and urban- industrial societies . The course explores the origins, character, content, perceptions, and meanings of cultural land- organization, scapes, past and present, large Prerequisite: and Geography 110 small . or permission of the instructor 322 Laboratory, field . processes trips . Laboratory, Also listed Geology/Geog- Prerequisite: 311 . Geology as Geology 151 . raphy 120 or 320
Geology and Geography tion and map techniques introduced in Geol- in introduced techniques map and tion classifica - rock on builds laboratory The seas . intracontinental of deposits sedimentary and history; through ranges mountain of creation the and motion plate by caused deformation rock basins; ocean and continents of origin of origin the include on phasis of particulars the for evidence course, the of remainder the During of views Earth’santiquity of convinced became practitioners its as and discipline scientific true a became geology as of Earthstudy through centuries, few the past the of development the traces course this of 152 phy 120orGeology112. Geology/Geogra- completed have who dents Laboratory pollution. ter volcanoes, floods, landslides, and groundwa- earthquakes, as such hazards geological and fuels; fossil and resources mineral history; interpreting for principles and time geological landforms; producing processes Earth’s interior and surface structure; surface of stewardship and for appreciation Christian of processes and materials the of study a is course This 151 pleted Geology112or151. 120 . Laboratory tion . consump- energy and resourceuse, ardship, Earth systems is applied to concepts of stew- of Understanding oceans . the 3) and nities, commu- ecological and soils of distribution global the on effect their and systems matic cli- and weather 2) landforms, create that es of composition hscl aue of nature physical of surface the shape that processes historical and systems physical of study introductory an includes 120 the educationprogram . in students for designed is course This 120 . Geography/Geology or 151 Geology pleted trips . ergy consumption . Laboratory, multiple field en- and use, resourcesstewardship, of cepts Topics include minerals and rocks, Topicsand Earth . minerals include Historical Geology (4) . . S The first portion This course This S . and F (4) . Systems Earth ad S. and F (4). Geology to Introduction t pn o tdns h hv com- have who students to open Not ot open to students who have com- have who students to open Not arth’s history to the Genesis recordEarth’sGenesis . the to history Topicsoutlined . is America, North rh edn t a responsible a to leading Earth Topics include: 1) The 1) Topicsinclude: Earth . Attention is given to relating to given is Attention . arth materials and the forc-the and materials Earth lo itd s Geography as listed Also . rhs ufc bsd on based surface Earth’s arth and its moon; the the moon; its and Earth arth history, with em- history,with Earth . t pn o stu- to open Not Earth
course studies course 304 andsophomorechemistry standing. school high Prerequisite: 251. Geography as listed Also trips. field Laboratory; resources . marine stewardshipof and communities; rine communities, and estuarine and intertidal ma- reef coral biota, deep-water including plankton, marine biogeography, marine ecological currents; and tides of nature the seawater; of properties the processes; geomorphic coastal sediments; marine and spreading, sea-floor crust, oceanic volcanoes, submarine cluding floor, in- ocean the of nature the exploration; survey course includes: The history of marine 251 of great ageisdeveloped. field trips. A Christian perspective on a world requiredthree or two areThere period . time this during ideas of history the with action inter- their and discoveries major document lectures The artifacts . archaeological fossils, rocks, evidences: these provide which jects ob- physical the to attends laboratory The of antiquity great the for 1400-2000, A .D period the of course the over evidences, of discoveries major the F (4) . Humanity and 230 or concurrently or 103 Chemistry and 151 Geology requisites: mhszd n laboratory in emphasized are microscope, petrographic of use cluding in- identification, mineral and morphology arereviewed Crystal minerals occurrence . of geologic of Modes silicates . the on emphasis with minerals in structure crystal of ciples prin- the of study A years. F, alternate (4) . 215 site: Geology152orconcurrently field-mapping Prerequi- trip. field Laboratory, to techniques . introduction and tions; sec- cross and maps geological interpreting stresses from within formed are structures these which by means the into inquiry foliations; and joints, faults, geological folds, as common such structures of analysis An years . 212 lent .Notoffered in2009-2010. Prerequisite:151 . ogy equiva- or 151 Geology Oceanography (4) . F, alternate years . This Geochemistry (3) . F, alternate years . This Discovery of Prehistory of Earth, Life Earth, of Prehistory of Discovery ieaoy n Otcl Mineralogy Optical and Mineralogy , alternate S, (4) . Geology Structural rh mtos f osrcig and constructing of methods Earth; geology andgeography Earth’ssys- geochemical major .
Not offered in2009-2010. rh lf ad humanity and life Earth, This course examines course This . Laboratory . .
Pre- . 159 .
Geology and Geography Reformed (4) S, alter- . Prerequisite: Geol- . The seminar pro- seminar The 346 . Education ot offered in 2009-2010 . Not offered
. ot offered in 2009-2010 . Not offered
. Coastal Geomorphology Seminar in Secondary Geology-Earth Seminar in Geology (2) . S . A survey Sedimentation Sedimentation and Stratigraphy (4) F, nate years . This course examines ture and the development of na- coastal landforms and the processes responsible for change in the coastal zone . include Topics waves, cur- rents, tides, wind, changing sea levels, and the coastal environments of beaches, dunes, estuaries, and rocky coasts . Coastal land use coast- and protection, shoreline hazards, and Lakes Great discussed . be will stewardship al coasts are . emphasized Laboratory and field trips . Prerequisite: Geography/Geology 311 . . in 2009-2010 Not offered 359 Science (3) . S . A course in perspectives on, principles of, and practices in the teaching of Geology-Earth Science on the secondary level . This course should be taken concur- with rently vides a forum for the discussion of concerns that develop during directed teaching . This educational professional the of part is course ma- the in included be not may and program science . jor or minor in geology-earth 386 of the historical development of geology as a science and an examination of the princi- a from geology of practice and ples the in status senior Prerequisite: perspective . major concentration in geology or permis- sion of the instructor Laboratory stresses rock rock stresses Laboratory . rocks metamorphic identification and genetic particularly with the use of the petrographic interpretation, . microscope Laboratory ogy 215 317 alternate years . This includes the study the classification of and origins of sedimentary with emphasis rocks on the physical, chemi- cal, and biological processes responsible for sed- of diagenesis and deposition, origin, the iments, with particular attention to modern depositional analogs; an investigation of the use of thin-section petrography in the terpretation in- of the genesis depicting for techniques of graphical and rocks; sedimentary the geometries of layered sedimentary rocks in outcrop and . subsurface Laboratory; field trip . Prerequisite: Geology 215 or concur- rently 322 Emphasis
. The investigation The .
. A broad spectrum Prerequisite: Geog- Prerequisite: . Explanations of the landforms are geology and geography Igneous and Metamorphic Petrology Paleontology (4) . S, alternate years . A S, alternate S, (4) . Geology Environmental F (4) . Geomorphology 160 tems with particular attention to marine and water fresh include andTopics systems . rock crystal- mineral groundwater, including water, lization and weathering, organic geochemis- and the application of geochemistry to fo- try, radiogenic and Stable studies . pollution rensic isotope systematics are reviewed and applied to geological problems and issues . - Prerequi 104Chemistry plus 151 or 215 Geology sites: or permission of the instructor 311 of landforms and the processes which cause them . This course studies the erosional and depositional features resulting from rivers, gravita- coastal, as well as wind, and glaciers, . Landforms tional, and weathering processes are described and classified from fieldobser- vations, topographic maps, and aerial pho- tographs . of the quantitative modeling through offered field . processes trips . Laboratory, Also listed as geography 311 . Geography/ Prerequisites: Geology 120 or Geology 151 . 312 years . Use of geologic methods and interpre- prob- resolving and understanding in tations lems related to the . environment is on hydrology (groundwater and surface water), coastal zone problems, soil erosion, landslides, and restoration of disturbed geo- Laboratory . regions logic raphy/Geology 311 . 313 the on lived once that organisms the of study . Earth Includes an examination of the pro- discov- of methods and fossilization of cesses ering the structure, habitat, and relationship dis- their of review a and organisms, those of tribution and life history of organisms is studied with emphasis invertebrate animals . on Lectures, laboratories, field trip . Also listed as Biology 313 . Prereq- uisite: Geology 152 or Biology 224 and 225 . . in 2009-2010 Not offered 316 (4) . S, alternate years . An investigation the generation, of ascent, and emplacement of magma and the field chemistry, mineralogy, associations, tectonic setting, and genesis of igneous as rocks, well as investigation of the tectonic setting, field associations, classifica- tion, structure and texture, and genesis of
Geology and Geography 387 bution of soils and ecological communities, ecological and soils of bution distri- global the on effect their climatic and systems and weather 2) landforms, that forcescreate the and materials earth of tion of nature of face sur- the shape that processes contemporary introductory and historical and systems An physical of study years. alternate interim, 112 the geologyfaculty of permission by students qualified to Open resultsthe researchof the tion of seminar in presenta- and an problem on geological approved research laboratory and/or Field S . 395-396 site: permissionofthedepartment . 390 the instructor of permission or geology in concentration major a in standing senior or junior uisite: partici- guest pants . This course is graded pass/fail . and Prereq- papers reflection short discussions, class Lectures, discipline . their issues that geologists encounter as they enter and practices the and opportunities, future pursue and identify to how call, God’s cern course participants . Topics cover how to dis- to applies it as vocation as geology examines F,Study . Independent PrerequiS . - and I, May (4) . Educators . for Science Earth (1) F Vocation(1) as Geology Topics include 1) the physical the Topics1) Earth . include Research in Geology (2-4) . F, I, and arth’s surface based on composi- on based Earth’ssurface May InterimCourses . . This course This .
. n 3 the 3) and ology/Geography 120,Geology151. Not open to students who have completed Ge- field special project . a choose and log, field ten writ- a construct assignments, lab complete to required be will students and text, and lecture cover will exams course, graded a As tivities . ac- lab and lecture morning complement will experience field the and day each of part tant natural resources . Field activities are an impor and surficial processes, geological hazards, and Earth, including rocks and minerals, landforms sible Christian appreciation and stewardship of respon- to leading study the geological of breadth to introduced be will Students learning . phasizes outdoor, field-based investigation and the physical science core requirement, and em- Moon including localities Yellowstone geological of distance outstanding driving within is and exposures field superb offers Montana Southwest tana . Mon- southwest in based is geology in course This Geol-151). of version (field (4) perience W151 the educationprogram . in students for designed is course This 120 . Geography/Geology or 151 Geology pleted trips . ergy consumption . Laboratory, multiple field en- and use, resourcesstewardship, of cepts of standing ot open to students who have com- have who students to open Not National Monument . This course fulfills Big Sky Geology: Montana Field Ex- Field Montana Geology: Sky Big geology andgeography Under- system. Earth/sun/moon arth systems is applied to con- to applied is systems Earth ational Park and Craters of the the of Craters and Park National
161 -
Geology and Geography German
Professor J. Vos-Camy (chair) Associate Professors H. De Vries, D. Smith Assistant Professors P. Dykstra-Pruim, C. Roberts Adjunct M. Buteyn Programs for students wishing to major in German are worked out for them individu- ally by departmental advisors who should be consulted early . Calvin-sponsored programs are available in Germany and Austria for the interim, a semester, the academic year, or the summer . Students interested in such programs should work out the details with the department chair, the director of off-campus programs, and the office of academic services . The cross-cultural engagement core requirement may be met by German W80 (German interim abroad) . The core literature requirement may be met by German 217 or 218 .
GERMAN MAJOR GERMAN ELEMENTARY AND (30-32 semester hours) SECONDARY EDUCATION MINOR German 215 (21 semester hours) German 216 German 215 German 315 German 216 Two 300-level literature courses German 315
German Five electives numbered 123 or higher Interdisciplinary 356 (elementary) or 357 (except 261), one of which may be the (secondary) German interim abroad Three approved electives (except German 261) GERMAN MINOR Students in teacher education must pass the (18-20 semester hours) test administered by the State of Michigan . German 215 They must also pass a departmental Ger- Five courses from German 123 or higher man proficiency examination prior to the (except 261), one of which may be the teaching internship . This examination is German interim abroad offered during academic advising in the To be eligible for the major or minor pro- fall semester . As of 2007-2008, German gram, a student must have completed at education majors are required to take an least two courses in German with a mini- external oral proficiency interview in order mum grade of C (2 .0) and must have com- to be certified . A ranking of Advanced - Low pleted German 202 or the equivalent . on the ACTFL Proficiency Scale constitutes the minimum required level of proficiency . german elementary and For details and for information on cost and secondary eDUCATION MAJOR scheduling see the chairperson . Additional (30 semester hours) criteria for approval for the teacher educa- tion program are found in the Teacher Edu- German 215 cation Program Guidebook, available in the German 216 education department . Two 300-level literature courses German 315 COURSES Four approved electives (except German 261) 101/121 Elementary German I (4) . F . An in- Interdisciplinary 356 (elementary) or 357 troductory course in the German language (secondary) and culture that includes an investigation of cultures of German-speaking countries and training in intercultural skills . The course
162 german serves as the first course in two different se- uisite: German 216 or permission of the in- quences . It provides an introduction to Ger- structor . man for students with no prior knowledge of the language; these students will normally Literature progress to German 102, followed by 201 and 217 Readings in Major German Authors I 202 . The course also provides systematic re- (3) . F . This course is a basic introduction to view and consolidation for students who have German literature and covers selected read- taken high school German but who, on the ings in major German authors from 1750 to basis of a placement test, are not prepared for 1850 . Prerequisite: German 123 or 202 . German 201 . These students will normally continue with the sequence of 122-123 . Stu- 218 Readings in Major German Authors II dents planning to continue into German 122 (3) . S . Study of German texts by major au- will be expected to meet a higher standard thors from the late 19th to the mid 20th cen- than those continuing into German 102 . tury such as Storm, Hesse, Kafka and Dür- renmatt . The relationship -- both harmoni- 102 Elementary German II (4) . S . Continua- ous and destructive -- of the individual to the tion of German 101 . natural and social environment is a thematic 122/123 Introductory and Intermediate Ger- thread followed throughout the course read- man (3,4) . I, and S . Continuation of German ings . Prerequisite: German 123 or 202 or 121 . Further development of skills in speaking, permission of the instructor . listening, reading and writing German . Includes 303 Romanticism (3) . F, even years . A sur- investigation of cultural topics, German history, vey of the early 19th-century German litera- and a study of a variety of texts . Prerequisite: ture of Romanticism . Works by authors such German 121 . as Wackenroder, Novalis, Tieck, Hoffmann, 201 Intermediate German(4) . F . Further devel- Brentano, and Eichendorff are studied . Sub- opment of skills in speaking, listening, reading, stantial attention is given also to Grimm’s and writing German . Includes systematic gram- fairy tales and to poems of the Romantic era . mar review, cultural topics and study of a vari- Texts are discussed in relationship to the era’s ety of short literary texts . Prerequisite: German philosophical spirit and to the political and German 102 or placement test . social contexts of the early 1800s . Prerequi- site: German 217, 218, or permission of the 202 Intermediate German (4) . S . Continuation instructor . of German 201 . Prerequisite: German 201 . 304 Nineteenth Century Literature (3) . S, 215 Advanced Communication I (3) . F . odd years . Readings in German, Swiss, and This course is designed to develop advanced Austrian prose and poetry of the Nineteenth speaking and oral comprehension skills and century . A survey of the intellectual and cul- prepares students culturally for a visit to or tural changes in this era and an analysis of a stay in a German-speaking country . Prereq- literary works characteristic of the period . uisite: German 123 or 202 . Prerequisite: German 217, 218, or permis- 216 Advanced Communication II (3) . S . sion of the instructor . Extensive practice in writing, oral reporting 307 Twentieth-Century German Literature and discussion of cultural and political is- I (3) . F, odd years . Selected readings in Ger- sues in German-speaking countries . Includes man literature from 1890 to 1945, with special intensive study of selected topics in German emphasis on the works of Th . Mann, Kafka, grammar . Prerequisite: German 215 or per- Hesse, and Brecht . Prerequisite: German 217, mission of instructor . 218, or permission of the instructor . 315 Advanced Language and Culture (3) . S . 395 Senior Seminar in Contemporary Ger- Further development of advanced language man Literature (3) S, even years . Works by skills through intensive work with written, major German authors such as Böll, Becker, aural and visual media dealing with contem- Bachmann, Lange, and Enzensberger are porary issues in the German speaking world . studied in relationship to major develop- Review of selected grammar topics . Prereq- ments in post-war German culture and so-
german 163
t
. Required Education 302/303 and suc- ESL secondary . endorsement - Pre Seminar in Secondary Foreign Education . 346 This course does not F, I, and - S . Prerequi Independent Study . F, The course explores how a Christian a how explores course The them . with approach to education affects foreign language pedagogy and how foreign language pedagogy interacts with the language learner’s personal . growth It also introduces the prospective edu- issuesto skills, basic the of teaching the to cator in evaluation and assessment, and the use . classroom language foreign the in technologies of This course should be taken in the junior or se- or junior the in taken be should course This nior year, prior to student teaching . for secondary certification in foreign language and for the requisite: completion of or - concurrent registra . tion in Education 302/303 IDIS 359 Language Pedagogy (3) . S . A seminar rein- the forcing major principles and practices of language foreign pedagogy on the secondary di- of semester their during students for level rected teaching . The course will provide an opportunity for collaborative work on put- ting theoretical and pedagogical matters of immediate concern into a practical frame- work . This course is required concurrently with . program minor or major the of part as count Prerequisites: cessful completion of the department profi- ciency exam . 390 chair of the department site: Approval 395 Seminar (3) . . DS) department department (HPERDS) Sport and Dance Education,Recreation, azi past, all of which raise which of all past, Nazi . An introduction to the major . Attention is given to other n, Dance, And Spor n, Recreatio , Physical Educatio Health n, Foreign Foreign Language Education in Introduction Introduction to Foreign Language equired Required for elementary certifica- (3) . F ma
er g A. Warners, E. Van’t Hof E. Van’t A. Warners, ESL elementary endorsement . Prerequi- . Themes discussed include the impact
The Health, Physical Health, The 164
Professors D. Bakker B. Bolt(chair), D. DeGraaf, N. Meyer, K. Vande Streek K. Vande D. DeGraaf, N. Meyer, D. Bakker B. Bolt(chair), Professors J. Walton, Jr., Lee, J. Timmer, J. Kim, Y. J. Bergsma, Associate Professors J. Ross, J. Sparks A. Bailey, Assistant Professors Instructor M. Christner Noord Adjunct N. Van Health, Physical Education, Health, Physical Education, Dance, and Sport Recreation, of technology on culture, materialism, exis- tentialism, feminist and environmental con- cerns, the division of Germany and coming the with terms to cultural expressions, such as film, as these have interacted with literature, and also to the wider question of what it means to de- velop a Christian practice of reading and texts . cultures This course carries integrative studies . credit Prerequisite: German 217 or instructor 218 or permission of the ciety identity Christian to relevant questions basic and worldview IDIS 356 the Elementary School (3) . F and I . Theo- ry and practice of foreign language teaching in the elementary school . Study of language skill development, second language acqui- sition, methodologies, curricula, and grams . Off-campus school visits for observa- pro- tion and aiding experience . Should be taken in the junior or senior prior year, to student teaching . tion in foreign language, K-12 endorsement, and registration concurrent or of completion site: in Education 302/303 . IDIS 357 Pedagogy principles and practices of offering pedagogy, foreign a study of language various method- ologies and the major controversies associated serves a number of functions . It provides a but required, flexible, sequence of physical education courses for all students; it provides professional training for physical educa- tion teachers, health educators, sport administrators, coaches, exercise scientists, and leaders; recreation and it directs an extensive program of intramural, and recreational, and women . for men sports inter-collegiate
Health, Physical Education, Recreation, Dance, and Sport physical education majors Physical education MAJOR Academic Academic student’s the on noted as emphases, four The interest . vocational of area particular a on based emphasis sub-disciplinary a Biology 205 Biology 141 Physical educationnucleuscourses EXERCISE SCIENCEEMPHASIS Biology 115 Two 200+ HPERDSelectives Physical Education315 Physical Education215 Physical Education213 Physical educationnucleuscourses STUDIES EMPHASIS PHYSICAL EDUCATION GENERAL Physical Education332 Physical Education325 Physical Education301 Physical Education220 Physical Education212 Physical Education201 following courses: the take emphasis, of independent majors, movement and play celebrate and discover others helping in competence demonstrated in culminating and ways people engage in physical activity, reasons the in well-grounded are majors activity curricular physical of study this the is derived is nucleus which from point focal The coursework . education physical mon com- of foundation centralized a through majors its all unites that way unique a in BA .PE+K12(K–12)teachereducation BA .PE+SC(7–12)teachereducation BA .PE+L(K–8)teachereducation BA .PE+SPMGsport management BA .PE+XSCexercise science BA .PEgeneralphysicaleducation denoted asfollows: l suet i pyia dcto are education physical in students All HPERDS isorganized andadministered The PhysicalEducationNucleus . l HP All E valuation valuation Health, Physical Education, Rec reation, D ance, AndSpor ER DS physical education education physical DS . All physical education R pr (A eport . Students choose ER ), are are ), One businesselectivefrom 300levelor Business 380 Economics 222 Economics 221 Business 203 Business 160 Cognates (businessminor) One from Recreation 304or308 Physical Education/Recreation 346 Recreation 203 Physical Education320 Physical Education315 Physical Education218 Physical educationnucleuscourses Sport managementemphasis English coursework. and sociology, psychology, physics, istry, chem- additional complete must students biology in advisor sional pre-profes- the with consult to asked also pre-occupational therapy, pre-medicine) are therapy,(pre-physical track professional pre- a declaring students science Exercise graduation . to prior certified CPR be must and year senior of spring the in exam certification Instructor Health-Fitness Medicine Sports students take a practice Americanall addition, College In of internship . an consider to All exercise science students are encouraged education, physical from electives Two Mathematics 143 Physics 223 Physical Education328 Physical Education213 Health 254 115 Chemistry Biology 206 Physical Education280 Physical Education215 Physical Education213 Physical Education204 Physical Education156* Physical educationnucleuscourses teacher Education emphasis K-12 physicalEDUCATION/ above exercise scienceemphasisadvisor or above, which must be approved by an health or science courses at the 200 level Pre-professional . . t 165
Health, Physical Education, Recreation, Dance, and Sport Physical Education 281 HEALTH EDUCATION MINOR: Physical Education 305 * GENERAL/ELEMENTARY/SECONDARY Physical Education 306 * Health Education 202 Physical Education 359 Health Education 203 Physical Education 380 Health Education 254 Cognate Health Education 265 Biology 115 Health Education 266 Physical Education 301 * Physical Education 156, 305 and 306 are Health Education 307 required for K-12 endorsement, but Physi- Health Education 308/Physical Education cal Education 156 and 305 are dropped as a 222 (elementary education minors) requirement for secondary only certification and Physical Education 306 and 359 are Please note that many courses in the health dropped as a requirement for elementary education minor are offered alternate years, only certification . so this minor takes careful planning . This minor is available to education and non- pHYSICAL EDUCATION MINOR education students . Physical Education 201 The education programs require the ap- Physical Education 325 proval of the education department and the Physical Education 220 approval of one of the department advisors,
Recreation, Dance, and Sport B . Bolt or K . Gall . D . Bakker serves as the
Health, Physical Education, A minimum of 7-10 additional hours in at least three (3) courses from: advisor for health education . Prior to the Physical education 212, 213, 215, 230- teaching internship, students must have 239, 301, 315, 332, 380, the approval of the department . Criteria for or one approved physical education approval are found in the Teacher Education interim Program Guidebook, available in the Educa- tion department . SECONDARY EDUCATION physical education MINOR Recreation (BSR) Physical Education 204 The professional program in recreation Physical Education 212 includes three emphasis areas: therapeutic Physical Education 220 recreation (recreation therapy), youth Physical Education 280 leadership/development, and community/ Physical Education 281 commercial recreation . Recreation majors Physical Education 301 complete a modified liberal arts core, seven Physical Education 306 major courses, four cognate courses, and Physical Education 325 the courses from the selected emphasis . Physical Education 332 Students are advised to consult with Y . Physical Education 380 Lee (therapeutic recreation emphasis) or D . DeGraaf or A . Bailey (youth leadership ELEMENTARY EDUCATION and community recreation emphasis) of the Physical education MINOR HPERDS department for more information about this program and possible career op- Physical Education 156 portunities in the broad field of recreation Physical Education 204 and youth services . Physical Education 212 Physical Education 220 RECREATION MAJOR Physical Education 280 Physical Education 281 Physical Education /Recreation 201 Physical Education 301 Recreation 203 Recreation 304 Physical Education 305 Recreation 305 Physical Education 325 Recreation 310 Physical Education 332 Recreation 346 Physical Education 380 Recreation 380
166 Health, Physical Education, Recreation, Dance, And Sport Cognates DANCE MINOR Mathematics 143 or Psychology/Sociol- Physical Education/Recreation 156 ogy 255 Physical Education 202 Psychology 201 or 202 (depending on em- Physical Education 212 phasis) Physical Education 310 Psychology 310 Physical Education 330 EMPHASIS OPTIONS Five additional courses from the following: At least one semester hour in each of THERAPEUTIC RECREATION three of these five styles (at level I or EMPHASIS II): Modern, ballet, jazz, tap, or sacred Psych 212 dance (Physical Education/Recreation Recreation 205 151, 161, 152, 162, 153, 163, 154, Recreation 314 155, 165) Recreation 324 At least one semester hour at level II in Recreation 345 one of the five styles listed above Social Work 370 or Psychology W-81 (Physical Education/Recreation 161, One (1) elective from the following: 162, 163, 165) Physical Education 220; Sociology 316, At least one elective dance technique course 317; Psychology 330, 333, 335; an ap- Please note many courses in the dance mi- proved interim nor are offered alternate years, so this mi- nor takes careful planning . Dance minors YOUTH LEADERSHIP EMPHASIS are asked to consult with e . Van’t Hof . Recreation 215 Physical education core requirements in Recreation 308 skill enhancement and leisure/lifetime are Recreation 312 satisfied through the dance minor . Stu- Physical Education 220 dents would need an additional personal Two (2) electives from the following: fitness/fitness core course to complete Health 307; Communication Arts and physical education core . Sciences 140, 214, 303; Interdisciplin- ary 374; Political Science 208; Psy- Coaching Minor chology 202, 222; Sociology 250, 302; Physical Education 212 Social Work 370; an approved interim
Physical Education 220 Health, Physical Education, Physical Education 255 Recreation, Dance, and Sport COMMUNITY RECREATION Physical Education 315 EMPHASIS Physical Education 325 Recreation 215 Physical Education 280 Recreation 308 Physical Education 281 Recreation 312 Physical Education 380 Physical Education 220 Two electives from Physical Education 230- Two (2) electives from the following: 239 or an approved interim course . Health 307, Geography 310, Com- Physical education coaching minors are munication Arts and Sciences 303; asked to consult with K . Vande Streek . Environmental Studies 210, Political Science 110, 202, 208, 209; Sociology Core Requirements 250, 302, Philosophy 207; an approved interim The liberal arts core requirement in physical education is met by the following courses: RECREATION MINOR one course from those numbered 101–112 or 222 (personal fitness); One course Recreation 201 from 120-159 (leisure and lifetime); and Recreation 305 one course from 160-189 or 221 (sport, Recreation 310 dance and society) . Students may take Three approved courses, one of which two semester hours in addition to the core may be a recreation interim
Health, Physical Education, Recreation, Dance, And Sport 167 requirements, which may be applied to the 222 Elementary Health Education Activi- minimum graduation requirements . Student ties (2) . athletes who participate in at least one se- 120-159 Leisure And Lifetime Activities (1) . mester of intercollegiate athletics are exempt F and S . A course in this area is designed to from the one health and fitness category provide students with the basic knowledge most appropriately aligned with the specific to acquire and develop selected motor skills sport activity . Also, student athletes should for a lifetime of leisure . Each course empha- only enroll in physical education classes that sizes the following: 1) personal development are not affiliated with their sport . Students in a specific activity, and 2) acquisition of ba- with special needs should see Professor sic skills needed for a lifetime of healthy lei- K . VandeStreek to arrange for an adaptive sure activity . Lectures, readings, and activity physical education course (Physical Educa- (golf i, bowling, sacred dance, etc .) are used tion/Recreation 190) . to educate the student on the values of skill instruction, practice, and participation in a COURSES lifetime activity . Students are provided with Physical Education and Recreation a general introduction to current issues such (PER) as these: Skill building, Christian steward- ship, and stress management . 101-112 Personal Fitness (1) . F and S . A course in this area is designed to provide stu- 120 Scuba
Recreation, Dance, and Sport dents with the basic knowledge and activity 124 Swim I Health, Physical Education, requirements to maintain active lives . This 125 Swim II course is to be used as a gateway course be- 126 Cross Country Skiing fore students complete their two additional 127 Downhill Skiing requirements, one from leisure and lifetime 128 Ice Skating activities and one from sport, dance and 129 Karate society core categories . (Students take one 130 Womens Self Defense course from the personal fitness series then 132 Golf I one course each from the leisure and lifetime 133 Golf II series and from the sport, dance and society 137 Bowling series .) The emphasis in each course is on 138 Wilderness Pursuits fitness development and maintenance . Stu- 141 Rock Climbing I dents are expected to train 3 times per week 142 Rock Climbing II – 2 times in class and 1 time outside of class . 143 Canoeing All courses involve the participation in con- 145 Fly Fishing ditioning activities, lectures, discussions, 144 Frisbee papers, and tests . Elementary education stu- 150 Special Topics in Leisure and Lifetime dents take Physical Education 222 for their Activities personal fitness course . Conceptual topics 151 Tap Dance I related to wellness included in all personal 152 Jazz Dance I fitness courses are these: (1) principles for 153 Modern Dance I the development of an active lifestyle, (2) is- 154 Sacred Dance I sues in nutrition, and (3) body image . 155 Ballet Dance I 156 Creative Dance 101 Jogging & Road Racing 157 Rhythm in Dance 102 Nordic Walking 158 Social Dance 103 Road Cycling 159 Square & Folk Dance 104 Core Strength and Balance Training 105 Aerobic Dance 160-189 Sport, Dance And Society (1) . F 106 Cardio Cross Training and S . A course in this area is designed to 107 Strength & Conditioning help students develop a faith-informed per- 108 Aquatic Fitness spective, understanding of and apprecia- 110 Water Aerobics tion for the impact of highly-skilled human 112 Special Topics in Personal Fitness movement through play, sport, with a par-
168 Health, Physical Education, Recreation, Dance, And Sport 221 221 185 Soccer 183 Tennis II 182 Tennis I 181 BadmintonII 180 BadmintonI 177 SlowPitchSoftball 176 CooperativeWorld Games 175 Volleyball II 174 Volleyball I 173 Basketball 172 Water Polo 171 Racquetball 170 SpecialTopics inSDS 168 Visual DesigninDance 167 PeriodStylesofDance 165 BalletDanceII DanceII 163 Modern 162 JazzDanceII 161 Tap DanceII participation inalifetimeactivity and practice, instruction, skill of values the on student the educate to used are activity group and readings, Lectures, skills. motor ticular focus on the enhancement of selected as an overview of their role in, and signifi- and in, role their of overview an as text of their history and development as well con- the in sport and recreation, education, physical of study A S . Recreation, and F (3) . Sport and Education, Physical of tions 201 199 IndependentActivity(1) 198 ScubaInstruction(1) 193 SportsOfficiating(2) 191 LifeguardTraining (2) require- ment, butwillnotcountascore courses. graduation total the toward count will courses These program . academic or est select a course from this group based on inter the special interests of students . Students may courses listed in this series are offered to meet 191-199 B .Boltforinformation Professor See requirements . core fitness and health the fulfill to repeated be may course er physical education/recreation classes . This oth- in participate cannot who needs special with students to available is course This S . 190 lmnay hscl dcto Activi- Education Physical Elementary , , and F, I, Education. Physical Adapted itrcl n Scooia Founda- Sociological and Historical ties (2) Physical Education(PE) The The . S and F, I, Courses . Elective Health, Physical Education, Rec reation, D ance, AndSpor . - leadership, and adaptations of facilities, ac- facilities, of adaptations and leadership, planning, program in techniques and cepts Con- disabilities. with individuals for tings programs in educational and community set- concepts relating to planning and conducting basic and Philosophy . S (3) . Needs Special 212 Education 201. as- and Prerequisite:Physical applications . sessment teaching, task observations, read-ings, research assignments, written sions, tional strategies . The course involves discus- instruc- effective and education physical of nature the into insights teachers prospective cal education . This course is designed to give physi- in learning and teaching effective for necessary skills management and planning principles concepts, curricular of overview An S . (2) . Education TeachingPhysical for 204 tory his- western throughout dance and drama, parallel trends in the arts of music, visual art, investigates course The art . performing a as dance of development the upon placed is sis 215 212 orpermissionoftheinstructor Physical Prerequisite: movement . physical and mechanical principles efficient of human of on based skills sports various for movement patterns determine Students of loco-motor, manipulative, and sport skills . analysis kinetic and kinematic in-depth with patterns movement anatomical of review a Includes function . mechanical and structure anatomical body’s the on based movement 213 or permissionoftheinstructor 205, or Prerequisite:115 course . Biology the in studied are skills sport and manipulative, loco-motor, for patterns movement tomical structuresthese ana- efficient of analysis An . to specific patterns movement the tures,and struc- nerve and connective muscle, joint, dations . Particular attention is given to bone, foun- structural on based motion human of and pean In societies lineage-based early from dance ern west- of development historical the of study 202 society cance to,contemporary urope to contemporary forms In forms contemporary to Europe .Satisfiescollegecore inthearts . Curricular and Instructional Principles Instructional and Curricular F . (3) Kinesiology Anatomical suy f human of study A S . (3). Kinesiology hscl dcto fr esn with Persons for Education Physical A S. (3). History Western in Dance orth American cultures . American North . . Education . A study A . Empha- t Euro- 169
Health, Physical Education, Recreation, Dance, and Sport
. This
. A study of basic t Not offered 2009- Not offered 2009- ot offered 2009-2010 . offered Not 2010 . 2010 . . Lab A, required for all teacher - educa Track Track and Field . . Baseball/Softball Team Team Sports Assessment (1) . F Instructional Methods for Elementary Racquet Sports . Racquet Measurement Measurement and Evaluation in Health, (1) . Assessment Sports Individual/Dual The course The . S (3) . Training Athletic Basic elect courses in this series . Prerequisite: a - re cord of participation in skill performance or completion of the same activity in or 281 . Education 280 Physical 231 Basketball 232 233 2009-2010 . 234 Soccer . Not offered 2009-2010 . . Not offered 235 Volleyball . 2009-2010 236 Football . Not offered 239 255 covers physiological principles as they apply to physical conditioning and rehabilitation from injuries . Specific types of conditioning are techniques aid first general and programs studied . Laboratory topics include Physi- 115, Biology Prerequisite: techniques . taping cal Education 212 or equivalent . 280 tion students, addresses K-12 fitness and skill assessments; Lab B, designed for recreation majors, assists students in applying program and leadership assessments . 305 Physical Education . (3) F course promotes the development and assess- and development the promotes course ment of skills and knowledge for basketball, floor soccer, softball/baseball, hockey, touch football, track and field, and volleyball . 281 S . This course promotes the and assessment development of skills and knowledge for swim- racquetball, golf, bowling, badminton, . ming, tennis, tumbling, and weight training 301 Physical Education, and Recreation (3) . S . A study of evaluation principles and techniques in health, physical education, and . recreation Topics covered include criteria for selecting tests; descriptive, inferential, and predictive statistical techniques and their and application; tools for assessing health fitness, funda- andskills, cognitive skills, sport skills, mental aincludes course The attitudes . psychological to the laboratorystudent’s section appropriate major knowledge, skills, and strategies involved in the various educational activities appropri- (3) . Education
. Prerequisite: Physical ecreation Education/Recreation 100- Students (2) . Sports of Coaching The n, Dance, And Spor n, Recreatio , Physical Educatio Health . This course how explores humans ac- Elementary School Health Education Elementary School Activities and - Pro Motor Learning and Skill Performance Introduction to Sport Management Introduction This survey course will introduce students introduce survey will This course . quire movement skills . It includes quire an exami- nation of the various characteristics of the an learner, attempt to develop specific theo- ries of how motor skills are acquired, and a review of teaching strategies that are appro- priate for teaching them . The focus is on the learner, the learning process, and methods of instruction and includes an evaluation of growth and the developmental factors influ- opportuni- gives course The . learning encing ties for practical experience in applying mo- tor learning principles . 221 grams (2) . F and S . The working course knowledge provides of a the fundamentals physical of education planning for school elementary . children It substitutes for one course in the skill enhancement (Physical 160-189) category of the health allof required is course This . requirement core and fitness elementary education students . 222 Program and Activities (2) . F and S . course provides a This working knowledge of the fundamentals of health education planning at- Particular students . school elementary for tention is given to curriculum sequence, re- The activities . learning and materials, source course is required of all elementary educa- tion students . It can substitute for a health fitness (Physical 129) subcategory of the health and . fitness requirement core 230-289 to encouraged are coaching in interest an with (3) . F F to the profession of sport management and physi- of fields broader the to relationship its will course The . recreation and education cal include an overview of the major aspects of sport management including sport facility design, sports marketing and leadership fundraising, and personnel management sport, and in sport law Education 201 . 220 170 tivities, equipment in physical education and education physical in equipment tivities, recreation services for individuals with spe- and discussed . reviewed cial needs are 218
Health, Physical Education, Recreation, Dance, and Sport 310 requisites: PhysicalEducation204and220. Pre- materials. resource of compilation and presentations, student teachings, laboratory cludes lectures, discussions, demonstrations, in- course The activities. adaptive and ties, fitness recreationalactivi- sportsactivities, building sports, dual and individual sports, team includes Coverage programs . ucation ed- physical school secondary for propriate cuses on methods and resource fo- materials ap- course This S. (3). Education Physical 306 tion 204and220. material Physical Prerequisites: compilations . resource and presentations, dent stu- teachings, laboratory demonstrations, ricula . Course includes lectures, discussions, cur-resourcesschool and elementary the for methods on focuses course This programs . education physical school elementary for ate 315 studies . historical and global in core college Satisfies tural understanding through the art cross-cul- of dance . students’ broaden to designed is course The writing . and discussion, lecture, dancing, readings, video, through cultures investigation of the dance traditions of many An cultures . diverse of arts of the within dance role the and values religious and cietal, so- community, reflect and define to of dance power and role The culture: temporary con- of issues to dance relationshipof the of Finally, the course will examine Finally,examine sport . will in course uity the eq- racial and gender resourceand allocation, recruiting, administrator, sports and coach, athlete, of responsibilities and rights market- the ing, sport to relate they as fairness and justice of issues the including management, sport in practices and issues ethical major the addresses course This years . alternate S, (3) . 320 ology 315 the rest of the social structure to . Offered as institution Soci- an as sport of relationship the and observers, under participants, sports and standing describing on put is Emphasis interscholastic sports, and professional sports . sports, youth are attention special receiving society modern in sports of dynamics social-psychological and social the of study A alternate years . alternate . S (3) . Sport of Sociology Issues and Ethics in Sport Management Management Sport in Ethics and Issues F World . (3) in Culture Dance Instructional Methods for Secondary Secondary for Methods Instructional .
Not offered 2009-2010. Health, Physical Education, Rec reation, D ance, AndSpor A study A . Educa- Areas . -
Physical 330 instructor Prerequisite:tion . presenta- oral and writing through Christians as lives their the to present application the They and process audience . an for it form per and dance final a choreograph Students dance. evaluate and design to them prepare that critiques written and discussion, flection, re - observation, through skills evaluation and studies movement through analysis improvisationdevelop They . create Students group design . and meaning, forms, choreographic rhythm, body,space, of concepts the explore choreography of art the with ment - engage intensive An years. alternate S, (3) . F (3). Sport 332 core inthearts . instructor the of permission uir standing, junior lab work, research and analysis . Prerequisite: significant incorporates course The analysis . motion and skills sport in skills mechanical cular, orthopedic, cancer) and advanced bio- neuromus- pulmonary, (cardiovascular, ties modali- disease (adults, and elderly) pregnancy,the populations specific for scription health and fitness appraisal and exercise pre- electrocardiography,exercise and resting on biomechanics . and pathophysiology, exercise physiology, cise exer- clinical of survey in-depth An S. (3) . 328 ogy 115,141orpermissionoftheinstructor exercisePrerequisite:- Biol to . responses logical physio- of assessment in used techniques and principles apply students help will laboratory The drugs . and alcohol, tobacco, of use the and environment the as such performance affecting factors of physiology the includes course The systems. muscular and cardiovascular,ratory, respi- the of responses the on placed be will sis exercisehuman in involved principles . physiological and efficiency physical of study 325 sion ofinstructor requisite: Physical requisite: Pre- sport . professional and amateur both in consumerism and violence competition and faith Christian between tensions inherent the Advanced Practices in Exercise Science A A S . (3) . Activity Physical of Physiology Philosophy of Physical Education and Education Physical of Philosophy ac Cmoiin n Performance and Composition Dance . Education This course . capstone Core .
.
Physical Physical ducation 218 or permis- or 218 Education mphasis will be placed be will Emphasis 2, r emsin of permission or 325, Education Satisfies college college Satisfies . Education Students Students . Empha- t 156 or or 156 213, 171 .
-
Health, Physical Education, Recreation, Dance, and Sport F, I, F, t . . An overview of the leader- Recreation (RECR) Recreation Historical and Sociological Founda- Recreation Recreation for Persons with Special Therapeutic Recreation with Special Honors Honors Project and Presentation. Measurement Measurement and Evaluation in Physi- (3) . Programs Recreation in Leadership Management of ServicesLeisure (3) . S . A . This course is designed to conduct an in- See Physi- See (3) . Recreation and Education cal cal Education 301 . 304 study of the principles, policies, theories, and procedures involved in the organization and Needs (3) . . S Philosophy and basic concepts relating to planning and grams conducting in pro- educational and community tings set- for individuals with disabilities . Con- cepts and techniques in program planning, leadership, and adaptations of facilities, ac- and education physical in equipment tivities, recreation services for individuals with spe- . and discussed reviewed cial needs are 301 391 and S . 201 A S . and F (3) . Sport and Recreation of tions study of recreation and sport in the context of their history and development as well as an overview of in, their and role significance to, contemporary society 203 F depth investigation of basic leadership skills programs recreation of delivery the to related and related human services within a Chris- tian worldview ship theories, concepts, and strategies lated to the re- delivery of human services will be . provided A leadership lab will be used to develop and practice team building skills, techniques, leadership and facilitation, group as well as problem solving skills that will be . programs useful in leading recreation 205 Populations (3) . S, alternate years . A and recreation therapeutic to gen- orientation eral its role in serving the needs of persons with characteristics, etiology, The abilities . varying and considerations for treatment of persons with a wide range of common diseases and disorders are reviewed and discussed . Prac- tical application and adaptations for serving the recreation and leisure needs of persons with disabilities will be made . 215
. . Education . Throughout the course, eformed perspective in order Reformed perspective in order ecreation Recreation majors must first complete n, Dance, And Spor n, Recreatio , Physical Educatio Health Seminar in Principles and Practices of Individual Competencies (1) . F and S . Field Internship In HPERDS (3, 12) . F, 172 Students must complete the physical educa- tion major prior to student year and teaching . transfer students with special Fifth needs may seek department authorization to do di- teaching during the first semester rected 380 This course assists students in the develop- ment of a portfolio documenting essential skills and experiences needed them for to professional practice prepare in the disci- plines of health, physical education, recre- ation, and dance . Students will their skill competence in a document variety of fitness, well as activities, sport and movement/dance admin- teaching, in proficiency document as competencies . istrative, and professional I, and S . Staff. 390 Independent Study . F, 346 and will provide a forum for discussion of discussion for forum a provide will and 346 problems and issues that develop during - stu dent teaching . Before taking this course, stu- teaching directed into admitted be must dents by the education and HPERDS . departments course course provides students with a survey physi- and sport about inquiry philosophical of cal . education Topics include the nature of play and sport, sport as meaningful experi- ences, ethics in sport and physical activity, and contemporary issues such as drugs, vio- lence, and gender The S . and F . (3) Teaching Education Physical seminar deals with perspectives and methods of teaching physical education . This course should be taken concurrently with students are confronted with issues from a Christian and S, and SS . An internship or field experience at an approved institution, agency, or service as specified by astudent’s major and advisor fo- seminar the applicable, Where HPERDS . in cuses on the problems and issues involved in - Prereq practice . professional to theory relating uisite: all courses in the recreation . program Other HPERDS majors must have junior or senior standing . All students must have a minimum and (2 .0) C of average point grade cumulative advisor of the department the approval 359 to develop their own Christian perspectives . Prerequisites: biblical foundations I or theo- logical foundations I, developing a Christian foundations . mind, and philosophical 346
Health, Physical Education, Recreation, Dance, and Sport ties . Topics will include: recreationpublic resources, facili- areas,and lated to the operation and care of private and will review theprinciplesandprocedures re- course This years . alternate I, (3) . agement 308 Recreation 201or203. Prerequisite: developed . be also will motion pro- and administration program for grams sized . Use of selected computer software pro- empha- is programs, recreation of planning model, which is used in the organization and development program a of application The development. program recreation of niques F (3) . 305 settings .Prerequisite: recreation 201or203. administration of leisure services in a variety of h hsoy piooh, n cnet of concepts and philosophy, history, to the introduction An years. alternate F, (3) . 314 fit intoyouthdevelopmentstrategies . programs recreation how examining as well as presented be will programs development youth effective coordinating and organizing in the 21st century youth of development the in role their and organizations serving youth of overview an provide will course This years. alternate S, 312 tions, andRecreation 304or305. founda- philosophical and mind, Christian a developing I, foundations theological or I foundations biblical Prerequisites: practice . professional and life personal for plications im- its and perspective Christian Reformed a of development the on society placed is Emphasis contemporary in leisure and play, work, of aspects theological and economic, psychological, sociological, political, the of understanding an develop help readings ed contemporary culture . Discussions on select- of philosophies work, play, and and leisure and their influence on theories the reviews F 310 fered 2009-2010. instructor the of permission or 305 Prerequisite: evaluation . systems security,and and safety competition, and/or cies and guidelines, interagency coordination gal authority for operations, developing poli- . Core capstone course . This seminar course Recreation and Youth Development (3) . (3) . Leisure of Philosophy and Theory Recreation Program and Facility Man- Facility and Program Recreation rnils f hrpui Recreation Therapeutic of Principles rga Pann ad Development and Planning Program suy f h picpe ad tech- and principles the of study A . Health, Physical Education, Rec reation, D ance, AndSpor . Models and strategies for Establishment of le- Recreation . ot of- Not
. 345 tor instruc- the of permission or 205 Recreation Prerequisites: programs . fitness physical and physical confidence classes, stress-challenge, therapy, play counseling, leisure including approaches treatment specific to application reviewed and practiced in the context of their are relationships helping and interpersonal in Skills . services recreation therapeutic of methods and techniques used in the delivery basic the to introduction An years . alternate 324 permission oftheinstructor Prerequisite: presented . are aging of problems the and illnesses, ric pediat- impairments, developmental ments, impair- physical impairments, psychological with persons of treatment the in personnel recreation therapeutic of function and role the to orientation recreationAn therapeutic . their skill competence in a variety of fitness, of variety document a in competence skill their will Students dance . and ation, recre- education, physical health, of plines disci- the in prepare practice professional to for them needed experiences and skills essential documenting portfolio a of ment develop- the in students assists course This 380 the approval ofthedepartment advisor cumulative grade point average of C (2 .0) and minimum a have must students All standing . senior or junior have must majors recreation Other program . recreation the in courses all uisite: relating theory to professional practice . Prereq - in involved issues and problems the on cuses fo- seminar the applicable, Where recreation . in advisor and major student’s a by specified as service or agency,approvedinstitution, an at experience field or internship An SS . and S, 346 an internshiporpracticumsetting. seminar weekly a these learning outcomes that are developed in se- lected from publications provide the framework for and agency the from studies Case tion process in therapeutic recreation settings . assess- evalua- and implementation, planning, ment, the of understanding an develop to supervisors college and field with work dents stu - recreation Therapeutic SS . F,and (3) . S, .Notoffered 2009-2010. Field Seminar in Therapeutic Recreation Field Internship In RecreationIn Internship Field F,(3) . Practice Recreation Therapeutic F and S . and F (2) . Competencies Individual ecreation majors must first complete complete first must majors Recreation Prerequisites: currently in in currently Prerequisites: . ceto 25 or 205 Recreation . F,12) . (3, . t 173
Health, Physical Education, Recreation, Dance, and Sport . . Prerequisite: t
. . Prerequisite: Biology 115, 206, Community Health . (3) S, alternate Administration and Methods (3) . S, Basic Health Concepts: Mental Health, Basic Health Concepts: Diseases, Sub- years . This course communi- of variety a focuses in individuals of needs on the health ty settings . Students will learn about current health and non-health conditions affecting U .S . communities . Open to all juniors and seniors interested in health-related profes- . 2009-2010 sions . Not offered 308 alternate years . This course is designed provide experiences that will to enable the stu- dent to develop management, methodology, administrative, and instructional skills re- quired to plan and implement a contempo- rary health in education school program set- permission or 202 Health Prerequisite: tings . of the instructor This course may be taken before Health 265 . Health before taken be may course This . 2009-2010 Not offered 307 sustaining sustaining optimal . health Specific topics of study will include nutrition as it relates to athletic performance, the onset of diseases, and obesity . or equivalent 265 Fitness, Sexuality, Aging, Addictive Behav- iors, and Death (3) . alternate F, years . This course is designed to provide students with basic health content . Topics to be discussed include a Christian perspective on health and wellness, mental health and stress, physical fitness, sexuality andreproduction, addictive behaviors, and aging and death . Prerequisite: . Biology 115 or equivalent Biology 115 or permission of the instructor 266 stance Abuse, Community, and ment Environ- . (3) S, alternate years . This course is minors education health prepare to designed with a wide variety of health education con- tent include the following: A reformed per- spective on health, risk factors for lifestyle diseases, consumer health, health, environmental lifestyle and communicable diseases, substance abuse, and cancer
This . . Cross- Not offered
. Laboratory Red Cross Certification in adult, Health Education (HE) n, Dance, And Spor n, Recreatio , Physical Educatio Health Foundations of Health Education (3) . Honors Project and . Presentation I, F, Essentials of Anatomy and . Physiology Nutrition (3) . F and S . This course will F (2) . Care Emergency and Aid First F, alternate F, years . This course will provide students with an introduction to education . health of development the in sues basic is- In addition to the history and of health philosophy education, topics will include the following: Health promotion, professional competencies, ethics, and faith professional . organizations perspectives, listed Biology 115 . 202 2009-2010 . 203 course will enable the student to acquire in- creased accident and safety awareness, as well as understand the liability aspects of adminis- tering first aid . The course will cover the - cog nitive and practical skills of standard first aid, artificial respiration, and CPr . for American Opportunity child, and infant CPR and first aid will beof- course . of the as part fered 254 understand- basic a with student the provide will emphasis Special nutrition . human of ing in nutrients and food of role the on placed be 174 This is a study of the major theories of biol- ogy as applied to humans . introduced to The the concepts student of is cell, genetics, ecology, and evolution through the study of the anatomy, physiology, and development of the human body and health . Students ap- ply these concepts to contemporary issues in and the . environment society, human biology, The laboratory utilizes methods of biological investigation, with an emphasis on anatomy human and physiology 115 movement/dance and sport activities, as well as activities, sport and movement/dance admin- teaching, in proficiency document as . competencies professional istrative, and and S . I, F, Study. 390 Independent 391 and S .
Health, Physical Education, Recreation, Dance, and Sport tory majorsorminors. tory may be used as an elective in any of the his- department . the in course 300-level designated a with conjunction in taken be must 394 History level . 300 the on 394 History than other course one least at take must Minors level . 300 the on 395 and 394 History besides period after1500. treatinga course one least at and 362) 263, 262, 261, 245, 241, 232, 231, (151, 1500 before period a treating course one least first-year students. for recommended not are which level, 300- should be taken before courses on the course 200- This or Honors . 151/152 or 152, 151, History from course one by met be must history in requirement core The programs . 151 or 152 is required for admission to major Assistant Professors K.DuMez,Y. Kim,R.Schoone-Jongen, E.Washington Associate Professors B.Berglund, W. Katerberg Professors D.Bays,**J.Bratt,J.Carpenter, B.deVries, D.Diephouse,Howard, History History 151 or152 History HISTORY MINOR Electives (11semesterhours) 395 History 394 History 294 History One 200-levelWorld course One 200-levelEuropean course One 200-levelAmericancourse 151or152 History History major REQUIREMENTS FORALLMAJORS goal, concerningthevarioustypesofprograms leadingtocertification . college careerstheir foreignconcerningsecondaryalanguage theirchoiceifin ofteachingand,their is early advisors departmental with consult to asked dis- are historical Students cipline . the of demands the and goals, vocational anticipated their departments, Such programs will reflect the students’ interests within the field of history and in related Students majoring in history will design programs with their departmental advisor departmental their with programs design will history in majoring Students One W40 or W80 level interim course interim level W80 or W40 One courses two least at take must Majors at include must minors and majors All History in (2 .0) C of grade minimum A K. Maag,D.Miller, F. vanLiere, K.vanLiere, W. Van Vugt (chair)
w cuss rm n cutr n one and cluster one from courses Two History 151 or152 History (22-25 semesterhours) history minor Elementary andsecondary andsocialstudiesmajors . tory students completing both the secondary his- selectthismajor ry at the middle and high school Students levelswanting certification to teachshould histo- Economics 151 Geography 110 Political science101 educationonly) Cognates (secondary Elective (3-4semesterhours) 395 History 394 History Interdisciplinary 375 294 History One worldcourse One European course One additionalAmericancourse 229 History 151and152 History (31-35 semesterhours) EDUCATION History major eLEMENTARY ANDSECONDARY 294or394 History Two electives course from adifferent cluster: or 371-372 itr 2126 2122 331-346, 271-272, 231-246, History 229,251-257,or354-358 History History 261-268or362-364 History . The electiveThewaived is for Histor y 175 .
History
. ) In In ) Teacher Teacher . uropean European transoceanic Neolithic cultures and their 207, 275, and one approved elec- approved one and 275, 207, tive Elementary Courses 272, 331-338, 346, 371, 372 272, 331-338, course from 261-263, 362 261-263, course from or for those who took 151, one 363, 364 264-268, course from (Specific course choices are listed in listed are choices course (Specific Students seeking special advice on advice special seeking Students Three courses from Political Science Political from courses Three c . One course from 231-246, 271, b . For those who took 152, one . . History of the West and the World I (4) . and the World History of the West Teacher Education Program Guidebook . Program Education Teacher transformation into ancient urban tions . It civiliza- continues with the development of the classical civilizations and the major world from impulses of interaction the and religions, these, down to the SecondaryA .D . 1500 year the around voyages themes include evolution of societies around sedentary and urban of contrast the world, the F and S . This course examines the history of with begins course The societies . human early Paleolithic and 151 Students must take two specified courses disciplines: four of following the each from political and history, geography, economics, science the addition, students must complete a sequence sequence a complete must students addition, of courses from one of these disciplines studies social a with consultation in chosen advisor consult should education teacher elementary r . Schoone-Jongen or D . Miller SOCIAL STUDIES ELEMENTARY GROUP minor (28-29 semester hours) Economics 221 Economics 222 Geography 110 Geography 210, 230, 310, 320 One from History 151 or 152 History 229 Political Science 101 Political Science 202 Prior to the teaching internship, students must have the of approval the department the in found are approval for Criteria , available in the the in available Guidebook, Program Education . education department . y 358 a . One course from 255-257, 351- 230, 310, 331, 320 and an approved approved an and 320 331, 310, 230, elective Histor Three Three courses from history chosen in the following manner: Three courses from Economics 323-339 from courses Three 338, 346, 371, 372 338, 346, 371, 364 Three Three courses from Geography 210, 176
ELEMENTARY SOCIAL STUDIES ELEMENTARY GROUP major (37-39 semester hours) History 151 or 152 History 229 Economics 221 Economics 222 Geography 110 Geography 210, 230, 320 One from Political Science 101 Political Science 202 the following clusters: One sequence from Students pursuing the secondary social studies major must also complete a history major or a minor in economics, geography, or political science . Courses are allowed to and major studies social the between overlap the disciplinary or minor major social education secondary studies group major (41 semester hours) Economics 221 Economics 222 Geography 110 Geography 210 History 151 History 152 History 229 Political Science 101 Political Science 202 205 Interdisciplinary 375 Interdisciplinary 359 Interdisciplinary History 229 History255 History 256-257, 354-358 One from: One Historyfrom: 231-246, 271-273, 331, 362- 261-268, 225, 220, History from: One History 294 or 394 375 (secondary only) Interdisciplinary
History who qualifyforhonors enrollment . those to restricted is and students 20 to ited World . the and West the fulfills the core requirement of the History of course This exam. final the of place the take World.Modern the phy as History: Personality and Personalities in essays, of volume self-published a to presentationchapter-class a contributes and a prepares student each as projects, search re- independent to shifts focus the the semester of half second the In context . global a in development historical of patterns broad on focusing period, entire the of offersan overview the course of part first The 1500 . since history world of study intensive An S . 152H world wars,anddecolonization. the revolution, industrial the as such tury, cen- twentieth the of significance half latter the through global of events and them; to reaction and contribution world’s Western non- the including West, the de- in velopments religious and social, economic, litical, European includes course the and revolution scientific the of coverage The studied. is societies human modern of history The S . and F (4) . 152 those to who qualifyforhonorsenrollment . restricted is and students, 20 to World . thethe and West of History of requirement credit core the fulfills course The examination. final a oflieu partyin book-signing a in culminate will process This publication . in-house its for manuscript the assemble help and ter, the do chap- individual an of book, writing researchand the of planning the in pate book. class a of publication in-house the for Civilizations” Ancient of Fall and Decline the of concept An “Collapse: theme half will be a research other and writing project on the The lectures . and assignments reading on examination mid-semester a by followed 1500, A .D before empires cantile ing-gathering societies to the medieval mer hunt- early from history world of comprehensivecoverage be will course the of Half 151H development oftechnology the and societies, for strategies nomadic and History of the West and the World II World the and West the of History Honors West and the WorldI the West and Honors oos et n te ol II World the and West Honors lgtnet rdto; e po- key tradition; Enlightenment c suet il partici- will student Each A book-signing party will party book-signing A nrollment is limited is Enrollment aiain f the of Examination nrollment is lim- is Enrollment .
Biogra- F (4) . (4) . - .
231 cultures in the conquest era, the long-term long-term the era, conquest and the in races cultures of mingling the include covered Topics present . the to times pre-Columbian from America Latin in change and continuity 238 sideration .Notoffered 2009-2010 . con- receive themes intellectual and ligious, Bangladesh . and Pakistan, India, of of rise nations modern the the and rule; British of impact the Mughal the of synthesis cultural the religions; Indian major the of rise the clude in- forcesThemes therecultural . and ligious re- Islamic and Hindu of interplay the and Hindustan of civilization the on placed be the twentieth century to times earliest the from Asia South of tory 235 revivalism . Islamic and secularism and Israel, of rise the nationalism, colonialism, orientalism, clude TopicsIran . Worldand after Warin- I states Ottoman the emphasizing century, twentieth the to Middle 233 ical developmentswillallreceive attention. technical, artistic, social, religious, and polit- Scientific, Islam. and Christianity of gence emer- the and Judaism of development the the cultural syncretism of the age, which saw on placed is emphasis Particular 900. A .D to B .C 350 from is, that Caliphates, Islamic early the fromto Alexander of conquests the F (3) . 232 fered 2009-2010. with contacts cultural and traditions, linguistic and artistic setting, geographical to given is consideration Special records . historical contemporary and accounts, biblical translation, in texts ancient anthropology,cultural and ology on as well as archaefrom evidence - Alexander,on to based ancient the of tory Latin American History (4) . S . A study of Hellenistic and Late Antique Near East Near Antique Late and Hellenistic F . (3) East Near Ancient India and Its WorldIts and India A study of study A S . (3) . East Middle Modern suy of study A . All 200-levelcoursespresuppose or permissionoftheinstructor. astern history from the middle ages frommiddle history the Eastern pr ad t mdr successor modern its and Empire Intermediate Courses Intermediate History 151or152 ooi, oil pltcl re- political, social, Economic, uropean civilizations . European World Regions Near Near . Primary emphasis will ast from prehistory from East sen civilization Eastern A cultural his- cultural A (3) . A cultural his- cultural A . histor Empire; ot of- Not y 177
History influence of colonial institutions, the paradox North America of economic development and continued pov- 229 U.S.A. (4) . F . Selected themes in Ameri- erty, the Cold War struggle between forces of can history from colonial times to the present . the Left and the Right, and the growth of Prot- This course is not intended for those who plan to estantism in a traditional Catholic society . take period courses in American history. 241 Africa from Antiquity to 1800 (3) . A 251 Colonial America, 1500-1763 (3) . A wide-ranging survey of prominent themes historical study of the British North America encompassing several centuries of African from the first European settlements to the history . The principal aim is to introduce stu- eve of the American Revolution . After ex- dents to some of the main currents of African amining the European background of and history and to provide insights into its soci- Native American responses to colonization, ety and culture . Themes include pre-colonial the course will trace the development of the culture, commerce, and state building; the different social systems and regional cultures trans-Saharan and Atlantic trade; Islam and that emerged along the Atlantic: Puritan the sociopolitical changes it brought; and the New England, plantation Virginia, commer- Atlantic slave trade . Not offered 2009-2010 . cial mid-Atlantic, Caribbean Carolina, and 242 Modern Africa, 1800 to the Present Scots-Irish backcountry . Special emphasis is (3) . S . An examination of the historical, po- given to the role of religion and politics in litical, and economic development of Africa launching and steering this process . Not of- since 1800 . The course examines European fered 2009-2010 . imperialism in the late nineteenth and twen- 252 The American Republic, 1763-1877 tieth centuries, the development of African (3) . S . An examination of the emergence of nationalism, resistance and struggle for inde- the United States from the revolutionary era pendence, neo-colonialism, and the origins through Reconstruction, tracing the chal- History, of contemporary social, economic, and po- lenges that faced its citizens in building and litical problems in the new states of the area . preserving a national union . The course will 245 East Asia to 1800 (3) . F . This course is a study the period of Independence and Fed- history of East Asian civilizations from early eralism, Jeffersonian and Jacksonian politics, times until the early modern period . Empha- westward expansion, slavery and sectional- sis is on the history of China and Japan, but ism, the Civil War and Reconstruction, and the history of Korea is also included . Primary post-War expansion . objectives are for students to grasp the essen- 253 Industrial America, 1877-1945 (3) . A tial patterns of Chinese, Japanese, and Ko- historical study of the United States from the rean social structures, political systems, cul- end of Reconstruction through World War II, tural values, and religious and ethical norms treating political and cultural developments as they developed from the late traditional against the background of the nation’s turn period through to 1800, and also to appre- toward an industrial economy, urban soci- ciate the similarities and differences among ety, and global empire . Particular attention these civilizations . will be paid to religious currents, increasing 246 East Asia since 1800 (3) . S . A history of racial/ethnic complexity, and the changing East Asia from 1800 to the present, this course fortunes of the liberal-political economy in emphasizes the history of China and Japan, but war, peace, prosperity, and depression . Not the history of Korea is also included . Primary offered 2009-2010 . objectives are for students to grasp the essen- 254 Recent America, 1945-present (3) . S . A tials of the patterns of East Asian societies on study of American history since World War the eve of the modern period, then to gain an II, focusing on the national impact of the appreciation of the travails of modernity in all United States’ unprecedented international three countries as they were transformed from role and power . Particular attention will be traditional societies to modern nation-states . paid to the civil rights movement, culture Another objective is to gain an appreciation of and politics during the Cold War, the 1960’s the inter-relatedness of the East Asian nations’ “youth revolution” and renewal of American histories in the past 100 to 150 years . feminism, the emergence of postmodern cul-
178 history ture, and the transition to a postindustrial 261 Ancient Greece and Rome (3) . F and S . economy . A study of the ancient Mediterranean world with a focus on the history of ancient Greece 255 African-American History (3) . F This . and Rome, chronologically from late Bronze is a survey of African-American history from Age Greece to the beginning of Late Antiq- West African societies to contemporary times . uity . This course will examine in depth the It highlights the creation of a slave society political, social, and economic developments in British North America, African-American of Greece and Rome, which in turn gave rise intellectual traditions, the African-American to shifts in intellectual, artistic, and reli- church, and social and political movements gious thought and practice . Particular prob- for freedom . lems studied in depth include: the rise of the 256 Women and Gender in U.S. History (3) . Greek polis, radical democracy in Athens, F . An introduction to topics in the history of the effects of Alexander’s conquests, the Ro- women in North America and to the use of man Republic, the transition to the Roman gender as a historical category of analysis . empire, and the impact of Christianity . This course examines experiences unique to 262 Europe in Late Antiquity and the Early- women as well as the changing perceptions of Middle Ages (3) . F . A study of the emergence masculinity and femininity evident in differ- of Europe out of the Roman Empire along- ent historical epochs . side the Byzantine Empire and Islamic com- 257 History of the North American West monwealth . Special attention is given to the (3) . S . A study of the American West from Christianization of the Roman Empire, Chris- the pre-Columbian plains to present-day tian missions to Western Europe, the role of California, and as a landscape of the mind monasticism, and the way that early medieval as well as a real place . The course will plumb Europe, like its neighboring cultures, inte- the historical significance of the myths made grated its Roman-Hellenistic heritage into its about the West as well as events that actu- new forms . ally transpired there, and students will be 263 Europe in the High- and Late-Middle encouraged to reflect on what the existence Ages, 900-1450 (3) . S . This course includes History of the two “Wests” tells them about America a treatment of one of the most formative pe- as a whole . riods in the development of European cul- Europe ture and institutions, when strong monar- chies emerged out of feudalism and a new 223 Russia (3) . A survey of the political, so- religious vitality transformed Christian spiri- cial, and cultural history of Russia from its tuality . These impulses are traced through medieval origins as Muscovy through the the rise of schools and universities, the Cru- Romanov Empire and Soviet Communism . sades, and the role of the papacy as a unify- The course will address the importance of ing political force in Western Christendom, Orthodox Christianity, the expansion of Rus- concluding with the late-medieval economic sian rule across Eurasia, the interactions be- and demographic crisis and the break-up of tween ethnic Russians and their subject peo- the medieval worldview in Renaissance Italy . ples, the attempts to modernize Russia along Western lines, and the history of the Soviet 264 Reformation and Early Modern Europe regime and its legacies for Russia today . Not (3) . A survey of European political and so- offered 2009-2010 . cial history from the early 16th century to the late 18th century, with particular emphasis on 225 England (3) . F . A survey of English his- the Protestant Reformation, its social and in- tory including the Anglo-Saxon background; tellectual origins, and its political and social the medieval intellectual, religious, and con- contexts and consequences, and on select- stitutional developments; the Tudor and Stu- ed “revolutionary” political and intellectual art religious and political revolutions; the movements, such as the Thirty Years’ War, the emergence of Great Britain as a world power; English Revolution, the emergence of modern and the growth of social, economic, and po- science, the Enlightenment, and the French litical institutions in the modern period . Revolution . Not offered 2009-2010 .
History 179 266 Nineteenth-Century Europe (3) . F . The of communist rule . The course will address history of Europe from the French Revolution the variations in Marxist thought, the totali- to World War I . Special attention is paid to so- tarian model of Stalinism, the rise of com- cial and cultural developments, including the munist movements in the developing world, rise of industrial society, ideologies and protest dissident resistance, Communism and the movements, nation-building, mass politics, ma- church, the failures of the regimes in East- terialism, and the fin de siecle revolution in art ern Europe and Russia, and the reforms and and thought . repression of Deng Xiaoping in China . Not 267 Twentieth-Century Europe (3) . S . The offered 2009-2010 . history of Europe from World War I to the Theory and Practice of History present . This course examines the social, cul- tural, and political implications of the centu- 294 Research Methods of History (2) . F, I, ry’s major events such as the two World Wars, and S . An introduction to historical sources, the rise of totalitarianism, the Holocaust, the bibliography, and research techniques, giving emergence of the Cold War, the founding of particular attention to the different genres the European Union, and the fall of the Berlin of history writing, the mechanics of profes- Wall . Special attention is given to the endur- sional notation, and critical use of print and ing tension between European unity and na- electronic research data bases . Intended as tional particularism as well as to the burden of preparation for 300-level courses . the European past . Advanced Courses 268 Women and Gender in European History Enrollment in all 300-level courses (3) . An introduction to topics in the history of presupposes two courses in history or women in Europe and to the use of gender as a permission of the instructor. historical category of analysis . This course ex- History amines experiences unique to women as well World Regions as the changing perceptions of masculinity and 331 Studies in Middle Eastern History (3) . femininity throughout European history . Not A study of the relationship between the Unit- offered 2009-2010 . ed States and the Middle East in the twenti- eth century . With the collapse of European Global Histories colonial empires and the onset of the Cold 271 War and Society (3) . A survey of key ep- War after World War II, the United States be- isodes in world history from the perspective came increasingly involved in Turkey, Iran, of the social history of war . The course em- Israel, Egypt, and the other Arab states . The phasizes the social, economic, cultural, and course examines political, economic, social, religious contexts and consequences of war- and religious aspects of this environment . Is- fare . Case studies drawn from various civili- sues taken up include military alliance sys- zations and from the ancient, medieval, and tems, economic liberalism, politicized Islam, modern eras explore the thesis that armed Christian Zionism, cultural exchanges, and conflict has been a significant variable affect- popular images and the academic critique of ing the processes of world historical develop- Orientalism . Discussion of readings is em- ment . Not offered 2009-2010 . phasized . Not offered 2009-2010 . 272 Contemporary World (3) . F . Focus on 338 Mexico and the Americas (3) . F . This the Korean War, using the war as a point course examines the history of Mexico of entry for the study of post-World War II from its pre-Columbian and Iberian origins global dynamics . The course will consider through its recent embrace of neoliberal eco- the antecedents and consequences of the war, nomics and democratic politics . Topics that but especially the meanings it held in the receive substantial emphasis include the fu- eyes of the different nations affected by the sion of Old and New World cultures during conflict, and the policies and behavior they the colonial era, struggles between conser- generated in response . vatives and liberals in the 19th century, the 273 The Communist World (3) . A survey of 1910 Revolution and its aftermath, and the the history of Communism and the legacies search for a path to modernity in the 20th
180 History teto will Attention space . of construction cial so- the and culture, material consumption, power, of themes the around organized ent pres- the to times colonial from society can (3) . S . A study of the development of Ameri- 356 394. Not offered 2009-2010 . History with registration concurrent for eligible is course This discord . sectional growing and development economic rapid nation’sthe of background the against these of all of interplay the and thought, slavery pro- and abolitionist of varieties the ideas, lar the development of religious and political particu- in examine will course This place . in fixed wereWar Civil the by them corded ac- re-definitions the when Reconstruction of end the through meanings new concepts these gave awakenings religious and ment the when time the from is, that of “liberty” and “slavery” from 1750 to 1875, understandings American trace will course 355 faith topubliclifemore generally religious of relationships the of questions as well as learning higher in play might faith religiousrolethat the on focus will Marsden Dr background, historical the of review ter States, both historically and theoretically United the in Learning and Faith topic the from this Dr era . in experience religious Americans’ to pertinent contexts sociocultural and ditions, tra- confessional development, of phases ent differ-the connects that problem or theme a study of religion in modern America, tracing 354 the role ofChristianity religiouscurrents,including and intellectual stress will course history,the economic and social, political, of basics the to addition In the Qing Dynasty, about 1650, to the present . prehensive treatment of Chinese history from 346 394. tration withHistory regis- concurrent for Mexican-Americans. eligible is course This of experience the of examination an with concludes course The episodes . these of each tant-Pentecostal—in Protes- and Catholic, gion—pre-Columbian, century Modern China Modern This (3) . History Intellectual American History Cultural and Social American F (3). History Religious American Notre Dame University, will be teaching ere ase, iiig professor visiting Marsden, George . Attention is paid to the role of reli- of role the to paid is Attention . (3) . F .North America . An in depth, com- . Enlighten- . Af- A . . 358 394. tration withHistory regis- concurrent for eligible is course This for the economic changes of the 21st century causes the and modernization, and alization industri- of benefits and costs the business, American of history the expansion, eco- nomic American behind dynamics the omy, sizing the foundations of the American econ- empha- present, history the to times economic colonial from States’ United of study 357 394. istration withHistory sis . This course is eligible for concurrent reg- analy- and inquiry of categories be will race exercisedis power which gender,Class, . and cre- ation of sacred space, the and the hidden ways in and religion popular media, mass the and consumerism of rise the suburbia, of development the landscape, American the of meaning changing the American history, including in questions and topics new up open frameworks theoretical and methods, sources, new which in ways the to given be offered 2009-2010. centuries . twentieth and nineteenth the during frontiers other on papers do also may They period . any during West American the in set topics other choose may but violence, to related topic a on papers do to encouraged are 358 History with connection in seminar 394 History the take who Students 394 . tory His- in registration concurrent for eligible is rica, Latin America, and Australia .This course similar frontiers in Canada, Mexico, South Af- and U .S the of regions other to comparisons cuses on the American West, but it makes brief visions, and ideals of manhood . The course fo- political competing antagonism, cultural and racial conflict, class about been has violence This film. and fiction Western in violence of culturepopular the examines also course The region . the of evolution economic and social, amine the function of violence in the political, ex- to Stand, Custer’sLast and Massacre low Lud- the as such events and these figures, striking uses It more . and LA, post-industrial in riots ambushes, Mormon warriors, Indian prostitutes, Chinese enslaved saloons, in ing fight- cowboys lynchings, vigilante saboteurs, anarchist gunslingers, conquistadors, about is course This present . the to era colonial ish Violence in the American West, from the Span- Studies in the North American West (3) . F (4). History Economic American interdisciplinar y ot Not 181 A . .
History Examines uropean European na- . ducation 346, and an ap- an and 346, Education uropean European imperialism from . Methods and Pedagogies for Sec- . This course is eligible for concur- Seminar in of the Histo- Teaching Honors Senior Thesis (3) . A two-se- Education 302-303 or permission of Theory and Practice of History Theory and Practice . They proceed in spring term to write Europe’s Global . (3) Empires Europe’s tion (e .g ., Britain or Spain) or may conduct a comparative study of several nations’ em- . perspective analytical particular a from pires 2009-2010 . Not offered its inception in the fifteenth century to its demise in the twentieth . The course may fo- cus on the empire of a single rent registration with History 394 . registration rent 372 dimensions of ry at the Secondary Level . (3) F and S . This course is designed to assist student teachers effective and goals appropriate developing in methods of teaching history and social stud- ies at the middle and high school level . The discus- the for forum a provides also seminar student during develop that problems of sion History 375, teaching . concur- Prerequisites: in enrollment rent history major proved IDIS 375 ondary Social Studies (3) . A course in per- spectives on, principles of, and practices in teaching of government, history, geography, and economics at the secondary level . cluded In- are teaching strategies, curriculum studies, readings regarding new ments in develop- social studies education, examination and of these topics as they an relate to a Christian view of human . nature Prerequi- sites: the instructor I, and S . 390 Independent Study . F, in History (3) . 390H Honors Tutorial 391H to students lead to designed sequence mester pa- seminar substantial more a of writing the per than is possible in History 394 . Students spend fall term in History 390H conducting a thorough investigation of the literature on secondary and around a topic which they choose in close consultation with their ad- visor IDIS 359 history of China, Japan, and Korea: foreign missionaries, merchants, diplomats, and ac- ademics . In addition to other course work, in- an of study case a select will student each subject the as group small or family, dividual, of a paper
. . Ex- . This Focus- urope Europe
Nazification English as well East Asia, prin- Not offered 2009- urope Europe and reshaped Europe
y Global Histories uropean society, European this society, course ex- Histor Asia and the Pacific since 1850 (3) . Studies in Modern Europe (3) . S . (3) . Europe Medieval in Studies Studies in Early Modern Europe (3) . F 2010 . 363 as a number of articles by leading scholars of the Reformation . 364 es on a particular topic or period within the Middle Ages for advanced historical study This course is eligible for concurrent regis- tration with History 394 . This course will look in detail at Calvinism, one of the leading movements Protestant that began in early modern and in the American colonies in the 16th and early 17th centuries . Beginning with Geneva, the course will examine the ways in Calvinism which spread, changed, and in developed different political, social, and cultural con- texts . This course will focus on the - connec andsocial and change religious between tions the examine will and transformations political lay of those versus clergy Calvinist the of aims people and the approach taken by Calvinism the discipline, church as such concepts key on sphere appropriate the and resistance, of right willcourse This state . and church of action of seek to bring to light the variety ences of of experi- leading Calvinist pastors, but those of also ordinary people . Students will read a range of primary sources in ploring the changing roles of individuals in post-1789 of “ordinary Germans,” and of the religious identity in modern society meaning course is eligible for concurrent registration in History 394 . amines major trends and events through the perspective of their impact on the self-per- ception of individuals . The course proceeds through such topics as the development of working-class consciousness, the rise of the respectable middle class, the the religious and political landscape in in landscape political and religious the 362 182 S . This course will examine the experience and impact in of Westerners cipally between 1850 and 1950 . It will take a sampling from each category of Western residents (many of whom were Americans) who played interesting roles in the modern 371
History also that do not fit logically into any single department or which are in disciplines not offeredotherwise atCalvin. disciplines in are which or department single any into logically fit not do that also first- orsecond-yearstudents. field . the in historio- problem graphical well-defined a addressing and es (20-25 pages) paper based on original sourc- article-length an producing of end the to ic or top- question specific a of study tensive 394 393 MuseumStudies(3). to pursuegraduatestudiesinhistory track recommendedhighly planning and those for honors department’s the in students topic . that upon thesis senior a avn olg a a hita community inquiry of Christian a to as students College Calvin introduces program prelude 149 its users. technology and the ethical responsibilities of this of impact cultural the publishing, web and networking spreadsheets, with analysis quantitative systems, software and hardware nology tech- information of foundations the to tion introduc- first-year A Core . S . and F (1) ogy Technol- Information of Foundations 110 and tothepublicatlarge . capitalists, venture topeers, subordinates, managers, ideas of refinement and creation their communicating engineers for design speech basic on is emphasis The speeches . preparingin effectivepetency delivering and com- student developing on emphasis with rhetoric, oral of principles the of study A S . 102 COURSES Interdisciplinary This section includes not only courses that are interdisciplinary (IDIS), but others but (IDIS), interdisciplinary are that courses only not includes section This F and F (2) . Engineers for Rhetoric Oral F (1) . YearPrelude First An in- An S . and F (2) . Seminar Research ois icse icue computer include discussed Topics . rld poie a intellectual an provides Prelude . The first year first The . equired for Required ot open to open Not . to articulate theirown. challenged students the and evaluated, and engaged are perspectives Christian of riety va- a issues, methodological and temological epis- current on and texts the on course the throughout reflection critical persistent of historiography Western of ments monu- significant of discussion and reading discipline. the on spective per- Christian critical a articulating toward view a with Westerntradition the in writing history of history the major, examines course history this the in capstone The S. and 395 Christian faithandpraxis. of perspective the from explore to issue ic academ- particular a defines course the of these to common readings and themes, each section addition In vocation. academic their pursue they referenceas of frame tian Chris- a formulate to begin students helps and themes biblical basic out sketches ings the ambient culture . A set of common read- with engagement faith-based broad, a and worldview Christian a of development the College, Calvin of project intellectual tral cen- the to students introduces course this interim, first-year the during Taken S . and I (3) . Mind Christian a **Developing 150 weeks ofthesemester tian perspective . Meets during the first seven a through awareness and hospitality,obedience, learning, discerning, listening, exploring specifically relevance, contemporary of issues for implications its and worldview, Christian a to introduction F (3). Perspectives Historiographical histor y , Interdisciplinar . fre Chris- Reformed pai i on is Emphasis By means By . y 183
Interdisciplinary . This . Commu- nglish English and learn . Partners meet for . Students will examine cul- . Class meets four times at the . This course will examine how edu- . The class is open to first year inter- Transcultural Transcultural Caring for the Health Societal Structures and Education as American . Ways (1) . S . This course is tunity tunity to practice spoken about the American culture, the American/ Canadian student has opportunity to learn about the life and culture of their interna- tional partner beginning of the semester conversation throughout the semester course meets the cross-cultural engagement . requirement core 194 designed to help new international students better understand the culture of college life in the U .S . Students choose an American or Canadian partner from their dorm floor to talk and interact with each ex- week . Topics plored include time management, individu- alism, friendship, communication impressing your professor, and being styles, a mi- nority national . students Class meets for ten weeks and satisfies the cross-cultural engagement . requirement core 196 S . The major focus of Professions (3) . the F, understand- student increase to be will course transcultur- of area the in knowledge and ing of study that is an area care), (culture al care essential in the diverse and global world in the 21st century nity-based research projects will challenge students to examine these issues in real-life contexts as well as introducing them to so- ture care from a Christian perspective, imple- perspective, Christian a from care ture menting a variety of theoretical perspectives on culturally congruent . care Students will have the opportunity to directly be involved with several ethnic groups as they examine the lifeways and cultural norms and values of groups in relationship to their health care needs . This course provides valuable infor- mation to students who are interested in en- . professions tering the health care 205 a Social Enterprise (3) . F and S . An exami- nation of the interaction between education and the other systems and institutions (e .g ., political, economic, and cultural) that shape society cation is shaped by and is reshaping attention Particular institutions . these and systems and class, race, of impact the to given be will gender on schooling and society
. Note that in-
. y English is a second ESL partner has oppor- . An introduction to the nature of Interdisciplinar Conversation Partners . (1) . F and S . Energy: Resources, Use, and Steward- Contextual Diversity Studies . (1) F and Across Across . Cultures (1) . F and . S This class See Ge - See S . (4) . Meteorology Introductory 184 ship (4) . F energy and energy transformations with and energy of forms andifferent the on emphasis the use and availability of different - energy re sources, this course includes a study of environmental the implications of the use variety of of energy a resources such as fossil fu- els, renewable resources, and nuclear energy . resources This course is taught from a bibli - the of discussion a includes and worldview cal relationship between God, humans, the - cre ation, the nature of science, and the validity and limitations of scientific knowledge . From these discussions a biblical view of - steward energy of use our for implications its and ship is developed . Laboratory resources ** Several sections of this course are offered during the spring semester to accommodate first-year students enrolled in the foreign lan- guage sequence 121-122-123/202 . In tion, addi- individual and multiple sections of the course have specific subtitles indicating the of each . special focus 160 190 S . The Mosaic Floor is a living-learning - com munity made up predominantly of first year and sophomore students . Students cultural explore diversity and racism . Due to the in- tentional nature of the community, students must apply to live on the floor 191 ography 191 for the full course description . 192 is made up of half American/Canadian stu- dents and half international dents students . explore Stu - some of the different cultural values and assumptions which underlie hu- man behavior and can cause cultural - misun journal, weekly a readings, Short derstanding . and both small and large group class discus- sions facilitate this exploration . Class meets for ten weeks and satisfies the cross-cultural engagement core . requirement andA section for register students ternational American/Canadian students for section B . 193 partners student Canadian or American Each with someone, usually a Calvin seminarian or spouse, for whom language . While the
Interdisciplinary with aninterest intheMiddleAges. anyone to open is it but minor studies, medieval in a selected have who students those for mandatory is course This . Mary” Virgin the of cult “The or Ages”, Middle the in ble Bi- “The as, such theme a aroundstructured plinary method of studying the Middle Ages, to the skills that are specific to the interdisci- biennially offered 306 education fieldexperience required . lum design, and assessment . Secondary/adult curricu- methods, classroom areas, content in teaching asecond include topics Course of language . acquisition the influence that guistic, cognitive, affective, and social factors this lin- recognize to learn In will students course, settings. classroom to acquisition language second of knowledge their them bring helping language, second the is lish where classrooms in teach to students Teachersondary (3) . F 302 field experience required . assessment . and cur-design, riculum methods, classroom areas, teaching content in include topics Course asecond of language . acquisition the influence that guistic, cognitive, affective, and social factors this lin- recognize to learn In will students course, settings. classroom to acquisition language second of knowledge their bring English is the second language, helping them where classrooms in teach to students pares F . (3) Teachers ementary 301 chaeology forcoursedescription. 240 Christian tradition,willbeexamined. Judeo- the outside and within developments, non-institutional and Institutional spective . per theological and sociological, historical, in developments religious American current of analysis and description A S . (3) . Situation 234 ment inthesocietalstructures category require-core a meets and society and cation ate for all students who are interested in edu- education and society between interaction the of analysis critical this shape will justice, social as such norms, researchmethodology science cial Introduction to Archaeology (3) . See ar- Introduction to Medieval Studies (3) . I, The Contemporary American Religious Religious American Contemporary The iiga ad S Euain o Sec- for Education ESL and Bilingual iiga ad S Euain o El- for Education ESL and Bilingual A classroom introduction classroom A . . This class is appropri- . This course prepares hs ore pre- course This . lementary Elementary Christian . . Eng- - to student teaching . student to prior year, senior or junior the in taken be should course This classroom . language the assessment, and to the use of technologies in and evaluation in issues to skills, basic the of teaching the to educator prospective the introduces also language It growth . learner’spersonal the with interacts pedagogy how this and pedagogy second-language fects af- education to approach Christian a how explores course The them. with associated controversies major the and methodologies various of study a offering languages, world the major principles and practices of teaching Pedagogy guages 357 in 302/303 . registration concurrent or of major secondary world languages, including ing . teach- the student to prior year, in senior or junior taken be Should experience. aiding programs . and observation for and visits school Off-campus curricula, methodologies, acquisition, language second skill development, language of Study school. elementary the in languages world teaching and of Theory practice I. and F (3). Pedagogy guages 356 ology forcoursedescription. 340 approval oftheinstructor). (or sciences natural the in major declared a and standing, junior/senior I, foundations cal biblical/theologi- foundations, philosophical world, the and west the of history mind, tian considered . Prerequisites: developing a Chris- be will texts primary Some development . cal histori- this on perspective Christian formed re- critical a articulating toward view a with religion and science of interaction the of tion investiga- the be will course capstone this of theme central A develops. science which in context the institutional and of ideas scientific background religious and philosophical . chemistry) Particular attention is given to the physical sciences (predominantly physics and century the in then since 17th developments major of and the in philosophy natural of examination An Capstone . Studies/ tegrative 310 Field WorkField archae-ArchaeologySee in . Introduction to Elementary World-Lan- Elementary to Introduction Introduction to Secondary World-Lan- Secondary to Introduction equired for elementary certification in certification elementary for Required itr o Pyia Science Physical of History Prerequisite: completion completion Prerequisite: . F (3) . Interdisciplinar equired for secondary secondary for Required An introduction to introduction An .
ESL, and the K-12 In- S. (3) . ducation Education y 185
Interdisciplinary certification in world languages, including cial studies education, and an examination of the ESL secondary endorsement . Prerequi- these topics as they relate to a Christian view site: completion of or concurrent registration of human nature . Prerequisites: Education in Education 302/303 . 302-303 or permission of the instructor . 359 Seminar in Secondary World-Languag- 378 A Christian Calling: Proclaiming Jubi- es Pedagogy (3) . S . A seminar reinforcing lee as a Christian Leader . (3) . S . The aim the major principles and practices of world- of this course is to describe the strategic role languages pedagogy on the secondary level that leaders within the church have played for students during their semester of directed and continue to play in the economy of gifts teaching, to be taken concurrently with Edu- God gives to his people: and to assist twelve cation 346 . This course provides opportuni- (12) upper-level students, Jubilee Fellows, to ties for collaborative work on putting theoreti- discern whether God might be calling them cal and pedagogical matters of immediate con- to become a church leader . Prerequisites: Ad- cern into a practical framework . Prerequisites: mission to the Jubilee Fellows program; per- Education 302/303 and successful completion mission of the instructors . of departmental proficiency exams . 380 Youth Ministry Internship (4) . F and 359 Seminar in the Teaching of History S . Students work in a local church or para- at the Secondary Level (3) . F and S . This church ministry where they receive an ap- course is designed to assist student teachers pointment to conduct specific responsibili- in developing appropriate goals and effective ties in youth ministry related to the education methods of teaching history and social stud- of middle school and/or high school young ies at the middle and high school level . The people . Students will work a minimum of
Interdisciplinary seminar also provides a forum for the discus- eight hours per week under the supervision sion of problems that develop during student of an on-site supervisor and participate in teaching . Prerequisites: History 375, concur- regular seminar meetings conducted by the rent enrollment in Education 346, and an ap- college youth ministry advisor . Internship proved history major . experiences will equip the students with the ability to integrate educational theory, and 374 Models of Ministry to Youth (2) . F . This theoretical understandings from related dis- course provides a forum for students, youth ciplines, with the practice of contemporary ministry practitioners, and theological schol- church-based youth ministry . Each student ars to investigate and evaluate a variety of will produce a project that demonstrates his models for the church’s ministry to the youth or her competency in such learning transfer of the church and community . Students, related to specific aspects of youth ministry practitioners, and scholars will employ a va- experienced in the internship and will also riety of methods including, but not limited meet with the seminar instructor for an oral to, a field trip, presentations by nationally evaluation . Prerequisites: junior or senior recognized youth ministry experts, and criti- class level; completion of Interdisciplinary cal theological reflection on key issues as- 374 or Psychology 202; Education 102 or the sociated with youth ministry . The course is permission of the instructor . specially designed for cross registration with students from Calvin College and Calvin 385 Comenius Scholars Internship . (3) F Theological Seminary . Prerequisites: junior and S . This internship course links liberal or senior status . It follows the academic cal- arts students to nonprofit apprenticeships endar of Calvin Theological Seminary where in the community . Each internship involves the course is taught . a minimum of ten hours of work per week in a professional setting with an approved 375 Methods and Pedagogies for Secondary employer-supervisor . The academic seminar Social Studies (3) . I . A course in perspec- accompanying the internships involves read- tives on, principles of, and practices in teach- ing, seminars/works, reflective journals, and ing of history, government, geography, and a major paper/project/presentation . A stu- economics at the secondary level . Included dent may participate for up to two semesters . are teaching strategies, curriculum studies, Prerequisites: sophomore standing and per- readings regarding new developments in so-
186 Interdisciplinary mission of the internship coordinator . impact, globalization, and the need/mean for transformation . Prerequisites: three courses 391 Seminar in African and African Diaspo- from the African and African Diaspora minor ra Studies (3) . From Africa to the West, co- or approval of the instructor . lonialization and neo-colonialization have formed a historically-based social and struc- 393 Project Neighborhood Service-Learning tural context from which emerge racialized Seminar (1) . F and S . This seminar integrates gender representations, identity, and cultural content related to urban community assess- frames . This interdisciplinary course utilizes ment, organization, and development in con- a Christian lens to explore and deconstruct nection with service learning in the local com- colonialism/neo-colonialism; examine and munity, using a cycle of action and reflection, critique that context’s raced and gendered so- in a group composed of Project Neighborhood cial ideologies including “blackness”, white- Lake Drive house residents . ness, marginalization, and structures (eco- 394 Gender Studies Capstone (3) . S . An in- nomic, political, religious, schooling, etc .), tegrative course that refers to previous work movements of resistance, empowerment, and in the minor, focusing particularly on cur- reform as well as issues of language, identity rent research, theory, and controversies in and culture . Special attention will be paid to the field . Special attention will be paid to an Afro-Christian perspective and critique, nurturing mature Christian thinking on gen- critical theory, and representation . From a der issues . historical backdrop, this course will examine the neo-colonial social context, its operational
International Development Studies
The international development studies (IDS) major consists of eleven courses, eight
required and three elective . A semester program in a developing country is also required for International Development the major . Depending on the program, some courses from off-campus programs may apply as either required or elective courses . The IDS minor consists of six courses, three required and three elective, which together comprise a coherent, planned, interdisciplinary program in development studies . An IDS advisor must approve the plan for the minor . An interim or semester experience in a developing country is also normally expected . One approved interim course may apply to either major or minor programs . The program director is r . Hoksbergen (Economics) . Advisors for the IDS program are J . Bascom, r . Hoksbergen, T . Kuperus (adjunct professor of IDS), D . Miller (History), A . Patterson (Political Science) and T . Vanden Berg (Sociology) .
International development One from Political Science 272 or 309 studies major One from Economics 237 or 337 (note: both One from IDS 201 or SPHO 205 of these courses have prerequisites) Sociology 253 Semester experience in a developing coun- IDS 351 try One from IDS 355 or STHO 212 Three electives from: IDS 395 Biology 364, Communication Arts and One from Environmental Studies 210, Bi- Sciences 330, Economics 237, 337, ology 364 or the semester in Thailand 338, Environmental Studies 210, 302, French 362, 363, Geography 221/222 .
Interdisciplinary, International development studies 187 230, 240, 242, History 233, 235, 238, rights; geography, natural resources, and the 242, 246, 273, 331, 338, 346, IDS 359 natural environment; technology; social cap- (counts for 2 electives), Philosophy 226, ital and civil society; and globalization/impe- Political Science 271, 272, 276, 277, rialism . Prerequisite: IDS 201, SPHO 205 or 279, 307, 309, 319, 328, Religion 252, permission of instructor . 255, 353, 354, 355, Sociology 153, 252, 355 Community Development (3) . F and S . 303, 308, Spanish 309, 361, 362, 363, A study of the theories, problems and meth- SPHO 342/315, STHO 210, STHO 211, ods associated with international develop- approved courses from off-campus se- ment work at the community level . Topics mesters; One approved interim course include community mapping, survey and assessment methods, project planning and International development evaluation, community development prac- studies minor tices, grant writing, organizational develop- One from IDS 201 or SPHO 205 ment and capacity building, donor-client Sociology 253 relationships, organizational partnerships, One from IDS 351, 355 or STHO 212 advocacy, and fund raising . Special attention Interim or semester in a developing coun- is given to the way Christian development try (or its equivalent) organizations carry out these methods . Most Three advisor approved electives from the of the course is directed toward international list of elective courses for the major, community development experiences, but and also including IDS 351, 355, 395
International Development some case studies and illustrations are also and STHO 212 taken from a North American context . Pre- COURSES requisite: IDS 201, SPHO 205 or permission of instructor . For non- IDS courses, please refer to course descriptions in their respective departments. 359 Internship in Development (12) . F and S . Internships will typically take place in 201 Introduction to International Develop- collaboration with the Christian Reformed ment (3) . F and S . An introduction to the World Relief Committee (CRWRC), and will history of Third World development, to the generally involve CRWRC’s placement of realities of contemporary life in the world’s the student with one of its partner organi- low income countries, and to competing zations, either in a developing nation or in theoretical perspectives on development North America . Students will work for four and change . The course addresses cultural, to five months with this partner in areas of social, political, religious, economic, and development work including community de- environmental elements of people’s lives in velopment, micro-enterprise and business the developing world . It also surveys and development, literacy and adult education, critiques such dominant perspectives on de- organizational capacity building, data gath- velopment as modernization, dependency, ering, basic health, disaster preparedness world systems, globalization, and sustain- and response, refugee assistance and resettle- able development . ment, local church-based development, and 351 Theories of International Development peace and reconciliation work . Placement (3) . F and S . An in depth study of some of will occur through an application and in- the major contemporary theories about the terview process . See one of the IDS advisors causes and explanations of low levels of de- for more information . Prerequisites: IDS 201 velopment as well as corresponding recom- or SPHO 205, IDS 355 or STHO 212, sociol- mendations for promoting development at ogy 253, a semester educational experience a national/international level . The main fo- in a developing nation or its equivalent, ap- cus is on the primary causal factors of na- propriate language capabilities, and junior/ tional development emphasized by different senior status . contemporary theories . Such factors include 395 Senior Seminar in International Devel- economic institutions and policies; political opment Studies (3) . F and S . A study of the institutions and governance; cultural and worldview foundations of contemporary de- religious orientations and practices; human
188 International development studies velopment theories, with special attention to on development, as well as Christian per- Christian perspectives on development and spectives on development arising from the development work . Topics include modern- Roman Catholic, Mennonite and Reformed ization, dependency, post-development, fem- traditions . Prerequisites: senior status and inist and capabilities approach perspectives two IDS courses .
International Relations See the Political Science department for a description of courses and programs of concentration in international relations .
Japanese Language and Literature Professor J. Vos-Camy (chair) Associate Professor H. DeVries (chair), L. Herzberg The Japanese language program is part of the Asian studies program, and is adminis- tered by the Germanic and Asian Languages department . The Japanese language major includes eight Japanese language courses and four culture courses . There are two possible minors available, namely the Japanese language minor and the Japanese study group minor . The foreign language core requirement can be met by the study of Japanese through the intermediate level (Japanese 202) .
During both fall and spring semesters A minimum of one elective course must be Japanese Language International Relations, students may participate in a semester pro- taken at the 300 level. gram of intensive Japanese language study JAPANESE MINOR at the Japan Center for Michigan Universi- ties (JCMU) in Hikone, Japan . The center Japanese 101 is run in cooperation with the University Japanese 102 of Michigan, Michigan State University and Japanese 201 other Michigan colleges and universities . In Japanese 202 the summer only intensive Japanese language Japanese 215 courses are offered in Japan . The advisor for Japanese 216 this program is L . Herzberg . Japanese 217 or 218 JAPANESE STUDY GROUP MINOR japanese language MAJOR Japanese 101 Japanese 102 History 245 or 246 Japanese 201 Philosophy 225 or STCH 203 Japanese 202 Religion 255 or 355 or 356 Three courses from Eight Japanese language courses Art History 241, History 245, 246, Po- One culture elective from the following: litical Science 277, Religion 255, 355, Art 241, History 235, 245, 246, 272, 356, any interim course on Japan or 346, 371; Political Science 277, Reli- culture course offered in the semester gion 354, 355 or 356, JCMU courses program in Japan .
International relations, japanese language and literature 189
It .
.
. This . A con- (3) . F . Advanced Conversation (4) . F Further Studies in Modern Japanese Advanced Grammar and Composition Introduction Introduction to Modern Japanese Lit- (4) . S . The systematic grammar study and of advanced composition . learn many new their“kanji” as they improve Students will skills in written Japanese . Conversation prac- Jap- Prerequisite: . emphasized be also will tice of the instructor anese 215 or permission 217 erature: 1868 to the Present tinuation of Japanese language study and an Japa- major by written works to introduction opened Japan 1868--when from authors nese the of the world and entered itself to the rest modern as era--to well as the present, select- and ed readings society, on Japanese history, Japanese 216 . . Prerequisite: culture 218 Literature: 1868 to the Present . (3) S . This with deals and 217 Japanese on builds course difficulty linguistic greater of texts literary also includes further language study and se- lected readings on Japanese society, history, Japanese 217 . . Prerequisite: and culture all the basic grammar patterns of Japanese and Japanese of patterns grammar basic the all “kanji” . a total of 500 will have mastered 215 course is designed to develop advanced au- skills as well as advanced ral comprehension competence in spoken exercises, Japanese drills, and conversation through in class . Students will also continue their the study written language by of learning many new “kanji” . Prerequisite: Japanese 202 or per- mission of the instructor 216
. The goal . . An intro- Extensive oral drills and .
umerous Numerous cultural notes and written n re, Lati nese language and literatu japa Intermediate Japanese (4) . S . This se- Elementary Japanese . (4) F Intermediate Japanese (4) . F Elementary Japanese (4) . S . A continu-
See the Classical Languages department for a description of courses and programs of concentration in Latin .
190 Latin 201 ation of Japanese 101 . Continued study of Japanese grammar with equal emphasis on improving conversational proficiency more Many . Japanese writing and reading on and “kanji” (Chinese characters) will be medi- a intro- as and writing and reading for duced . culture Japanese into insight gaining for um Prerequisite: Japanese 101 or permission of the instructor duction to Japanese language and culture, stressing both spoken and written Japanese . After one semester students will be able to carry on simple conversations in Japanese, read dialogues written in Japanese, and un- derstand some fundamentals of Japanese so- thinking . cial values and ways of 102 of this course is to further the student’s abil- ity to speak, understand, read, and write the Japanese language . reading exercises continue to be used . By the end of the term, the student will know “kanji” . 300 dialogues portraying various social situations vari- and culture Japanese into insight provide ous ways of thinking . Prerequisite: Japanese 102 or permission of the instructor 202 mester completes the study of basic Japanese semes- the of end the By syntax . and grammar ter the student will have been introduced to COURSES 101
Latin credit elective of hours semester Eighteen LiteratureOne Cultureor in coursetaught Latin AmericanStudies Latin as offered (when 237 economics One socialsciencecoursefrom: One contextualstudiescoursefrom: or interim campus off one in Participation Off campusinterim LATIN AMERICANSTUDIESMINOR The advisorfortheprogram isD.Ten Huisen(Spanish). must meet with an advisor to select courses that together comprise a coherent program . culture class at the 300 level in a foreign language . To be admitted to the minor, students is also required and will be demonstrated by the successful completion of a literature or required . Competence in an appropriate foreign language (Spanish, Portuguese, French) is America Latin in course interim programor semester off-campus an in Participation level . 300 the at be must courses two least at and discipline/department, single a from and three electives, distributed as described below in people North America. Latino with work and live to intend who those as well as America Latin in work and live to intend who people for background appropriate an forms minor The dents with the histories, cultures, languages and contemporary realities of Latin America .
in thesamediscipline) be may minor entire the in courses three than more (no advisor the with sultation con- in chosen be to 18 hours semester total of minimum a reach must Electives from thefollowing: an appropriate language ras 205,211,or Hondu- in Study 276, Science Political American 210 History 238, 338, or Study in Honduras semester program inLatinAmerica The minor consists of six courses (minimum of 18 semester hours), three requiredthree hours), semester 18 of (minimum courses six of consists minor The stu- acquaint to designed is studies American Latin in minor interdisciplinary The On CampusElectiveCourses American Art history 243; Economies), Geography 240, conomies); Geography Geography Economies); Economics 237 (Latin
Other Se- Program Studies American Latin Off CampusElectiveCourses . No more than three courses may come America), on campus interim interim America campus (Latin courses withrelevant focusonLatin on 370 363, America), 362, 309, 361, 308, 310, Spanish Political 276, 338, Science 238, History 240, tuguese orindigenouslanguages Por- in courses language Approved in America Lat- on focus relevant with courses Interim Off-Campus Yucatan, the in LASP Costa Calvin-approved the of part as taken courses Appropriate mester required courses. for substitutes as cases, certain in or,electives as serve may gucigalpa Te- in Pedagógica Universidad the at taken courses Appropriate 393, 364, 342, 313/315, 309, 308, 212, 211, 210, 205, Honduras in Study latin amer ican studies 8 Itrm in Interim W80 SPAN Rica, 191
Latin American Studies - Teach . Minor programs must meet the ter hours from: Mathematics 301, 305, 312, 333, 335, 343, 344, 351 355, 361, 362, 365, 380 256, and 261 SECONDARY EDUCATION EDUCATION SECONDARY minor Mathematics Mathematics 171 or 170 Mathematics 172 Mathematics 256 Mathematics 243 Mathematics 301 Mathematics 329 Mathematics 361 Cognate Computer Science 106 or 108 Prior to the teaching internship, students must have of the . the approval department the in found are approval for Criteria in available Guidebook, Program Education er At least two totaling at least seven semes- following minimum requirements: Mathematics 171 or 170 Mathematics 172 243, 232, 231, Mathematics of two least At Mathematics 172 Mathematics 243 Mathematics 256 Mathematics 301 Mathematics 329 Mathematics 351 Mathematics 361 Mathematics 380 interim An approved twice) Mathematics 391 (taken Cognate Computer Science 106 or 108 MINOR MATHEMATICS All proposed minor programs must be de- departmental a with consultation in signed advisor - Major pro Mathematics . . Students are encour-
and statistics ematics math M. Stob (chair), G. Talsma, G. Venema G. Talsma, M. Stob (chair),
271 at least seven Mathematics semester 301, 305, hours 312, 329, 333, from: 335, 343, 344, 351, 355, 362, 365, 380 192 MATHEMATICS MAJOR MATHEMATICS All proposed major programs must be de- departmental a with consultation in signed advisor and approved by the department of mathematics and statistics Associate Professors M. Bolt**, C. Moseley, R. Pruim, T. Scofield, J. Turner Scofield, J. R. Pruim, T. M. Bolt**, C. Moseley, Associate Professors L. Kapitula, M. Myers* Assistant Professors Mathematics and Statistics Mathematics J. Koop, Kapitula, T. Jager, Fife, C. Hampton, T. E. Ferdinands, R. J. Professors SECONDARY and SECONDARY Elementary MAJOR MATHEMATICS EDUCATION Students desiring to be certified to teach secondary mathematics must complete a major program that includes each of the courses listed below grams must consist of a coherent package of courses intended to serve the student’s fol- the meet and goals career and interests lowing minimum requirements: Mathematics 171 or 170 Mathematics 172 Mathematics 256 At least one of Mathematics 231, 243, and Mathematics 361 Mathematics 351 or 355 At least two additional courses totaling interim An approved Mathematics 391 (taken twice) Cognate Computer Science 106 or 108 Students with specific educational or ca- reer goals should take additional courses . Descriptions of a number programs—including programs in applied of expanded mathematics, computa- mathematics, pure actuarial and statistics, mathematics, tional studies—are available in the Student Handbook, which is available from any member of the department and on the page . Web departmental aged to take additional electives . Mathematics 171 or 170
Mathematics and Statistics Mathematics 256 Mathematics 172 Mathematics 171 Two department electives Economics 222 Economics 221 Business 204 Business 203 Major Business/Mathematics Group individual basis. an on arranged be may majors group Other lowingtwogroup majors are pre-approved - fol The type . this of program each approve must departments three the of chairs The department . third a from chosen courses two remaining the with either, from four be from two departments with no fewer than sciences and mathematics, ten of which must groupmajorsrequirethe twelve courses in programs education teacher in are anticipate attending graduate school or who majors are not appropriate for students who professionallarlythosein programs particu - students, some of needs the meets mathematics and science in major group A GROUP MAJOR background . student’s the on depend courses ematics math- for choices as advisor departmental a education with consultation in chosen be elementary should for minor The Sys- Information from hours semester Three Interdisciplinary 110 Mathematics 143or243 or interim approved an 110, Mathematics Mathematics 132or171 Mathematics 222 Mathematics 221 MATHEMATICS MINOR ELEMENTARY EDUCATION only duringthefallsemester available is mathematics secondary in ing teach- Directed department . education the ing lines) for the requirements on the two preced- mationsubstituted Systemsbe may 271 Infor- or 108 106, Science (Computer tems 141,151,153,171 Mathematics 172 . . . These Such Such .
n fo Ifrain ytm 11 153, 151, Systems Information from One Information Systems171 Cognates Mathematics 344 Mathematics 343 Mathematics 271 seniorthesis programs require further course work and a ments of the general honors program, these mathematics education . Beyond the require- or mathematics in honors with graduation to leads program honors departmental The HONORS PROGRAM 153, 151, Systems Information from One Information Systems171 Cognates Mathematics 344 Mathematics 343 Mathematics 271 Mathematics 256 Mathematics 172 Mathematics 171 Two department electives One from Economics324/326 One from Economics323/325 Economics 222 Economics 221 Group Major Mathematics/Economics CORE CURRICULUM concentration inthedepartment . of program a to admission 271 for required or is 256 243, 232, 231, (2 Mathematics C of grade minimum A ADMISSION TOPROGRAM a majorconcentrationcounselingsheet. more year at the same time that they submit mental honors program during their sopho- departthe to admission for apply normally - complete,planningstudentstoandshould department 106, 108,or112 104, Science Computer 271, 141, 221, 106, 108,or112 104, Science Computer 271, 141, 221, mathematics andstatistics . These programs require careful . Detailsavailableare fromthe . 0) in one of of one in 0) 193
Mathematics and Statistics . (4) . This course This courseThis . core S, and F (4) . Elementary Functions and Calculus II Techniques of Techniques Integration, Introduction Elementary Functions and Calculus and Functions Elementary Calculus I Calculus . Mathematics 169 and 170 together serve serves as an introduction to calculus . Topics include functions, limits, derivatives, applica- tions of derivatives, and integrals . Historical and philosophical aspects of calculus are in- tegrated with the development of the math- ematical ideas, providing a sense of the con- - Prereq developed . was calculus which in text uisite: either four years of college preparatory mathematics or Mathematics 110 . A calculus readiness test is administered by the - depart ment during orientation and some students may be placed in 169 on the basis of that test . F as an alternative to Mathematics 171 for stu- high of years four completed have who dents school mathematics but who are not ready for calculus . Placement in Mathematics 169 or 171 is determined by a ness test calculus that readi- is administered to Topics orientation . during students first-year incoming include functions and their graphs, polyno- mial functions, trigonometric functions, ex- ponential and logarithmic functions, limits, derivatives . Prerequisite: four years of high school mathematics . 170 (3), Interim, . core A continuation of Math- ematics 169 . include Topics derivatives, ap- plications of derivatives, and integrals . His- torical and philosophical aspects of calculus are integrated with the development of the mathematical ideas, providing a sense of the context in which calculus was Mathematics 169 . Prerequisite: developed . 171 is being replaced by Mathematics 172 and is offered for the last time in the Fall semester of 2009 . First year students should enroll in Mathematics 172 . 169 to InfiniteSeries, and Multivariatelus . (4) Calcu- F and S, honors section . Techniques of integration; rectangular, cylindrical, spherical and coordinate systems; vectors; partial derivatives; multiple integrals; and an - intro duction to sequences and series . Prerequisite: completion of Mathematics 160 or 161 with a grade of C- or . above Laboratory Prerequisite: Computer Computer Prerequisite: . science computer in instructor or permission of the Science 108 162
. A
Not open to . Applications Not open to - math . An introduction to a num-
.
Mathematics Mathematics in the Contemporary Pre-calculus Pre-calculus Mathematics (4) . F Discrete Discrete Mathematics for Computer and statistics ematics math Calculus for Management, Life, and - So Introduction to Probability and Statistics to Probability Introduction 194 those who have completed Mathematics 161 . cial Sciences (4) . F and S . Functions, limits, and derivatives . Applications of to derivatives maximum-minimum problems, - exponen tial and logarithmic functions, integrals, and functions of several variables . course in elementary functions to students prepare for the calculus ics include the sequence . properties of Top- the real num- ber system, inequalities and absolute ues, functions val- and their graphs, of solutions equations, polynomial functions, nometric trigo- functions, exponential, and loga- rithm functions . Three Prerequisite: years of college preparatory mathematics (excluding statistics courses) . 132 Prerequisite: Mathematics 143 or permission of instructor (4) . F and . S . An core to introduction the - con statistics . and probability of methods and cepts The course is designed for students interested in the application of probability and statistics in business, economics, and the social and life sciences . Topics include descriptive statistics, - random variables and prob theory, probability ability distributions, sampling distributions, point and interval estimation, hypothesis test- ing, analysis of variance, and correlation and . regression 143 156 Science (4) . F COURSES 100 (3) . World F and S . . core An introduction to the nature and variety of mathematics results and methods, mathematics models and their applications, and to the interaction between mathematics and . culture majors . ematics and natural science ber of topics in discrete mathematics are particularly useful for work in computer that science, including propositional logic, sets, functions, counting techniques, models of computation and graph theory The mathematics core requirement may be may requirement core mathematics The of the following: mathematics met by any 171, or 221 . 100, 143, 170, 110
Mathematics and Statistics 172 190 171 shouldnormallyenroll insectionAP for credit placement advanced with students First-year 171. or 170 Mathematics uisite: Prereq- space. of geometry the and vectors coordinates; polar and equations parametric series; and sequences infinite integration; of applications Techniquesintegration; tion . of odology relevant to teaching geometry, prob- of Mathematics 221 . Both content and meth- continuation a is course This S . and F (4) . Teachers School Elementary for Methods 222 except bypermissionoftheinstructor students year first to open not Prerequisites: curriculum. mathematics school elementary the in technology of impact the and solving of and mathematics mathematics learning and the role of problem of nature the include addressed issues Pedagogical sub-systems . its and system number real the include covered Topicsconsideredare . mathematics school to relevant methodology and content Both ics . mathemat- elementary teaching for needed background with teachers school ementary el- prospective provides course This core . S . and F (4). Teachers School Elementary for 221 only withpermissionofinstructor Mathematics 143 . Open to first year students 160, Business 171, Systems Information site: Prerequi- simulations. computer analysis, queuing, decision optimization, Network applications. modeling, spreadsheet cepts, (4) . F and S . Linear programming: basic con- 201 graded onacredit/no-credit basis. register to welcome are program) major prospective of (regardless mathematics in interested students first-year together topics these study to math- ematics in interested students for portunity op- provide to and mathematics of breadth the with students acquaint to are course the of goals The topics . applied both and theoretical and results recent and include classical will both but semester, by vary Topics program . undergraduate the of part erwise oth- not mathematics in topics different eral F An introduction in seminar format to sev- to format seminar in introduction An . The Real Number System and Methods Methods and System Number Real The First-YearMathematics in Seminar Quantitative Methods for Management for Methods Quantitative acls II Calculus emty Poaiiy Saitc, and Statistics, Probability,Geometry, ad , oos sec- honors S, and F (4) . This course will be will course This . . .
All . . (1) .
232 or 172. 162 Mathematics non-linear Prerequisites: equations . and methods numerical tions, equa- differential linear of systems linear algebra, elementary transforms, Laplace ing includ- equations differential ordinary order second- and first of applications and lutions so- to introduction An S. and F (4). gebra 231 221 orpermissionoftheinstructor Mathematics Prerequisite: thinking . abilistic and the development of geometric and prob- mathematics, in computers of use riculum, cur- school elementary the in statistics and probability, geometry, of place the include ential statistics . Pedagogical issues addressed infer- and probability,descriptive ment, and measure- geometry, transformational sions, dimen- three and two in concepts geometric Topicsconsideredare . basic school include covered elementary in statistics and ability, 256 Prerequisite: data. Mathematics 162or172. simulate and analyze display, to used be will software Computer disciplines . of variety a from chosen be will regression . esti- linear interval simple and mates, point tests, hypothesis inference, statistical distributions, Theorem, Limit Central standard and variables dom ran- probability, statistics, descriptive sign, de- experimental sampling, random lection, 243 the lastyearthatthiscoursewillbeoffered . or 261 . Prerequisite: Mathematics 231 . This is 255, 243, Mathematics of any and course this regression . Students may not receive and credit for inference, statistical probability, tistics, sta- descriptive approximation, squares least projection,orthogonal basis, and dependence in- linear spaces, vector factorization, matrix and elimination Gaussian integrals, surface and line fields, vector include Topics neers . engi- to useful are that statistics and algebra, linear calculus, vector from topics of study A or 171andMathematics156,162 or172. Prerequisites:161 science . Mathematics puter linear algebra, including applications for com- and theory number elementary reasoning, cal mathemati - to introduction An S . and F (4) . Data analysis, data col- data analysis, Data S . (4) . Statistics Discrete Structures and Linear Algebra Linear and Structures Discrete ad S. and F (4). Mathematics Engineering Differential Equations with Linear Al- Linear with Equations Differential mathematics andstatistics Examples .
195
Mathematics and Statistics
. Prob- . A course in perspectives Seminar in Secondary Teaching of Advanced Linear Algebra . (4) S, odd Numerical Analysis (4) . S, odd years . Abstract Algebra (4) . S . An Introduc- Mathematical Statistics (4) . . S A con- Probability Probability and Statistics (4) . F Theory and practice of computational cedures - pro Including principles of error analy- sis and scientific computation, root-finding, polynomial Interpolation, splines, numerical Integration, applications to - ordinary differen tial equations, computational matrix algebra, - approxi square least polynomials, orthogonal as listed Also applications . other and mations, Computer Science 372 . Prerequisites: Com- Mathemat- and 108 or 106 104, Science puter . 2009-2010 ics 256 or 232 . Not offered 343 totic expansions, and numerical solution of partial differential equations . Prerequisites: or 232 . 231 and either 261 Mathematics 335 ability, ability, probability density functions; bino- mial, Poisson, and central limit theorem, limiting distributions, normal distributions; sample statistics, hypothesis tests, and esti- mators . Prerequisite: Mathematics 231, 232, 256, 261, or 271 . 344 tinuation of mathematics 343 including the- ory of estimation, hypothesis testing, non- and analysis, regression methods, parametric Mathemat- Prerequisite: variance . of analysis ics 343 . 351 tion to abstract algebraic systems, including groups, rings, and fields, and their applica- . Mathematics 361 tions . Prerequisite: 355 years . Vector spaces, linear transformations, eigenvalues and eigenvectors, inner product spaces, spectral theory, singular values andpseudoinverses, canonical forms, and appli- cations . Prerequisite: Mathematics 256, Mathematics 232, or or both Mathematics 231 . 2009-2010 and 261 . Not offered 359 Mathematics (3) . F on, principles of, and practices in the teach- ing of mathematics on the secondary level . with concurrently taken be must course This Education 346 . The seminar provides a fo- rum for the discussion of concerns that de- velop during directed teaching . This course program education professional the of part is and may not be included in the major or mi- nor in mathematics .
- Eu- . An Partial de- Partial . (4), F (4), . Euclidean and hyperbolic ge- NP-completeness . Also listed as . Topics covered include sound- An introduction to odd theyears . An introduction (4) . F, The Foundations of Geometry (3) . Introduction Introduction to Teaching Secondary and statistics ematics math Logic, Computability, and Complexity The Geometry and Topology of Mani- Partial Differential Equations (4) . F Partial Differential Multivariable Calculus Calculus Multivariable uclidean space, curves and surfaces in surfaces and curves space, Euclidean clidean space, the topological classification of compact connected surfaces, smooth curves Gauss- the geodesics, curvature, surfaces, and Bonnet Theorem and the geometry of space . Prerequisites: Mathematics 232, 261 or 271 and Mathematics 231, 232, 256 or 355 . 312 first-or- to introduction An years . even F, (4) . der logic, computability and computational complexity sys- proof formal a of completeness and ness tem, computability and non-computability, and computational complexity with an em- phasis on computer science 312 . Prerequisite: Math- . 2009-2010 ematics 256 . Not offered 329 School Mathematics (2) . S . This course in- troduces prospective teachers to important curricular and pedagogical to issues teaching secondary related school mathematics . These issues are addressed in of the context mathematical topics selected secondary from school the curriculum . The should be taken during the spring preceding course student teaching . Prerequisite: A 300-level course in mathematics . 333 Introduction to partial differential equations Include and math- their applications . Topics ematical modeling with partial differential equations, nondimensionalization, orthogo- nal expansions, solution methods for linear asymp- problems, boundary-value and Initial 196 rivatives, multiple integrals and vector calcu- vector and integrals multiple rivatives, 162 or 172 . Mathematics lus . Prerequisite: 301 S . A study of study of manifolds, including both the geo- metric topology and the geometrydifferential of manifolds . The emphasis is on - low-dimen sional manifolds, especially curves and sur faces . include Topics the topology of subsets of ometries from an axiomatic viewpoint . Ad- ditional topics include transformations, and the construction of models for geometries . permission or 256 Mathematics Prerequisite: of the instructor 305 folds 271
Mathematics and Statistics seek facultyadviceasspecifiedbelow major any with conjunction in taken be may minor The etc .) history,studies, history,(medieval roleartreligion, a languages, plays classics, modern music, studies medieval which in curricula the useful of a any in is study It graduate culture . to introduction modern of roots medieval the critically examine to and preciate minor the for courses specific of selection for committee minor studies medieval the of member T (Art), F are committee the of Members 361 major: student’sthe currentthan other interest of field a from chosen be to courses, Elective Interdisciplinary 306 Intermediate languagecourse 263 History Medieval Studies Group Minorin Medieval Studies tion, and continuity,functions, realdifferentia- series, and sequences numerical numbers, real the of cardinality,topology and the sets system, sophical perspectives, and problems on which philo- controversies, and issues significant of examination an includes It mathematics . ern mod- of concepts basic the of some of ment develop- historical the explores course This years. odd S, (3) . 380 requisite: Mathematics271or232. Pre- mapping . conformal and poles, and dues resi- series, power formula, integral Cauchy the and integration functions, complex bers, 365 requisite: Mathematics361. Pre- integration. Lebesgue and theory,sure Topics from 361. sequences and series of functions, mea- Mathematics of continuation 362 two coursesnumbered 231orabove. The group minor in medieval studies is administered by an interdepartmental committee . ap- both to students inspire to aims studies medieval in minor interdisciplinary The Complex Variables (4) . S . Complex num- F (4) . I Analysis Real A years. even S, (4). II Analysis Real esetvs n oen Mathematics Modern on Perspectives Interested students should consult a a consult should students Interested (Classics) . Williams M . and (Music), Steele . Riemann Integration . Prerequisites:
oe Itgaie Studies. Integrative Core: The real number real The . mathematics andstatistics, medival studies Luttikhuizen Luttikhuizen H . (English), Saupe VanK . . (History), Liere
.
Latin101,102, 201,202,206,391 Field 2:Literature andLanguage IDIS198 262,362 History Religion243,341 Philosophy251,322 Music205 Art 232,233,234,235 History andIdeas Field 1:History sion ofthechair permis- the with students qualified to Open sentation on a selected topic in mathematics . expository or research paper and an oral pre- I, and S . The course requirements include an 395 200-level coursesinmathematics. two Prerequisites: speakers. visiting facul- and ty, students, by disciplines related science, and computer Mathematics, in topics various of presentation the for hour an for 391 with permissionofthedepartment chair students qualified to Open staff . department of a students member under of supervision the pendent study of topics of interest to particular 390 foundations .Notoffered 2009-2010. philosophical and mind Christian a veloping foundations I or theological foundations I, de- tory mathematicians have focused throughout his- Prerequisites: Mathematics 361, biblical biblical 361, Mathematics Prerequisites: . Independent Study . (1-4) F, I, and S . Inde- Meets weekly Meets S . and F (0) . Colloquium F, . (1-4) Mathematics in Thesis Senior Students interestedStudents . should . . 197
Medieval Studies
- otre Notre Dame No - prerequi Era”, and the ecognizing that Recognizing . A classroom - intro Introduction Introduction to Medieval Studies We will master reading these scripts, while scripts, these reading master will We ad . learning about their historical development and the production of written . The the script invention of the printing press texts before types studied in this course will range from half-uncial, and uncial cursive, capital, square Carolingian minuscule, Anglo-Saxon script, and the various forms of gothic and human- ist script, while the texts we will read include classical and patristic texts, vernacular texts, and especially the Latin bible . . during the spring of 2010 sites . Offered IDIS 306 (3) . I, offered biennially duction to the skills that are specific to the in- the to specific are that skills the to duction Middle the studying of method terdisciplinary This theme . specific a around structured Ages, course is mandatory for those students who but studies, medieval in minor a selected have it is open to anyone with an interest in Middle the Ages . Offered during interim 2010 . For 2010, the theme will be “Music, Liturgy and Ceremony in the Gothic tistic themes, and local traditions will be con- sidered in conjunction with surviving manu- the period . from script sources course will examine the and sources contexts of music and liturgy during the later Middle Ages . The course will begin with an overview of the structure and content of modern chant books then focus on developments in music and ceremonial during the period in which the gothic churches at Chartres, of Paris, and the Abbey of St . Denis were un- der . construction Aspects of architecture, ar
. - uropean European .) - The remain . This course of- Elective courses must Classical And Medieval Palaeog- (1), offered biennially Studies, Music Medieval P. Shangkuan, J. Witvliet P. The Calvin Music department, as a teaching and aims learning for community, the music is a matter for Christian stewardship, service, and critique, the Music department department Music the critique, and service, stewardship, Christian for matter a is music 198 development of a Christian mind with which to understand, create, and teach knowledge, music . skills, musical developing to itself addresses faculty the this, accomplish To pedagogical and musical of richness the that end the to discernment, and understanding, service . of lives for perspective Christian a by shaped be will practices Professors K. Brautigam, D. Fuentes, H. Kim, B. Polman (chair), C. Sawyer, Fuentes, H. Kim, B. Polman (chair), C. Sawyer, K. Brautigam, D. Professors Steele T. D. Reimer, J. Navarro, Associate Professors Hash, B. Wolters-Fredlund Engle, P. T. Assistant Professors Instructor R. Nordling raphy Music IDIS 198 COURSES This minor requires a minimum of 18 - regu lar semester hours (including a three-hour courseone least at which of course), interim must be taken in history (history 263), and one course in Latin, a vernacular intermediate the at Arabic or Greek, language, be will requirement last this (Ordinarily level . met with a course in literature, rather than conversational language study minor the for requirements course regular ing will be met by courses chosen from among those listed below to meet the interests and needs of the student . be chosen out of one of two fields of inter French 394 French German 390 Spanish 366 345 English 302, 198 Interdisciplinary est (“History and ideas”, or “Literature and language”), with the understanding that this field is outside the student’s current major major philosophy historyor a example, (For will choose his/her elective courses thefrom major classics a field; language” and “literature would choose his/her elective courses from the “history field) . and ideas” fers a practical introduction to reading Late Antique, Medieval, and Humanist Latin and 1500 c . until ad 200 c . from script, vernacular
Medieval Studies, Music ial, l msc aos r rqie to required are majors music all Finally, Music 180(foursemesters) Private lessons(foursemesters) Ensembles (foursemesters) but programs, BA (requiredfor 308 Music Music 305 Music 208 Music 207 Music 206 Music 205 Music 213 Music 108 Music 105 Common MusicRequirements program . specific each for listed are requirements common the music of requirements all listed below take must programs E MUSIC MAJORS in enroll to Music 213or214. required be will standards minimum the meeting not Those perception . aural and harmony keyboard in credits transfer their Calvin, at semester first their ing dur-validate, must also counseling students Such courses . receive music of sequence to appropriate an into registration, first their before or at Brautigam, K . with consult must music in minor or major a interestedin students transfer All education . music in considering a major in music . P students undecided general, for advisor the is Fuentes . D music . in requirements and cation degree (BMEd) . Music of Bachelor the to lead that programsstudy two Artsdegreeof and of (BA) the additionispart ofadesignatedmajororminormusicconcentration . unless requirementsgraduation, minimum for the to applied be may drama and music Music 103, 106, 107, 203 and 236 . various programs andtheindividualstudent’s qualificationsforeach. music 105astheirarts core courseintheFall, forthisclassprovides counsel aboutthe public, are welcomeatthefrequent concerts sponsored bytheMusicdepartment . many performing ensemblesortakeprivatelessons.Allstudents,aswellthegeneral which they are qualified . In addition, any qualified student may participate in one of the arts core requirement by taking one of the specified core courses, or take any course for artsfine a elect music, programin minor afine fulfill music, includes that education in throughmusic of study,joyment community campus the to and majoring in music, to general students wishing to increase their understanding and en- throughout theKingdomofGod . redemption of agents as serve to educators and scholars, leaders, worship composers, performers, listeners, as non-majors and majors music both preparing to committed is ey ui mjr n h B ad BM and BA the in major music very attend four concerts or recitals per se- per recitals or concerts four attend not forBMEdprograms) The Music department offers a variety of programs of study leading to the Bachelor the to leading study programsof of variety a offersdepartment Music The Students who want to take a music course for their arts core credit may choose from Students with any possible plans to study music as a major or minor should enroll in Within the liberal arts framework, the Music department addresses itself to students Each of the programs builds on a common core of basic courses . Hash counsels undecided students considering a major . Additional Not more than 8 semester hours of credit in applied E d porm s granted is program BMEd the or BA the Passport sessions. summer those during audition may Calvin participate in any of the music ensembles at Passport program . All students who want to summer the during test assessment theory music majors or minors should take a music major music a as admission determine not do and ships, scholar music for are year each February in held are that auditions The college . the of requirements admission general the on to Calvin . Your admission to Calvin is admission based to prior spring the in auditions Music MajorApproval Auditions andentranceasaMusicmajor details .) Webdepartment music the for (see site mester in which they do not participate Approval to be a music major in either in major music a be to Approval run not does Department Music The tdns eiig o be to desiring Students . Students can major or major can Students . Music Edu- 199 -
Music in 131, 141, music a or declaring 191 after including semester ery ev- major cluding every semester after de- major claring a music or 171 including every semester major after declaring a music 181 within an academic year; six faculty any in semesters additional ensemble directed directed ensemble, four of 171, which 161, 151, 141, 131, in be must or 191; one semester in 221; one semester in 222 for strings: eight semesters in 171 in- 161, 151, in semesters eight winds: for for organ: two semesters of 131 or for piano: six semesters in a faculty- Music 221 Music 195, 196, 197, 198 Music 312, 315, 316, 317, 318, 319 Music 337, 338 Music 341 Music 351 (in which the ensemble must requirement include at least 2 131): semesters of Music 235/Religion 237 Music 236 Music 237 Music 336 Music electives: 8 hours from Private lessons (two additional semesters) PROGRAMS FOR MUSIC MINORS GENERAL MUSIC MINOR Music 105 Music 108 Music 205 MUSIC HISTORY concentration MUSIC HISTORY listed above Common music requirements Music 307 Music 312 Music history 6 hours electives: Music 390 Ensemble (four additional semesters) Music 180 (four additional semesters) MUSIC IN WORSHIP concentration listed above Common music requirements the . ttendance an an academic year; eight semesters for voice: two semesters of 181 within two for semesters voice: Music following include semesters of the com- mon requirements (in which the lesson requirement must piano) of semesters two least at include at the 300 level) in 108 (and its Lab component) in 108 (and pass, or if deficient, beginninglessons piano of studio lessons the performance jury at the end of the 2nd semester; those wishing to be at receive must ap- concentrates music plied in that juryleast an average of 46 200 in music bachelor of arts general music major Common music listed requirements above Six additional hours of music electives /composition music theory concentration listed above Common music requirements Music 307 Music 312 Music 315, 316, 317, 318, or 319 from Two Music 180 (four additional semesters) APPLIED MUSIC concentration listed above Common music requirements Music 180 (four additional semesters) Private lessons (four additional semesters, Ensemble (4-6 additional semesters) A ecital And R Concert credit for lessons private taking students All means which 180 music take to required are attending at least 6 recital hours each se- mester as well as the studio class addition, In sessions teachers . studio most by offered to attend four required all music majors are other concerts or recitals per semester music the in See . participate not do they which department site Web for details and online forms . report concert 5 of at least 2 . a) overall GPA b) a grade of C or better in Music 105 and c) piano proficiency evaluation: either a d) a grade of C or better in two semesters in better or 36 of score rubric average an e) upon completion of the following require- ments (usually accomplished by the end of the first year):
Music Two additional hours from Music 110, 130, Music 237 Music 236 Music 235(seeReligion237) or 110 of semesters (two lessons Private Music 108 Music 105 MUSIC INWORSHIPMINOR must 3 hours; semester (6 elective Music Private Lessons(4semesters) teach music at any level in grades K-12 sic education degree and enable students to major programs lead to the bachelor of mu- The music education K-12 Comprehensive Music Education For theBachelorof d Instrumental Pro- Instrumental BMEd the in Students * Music 359 Music 352 Music 341 Music 339 Music 337 Music 239 Music 237 Music 198 Music 197 Music 196 Music 195 semester, (every 180 during Music not but Private instrumental lessons (seven semes- Instrumental ensemble (seven semesters in Music 110, 210, 120 or 220 (two semesters required) —INSTRUMENTAL (nominor Comprehensive Major Music education K–12 music requirements” above. below include those given under “common given requirements ensemble and lesson 131, 190,or221 221) be inclassroom musiccourses) directed teaching) ters)* 151, 161,or171) or pianoproficiency test) n snl bn o oceta instru- orchestra or band single a on ed they take 2 hours of applied lessons their primary performance as area provid- organ or piano choose may gram . The man year dinarily by the second semester of the fresh- or-voice or instrument her or his on exam jury a pass student the that requires also programeducation music the to Admission the second semester of the sophomore year by met ordinarily are standards These site . for Students” on the Music department Web list of seven, can be found under “Resources a standards, proposed The program . BMEd the to admission standardsfor certain meet requiredto be will programcomprehensive desiring to pursue the music education K–12 students Calvin, to admission general After Guidebook fordetailsaboutthisprogram . teaching . See the directed to prior students education music * Students in the BMEd vocal program may Music 359 Music 351 Music 341 Music 339 Music 338 Music 239 Music 237 Music 198 Music 197 Music 196 Music 195 semester, (every 180 during Music not but 131, in semesters (seven ensemble Choral Music 130or230(sevensemesters)* Music110,(two220210,semestersor120 (no minorrequired) Comprehensive Major—VOCAL Music education K–12 may nottestoutofthisrequirement . lowing two semesters of study organ lessons, and pass a vocal jury fol- hours of applied voice in place of piano/ 2 take they provided area performance primary their as organ or piano choose directed teaching) 141, or191) or pianoproficiency test) may nottestoutofthisrequirement . study of semesters two ing follow- jury instrumental an pass and piano/organlessons, of place in ment . A half recital is also required of all Teacher Education Program music Students Students . . Students 201 .
Music
. This No previous (3) . F mphasis is on is Emphasis . . A survey course (3) . F (4) . S . A study of tonal (2) . S, even years . Class . The course aims to teach o previous musical training training musical previous No urope Europe and the Americas, with Introduction Introduction to Music World World Music (3) . S . This is a study of Music Theory I String Methods American Music lementary playing skills are developed . Elementary playing skills are lessons on all string instruments for the instru- the for instruments string all on lessons major education music mental the methods for teaching string instruments . harmony covering triads, inversions, non- harmonic tones, cadences, and tonal theory, part to addition In . chords seventh dominant ear includes course this analysis, and writing harmo- keyboard and sight-singing, training, ny in laboratory sessions . Mu- Prerequisites: sic 100 (or passing the music theory place- ment test) and Music 105 (or permission of the Instructor) . 195 Western . employed art Western music is emphasized but also included are contemporary popular music and either pre-modern music or non- music . Western . is required 105 of American Music for concert, domestic, and entertainment uses, church, emphasiz- ing folk, classical and popular music from a These traditions . musical American of variety traditions include hymns, spirituals, gospel, blues, jazz, rock, hip-hop and classical mu- . sic . No musical training is required 107 select musical cultures of Asia, the Middle East, Africa, course is a broad introduction to the art of music the through study of a wide variety of musical repertory a focus on their various musical styles (tra- ditional and contemporary) and the of music roles in these . cultures The course will make use of recordings and films, trips field as well as presentations oral andquires re- to live world music . concerts students rudimentary technical vocabulary listening skills . and The course stronger also seeks to prompt students to think critically with a Christian mind about relation in and, issues and questions musical fundamental to those issues, to develop their understand- ing of selected pieces of music . Prerequisite: The ability to music read in at least one clef . This course is intended for all potential mu- . sic majors and minors 106 . musical training is required 108
. r . (2) . F
These rudiments are learned by by learned are rudiments These . . Students minoring in fine arts must . Hash, Music . music Music Theory Fundamentals Education 315; Communication Arts (3) . Music Enjoying and Understanding All fine arts majorsgroup must complete eeuwyk, Art; Art; Reeuwyk, Van J . advisors: arts Fine . This course introduces the student to the rudiments of music theory: rhythm, scales, key signatures, intervals, chords melody, tonality and extensive drill, both in and out of class, for the purpose of developing an understand- ing of and facility in using the fundamental includes Drill . music tonal of blocks building singing, playing at analyzing, the keyboard, writing musical notation, ear training, and computer lab . drill is Progress evaluated by daily daily recitations, written assignments, music lab practice sessions, quizzes and a final examination . Class size is limited with course this requiring those to given priority as preparation for Music 108 . Prerequisite: ability to read notation in either the treble or bass clef . 103 F and S . This is an introductory course historically-informed in critical and perceptive listening to music . between The relationship musical style and culture is examined as is the forming of style by the manner in which the ingredients and elements of music are 202 100 COURSES ELEMENTARY FINE ARTS FINE ARTS ELEMENTARY AND MINOR GROUP MAJOR at least 36 semester hours of courses in art, sciences . and arts communication and music, and 214; Sciences and a music course from the following list: Music 103, 106, 107, 203 (fine arts majors and minors who choose a music emphasis may not take 103, but must take 105) . In addition, students majoring in fine arts must complete a sequence of chosendisciplines these of two from courses in consultation with a fine arts education advisor complete a sequence of courses from one of electives additional some and disciplines these chosen in consultation with a fine arts advi- sor All fine arts group minors must complete at least 24 semester hours of courses in these take must minors and majors All . areas three Art Sciences; and Arts Communication Buursma, and P
Music 205 training isrequired . genres . related and hip-hop rock, musicals, jazz, blues, strelsy, today,min- to music, century folk including mid-nineteenth the from music popular ern west- of significance variety,cultural tic and stylis- development, historical the exploring sic 208. sic instructor the of permission or 207 and 205 Music sites: to, reactions and of, continuations century 20th various the with with the continuing music, on thought Enlightenment of impact the with history,beginning lectual the relationship of music emphasizes to cultural and intel- course The 1950. civilization to Western 1750 of from music of study a is course This I . History Music of continuation woodwind instruments . woodwind 198 skills are developed. teaching for instruments . percussion methods the on major is education Emphasis music instrumental the for instruments percussion on lessons Class 197 playingskillsareElementary developed. instruments. brass teaching for methods the instru- mental musiceducationmajor the for instruments brass all on sons 196 203 skills are developed. ma- jor education music instrumental the for instruments woodwind all on lessons Class 206 Music with 207 and213. concurrently course this take structor in- the of permission or 108 and 105 music Prerequisites: period. Baroque the through polyphony of chant, repertories principal Gregorian the and era, Christian early and the antiquity with in thought continues musical of course study the music, world to introduction brief a After 1750. to civilization prior Western of music of readings, source study,and score listening, study,via . Emphasis is on the methods for teaching Brass Methods (2) . F, odd years . Class les- Music History and Analysis II Analysis and History Music Music History and Analysis I Analysis and History Music F,years . (2) . even Methods Percussion S, odd years . odd S, (2) . Methods Woodwind F (3). Music Popular Students in music major programs major music in Students . Romantic revolution, and concluding . To be taken concurrently with Mu Prerequi- Romanticism . peiu musical previous No lementary playing Elementary lementary playing Elementary sre course survey A . mphasis is on .Emphasisison A A S . (3) . F (3) .
A . - .
in Music105. enrollment concurrent with standing more sopho- more year the in taken normally conducting, 236 the coursedescription. 235 that required forplayingaClementsonatina . approaching level, intermediate an at play to ability the and 207 Music Prerequisites: test . proficiency keyboard the for preparation in reading score and clef-reading, transposition, melodies, harmonizing progressions, chord playing in training additional provides course Music Theory I covering chromatic harmony chromatic covering I Theory Music 207 237 ments .Nomusicalprerequisites . visits to churches, as well as practical assign- and recordings hymn on reports sentations, pre- seminar readings, include requirements Course issues . practical and context cultural global worship songs, with some attention to Westernfromtraditional to songs, hymnody ment psalms to contemporary praise-worship congregational song, ranging from Old Testa- Christian on course theologically-informed 214 Music 105and108. Prerequisites: 207 . Music with concurrently taken Toprogressionsbe . chord in and tion isola- in positions all in chords seventh and triads involves perception Harmonic dic- tation . melodic and scales modal major, and minor, also through; intervals perception all Melodic involves contrasts. triplet and duplet on emphasis an with combinations, various in rests and values note all involves music. of elements ic harmon- and rhythmic,melodic, the sight at development of the ability to hear and to sing 213 206 .Prerequisites: Music207and213. Music with concurrently take to ommended composition. some and writing, part analysis, includes course This serialism . and theory, set techniques, post-tonal harmony, chromatic covering II Theory Music of tion 208 concurrently withMusic205and213. Prerequisites: Music 105 and 108 . To be taken Music Theory II Music Theory Christian Worship . See Aural Perception Aural ebad Proficiency Keyboard ui Ter III Theory Music Conducting Hymnology . Prerequisite: Music 105 or sopho- F (3) . F (2) . (3) . F F (1) . yhi perception Rhythmic hsoial and historically A . cus i basic in course A . continua- A S. (3) . . A continuation of F (0) . A course in the in course A . Religion 237 for music This This S. or .
Rec- 203
.
Music
. .
Re- . (3) . F
(3) . F and S . (3) . F and S . (3) . F and S . Renaissance pe- (3) . S . A practical A survey of the his- the of survey A S . (3) . ussia, Latin America, Af- America, Latin Russia, Prerequisite: Music . Prerequisite: 208 . Tonal Tonal Counterpoint Composition: Beginning Instrumentation Instrumentation and Arranging Composition: Advanced Composition: Intermediate Orchestration Orchestration The course acquaints course The era . Modern the to riod students with a broad range of It- France, song Germany, reper- of composers from toire Britain, Spain, aly, rica, Asia, and the United States . The course explores suitable literature singers for to advanced vocal . performers beginning Most sessions feature student . presentations quired of Music majors with a voice perfor- mance concentrate and open to other music majors and non-majors with substantial vo- . literature vocal in interest or background cal Prerequisites: two semesters of college voice lessons and/or permission of the instructor Private instruction in composition . Projects in- clude a song, and a composition for mixed en- Musicsemble . Prerequisite: 317 . 319 main The composition . in instruction Private quartet, string a be will course this for project plus the analysis of a non-tonal string quar- choose may students permits, time When tet . Music 318 . . Prerequisite: additional projects sur- A years . even S, (3) Literature Vocal 334 vey of classical vocal literature, focusing on solo literature from the late 318 Conducted in seminar format, com- their on students comments and instruction ceive - re - re are students level, this At . projects position to quired write non-tonal music . Prerequisite: Musicpermission of the instructor 208 or tory of the orchestra and orchestration, and problems involved in writing for orchestra, band, and small Music 315 . ensembles . Prerequisite: 317 316 This course addresses two technical concerns . technical two addresses course This capabili- technical the covers Instrumentation ties of each instrument, as well as the - partic ular qualities which make instruments fit or unsuitable for certain situations . Arranging involves learning how to adapt music written playedgood sounds it that so medium one for by another 312 study of melodic writing and counterpoint, us- mod- as Bach . J .S of works instrumental the ing Musicels . Prerequisites: 205 and 207 . 315
. The (3) . S . . A study (3) . F (3) . F
. . Music Order, Order, Meaning, and Function Teaching Teaching General Music (3) . S . An in- Music Form and Syntax Music History and Analysis III This course serves to integrate that which was which that integrate to serves course This learned in the music history and music theo- ry sequences and to nurture Christian - reflec tion on aesthetic and social issues in music . musical on focuses course the of part first The finding of activity composer’s the and structure - respon the of and sound of world the in order of the gift ofsibility students have as stewards - at turns course the of part second The sound . tention to meaning in music, its functions in societies past and and present, questions con- cerning the nature and extent of its influence specific course, the of parts both In people . on - Pre detail . some in studied are music of pieces Musicrequisites: 208 and 305 . of the most common ways forth and composers work out musical ideas, including set both the and large-scale local aspects of mu- sical form . Students will make inquiry into the syntactical meaning of various musical cues and and gestures sample various means of presenting a formal analysis, using basic reductive techniques, outlines, and oral description in their assign- analogy, diagrams, ments, and . projects Prerequisites: 206 and 208 . Music 308 204 troduction troduction to current methods of teaching general music in public and private schools . Students will gain knowledge of methods teaching and materials used and instruments, textbooks, in including music classroom . software Philosophy, curriculum, and ad- ministration in relation to the general music takes course This . discussed be will program the place of Music 238 for music education majors and is an elective for elementary fine arts . majors Prerequisite: Music 105, soph- omore status, and the ability to read music proficiently 305 239 course explores the issues that contemporary musicians face regarding expression and - com munication, focusing on the way these issues have been and are being redefined, answered in new ways, experimented with, and even dis- missed since c . 1950 . While the course focuses on art music, there is considerable given to attention film and popular music as well . - Pre Musicrequisites: 206 and 208 or permission of the instructor 307
Music 338 instrument .Notoffered in2009-2010. 237 sic and proficiency on a band or orchestra ate to bands and orchestras . Prerequisites: Mu appropri- techniques conducting advanced in 337 requisites: Music235,236and237. Pre- church . local a in internship an is course cians in congregational life . A major part of the musi- pastoral as serving be will who those for intended worship, corporate Christian of ing musical and components for the planning theological and lead- the of study a is course This 336 or approval oftheinstructor lessons piano college of semesters two sites: Prerequi- piano . in interest and background piano substantial with non-majors and jors performance ma- Music other to open piano and concentration with majors Music of ment of the piano as an instrument . develop- and practices, performance musical styles, piano of issues basic the includes also course The present . the to (Bach) 1700 from literature piano standard the of study 335 Course quality adults . and adolescents, children, in tone pleasing and singing develop healthy which techniques, vocal on focus discussions and demonstrations, Lectures, ensemble . the in and classroom the in skills singing develop to help which techniques, rehearsal and training vocal-choral in study practical provide to designed is course The 341 music educationminors. and majors education music of bachelor of required is course This development. gram pro- and management, classroom opment, devel- and conduct professional assessment, needs, special with learners for instruction designing include Topics education. music secondary and elementary in trends current and administration, design, curriculum ries, theo- learning philosophy, of examination Education 339 Prerequisite: Music237. hours. class of outside ensembles choral of performances and rehearsals to some requiredconduct be will Students choirs. to ate appropri- techniques conducting advanced Instrumental Conducting Vocal-Choral Pedagogy Choral Conducting Choral uia Laesi i Worship in Leadership Musical urclm n Isrcin n Music in Instruction and Curriculum in Literature Piano F,(3) . Comprehensive years . odd A years. odd S, (3) . A course in course A S . (2) . . (3) . F, odd years . (2) . S . A course
Required S. (3) . -
390 lems thatdevelopduringdirected teaching. prob- of discussion the for forum a provides seminar The classrooms . and rehearsal in sic mu- teaching for methods specific the as well as pedagogy, of problems general involving nar taught in conjunction with mission ofthedepartment chair 359 or iuto. tdns h tk lessons take who Students situation. your for appropriate is that amount credit and level ability the fits that section the for ter regis- Please credit. of amounts varying for offered are lessons Music NOTE: PLEASE sion oftheinstructor permis- the by or minors or majors music to limited Prerequisites: languages . German and the in for singing guidelines and rules basic the as well as Alphabet, Phonetic International the of study 353 written presentations . and oral independent on placed administration. is Emphasis program and festival preparation, technique, and planning rehearsal study, score musicianship, comprehensive education, standards-based to) limited not (but including issues, relevant other to ed devot- also is Attention programs . orchestra ementary, junior high, and high school band/ el- in study for literature music choosing appropriate in involved issues and practical problems the of study A years. even S, (3) . 352 and writtenpresentations . ined . areexam- methods pedagogical and music ity - qual choosing for Criteria programs . choral toire for reper study and performance in all levels of appropriate and in significant involved choosing problems practical and thetic, aes - philosophical, the of study A years . odd 351 techniques required forallagelevels. vocal the applying and conducting of tions preparewill student demonstra- each dition, ad- In ensembles . choral off-campus of tions observa- and trips, field on reports written readings, textbook listening, includes work Seminar in Music Methods Diction in Singing in Diction hrl ieaue n Materials and Literature Choral ntuetl ieaue n Materials and Literature Instrumental rrqiie per- Prerequisite: Study. Independent mphasis is placed on independent oral oral independent on placed is Emphasis PRIVATE LESSONS nglish, Italian, Latin, French, Latin, Italian, English, . A A years . F,even (3) .
Education 346 (3) . S . A semi - . Music F,(3) . 205 -
Music . Six . Upon ecital Hour and Studio and Hour Recital . ecitals sponsored by the by sponsored Recitals (1 or 2) . F and S . Lessons for Level II hours of practice each week for each hour of . required are credit (0) . I 030 Voice I (0) . 042 Trumpet Horn043 French I (0) . . I (0) 044 Trombone I (0) . 045 Euphonium I (0) . 046 Tuba I (0) . 050 Percussion 062 Violin I (0) . 063 Viola I (0) . 064 Cello I (0) . . 065 String Bass I (0) 072 Flute I (0) . 073 Oboe I (0) . 074 Clarinet I (0) . 075 Bassoon I (0) . 076 Saxophone I (0) . 1 (0) . 077 Recorder 090 Guitar I (0) . 1XX qualified students, either as an elective or a . requirement A qualifying jury examination or an audition may be required for entrance to study at this level . All qualifying students majoring in music, including those intend- ing to concentrate in music begin with performance, this course level . Jury examina- tions are required after every two semesters of study at this level . Upon tion of the recommenda- teacher, a jury examination may be taken after each semester of study recommendation of the an teacher, exit jury examination may be taken after any semes- ter to qualify for a higher level of study Music department are not given by students study of level this at Class (Music 180) attendance Sec- lesson; minute 30 is = 120A) (ie: A Section . required tion B (ie: 120B) = 60 minute lesson . 110 Organ II (1 or 2) . 112 Harp II (1 or 2) 120 Piano II (1 or 2) . II (1 or 2) . 130 Voice II (1 or 2) . 142 Trumpet Horn143 French II (1 or 2) . II (1 or 2) . 144 Trombone 145 Euphonium II (1 or 2) . II (1 or 2) . 146 Tuba II (1 or 2) . 150 Percussion II (1 or 2) . 162 Violin II (1 or 2) . 163 Viola 164 Cello II (1 or 2) .
. No - re 0% . Three to 80% 60% 40% 100% (0) . F and S . Lessons for elective, music Level I c. Calendar days 25-31 d. Calendar days 32-38 e. After 38 calendar days b. Calendar days 11-24 a. Calendar days 1-10 206 These refunds will be automatically calcu- accord- services office financial the by lated ing to the date the Office of Academic Ser- vices received the completed drop slip. It is the student’s responsibility to turn in a slip to the office of academic services. drop Last day to add tember 14, lessons: 5pm; Spring 2010- February Fall 5, 2009-Sep- 5pm. 0XX six hours of practice each week are required for half-hour lessons; nine to twelve of practice are required for hours one-hour lessons . Recitals sponsored by the Music department study of level this at students by given not are Studio Class attendance is . required quired recital hour (Music 180) . Section A (ie: 020A) = 30 minute lesson . 010 Organ I (0) . 012 Harp I (0) 020 Piano I (0) . non-music major study at the most basic levelbasic most the at study major non-music for of technique, musicianship, and literature; remedial study for music majors; or for stu- dents not wishing . credit An audition may be required for placement at this level . Lessons may be either class lessons or private lessons, mayand faculty, music the of discretion the at be either half-hour or one-hour lessons . Jury upon However, . required not are examinations recommendation of the teacher, an exit jury examination may be taken after any semester to qualify for a higher level of study for credit are also to required in enroll Mu- sic 180 (Recital Hour/Studio Class). Voice, piano and organ students must do a place- ment audition. Contact the Music depart- ment for information. Private music lessons have an Informationfee. See Financial pages. additional Refunds will be given drop for lessons following reimburse- Calvin’s students who ment guidelines:
Music 180 176 SaxophoneII(1or2). 175 BassoonII(1or2). 174 ClarinetII(1or2). 173 OboeII(1or2). 172 FluteII(1or2). 165 StringBassII(1or2). 221 220 PianoIII(1or2). 210 OrganIII(1or2). attendance isrequired . two semesters . this course for two hours of credit for one or take must recital full a preparing required . Students are credit of hour each for week each practice of hours Six well . as semester previous the level 200 the at study should recital full ily,or half a performing student a Ordinar- recital . half successful a after only played be recitalmay full A course . this take also recital full or half sponsored partment De- Music a playing for qualify to wishing majors, non-music including Others, level . this at given are program education music of bachelor the in recitals full or half quired study of semester every after required are examinations Jury level . this at study to entrance for required is audition an or tion examina- jury qualifying A requirement . or a anelective as either students, qualified 2XX sic departmentforaregistration form. mu- the go please lessons, music 300-level added only as needed. To register for 200 or The 200 and 300-level music lessons will be NOTE: PLEASE STUDENTS ADVANCED 190 GuitarII(1or2). music lessonsforcredit .(Noadditionalfee) applied for registered students and majors literature . Attendance is required of all music formance and increasing knowledge of music per-public in experience gaining of purpose the for music applied of students for classes (No additionalfee) minors. worship in music for except nors, mi- or majors requirementmusic lessons for ertory ship and some study of appropriate solo rep- wor- in occurs that accompanying of kinds other in frominstruction includes Also piano . the singing congregational of effective leadership in instruction class or Individual Piano Accompanying in Worshipin Accompanying Piano Recital Hour Recital Level III Level . These lessons do not fulfill the private Lessons for Lessons S . and F 2) . or (1 Recital Hour and Studio Class Performance S . and F (0) . (1/0) . . Re- recital semester semester every of study except at the end of the are requiredexaminations after Jury date) . cital recital date (five weeks before the scheduled re- the of semester the in required is Hearing cital A recital . concentrate arts of bachelor full a of performance toward geared are skills nical level . this at given are concentration music applied in citals 3XX 290 GuitarIII(1or2). 276 SaxophoneIII(1or2). 275 BassoonIII(1or2). 274 ClarinetIII(1or2). 273 OboeIII(1or2). 272 FluteIII(1or2). 264 CelloIII(1or2). 263 Viola III(1or2). 262 Violin III(1or2). 250 Percussion III(1or2). 246 Tuba III(1or2) . 245 EuphoniumIII(1or2). 244 Trombone III(1or2). III(1or2). 243 French Horn 242 Trumpet III(1or2) . 230 Voice III(1or2). mi- nors .(Noadditionalfee) or majors music for requirement sons les- private the fulfill not do lessons instructor These the of permission Prerequisite: instruments . other with piano the for works and pianos two hands, four piano for ature liter- of study the includes Music Chamber Piano students . voice private two of mester se- the throughout accompanying actual the plus literature, piano-accompanied of study Music 222 320 PianoIV(2or3) . 310 OrganIV(2or3). dance isrequired . semesters . two for hours credit 3 for course the take must recital full a preparing Students credit . hours 2-3 for semesters four for level 300 the at study to required are performance in concentrating Students required . are credit of hour each for teacher the of proval qualifying jury may be played only with the ap- A level. this at study to entrance for required is recital half qualifying a or examination jury qualifying A level . graduate the at performance music study to continue to planning students ee IV Level in Acmayn ad Chamber and Accompanying Piano (1) . Piano accompanying involves the ecital Hour and Studio Class atten- Class Studio and Hour Recital epertoire requirements and tech- requirementsand Repertoire . Six hours of practice each week Lessons for for Lessons S. and F 3). or (2 . equired half and full re- full and half Required music 207 Re- .
Music 330 Voice IV (2 or 3) . performance of choral literature related to 342 Trumpet IV (2 or 3) . the practice of Christian worship through- 343 French Horn IV (2 or 3) . out the history of the church and in many 344 Trombone IV (2 or 3) . cultures . Emphasis on vocal and musical de- 345 Euphonium IV (2 or 3) . velopment, as well as on the theological, his- 345 Tuba IV (2 or 3) . torical, and liturgical dimensions of selected 350 Percussion IV (2 or 3) . choral repertoire . Open to all students who 362 Violin IV (2 or 3) . meet the requirements of voice and musi- 363 Viola IV (2 or 3) . cianship . 364 Cello IV (2 or 3) . 141 Capella (1/0) . F and S . Representative 365 String Bass IV (2 or 3) . works in the field of choral literature are stud- 372 Flute IV (2 or 3) . ied and prepared for concert performance . 373 Oboe IV (2 or 3) . Membership is maintained at a set limit and is 374 Clarinet IV (2 or 3) . open only to those who meet the demands of 375 Bassoon IV (2 or 3) . voice, sight reading, and choral musicianship . 376 Saxophone IV (2 or 3) . Prerequisite: ordinarily one year of experience in a college choir . ENSEMBLES Membership in ensembles is open to Calvin 151 Symphonic Band (formerly Knollcrest students who meet the requirements of musician- Band) (1/0) . F and S . Representative works in ship . Students may choose to take the ensemble the chamber wind and concert band literature for credit (usually listed as section A) or non- are studied and prepared for concert perfor- credit (usually listed as section B) . Ensembles mance . Meets three times weekly and is open may not be audited . to all students who wish to participate in a concert band . 115 Flute Choir ( .5/0) . F and S . Representa- Music tive works in flute choir literature are stud- 161 Wind Ensemble (formerly Calvin Band) ied and prepared for concert and church per- (1/0) . F and S . Representative works in the formances . Students have the opportunity to chamber wind and concert band literature use Calvin’s alto and bass flutes . Meets once are studied and prepared for concert perfor- a week and is open to students in all class mance . Meets four times weekly . Membership levels who wish to participate . is limited to a set instrumentation and is open to all students who meet the demands of mu- 116 Handbell Ensemble ( .5/0) . F and S . Rep- sicianship . resentative works in handbell literature are studied and prepared for concert and church 171 Orchestra (1/0) . F and S . Representa- performances . Uses a five-octave set of Mal- tive works in the field of chamber and sym- mark handbells and three octaves of choirch- phony orchestra literature are studied and imes . Meets once a week and is open to any prepared for concert performance . Open to musician who reads music well . all students via live audition who meet the demands of musicianship . 117 Jazz Band ( .5/0) . F and S . Representa- tive works in jazz band literature are studied 181 Oratorio Chorus ( .5/0) . F and S . The and prepared for concert performance . Meets study of representative works of the great once a week and is open to students in all masters of choral writing with a view to class levels who meet the requirements of public performance with orchestra . Handel’s musicianship . Messiah is performed annually at Christmas time and another oratorio or other master- 118 String Quartet (0) . F and S . Representa- works are presented in the spring . Open to tive works in string quartet literature are stud- all who meet the requirements of voice and ied and prepared for performance . A faculty musicianship . coach meets with the ensemble weekly to pro- vide instruction . Open to students in all class 182 Gospel Choir ( .5/0) . F and S . Faculty di- levels who wish to participate . rected vocal ensemble performing represen- tative music in this particular genre and in 131 Campus Choir (1/0) . F and S . Study and preparation for concert appearances . Mem-
208 music bership is open to students, faculty, staff, and 193 Collegium Musicum ( .5/0) . F and S . An alumni . [Students must participate in this ensemble for the study and performance of ensemble for both semesters in order to re- instrumental and vocal music of the Medieval, ceive full credit] Renaissance and Baroque periods . Reproduc- 191 Women’s Chorale (1/0) . F and S . A wom- tions of early wind, string, percussion, and en’s honor choir open to all classes devoted keyboard instruments are used . Open to to singing a wide range of challenging treble all students, staff, faculty, and community literature, both sacred and secular . Member- members by audition . No previous experi- ship is maintained at a set limit and is open ence in early music performance is necessary . only to those who meet the demands of voice, Rehearses 2 hours per week . sight reading, and choral musicianship . This ensemble tours, presents concerts and leads worship services .
Nursing Professors M. Molewyk Doornbos (chair), C. Feenstra Associate Professors M. Flikkema, C. Rossman Assistant Professors A. Ayoola, J. Baker, R. Boss-Potts, D. Bossenbroek, B. Gordon, M. Larson, D. Slager, M. Vander Wal, G. Zandee
The Calvin Department of Nursing, in sharing the mission of Calvin, seeks to engage in professional nursing education that promotes lifelong Christian service . Students will be prepared to be entry-level professional nurses . The objectives of the nursing curriculum
are to assist the student to acquire the knowledge, the competencies and abilities, and Nursing the commitments necessary to practice as a Christian professional nurse . The context for nursing education includes the learning community of the college as well as the health care community, the professional nursing community, and the world community in which Christian service takes place . Health promotion and health protection with individuals, families and communities will be the major focus of the program . Challenging practicum experiences will occur in a variety of settings such as communities, clinics, schools, hospi- tals, and rehabilitation centers . Graduates of the program will receive a BSN and be prepared to take the National Council Licensing Examination for Registered Nurses (NCLEX-RN) . Satisfactory scores on the NCLEX-RN will enable a student to become a Registered Nurse (RN) . The Department of Nursing is approved by the Michigan State Board of Nursing and accredited by the Commission on Collegiate Nursing Education (CCNE) .
The Nursing Program language . If a student needs to take a foreign The two-year pre-nursing curriculum re- language at Calvin, it should be taken during quires nine courses in the natural and social the first or second year . sciences that provide the foundation for pro- The upper division nursing major is a two- fessional nursing . These courses include Biol- year sequence normally taken in the junior ogy 141, 205, 206, 207, Chemistry 115, Health and senior years . It consists of thirteen cours- Education 254, Psychology 151, 201, and So- es distributed over four semesters with 12 se- ciology 151 . In addition, twelve to fourteen mester hours of course work required each liberal arts courses are required . Foreign lan- semester . While students taking only nursing guage is a component of the liberal arts core . major courses are considered full-time dur- Students are required to have either two years ing those four semesters, elective courses may of high school foreign language with grades of also be taken during these semesters . C or better or one year of college level foreign
music, Nursing 209
nrollment in the in Enrollment .
. . completed by the end of Calvin College’s second summer session with a minimum grade of a C . major is also contingent ful upon completion of success- a criminal background . check, fingerprint check, and drug screen the due date will be on considered a space available basis . who have made repeated applications to the nursing major have completed more than six prerequisite prerequisite six than more completed have . courses at the time of application have completed or will complete all nine courses at Calvin . nursing prerequisite . course nursing pre-requisite the last sevenhave been completed within years . requisite requisite courses at the application due date . lowing policies: nrollment Enrollment in the upper division nursing Preference Preference will be given to applicants who Prerequisite Prerequisite natural science courses must A minimum grade of C on each of the pre- the of each on C of grade minimum A Students who have transferred to Calvin Students desiring to transfer to Calvin for g . It is important to note that completion of the pre-nursing courses and achievement of the minimum criteria does not guarantee admis- major nursing the into sion f . Prerequisite courses in progress must be e . Applicants who submit applications after final two years is limited and thus the admis- is selective . sion process d . Consideration will be given to applicants c . Preference will be given to applicants who b . f . no more than one repeat per required Transfer Students Transfer Students should also take note of the - fol a . e . from from some other college or university will be considered Calvin students (rather than as transfer students) if they will have com- pleted two semesters of full time academic work at Calvin by the time they begin upper division major the the upper division major, who have complet- ed course work judged by the department to be equivalent to the nine required pre-nursing the to admission for considered be will courses, nursing program after qualified students from . Calvin have been accepted into the program . . . Application forms are available criminal background check, (i .e . criminal background disciplinary check, drug screen, fingerprint check) as specified in the Calvin catalog of the year of admission to Calvin . the student’s courses at Calvin of equal to or greater than 1260 of equal to or greater than 28 or Nursing Department office or on the Nursing 3 cumulative GPA at Calvin A 3 .3 cumulative GPA Completed admission requirements 5 GPA in the nursing prerequisite in the nursing prerequisite A 3 .5 GPA An SAT critical reading plus math score plus math score critical reading An SAT A composite ACT of equal to or greater to or greater A composite ACT of equal Those interested in nursing should indicateshould nursing in interested Those quired quired from the nine pre-nursing cours- es) of 2 .5 at the application due date . average (GPA) of 2 .5 at the application due date . or equal to 27 hours) at the application due date . es at the application due date . A minimum pre-nursing GPA (GPA ac- a minimum overall cumulative grade point grade cumulative overall minimum a At least sophomore standing (greater than standing (greater At least sophomore d . Completed six nursing prerequisite cours- prerequisite nursing six Completed b . c . 210 In order to apply to the nursing students must have the following: program, a . departmental web site . departmental in the Regular Admission Process Application to the upper division major nursing normally second semester of occurs Applications the are sophomore due on year during January September following the beginning class the 15th for the Applicants who submit after the will deadline be considered basis on only a space available In order to maintain early admission status, to maintain In order College Department a student, at the Calvin must have: of Nursing application deadline, Early Admission Early Admission in nursing graduate interested A high school nursing early admission to the is eligible for . The student must major at Calvin College meet the following criteria: this at the time they begin their studies at Cal- vin . They will then be assigned to an academic . the nursing department advisor from
Nursing admission withcurrent Calvinstudents. of Calvin, will be given equal consideration for ered whenfinancialaidawards are made. major division course in each semester of the two-year upper practicum per course . Students normally take one practicum $900.00 be will 2009-2010 for fee The course. practicum nursing each for assessed be will fee a addition, In tuition . riety of sites in the greater Grand greater the in sites of riety va- a at occur years two final the during ences place on the Calvin campus . Practicum experi- Transportation Required Courses Costs personal transportation willbenecessary when years senior and junior the throughout occasions be will there experiences, practicum some for others with carpool students to able While be may settings . those to portation trans- own their for responsible are Students Applicants for admission, who are graduates ursing students will be charged Calvin Calvin charged be will students Nursing Classroom and laboratory experiences take *Second year *First Year Interim elective Physical educationcore Rhetoric inculture core ofthewest andtheworldcoreHistory Biblical/theological foundationscore Literature core Philosophical foundationscore Health education254 Psychology 201 Biology 205,206 Physical educationcore Arts core Mathematics 143 Developing aChristianmind(interim) Foundations ofinformationtechnology English 101 Sociology 151 Psychology 151 115 Chemistry Biology 141,207 This additional fee is consid- is fee additional This . apids area . Rapids .
practicum agencies. the by required as titers and immunizations as such items related health for incurred be will costs Additional course. CPR rescuer’s professional a complete blood and a cuff, stethoscope, pressure a tags, name forms, uni- buy to need will students courses, cum major nursing division upper the of semesters four the during tests standardized of series a take (PASS)PASS,of component a As . will students Success Student All Promoting entitled gram Students will participate in a departmental pro- Additional Requirement tion ofallPASS program requirements . completion of all required courses and comple- of Board State the to pletion” Com- of “Certification required the issue will department The group . remediation PASS the requiredjoin be to will score,she/he necessary the achieve not does student a event the In el . prescribedlev- the at passed be must test Each dents to take the ro t bgnig h nrig practi- nursing the beginning to Prior These tests are designed to preparestu- to designed are tests These . NCLEX-RN upon graduation . Semester hours Semester hours 3 1 3 4 3 3 3 3 3 8 1 3 4 3 1 3 3 3 4 8 nursig ursing upon upon Nursing 211
Nursing . . . This practicum 4 4 4 4 4 4 3 4 4 4 4 1 4 3 0-8 0-8 Semester hours Semester hours . Theory: Pregnant Infants, Women, Chil- Practicum: Community Based and Men- and Based Community Practicum: course provides the student with an intro- duction to community based nursing as well as the opportunity to implement strategies to promote and protect the mental of persons across health the lifespan . Students will assume basic roles of the professional nurse and utilize skills of assessment, communica- to process nursing and thinking, critical tion, nursing based empirically provide and design care to individuals in a variety of acute care Prerequisites: settings . community-based and limited to students who have been admitted to the upper division nursing major 327 dren, and Adolescents (4) . course S . will This focus theory on health promotion and as the various categories who students to limited Prerequisites: drugs . of psychotropic have been admitted to the nursing major upper division 309 tal Health Nursing (4) . F . . This course pro- . In this theory course, Nursing 307 Interim elective Nursing 308 Nursing 309 Nursing 327 Nursing 328 Nursing 329 Electives Nursing 358 Nursing 359 Nursing 377 Nursing 378 Nursing 379 Nursing 380 Electives Nursing 357 nursing Nursing Courses Year Third Fourth Year Theory: Community Based and Mental Strategies: Community Based and Men- and Based Community Strategies: 212 308 tal Health Nursing (4) . F Health Nursing (4) . F students will explore the theoretical founda- tions of the discipline of nursing, basic con- cepts of community based nursing, and men- tal health promotion and protection of - indi viduals across the lifespan in the context of their families and communities . Prerequisites: to admitted been have who students to limited the upper division nursing major devel- to opportunity the with students vides health and promotion health for strategies op nurs- based community in use for protection ing and mental health . nursing Students will develop basic competency in health assess- nurs- skills, technical communication, ment, ing informatics, the nursing introduced be will Students thinking . critical process, and to basic principles of pharmacology as well COURSES 307 Note: The formal for requirements a degree include Calvin the bachelor’s following: Successful hours credit three of courses interim three of completion hours, semester 124 of completion or more, completion of the designated program of study and the designated core, and a . of concentration minimum grade point average of 2 .0 both overall and in the program *Note: grades with language foreign school high of years two either have to required are Students of C or better or one year of college level language . foreign If a student needs to take a year or second during the first it should be taken language at Calvin, foreign
Nursing F (4) . Adults 358 illness. Prerequisites: Nursing327,328,and329. chronic and acute of times during health protecting as well as actively health promote to adults with partnerships about and role development . The student will learn care based community including promotion ary, and tertiary health protection and health second- primary, include will Topics nities . commu- and families their of context the in adults older and middle, young, for tection concepts of health promotion and health pro- F (4) . Adults 357 Nursing 307,308,and309. Prerequisites: clients. these with working in solving problem and skills making decision clinical in engagement on is course the of cus - fo The strategies. protection health tertiary of knowledge health promotion and primary, apply secondary, and to opportunities have will Students settings . community of variety a and settings care acute both in adolescents and children with weeks six and infants and women pregnant with weeks six spend will Students communities. and families their of fants, children, and adolescents in the context promote and protect the to health of pregnant women, in- process nursing the utilize will Children, and Adolescents (4) . S . The student 329 sites: Nursing307,308,and309. Prerequi- adolescents . and children, infants, women, pregnant informatics of care to related nursing systems and activities, motor psycho- pharmacology, nutrition, nication, commu- assessment, cultural and health in skills and knowledge develop will Students adolescents. and children, infants, women, pregnant for caring in strategies protection health and promotion health opportuni- develop to ties This with students S. provides (4). course Adolescents and Children, 328 Prerequisites: Nursing307,308,and309. from the perspective of community based care . promotion health and protection health tiary communities. and Topics will families include primary, secondary, and their ter of the context in adolescents and children, infants, en, wom- pregnant for concepts protection health taeis Yug Mdl, n Older and Middle, Young, Strategies: taeis Penn Wmn Infants, Women, Pregnant Strategies: Practicum: Pregnant Women, Infants, Infants, Women, Pregnant Practicum: hoy Yug Mdl, n Older and Middle, Young, Theory: This course will focus on the on focus will course This . This course provides the stu- the provides course This . -
partner with communities as well as interdisci- as well as communities with partner to opportunity the students afford will course This S. (4) . Leadership/Management and ing 379 357, 358,and359. Prerequisites: design . they that care the into diversity and virtues, core per spective, Christian the of knowledge their grate other inte- will with Students professionals . care care health design and data sessment as- synthesize and analyze to students quire re- that simulations laboratory multifaceted, include will course The practice. nursing in principles making decision and thinking cal complex criti- on in focus will Students situations . health lifespan the across groups and families, individuals, with and for protection health and promotion health of synthesize techniques will students nursing course, this laboratory In S. (1). Lifespan the across 378 requisites: Nursing357,358,and359. Pre- nurse . professional the by used are that client and leadership/management principles as community the for protection tion/health promo- health on focused is course This theory S. (4) . Leadership/Management and 377 Nursing 327,328,and329. Prerequisites: clients . adult with solving lem prob- and skills making decision clinical in gies . The focus of the course strate- is on engagement and theory protection health tertiary health promotion and primary, secondary, and will have opportunities to apply knowledge of visit a variety of community settings . Students dle, and older adults in acute care settings and mid- young, for care Students communities . and families their of context the in adults of processing Adults (4) . F 359 327, 328,and329. Prerequisites: clients . adult of care to related systems informatics nursing and activities, psychomotor nutrition, nication, assessment of adults, pharmacology, commu- cultural and develop health in skills and will knowledge Students care adults. in for strategies delivery protection health tiary ter- primary,secondary,and and health promotion develop to opportunities with dent Theory: Community Focused Nursing Focused Community Theory: taeis Snhss f usn Care Nursing of Synthesis Strategies: rciu: omnt Fcsd Nurs - Focused Community Practicum: Practicum: Young, Middle, and Older Older and Middle, Young, Practicum: to promote and protect the health health protectthe promoteand to . The student will utilize the nurs- nursig Nursing ursing Nursing 213 -
Nursing ursing Nursing . Application Nursing 307, 308, Prerequisites: Prerequisites: (0) . This course is an op- ew Mexico, and Wash- and Mexico, New . Prerequisites: . See below for details . 357, 358, and 359 . 357, 358, and 385, Nursing Internship (Curricular Practi- cal Training-CPT) tional independent study course, in which students will participate in off-campus in- ternships in acute or long tings during summer term months or during care the set- academic year to compliment their mini- a formal work will They . experiences learning during or summer, the over hours 80 of mum a semester and 309, GPA of 2 .5 or higher for approval of activities must be confirmed by the department’s internship coordinator . prior to the internship ing the . profession .
- ursing N Reformed .
nursing, Off-campus Programs Critical Reflections (3) . . S (capstone
An administrative fee of $150 is charged to students participating in any endorsed Off-campus programs not sponsored or endorsed by Calvin are available to students as students to available are Calvin by endorsed or sponsored not programs Off-campus Calvin College provides semester-length programs for students who wish to study in study to wish who students for programs semester-length provides College Calvin A student’s eligibility and anticipated course credits are determined by a preliminary preliminary a by determined are credits course anticipated and eligibility student’s A Calvin, by hired instructors local by faculty, Calvin by taught courses in earned Grades Participants in Calvin-sponsored programs and in Tier I endorsed programs retain Students studying off-campus are required to carry a course load of at least 12 semester 12 least at of load course a carry to required are off-campus studying Students Further information and preliminary application forms are available in the off-campus off-campus the in available are forms application preliminary and information Further the context of another culture or would benefit from a program that cannot be offered on offered be cannot that program a from benefit would or culture another of context the in faculty, Calvin the of members by directed programs, semester offers Calvin campus . France, Spain, Ghana, (2), Honduras China, Hungary, Britain, However, the level the However, well . as programs non-Calvin in participate may students . D .C ington category of Calvin financial aid varies by the program application that prior must to . be Calvin- application approved to a program particular sponsored programs require at least sophomore standing and a minimum grade point of average 2 .5 . (GPA) (Off-campus interims at require least sophomore standing and a as vary, programs non-Calvin to admission for requirements The 2 .0 .) of GPA minimum descriptions below indicated in the program student’s the of calculation the in included and recorded are Semester Chicago the by or C below Grades . GPA the of part become not do but recorded are grades other All . GPA - regard questions Specific . credit for accepted be not will programs non-Calvin on earned services to the office of academic . policies should be addressed ing credit their eligibility for full Calvin II financialreceive endorsed aid . programs Those in Tier 50% of their Calvin financial aid . A list of including endorsed their programs, financial site . Web programs aid level, is available on the off-campus
214 Off-Campus Programs Christian worldview informs the metapara- fac- issues current as well as nursing of digm plinary groups of health care providers for the purpose of promoting and protecting health . course) . This reflective course will lead the student into inquiry about the relationship between Christian faith and the discipline of nursing . It will consider how the Partnerships Partnerships with communities offer - opportu nities for the student to assist the community to develop the best health care possible for di- verse cultural . groups Partnerships with inter disciplinary staff members allow for principles of management and leadership to be integrated into nursing practice . Prerequisites: 357, 358, and 359 . 380 program or independent study or program independent studies; Calvin financial aid is not available . hours . programs office or on the department Web site . or on the department office programs
Off-Campus Programs allows students to interact with Chinese and and Chinese with interact to students allows and studying at the Capital country fascinating this of areas other China, experience life in its capital, and explore modern and traditional both study program as follows: are2010 directorsin the offeredby courses program2010 The director WardD . is The . two courses taught by the program directors . in a wide variety of disciplines in addition to John University, where they may take courses Scotland . Students will be housed at York St . and London both from hours two England in Britain takes place in York, a city in central and recommendations . college program, class level, GPA, interviews applicant’sthe propriatenessto study the of ap- the on based normally participantsis of GPAcumulative minimum Selection 2 .5 of a with studies college of year one least at completed have normally should plicants Ap- Calvin. through implemented are and engagement core) (Cross-cultural tours. and excursions trips, field speakers, Includes learning . periential ex- and classroom of combination a through culture the engages course The Britain . Great of culture the of aspects popular and artistic, religious, historical, political, to introduction 312 can alsosubstituteforEnglish216.) For core . (Literature period . the of writers other from readings with works those supplementing three Victorian, and three Modernist writers, major three on concentrate will Students experience . their of ground the to literaturetheir anchor that and imaginations their shaped that locations specific the and ideas, their inspired that places the homes, place to literature . Students will visit authors’ tieth-century, it will emphasize the relation of and writers of the nineteenth and works early twen- essential the of some studies course 295 CALVIN-SPONSORED PROGRAMS Each fall, students in the Semester in China The Spring 2010 offering of the Semester These programs have been developed by A topical CultureBritish in Studies topical A (4) . As the As . (3) TrackingLiterature British Semester inBritain(STBR) Semester inChina(STCH) gih aos n mnr, 295 minors, and majors English Normal University Romantic, Living Living .
program: Fall 2009isW for director program The tutors . language as serve students Chinese and CNU of members requiredareinstructors faculty language The . sites . historical important other and capitals cient an- to tour study 1-week a includes program and historical sites in and around the city cultural important visit and students foreign substitute one course at the Beijing Center Beijing the at course one substitute programs, off-campus of director the of permission the may,with 371 or 246, 245, placement examinationattimeof entrance. 390 issues .(Cross-cultural engagement core) social other and religion, growth, population economy,global the in China’splace cluding en- of time trance . at examination placement on 390 issues .(Cross-cultural engagementcore) social other and religion, growth, population economy,global the in China’splace cluding the Cultural of end the from China of development the of 210 and historicalstudiescore) century 19th the in West the with the through century 17th the from China of tory 204 historical studies core) and (Global underpinnings . cal nasty,philosophi- religiousand its including Dy- Ming the of end the to times earliest its introductionAn fromcivilization Chinese to 203 Language andCulture Track the Cultural of end the from China of development the of 210 cultural and historicalsights. to important trips field of series a in participation via China of aspects various 208 Language-Focus Track There are two different tracks for this for tracks different two are There Students who have already taken History Revolution, with emphasis on its collision Chinese Language (8) . Level depends on Level depends depends Level (12) . Language Chinese A study of the his- the of study A . (3) China Modern (3). Civilization Chinese Traditional An examination examination An (2) . China Emerging examination An (2). China Emerging tdns study Students (1). China Exploring o previous knowledge of Chinese is is Chinese of knowledge previous No
Revolution to the present day, in- Revolution to the present day, in- Off-campus Programs .TenHarmsel . (Global (Global . . The 215
Off-Campus Programs Semester in Ghana (STGH) in Ghana Semester Twi Twi Language (2) . An introductory Religion, Family Life, and Human African Drumming and Dance: Prac- The Culture and People of Ghana and Ghana of People and Culture The Participants live on the campus of the Uni- the of campus the on live Participants The courses offered by the program 209 Services in Ghana and West Africa This course is (3) . designed to examine the role of religion, family life, and government and non-governmental organizations in address- ing basic human needs in Ghana and West Africa . Particular emphasis is given to how Christianity and aspects of African insti- these influence worldview and religion primal tutions and helping . processes Students will take in part home stays with Ghanaian fami- activi- servicelearning in participate and lies ties at human service programs and schools, working directly with program . recipients (Persons in community core) 312 multi-disciplinaryA (4) . Africa course West aimed at an appreciation of the rich and di- verse culture and history of forts, slave as such sites to the Visits Africa . West people of the Fante homeland, the historic city of Ku- mase, and the Museum of Ghana includ- are engagement core) ed . (Cross-cultural of Institute the of staff the by offered Courses African Studies: 100 course in the dominant local language, de- signed to help students communicate on a basic level with those around them . (Pass/ fail; elective) 101 tice and Context (1) . Instruction in several traditional dances of the ethnic tradi- of patterns some in instruction Ghana, groups of tional drumming, and lectures on the social and religious meaning of African dance, in- (Health worship . Christian in use its cluding level II or III) and fitness core versity of Ghana and study at the University’s University’s the at study and Ghana of versity Institute of African Studies . Special sessions Christaller Akrofi the at occasionally held are Institute . The fall 2009 program director is B . Hugen, of the Sociology . department All byin the two students enroll courses offered the program director, a course in the local and at least one course (217 language (Twi), Institute . of the or 218) taught by staff director: tudes Etudes Françaises on - top Study in France (STFR) Study in France Off-campus Programs Francophone Literature and Culture Francophone Literature and Culture Francophone Literature Francophone and Literature in Culture An introduc- An (3) . France Contemporary Students take courses at the Centre The academic components taught by the by taught components academic The Students study in Grenoble, in south- 216 in Sub-Saharan Africa and the Diaspora (3) . An introduction to representative writ- ers and works of French Sub-Saharan expression Africa and the from African Diaspo- and (Global . French in mainly Conducted ra . historical studies core) 363 in North Africa (3) . representative writers An and works introduction of French to expression from the . Maghreb mainly Conducted in . French (Global studies core) and historical 330 through culture French contemporary to tion readings, discussions with guest speakers, with September early Begins excursions . and an orientation in . Grenoble (Cross-cultural engagement core) The director will offer one of the following courses in addition to STFR 330: 361 Quebec (3 ) An introduction to French-lan- guage culture and society in Quebec . Con- . ducted mainly in French 362 for either of the first two . courses Courses at the Beijing Center include art, literature, . and government business, media, Universitaire Universitaire d´ ics such as language, stylistics, translation, completion Successful . culture and literature of the courses will result in credit for STFR 315: Advanced Language Study in France I (3 semester hours), STFR 316: Advanced Language Study in France II (3 semester hours), and STFR 381: Special Topics (3 semester hours) . Calvin program director are: director Calvin program eastern France, on the campus of the Uni- versité Stendhal (Grenoble III) during the Fall semester (not offered Fall and2009) . 301 The French is courses all for prerequisite the of Selles, O . is 2010 for director The 302 . . department French
Off-Campus Programs are asfollows: program the of components academic The 101 . Spanish to equivalent language, the of plicants must have at least a basic knowledge Ap- students . studies development national Universidad throughout thesemester the of faculty the of members by taught are courses language Spanish the VerBeek; K . taught consecutively by the program director, are classes studies Development Morazán . Universidad Pedagógica La of campus the on classes attend and lies missions . Students live with Honduran fami- or development international in careers or as they consider or prepare for further county study developed less a in living perience semester the site of this program, offered each spring nomic developmenttoday eco- on effects their and independence, of doms, the period of colonial rule, and the era thority in Africa, including the historic king- au- political of patterns of study A (3) . rica 280 period .(Literature core) post-independence the and rule colonial to related trends and themes including drama, and literature oral to introduction An (3) . 217 (The combination of 211 & 212 organizationsresult . in one development non-Christian and Christian representing guests from tices prac- development on perspectives Various 212 credits . distribution regarding 212 under note See overpopulation. urban and maquilladoras, Honduras, such as immigration to the in encountered challenges development of 211 and cross-cultural engagementcore) country third-world a of example an as Honduras of history,politics the and of economics, study 210 Development StudiesinHonduras Preference for admission is given to inter The capital of Honduras, Tegucigalpa,Honduras, of capital The is Exploring a Third World Society (3) . A Government and Development in Af- in Development and Government Analysis (3) . Poverty of Problem The (3). Practice in Theory Development et fia Ltrtr ad Drama and Literature African West (Global and historical studies core studies historical and (Global . It gives students a first-hand ex- first-hand a students gives It . (STHO) Nacional Francisco .(Elective) North, . - Morazán Francisco Pedagógica Universidad the of excursions and attend classes on the campus families, participate in organized educational semester fall the and August of weeks two last the during HondurasTegucigalpa, in offered minors and majors for program Spanish advanced this in country developing a in living to related issues the of exploration an with Spanish department . P is director program 2009 ment ore.Millerforadvice depart- Spanish the of chair the See work . course previous on depends choice Course SPAXXX N who havetakenIDS355. students by taken be not May core re- quirement .) structures societal the fulfills and credit, economics one and credit sociology rdc te t te rs-utrl issues cross-cultural they willencounter the to them troduce in- and instructors Honduran with upper-level courses taking for students prepare to designed culture, and language Honduran to orientation on-site An SS . (2) . Honduras 342 improve speaking and writing skills throughskills writing and improvespeaking to the major or minor sequence . Designed to course gateway second the and 301 Spanish of continuation A (3). I Composition and 302 additional coursesfrom thefollowing: of hours semester Participantsenroll8-11 in cultural engagementcore) (Cross- excursions. and speakers Includes experiences . daily and interviews, readings, from learned have they what on reflect and compare students which in seminar weekly 315 cal studiescore) . cludes several field trips. (Global and In- histori- them. to responses shaping in play can values Christian role the and and globalization, environment, the population, as such sis of development theories and major issues 205 Spanish StudiesinHonduras(SPHO) Intensive language study is combined is study language Intensive The required coursesare asfollows: Analy- (2) . Development and Poverty agae n Clue n uut in August in Culture and Language naig odrn Culture Honduran Engaging dacd rma, Conversation, Grammar, Advanced . Prerequisite: Spanish 301 Spanish Prerequisite: (3-6) . Study Language Spanish Off-campus Programs Students live with local with live Students . . Villalta, of the of Villalta, . A (2) . . The 217
Off-Campus Programs
. B . East- . This East Central East Germany and Revolutionary Year . eformed University offers courses in courses offers University Reformed Semester in Hungary (STHU) Semester in Introduction Introduction to the Hungarian Lan- Studies in Central European Culture : Ori - 1989: -- ModernEurope in Studies . Europe Four decades of communist rule equired courses: Required Calvin College offers a study program 100 Hungarian the to introduction An (2) . guage language . (Pass/fail) 364 gins and Aftermath of a (3) . The year 1989 was a milestone for Hungarians the and the other peoples of came to an end elections through (in negotiations Hungary and and Poland), non-vi- olent demonstrations (in Europe—politics, religion, art, music, and science—through guest speakers, readings and study trips . (Global & historical stud- ies core) ern Czechoslovakia), and violent revolution (in Romania) . Meanwhile in the Yugoslavia, end of communist rule opened the political sys- coun- the broke that parties nationalist to tem try apart and set the stage for civil war course will focus on the events of 1989, the decades of communist rule that preceded the revolutions, and the political, economic, and social changes that have followed . It will also address Hungary in the context of the other . post-communist states of Eastern Europe 312 (4) . A topical presentation of ness to observe and/or participate in a work setting . Prerequisite: permission of the pro- gram director Berglund, Berglund, of the History department, is the in 2009 . director each fall semester in cooperation with three three with cooperation in semester fall each Karoli Budapest . central in universities local Gaspar compara- and linguistics, literature, English provides University Corvinus literature; tive courses in economics, business, sociology, political science, and modern history; the Technological University of Budapest spe- cializes in comparative literature and in social and environmental issues relating to the interface of technology and society . English . Prerequi- . Discussions . . off-campus programs Spanish–English Linguistics (3) . An Introduction Introduction to the Hispanic World Introduction Introduction to the Hispanic World Independent Ethnographic Study (2) . Central American Authors . (3) An in- 218 depth study of major Central American au- thors and works . The course reading requires of the several complete texts writing of and a major research paper the Included are units on the his- the on units are Included . pronunciation tory of the Spanish language and the major dialects spoken today 364 sites: Spanish 308 and 309, or permission of director the program 393 Placement school, in or a busi- local agency, center on the relationship of major literary and artistic works to religious, economic, and social developments political, in Spain and Spanish America . In addition, students develop their skills in reading and evaluat- ing literature in a second language through representative texts, and they sharpen their skills in critical writing and analysis . course This is normally the second course in sequence of a two and is designed to prepare students for advanced-level culture and lit- core) courses . (Literature erature 340 introduction to Spanish linguistics, concen- trating on the sounds of Spanish (phonetics and phonology), with appropriate pronun- ciation practice and contrasts with Discussions center on the relationship of ma- of relationship the on center Discussions jor literary and artistic works to economic, political, religious, and social developments in the Iberian Peninsula and the colonies in the . Americas This course is nor- Castilian mally the first in a sequence of two designed and is to prepare students for advanced- level culture and literature courses . (Global core) and historical studies 309 II (4) . This course introduces students major developments to of the Hispanic World Amer- Spanish the of independence the from ican colonies to the present day (4) . This course introduces students to the major developments of the Hispanic World from antiquity to the independence of the American colonies in the early 19th century vocabulary acquisition, honing of grammati- cal accuracy, and extensive practice in oral communication . and written 308
Off-Campus Programs ) All students will be enrolled in the fol- the in enrolled be will students All 2 .) films willallbepart ofthiscourse. and discussions trips, field speakers, guest policies and initiatives are explored . Lectures, tion and sustainability coopera- toward control and conquest from shift present-day the addresses course The wetlands and heaths of the ‘high’ rivers, dunes, forests, to related policies rent are examined as well as the changes and cur- land and rivers coasts, to related as erlands environmental challenges of the “low” current and history management water The control and management in the modification, environmental of history the in episodes major to students introduces and Contemporary Practices . (4) This course Perspectives Historical Netherlands: the in 230 1 program all for required are courses Two ece euain tdns take students education Teacherprogram . Teacher Calvin’s from and core sections of courses from Calvin’s liberal arts special-focus of means by experience ing provide students with a cross-cultural learn- in Study tural Multicul- the of goal The School . Christian of campus the on held is Mexico Environmental Studiesdepartment . Geology,Geography,and the Aay,of H . is program 2010 Spring the for director gram pro- The language . Dutch the in interested students for tailored be also can It neering . and engi- science of fields the in students ing intheSpringof2010,isgeared towards . ) DuringJanuarytheinterimthe) prior to Semester intheNetherlands(STNE) lands semesterprogram director: the by taught course, lowing in additiontoaregular interimcourse. ture offered at Calvin cul- and language Dutch in course hour one-semester a in enroll will course) a ceptthosehavewhoalready takensuch (ex- students all semester, off-campus students: This multicultural study program in The Semester in the Semester inNewMexico(STNM) oad niomna Sustainability Environmental Toward ew Mexico semester is to is semester Mexico New . Dutch climate change Netherlands, debut- . This course will be Netherlands . Netherlands . Education Rehoboth Nether- Neth- ew New
154 ral worldcore) (Natu- Southwest . the of features geological structures of geological the of study ductory 151 Liberal ArtsCore Courses: take liberal arts courses only courses arts liberal take courses from both categories; other students Education department . the of Boerema, A . is 2009 Fall for director students all of required is the teachereducation program . 102, tion Prerequisites: setting . classroom a in practice and theory linking in students sist as- will below) (see practicum extensive An learners . all of needs the meeting on focus a plementation, evaluation, and reflection with im- planning, including in- practice, structional shape context the and curriculum, the learner, the of understanding an how plore ex- will Students contexts . educational verse di- in instruction on impact its and theory learning surrounding issues complex the of understanding increased an develop stu- dents help to Designed (4). Learners verse 302 Teacher EducationCourses: off- campus programs . of director the from permission upon of University the at areavailable courses arts liberal Other cultural engagementcore) (Cross-churchescommunities . ervation and as such munities com- surrounding with interact and School and of campus the live on learn they as awareness cross-cultural develop students help to designed Seminar 394 tures core) as a major world culture area . (Societal struc- Southwest greater the to introduction an as used is anthropology of study The (3) . west 218 (The arts core) of expressions rent cur-and antecedents the to brought is focus Special criticism . art and artists, art, of vey arth makes extensive use of the unique the of use extensive makes Earth A special sur- special A . (3) Art to Introduction hs intro- This (4). Geology Introductory epe ad utrs f h South- the of Cultures and Peoples urclm n Isrcin o Di- for Instruction and Curriculum (1). Seminar Community Christian uain 0, n amsin to admission and 202, Education off-campus progams w eio alp campus, Gallup Mexico New ed Mesa, Gallup and res- and Gallup Mesa, Red tv Aeia art . American Native ehoboth Christian Rehoboth . The program program The ST . M 394 NM Educa- 219
Off-Campus Programs
. - - equired of Required all . Discussions center on Contemporary Spanish Civilization Regions of Spain (3) . This course, Introduction Introduction to the Hispanic World Art History (3) . A study of the art and Introduction Introduction to the Hispanic World II architecture architecture of Spain from prehistoric times core) . (The arts the present through (Cross-cultural engagement core) students . (Cross-cultural 336 (3) . An examination of the culture of Span- ish social, political, and religious institutions through readings, invited speakers, sions, discussion, and . writing excur (4) . This course introduces students to major developments of the Hispanic from World the independence of the Spanish American colo- nies to the present day inskills their develop students addition, In ica . reading and evaluating literature in a second language through representative they sharpen texts, their skills in critical writing and and analysis . This course is normally the second course in a sequence of two and is to designed prepare students for advanced-level culture core) courses . (Literature and literature 316 the relationship of major literary and artistic so- and religious, political, economic, to works cial developments in Spain and Spanish Amer (4) . This course introduces students to ma- from World Hispanic the of developments jor Spanish the of independence the to antiquity American colonies in the early 19th century ma- of relationship the on center Discussions jor literary and artistic works to economic, political, religious, and social developments in the Iberian Peninsula and the colonies in the Americas . This course is nor- Castilian mally the first in a sequence of two designed and is to prepare students for advanced- level culture and literature courses . (Global and historical studies core) 309 improve speaking improve and writing skills through vocabulary acquisition, honing of grammati- cal accuracy, and extensive practice in oral communication . and written 312 taught by Calvin professors during the in- historical both regions, the on focuses terim, an to addition In Spain . of contemporary, and introduction to the geography of Spain, stu- dents examine how language, custom, and according Spain varyview throughout world . to region 308 Nacional Educación Rehoboth Christian Nacional de . Study in Spain (STSP) All students live individually with individually live students All . Advanced Grammar, Composition, off-campus programs Directed Directed Teaching: Elementary . (12) Curriculum Curriculum and Instruction: Practi- Calvin offers introductory (in the fall) During the interim and spring semester of semester spring and interim the During During the fall semester of alternate years, alternate of semester fall the During Educación a Distancia . The program di- Rehoboth and in the surrounding area, 220 Advanced Courses: 302 and Conversation II . (3) A continuation of Spanish 301 and the second gateway course to Designed sequence . minor or major the to An analysis of the teaching-learning teaching-learning the of analysis An (3) . cum process in the . classroom Includes observa- tion of and participation in school activities in as well as laboratory experience to develop competence in technol- the use of classroom Edu- with concurrently taken be Must ogies . . cation 302 . See description above 345 Students participate in full-time supervised practice teaching Prerequisites: schools . at local other and School good standing in the teacher education pro- gram, passing scores on the Michigan Basic Skills Test, and appropriate tions . recommenda- 303 and advanced (in the interim and spring) Spain . Denia, in programs language Spanish Students live with Spanish families and attend classes on the campus of the local university Spanish families, participate in organized campus the on classes attend and excursions, of the Universidad each year, Calvin offers an advanced Spanish advanced an offers Calvin year, each program in Denia, Spain . Students take 15- 19 semester a hours Spanish towards major minor or de Slagter, Cynthia . Prof is 2009 Fall for rector . of the Spanish department a . Distancia Prerequisite: Spanish 301 . The for director this for program Spring 2010 is M . Bierling . Calvin offers a core (introductory) program program (introductory) core a offers Calvin students Spanish Beginning Spain . Denia, in 203, 152, 151, Spanish courses the complete and 270 to satisfy the language college core - stu All . degree bachelor’s the for requirement dents live with Spanish families, participate in organized excursions, and attend classes on the campus of the Universidad
Off-Campus Programs Science department . Political the of Smidt, Corwin Prof . is 2010 semester fall the in offered course preparatory one-hour a 241, Science Political in enroll to required instructor the of consent the have or 101 Science Political completed either have must students program, the into accepted Tobe capital . nation’s the of workings the understand better to order in combine an internship with academic study Washington, D .C, each spring . Participants linguistics 341 as interns with the institutions visited in this work they where organizations the contrast and compare to challenged be will Students trade . and development, security,economic services, social health, as such areas of ety vari- a in policies public implement and/or study,influence, that organizations to visits site stress will course The making . policy of ditions seek to affect the climate and content individuals and institutions of many faith tra- religious how examine will cally,course the in the public life of Washington, DC . Specifi- religionroleof the on focus will course This 343 ernment entities. gov- or businesses, agencies, organizations, relevant to visits and from speakers cluding in- by environment draws Washington it the and upon generally, life public of text con- the within framed is content course the rector di- program the on depending year, to from year varies course of this content specific 342 393 most famousdrama,poetry, andprose . twentieth-century its of perspective the fromliterature Spanish through eighteenth of Present the to Century teenth 368 Spanish morphology, syntax,andsemantics. between similarities and ences Prerequisite: permissionofthedirector setting . work a participatein and/or observe to Placement in a local agency, school or business Semester inWashington, D.C.(STDC) Calvin offers the Henry Semester in Semester Henry the offers Calvin Advanced Spanish Syntax and Socio- and Syntax Spanish Advanced (3) . Life Public and Faith Integrating The (3) . Life Public Topicsin Special (2). Study Ethnographic Independent pns Ltrtr fo te Eigh- the from Literature Spanish While its substantive focus may vary,may focus substantive its While . (3) . An examination of the differ- The program director for director program The . Students are Students . gih and English A study A (3) . .
ship andseminar experience. show promise of benefiting from the intern- and higher, or 2 .75 of average point grade a have should seniors, or juniors be should the program staff in Washington . by Applicants supervised is and member, a is College Calvin which of Universities, and Colleges Christian for Council the by sponsored is their program descriptions. in noted as aid, financial Calvin for qualify category programs office for alist of programs in each See the financial aid office or the off-campus 50% . receive programs endorsed II Tier in Those program . the for aid financial Calvin full receive may programs endorsed I Tier credit to for be granted . C Students participating a in least at be must grades However, GPA student’s . the in calculated not are recorded, although grades, the and credits the Chicago Semester, all credits are transfer of exception the With Calvin . by endorsed tion with other institutions, but are officially with Washington professionals issues international and national current exploring in and experiences on-the-job in most majors who are interested in having seminar program for upper division students semester-longinternship/ a is D .C, ington, partment, forfurther information. de- Work Social and Sociology Schwander, L. See Department . Work Social and ology are Soci- the by students approved students to work available social for Internships partment . departmental major is granted at the discretion of each de- a toward Credit centration . con- of field major student’s the in setting, ing of a four-day work week in a professional consist- normally experience, internship An 344 cepted byindividualdepartments . departmentala creditas or elective ac- when organization’s mission . May be creditedthe as an in religion of role the and objectives al course, particularly in terms of organization- These programs are offered in conjunc- in offered are programs These The American Studies Program in Wash- CALVIN-ENDORSED PROGRAMS (8). D.C. Washington, in Internship American StudiesProgram A few approved programs do not do programs approved few A . off-campus progams . The program 221
Off-Campus Programs Nether- Emphasis is . . Issues treated Students not in not Students . (9) . F and S . Students en-
Chicago Semester The Chicago Semester is sponsored by rolled in the Chicago Semester program have program Semester Chicago the in rolled a large number of placements a from internships select available may Students them . to Arts and the City Seminar (3) . F and S . An investigation of urban cultural life as reflect- ed in of attend the . Chicago arts Participants plays, concerts and movies, and visit art gal- leries and shows . These on-site experiences are supplemented by readings, lectures, and core) discussion . (The arts classroom Metropolitan Seminar (3) . F and . S A broad survey of the major issues in the life of metropolitan the community of Chicago . seminar examines the economic, educational, This political, and social welfare systems and the . meaning of living in the urban environment Values and Vocations Seminar (3) . F and S . An exploration of the values dimension of life: what one lives for and why placed on helping students determine their personal structure of values in the light of biblical norms . History of Religion and Society in Urban America (3) . F and S . An examination of re- ligious social engagement in urban America, especially in the 20th century include industrialism, immigration, race re- lations, gender roles and the relationship of and state . church Field Internship ture studies program in Leiden, The Leiden, in program studies ture Central also offers programs in Britain, in programs offers also Central lands . Wales, France, China, Mexico and Spain; these designated are programs as “indepen- finan- of purposes for programs study” dent information, more For . consideration aid cial office . programs off-campus contact the Calvin together with Central, Dordt, Hope, Northwestern and Trinity Colleges and is It College . Christian Trinity by administered offers qualified juniorsand seniors the op- through credit semester’s a gain to portunity studying and working in Chicago . Students participate in seminars at the Chicago Se- a days four spend and Center Loop mester’s career their to related internship an in week major academic and interest social or nursing (education, track special a work) take two of the following seminars:
- r . . . .ausable .org Central College AuSable Institute of AuSable Institute Environmental Studies Environmental .stolaf .edu/depts/math/budapest or off-campus programs Central College offers an endorsed Tier I Tier endorsed an offers College Central The Budapest Semester(s) in Mathemat- arly applications are encouraged; the first the encouraged; are applications Early Courses are offered during the January Course enrollment forms and financial This institute, by sponsored Calvin Col- Applicants to this program are not eligible not are program this to Applicants Budapest Semester(s) in Mathematics 222 German language study program in Vienna, Vienna, in program study language German Austria, and an II endorsed Dutch Tier cul- ics program offered by St . Olaf College pro- offered ics program vides the opportunity for mathematics and computer science majors in their junior or senior years to spend one or two semesters in Budapest studying under the tutelage of . In ad- eminent Hungarian scholar-teachers dition to offerings in mathematics, courses are offered in Hungarian language, history, take to expected be will Students . culture and or one and courses mathematics four or three courses each semester two intercultural 25 qualified applicants will be accepted to par to accepted be will applicants qualified 25 ticipate in the program as their applications see information additional For completed . are www . Pruim, of the Mathematics department Course list- Course sessions . summer in and interim ings available at by campus the are AuSable site, www Web the AuS- available aid from applications are able advisor, D . Warners, of the Biology . department lege and other evangelical Christian colleges, Christian evangelical other and lege offers course instruction and internships in environmental studies . In the forests of northern Michigan, on the shores of Puget Sound (Washington), in India, or in Ke- nya, students take courses which provide academic content, field experiences,and practical tools for stewardship of creation’s . resources Students who also complete at degree a liberal arts work for a bachelor’s college approved by the Institute may earn certificates as environmental analysts, land resource analysts, water resource analysts, . ecologists naturalists, and stewardship for Calvin financial aid . for Calvin
Off-Campus Programs a member Colleges and Universities, of which Calvin is Christian for Council the by administered Classics department . ments . require- core some meet may courses CYA other addition, In 211) . (Classics Tragedy the and 205-304), (Latin Latin Advanced 202-302), (Greek authors Greek in courses reading advanced 101-102); (GreekGreek Ancient Beginning 221); Classics to (equivalent Period man the to Greece of Archaeology and Art are major classics the in courses for tions integrated intoeachterm’s offerings . trips to sites of archaeological importance are or both semesters of the academic year eral levels . Students may study at CYA for one as well as modern Greek, are available at sev- studies . Courses in ancient Greek and Latin, area Mediterranean east modern and tion and concentrating on ancient Greek civiliza- of university-level courses taught in track . The artist track is tailored to students follow either the artist track or the executive and (Massachusetts) Vineyard Martha’s on previous springsemester the made be must semester either for cation Appli- information. further for Schwander L. see department; Work Social and ology Soci- the by approved students to available are students work social for Internships (S) . semester spring previous the made be must semester either for Application information. further Louters, M .J See students . education elementary for available (F and S) . Student teaching opportunities are semester staff members. Chicago by job the on supervised are terns in- student The institutions . civic and vices, ser-public churches,agencies, clinics, social health mental media, hospitals, businesses, range of organizations, which include banks, The Contemporary Music Center is Center Music Contemporary The For further information, contact K . Bratt, substitu- as suitable most courses The College Year in Athens offers a curriculum Contemporary MusicCenter . . Program participants live together College Year inAthens ducation Department, for Department, Education pic Tradition and Attic Traditionand Epic . English . Field Ro- Sciences department . and Arts Communication Romanowski, W advisor, program the by recommended - be and higher or 2.75 of GPA a with recording oforiginalmusic. as they work together to create and market a the marketplace from a Christian perspective and creativity explore Students etc . lishers, pub- music executives, company recording possible careers as artist managers or agents, in interested majors other and nications, commu- marketing, and management arts, business, for designed is track executive The engineers . recording or producers ers, perform- artists, recording writers, song musicians, vocalists, as careers considering off-campus programs . of director the consult should rollment en- direct in interested Students pended . the Vlissingen, in Zeeland, Hogeschool the at study to opportunity the have business information . more for programs off-campus of director only semester spring the in Offered arrangement . special by available also are courses theology and quired), art, culture, and history provides courses in the Dutch language (re- Zwolle, in GereformeerdeHogeshool the at r aalbe n h Itrainl School International the in available are munication Arts andSciencesdepartment . Groenendyk,Com- K . contact information, may not earn credit at both sites . For further both the Fall and Spring semesters; students in offered are programs Both possible. are hrs .) sem . (1-4 Internships culture . local the of literature and anthropology cultural development, community ecosystems, with dealing courses offers CCSP the Zealand), Dordt NetherlandicStudies Program Students should be juniors or seniors or juniors be should Students The Daystar program is currently sus- currently is program Daystar The At its two program sites (Belize and tdns neetd n international in interested Students This program, operated by Dordt College etherlands, for a semester a for Netherlands, Creation Care StudiesProgram Hogeschool Zeeland Daystar University off-campus progams Contact Dordt College’sDordt Contact . . Philosophy Courses . New 223 .
Off-Campus Programs
.
r . Whitekettle, The LAFSC is designed to designed is LAFSC The . astern studies, archaeology, archaeology, studies, Eastern Center Program Los Angeles Film Studies Jerusalem College University Latin American Studies Program Latin American Studies The Los Angeles Film Study Center (LAF- Center Study Film Angeles Los The Students of member colleges of the Coun- the of colleges member of Students The campus of the Jerusalem University Applicants must be juniors or seniors Students live, learn, and work in the LA area of consists curriculum The studios . major near (theology seminars required two internship, an filmmaking, in electives and production), and . and producing screenwriting, SC) Program, offered in both the fall and spring and fall the both in offered Program, SC) semesters, is administered by the Council for Christian Colleges and Universities, of which member a is Calvin train students of Council institutions to serve in various aspects of the film industry with integrity Christian and skill professional both cil for Christian Colleges and Universities have the opportunity to live and learn in Latin America through the Latin American Studies Program, based in San Jose, cours- of Costa variety a from choose Students Rica . es in language, literature, culture, politics, economics, ecology history, and religion of available: are concentrations Four . region the spring and fall (both studies American Latin terms); advanced language and literature both offered and majors Spanish to (limited business international terms); spring and fall tropi- and only); term (fall management and cal sciences (spring term only) . For further information see about M . Spanish program, Bierling, of the Spanish . department For all others, see the off-campus programs . office The advanced language and literature track is not eligible for Calvin financial aid . College is located on historic Mount Zion . to travel also students the campus, its From many parts of Israel and the West Bank to settings . original their in texts biblical study biblical in areas from courses select Students Middle studies, For studies . Hebrew and geography, history, more information, contact . Religion department 75 or higher cumulative grade point grade cumulative higher or 2 .75 a with average who provide evidence of academic, creative, and personal maturity in their ap-
e . esource Resource nglish English to a nvironmental Environmental nvironment, Politi- Environment, For further information see information further For . conomic Practices, Practices, Economic ights and the and Rights International Sustainable Hong Kong Baptist University Hong Kong Baptist Development Studies Institute off-campus programs Students may choose to spend fall semes- fall spend to choose may Students See L . Herzberg, Germanic and Asian This program offers an opportunity for The Hong Kong Baptist University of- cology of Forests, and Coastal and Forests, of Ecology Japan Center for Michigan Universities cal 224 . world the around from drawn body student Topics include international management, e-commerce, economics, accounting, and law business of Business and are taught in . economics department Der Heide, Van ter, spring semester, or summer semester spring at semester, ter, the Japan Center for Michigan Universities in offered are Courses Kyoto . near Hikone, in . culture Japanese and language Japanese both Languages department, for further details . for further Languages department, Courses include Thai Language and Society, Society, and Language Thai include Courses Human courses other two take students addition, In related to Japan . The course offerings vary each semester, but include topics such as Japanese Issues in Japan, and Japanese International Relations . Students may either live in the dormitory or stay with a Japanese family for the entire or semester, live in the dorm but stay with a Japanese family on some weekends . students interested in international develop- international in interested students ment to spend a semester in Thailand . The program is divided into four sessions, each and theory of study the with begins which of out moves then and Chiang-Mai, in context into the field for threeThailand . weeksof ecology ofand intensive culture the in study Management in Southeast Asia . fers courses in a variety of fields at its three Kowloon . campuses Students may choose humanities, business, in courses regular from sciences social and science, communications, or enroll in special courses in Mandarin or Cantonese Chinese language study or in a special sociology course designed for non- Chinese students . For more information, . contact D . Bays, History department
Off-Campus Programs M .Halteman,Philosophydepartment . Details about the program are available from discussion . and study group small and rial tuto- from benefiting of promise show and higher,or 3 .0 of average point grade a have year, senior or junior their in program the outside student’s fieldofinterest primary . More than half of the academic work must be take the course in composition and rhetoric . students All Faith . Living and Stories, man Hu- Thought, Social Issues, Contemporary categories: following the of each in course porary life and thought . Students study one contem- on reflection Christian on focuses personalized in tutorials or small groups and is Instruction setting . rural a in community intellectual small a partof become students Oregon, during the fall semester department . History Howard, D. consult information, from the academic dean’s office . For further average, and must receive a recommendation have a 2 .75 or higher cumulative grade point and dynamismoftheregion . Turkey, students are exposed to the diversity travel to Israel, Palestine, Jordan, Syria, and Through Cairo . in organizations various Arabic language and work as volunteers with the study students seminars, to addition In Cairo, in spring, or fall the in either semester, a for study and live Universities, and Colleges Christian for Council the by administered Program, political traditions of Middle and cultural, social, religious, diverse the explore to opportunity the students give Middle teract with the complex world of the modern in- and explore to students Council allows department . Sciences and Arts Communication the of tion may be obtained from W Director LAFSC the with interview and recommendations, plication, Applicants ordinarily should plan to take Ashland, in conducted is program This Middle the in Participants Applicants must be juniors or seniors, or juniors be must Applicants Middle EastStudiesProgram Oregon Extension Program East . The interdisciplinary seminars E gypt Further informa- Further . . This program program This Eastern people . . Romanowski, . About thirty ast Studies East
tact K.Bratt,Classicsdepartment . of at least 3 .5 For further information, con- must have a cumulative grade point average concentration . his/her outside field a in study to portunity op- an provide or concentration student’s a complement either may which tutorial secondary a and history) philosophy,and studies, religious and theology literature, classics, in: available tions (concentra- study of field same the within tutorial primary a and seminar integrative an of up made concentration a Cultures), and (Christianity course required a cludes University Oxford Hall, with Wycliffe affiliation in Universities and Colleges Christian for Council the of gram Activities often take students into the town of include topics in German history and culture . and methodologies of variety a using daily held are Classes level . course student’s the els . An assessment test on arrival determines vides intensive training in German at all lev- pro- Kommunizieren) Activ und Erlernen to Moscow,moves programin the orientation in settings strategic three in spring, or fall the in study,either Christian Colleges and Universities, live and for Council the by administered Program, from anacademicdean. average, and must receive a recommendation have a 2 .75 or higher cumulative grade point Business . International and Transition Literature, and Culture, Peoples, and Sociology of include: program the of components academic The families and are involved in a service project . tersburg, where students live with Christian Pe- St . in spent are semester the of weeks 2 final The weeks) . (12 sia’scity largestthird Nizhni Applicants must be juniors or seniors and The Scholar’s Semester at Oxford is a pro- the in Participants AK programSPEAK The Praktisch (Sprache Applicants must be juniors or seniors, or juniors be must Applicants Scholars’ SemesteratOxford SPEAK (Marburg,Germany) Russian StudiesProgram ussian Language Study,History Language Russian Novgorod (formerly Gorky), off-campus progams Religion in After a 10-day a After Russia . The program in- program The . ussian Studies Russian Russia, elations and Relations nglish and English ussia in Russia Russian Rus- 225
Off-Campus Programs News and Public Dis- INDEPENDENT STUDIES INDEPENDENT Applicants Applicants must be sophomores or ju- Other programs appropriate to a student’s student’s a to appropriate programs Other Media Media Involvement, . in Washington Reporting course, and grade cumulative higher or 2 .75 a with niors . point average major or minor concentration are available programs off-campus The locations . many in office has brochures and other materials interested students by browsing for available - pro these for Credit option . this exploring in grams will be considered as transfer . credit programs study independent in Participants are not eligible for any Calvin financial aid but retain “outside” aid and may apply for preliminary a complete must Students loans . application prior to beginning the program . application process
. Dykstra- . The Washington Jour- Washington Journalism Center Washington Off-Campus Programs The curriculum consists of an internship internship an of consists curriculum The The Washington Journalism Center and three related courses: Foundations for nalism Center is an advanced, experiential semester on Capitol Hill that will cultivate professional news skills and encourage students to think through the implications of being a Christian working in the news powerful the to home is that city a in media and the powerless . 226 Marburg or its vicinity for practical language practical for vicinity its or Marburg experience and for cultural events such as theater performances and museum visits . For further information contact P . German department Pruim, of the Program, offered in both the fall and offered spring Program, for Council the by administered is semesters, which of Universities, and Colleges Christian Calvin is a member
Off-Campus Programs Two 200/300levelelectives Philosophy 252 Philosophy 251 Philosophy 171or273 Philosophy 153 (18 semesterhours) PHILOSOPHY MINOR One philosophyelective 318, Philosophy systematic 300-level One 201- Philosophy systematic 200-level One Philosophy 340or341 Philosophy 252 Philosophy 251 Philosophy 205 Philosophy 171or273 Philosophy 153 (27 semesterhours) PHILOSOPHY DOUBLEMAJOR Philosophy 395or396 318, Philosophy systematic 300-level One 201- Philosophy systematic 200-level One One 300-level historical course Philosophy Philosophy 340or341 Philosophy 252 Philosophy 251 Philosophy 204or283 Philosophy 205 Philosophy 171or273 Philosophy 153 (33 semesterhours) PHILOSOPHY MAJOR professions suchashighereducation,law, theministry, . andgovernmentservice Assistant Professors D.Billings,M.Halteman,Jensen Associate Professors K.Corcoran, R.DeYoung, J.Smith,C.Van Dyke Professors K.Clark‡,R.Groenhout, L.Hardy, D.Hoekema,G.Mellema, Philosophy 365-390; 395 225 ora300-levelwithpermission 365-390; 395canfillthis requirement 226 ora300-levelwithpermission 312-336, 396 The department offers a major concentration appropriate for various careers, including D. Ratzsch(chair),S.Wykstra COURSES submit andpresent anhonorspaper 3 of philosophy major the in GPA minimum a and achieve a minimum cumulative GPA of 3 . 300-level the at one least at honors courses with a grade of B or higher, philosophy two including overall, courses honors six complete must philosophy in honors with graduate to wishing Students HONORS 153 Open toqualifiedfirst-yearstudents . level. graduate the on philosophy study to is course intending those for especially recommended This logic. modal some cluding in- logic, symbolic elementary in course A 273 aiming toward graduate study of philosophy year students, not recommended for students argumentsevaluating first- in for ic Suitable . tive logic with emphasis upon the use of log- induc- and deductive elementary in course 171 society man lifeandincontemporary philosophy to respond to central issues in hu- inquiry and engaging in faith-oriented and faith based prose, expository clear writing philo- texts, sophical interpreting and reading arguments, evaluating and constructing discussion, and reflection philosophical on placed is phasis em- An tradition. philosophical Western the from primarily texts, significant historically of study the through addressed are questions man life and how we know about them . These hu- and world, the God, about questions tal fundamen- to introduction An S. and F (3) . udmna Qetos n Philosophy in Questions Fundamental 3 S. (3) Logic Symbolic to Introduction A S. and F (3). Logic to Introduction The course aims to help students use use students help to aims course The . Elementary Courses . 0, and they must successfully successfully must they and 0, Philosophy . They must They .
. 227 .
Philosophy . A sustained . There may be Students taking Students . Ethics (3) . F and S . This course reflects . (3) F God and Philosophy. Justice and the Common Good: Studies 204 philosophical reflection on the nature and existence of God, addressing such questions as the rationality of belief in God, of the role evidence in religious belief, the problem of prayer, of point the God, of suffering the evil, the God, about language gendered of use the reli- non-Christian in believers sincere of fate tak- Students hell . of existence the and gions, ing this course to fulfill the integrative stud- fol- the have must core the of requirement ies lowing prerequisites in addition to Philoso- . in religion phy 153: two courses 205 on the moral dimension of life as a whole, in its relation to what we believe, what we do, and what sorts of people we want to be . It studies basic ethical questions such as the objectivity of right and wrong, what justice is, how we ought to live, why we should try to be morally good . It considers these ques- tions both theoretically and practically (by applying them to issues social in life, contemporary such as sources historical both capital uses also It . abortion) punishment or (such as Aristotle and Kant) and contempo- rary . sources Finally, it considers what dif- ference Christian faith makes to the theory and the practice of morality a service-learning component in the course, instructor the on depending this course to fulfill the integrative studies requirement of the core must have the fol- lowing prerequisites in addition to Philoso- phy 153: two courses in philosophy and/or . religion 207 in Political Philosophy (3) . F A study of the historical sources and philosophical dimen- sions of the major debates in contemporary political thought, including an the basic terms analysis of current political of discourse — such justice, as rights, freedom, and equal- ity — and an assessment of their role in the debates over such issues as racism, - gender re lations, multiculturalism, and religion in the public . square The course also explores tradi- on the purpose of tions of Christian reflection of nature the legislation, of limits the state, the the community, requirements of justice, and the calling of the Christian citizen . Students taking this course to must have the of the core studies requirement fulfill the integrative Reformed tradi- integrative studies.integrative completion of Philosophy 153. completion Understanding Natural Science: Its Philosophy Law, Law, Politics, and Legal Practice (3) . All intermediate courses presuppose courses presuppose All intermediate IntermediateCourses Systematic Students may take Philosophy 201-205, 201-205, Philosophy take may Students core credit in cross cultural engagement. in cross credit core 207, 208, 215, 225 or 226 for core credit in in credit core for 226 or 225 215, 208, 207, Students may take philosophy 225 or 226 for for 226 or 225 philosophy take may Students 228 Nature, Nature, Status, and Limits (3) . F An inves- tigation of the nature of science (its struc- ture, methods, and status), and its place in human life, by looking at the historical de- velopment of science, including its interac- tions with other human activities, especially . religion The course will encourage students to develop their own views on major issues regarding the nature of science and its ap- propriate relations to worldviews and faith . It will use history of science both to these place issues in context and to test rival pic- tures of what science is, how it works, and how is has been — and should be —related to Christian faith . Special emphasis will be given to the diverse ways these issues have been within approached the the fulfill to course this taking Students tion . integrative studies requirement of the core must have the following prerequisites in ad- dition to Philosophy 153: two courses in the natural sciences . An investigation of such topics as the nature the bases of of sources and law, types of law, a legal system, the nature of legal and politi- and cal the authority, status of civil and hu- man rights . Some consideration will also be judges and lawyers role complex the to given play in our society and to some of the eth- ical issues they may face as a result of as this complexity, well as to the ways in which deci- the affect might perspective Christian a about makes citizen or judge, lawyer, a sions the law and legal practice . Students taking this course to fulfill the integrative studies requirement of the core must have the fol- lowing prerequisites in addition to Philoso- phy 153: two courses in the social sciences . . 2009-2010 Not offered 203 202
Philosophy 225 153: twocoursesinbusiness/economics . Philosophy to addition in prerequisites ing follow- re- the have must core the of quirement studies integrative the fulfill to course theory ethical in bates de- current of light the in examined be will groups stakeholder other of rights the and employees, to firm the of and firm the to ees employ- of responsibilitiesenvironment, the action, the ethics of advertising, protection of affirmative and discrimination as such sues Is- marketplace. the in fairness and justice about concerned are who students all to est inter-of be to designed conduct, business to relate they as concepts ethical of amination 215 2010 . theory ethical in debates philosophical current by afforded spective per-a from health examined be will allocation care and consent, informed euthanasia, practices . relatedcareand health contemporary of text A study of ethical issues that arise in the con- 212 Reformed understandingofhumanlife. a with intersect issues these how consider to and practices, and beliefs cultural con- temporary form turn, their in and by, formed are concepts gender which in ways the derstand philosophical understanding of the concept of historically-groundedgender, to un- a gain arestudents course offered opportunitythe to 211 arts ortwocoursesinliterature . the in courses two 153: Philosophy to dition ad- in prerequisites following the have must core the of requirement studies integrative ture . Students taking this course to fulfill the cul- and arts contemporary in participants facing challenges and issues of derstanding maturea un- develop to aims It debates . and theories recent some as well as topics these on reflections philosophical of history the role in human cultures . The course discusses F 208 phy 153:twocoursesinsocialsciences. following prerequisites in addition to Philoso- A study of the relationships among Chinese among relationships the of study A A study of the nature of the arts and their and arts the of nature the of study A . Philosophy of Gender . (3) F and S . In this Philosophy of the Arts and Culture (3) . Ethical Dimensions of Health Care(3) . Health of Dimensions Ethical A systematic ex- systematic A S . (3) . Ethics Business F (3). Culture and Thought Chinese hcl sus uh s abortion, as such issues Ethical Students taking this taking Students . . ot offered 2009- offered Not
. preparation . recommended a is which 251, Philosophy century nineteenth the of end the to century seventeenth the from movements philosophical and philosophers and S . A survey of some of the major Western 252 ancient andmedievalperiods. the of movements philosophical and ophers and S . A survey of the major Western philos- 251 2010 Aristotle. and Plato of 312 topics ofmetaphysics. 283 2010 core . the of requirement historical and global the fulfills course This ties with Africans residing in West Michigan . activi- collaborative and music; and artture, litera- scholars; other and philosophers of writings selected include Sources examined . the issue of race and African identity are also and thought, African in Christianity of role The independence . African of era the of gies ideolo- political slavery,and transatlantic of legacy the to responses philosophical tems, sys- moral and cosmologies traditional ing includ- Africa, of worldviews and losophies 226 re- CCE quirements ofthecore . the and historical and global the fulfills course This organization . family and painting, film, poetry, calligraphy, practice, cuisine, religious chi, tai as such culture, Chinese of aspects other with thought nese and Mencius . The course also correlates Chi- Zhuangzi, Laozi, Confucius, of writings the in thought Chinese of expressions the ining philosophy, art, social life, and society, exam- more philosophycourses,orone All advancedcoursespresuppose twoor course plusjuniororseniorstanding. History of History Western Philosophy II (3) . F Plato and Aristotle (3) . Advanced study Intermediate HistoricalCourses Intermediate Phi- (3) . Culture . and Thought African F (3) . I WesternPhilosophy of History All intermediatecoursespresuppose A study of selected of study A . S (3) . Metaphysics Advanced HistoricalCourses completion ofPhilosophy153. cniuto of continuation A . t fee 2009- offered Not Philosophy t fee 2009- offered Not 229
Philosophy . . Not of- . Prerequisite: . . An advanced . . Philosophy Topics: Figures and Philosophical Anthropology (3) . S A Philosophy Topics: Problems in Sys- Epistemology (3) . F A study of prob- F, I, and S . Pre- Readings and . Research F, Topics include the Advanced Logic (3) . Topics Philosophy of Language and Interpreta- and Language of Philosophy . Prerequisite: Three upper level courses 378 tion . (3) F A study of the nature and sourc- es of language, and of the most prominent theories and methods of . interpretation Spe- cial attention will be given to 20th century hermeneutics, philosophy, analytic in figures and literary theory 381 formalization of propositional and quantifi- cational logic, alethic modal logic including semantic interpretations, various other mo- dalities, alternative logics, and other formal- isms of philosophical . importance 2009-2010 . fered 390 permission of chair requisite: as objectivity, moral obligation and with responsibility, moral emphasis on addressing 2009-2010 . Not offered moral skepticism 371 lems in theory of knowledge, with attention special to how recent controversies about evidence and knowledge shed light on per- plexities about the status of faith, religious of God . belief, and knowledge 375 critical examination of major philosophical existence, human of nature the of discussion such topics selected to attention special with mind, and body society, culture, as gender, 395 tematic Philosophy (3) . F seminar on selected problems in systematic involving seminar philosophy, presentations and the preparation of a major research pa- per permis- or standing senior and philosophy in sion of the chair 396 S . (3) Philosophy of History the in Themes An advanced seminar on selected figures or themes in the history involv- of philosophy, ing seminar presentations and the prepara- tion of a major research paper upper level courses Three in philosophy and senior standing or permission of the chair
- . An Nietz- Not of- uropean European
Critique of Pure Critique of Pure Not offered 2009- . Russell, G .e . Moore, ot offered 2009-2010 . . Not offered uropean thinkers of the sev- the of thinkers European Advanced Systematic Courses . An in-depth study of major philosophy Studies in Modern Philosophy . (3) A Minds, Brains, and Persons (3) . F Contemporary Continental Philosophy Kierkegaard (3) . F A study of selected Nineteenth Century Philosophy (3) . S Ethical Theory (3) . An examination of Contemporary Anglo-American Philos- Marx and Marxism . (3) A critical study Kant (3) . A study of the Aquinas (3) . S An intensive study of se- figures in postmodern thought such as sche, Heidegger, Foucault, Levinas, and Der Philosophy 252 . rida . Prerequisite: 341 ophy (3) . . S An in-depth study of some of the major figuresand schools of twentieth- century Anglo-American begin- philosophy, ning with the of birth analytic philosophy in the works of Bertrand and Ludwig . Wittgenstein Prerequisite: Phi- losophy 252 . (3) . F 230 318 introduction introduction to contemporary analytic phi- losophy of mind . Central issues in the phi- losophy of mind include such topics as the brain, the and states mental between relation the nature of consciousness, questions relat- ed to the kind of thing human persons are, including careful consideration of contem- porary defenses of dualism and re- problems lated to personal identity the concepts central to moral theory, such 2010 365 lected texts of Thomas Aquinas . lected texts 331 322 major of study ot offered 2009-2010 Reason . Not offered 333 philosophical works of Kierkegaard, focus- . of religion ing primarily on his philosophy 334 im- most his and Marx Karl of thought the of 2009-2010 . . Not offered interpreters portant 335 A study of some major figures in nineteenth century philosophy 336 enteenth and eighteenth centuries . 2009-2010 . fered 340
Philosophy Physical EducationandRecreation ation withaBAdegree . college’s concentration requirement for gradu- tive interest in physics . The major satisfies the or discipline another earning an engineering degree but have an ac - in majoring also are who program, e.g, flexible a seeking students for primarily intended is major 32-hour The 295 or296forthree additionalsemesters. 195 at least once and in any combination of Physics in enroll must majors physics All (Mathemat- 271 or 261 232, Mathematics Mathematics 231isalsorecommended Mathematics 172 Mathematics 170or171 Computer Science104or108 Cognates Departmentally approved electives to bring Twoupper-levelmorecours- or laboratory Two or more advanced theory courses from (or 306 and 246, 235, 134, 133, Physics (At least32semesterhours) PHYSICS MAJOR by thetwo-coursesequencesofPhysics133-134or133-235. The entire science core requirement (both physical world and living world) may be met Science 223 . years their 100- and 200-level courses in mathematics and physics during complete to and mathematics theirof years four with firstcollege enter to areadvised physics andin second and for students interested in high school physics teaching . Students intending to major astrophysics,relatedphysics, or in disciplines, interestedstudies careersgraduate in or Associate Professors D.Haarsma,L.P. Harper Professors S.Haan,J.Jadrich,L.Molnar, S.Steenwyk(chair),D.Van Baak,M.Walhout Physics (HPERDS) fordescriptionsofcourseofferings . ics 261or271are recommended) the totaltoatleast32hours tute forPhysics381) (Engineering 204 is allowed as a substi- 380-386 Astronomy or Physics from es and 359) 347 (excluding 335-376 Physics higher levelsubstitutes) The Physics and Astronomy department offers programs of concentration for students See the Department of Health, Physical Health, of Department the See . The physical world core requirement may be met by Physics 133, 134, 212, 221, or ducation Studies 113, formerly Physics 113, also meets the requirementthe meets also 113, Physics formerly 113, Studies Education . Physical education a d recation, physics with D.HaarsmaorLMolnar programs their plan astronomy, and in nor mi- physics, in major astrophysicsshould or astronomy in career a in interested Students couraged toparticipate insummerresearch . en- strongly also are Students 365 . and 355, 335, Mathematics of possible as many as and 375, and 376), Physics 395, Mathematics 333, courses (Physics 335, 336, 345, 346, 347, 365, upper-level theory the all take should physics Students 231. planning to pursue graduate study in Mathematics theory and upper-level 395, Physics more course, one least at plus requirements minimum above the complete should major physics a upon based degree BS a earn to want who career physics-related a in interested sci- Persons of mathematics . and hours ence semester 58 least at of total a complete must degree BS a wanting Students Physics 306 and 295 or the combination of Physics 246 Physics 235 Physics 195 Physics 134 Physics 133 (At least20semesterhours) PHYSICS MINOR Education, Physics 296and335 ecreation, Dance, and Sport and Dance, Recreation, . 231
Physical Education and Recreation, Physics Engi- provide a minimum of 24 semester hours hours semester 24 of minimum a provide in either physics or computer science) neering 220, or an upper division com- elective puter-science Successful completion of a departmen- phys- in project research approved tally ics or astronomy summer (typically research) and through Physics or As- 395 . tronomy tal seminar program; and tal seminar program; 3 in phys- in 3 .3 least at of GPA Cumulative collec- mathematics and astronomy, ics, tively; Completion of an major, with approved at least 40 semester physics hours of physics or the secondary education physics major 384 (Astronomy and As- tronomy 395 may be counted in the 40 hours .); Physics Physics or computer science electives (to To obtain To honors credit in any physics or astronomy course, a student can make a contract with the course instructor regard- student a Alternatively, . project special a ing in an Introductory level physics course up level 200 - 100 a in or 235 Physics through course astronomy may earn honors in that course by concurrently taking the seminar course, Physics 195, and completing its . A student must earn a grade requirements honors receive to course a in better or “B” of designation for that course . and secondary Elementary studies science integrated minor and major 6 . 4 . 5 .departmen- the in participation regular 3 . PHYSICS/COMPUTER SCIENCE GROUP MAJOR Physics 133 Physics 134 Physics 235 Physics 381 Computer Science 108 Computer Science 112 Computer Science 214 One from Computer Science 212, Students in the elementary or secondary edu- secondary or elementary the in Students in minor or major to wishing program cation education science the consult should science studies section of the catalog . Educa- physics Minimum cumulative GPA of 3 .3 and total of six honors courses (18 hours minimum) overall, including two hon- ors courses outside the major; At least three honors courses (of 3 or more semester hours each) in physics or astronomy; at least one of the three must be an advanced excluding 347 and 359; 335-376, from theory course tion Studies 359) (161, 162 and 261 may substitute) (161, 162 and 261 may with the following exceptions: with the following Physics 335 and 345 es must be . ule, Physics 384, is required HONORS hon- with graduation for requirements The ors in physics are: 1 . 2 . OPTICS MINOR (At least 21 hours) Physics 133 Physics 235 Physics 246 Physics 345 or Engineering 302 Physics 346 Physics 386 Students pursuing guidelines a college follow physics must minor optics major and for overlap between a physics major the and in a minor; option the by facilitated is this for courses upper-level substituting of major ones . introductory SECONDARY EDUCATION PHYSICS EDUCATION SECONDARY MINOR The secondary education physics minoris the same as the standard physics minor, except that physics 306 and either physics education Science . required are 296 or 295 cognates . required are 314 and 214 studies 232 Cognates Mathematics 171 (or 170), 172 and 271 and 314 Science Education Studies 214 Physics 359 (also listed as Science SECONDARY EDUCATION EDUCATION SECONDARY physics MAJOR semester hours) (At least 30 Same as the standard BA physics major, cours- theory upper-level required two The Only one upper-level experimental mod-
Physics COURSES Mathematics 261,271or232 Mathematics 231or256 Mathematics 172 Mathematics 170or171 Cognates physics course by completing a paper and, at introductory approved an in credit honors earn may student A 296 . & 295 Physics in enrolled students by presentations and sues, discus- Technology,Science, of sions is- Society and and readings focused researchers, active by lectures guest through astronomy and physics of fields the of broadoverview a students gives course This S . and F (0) . nar 195 of theinstructor permission or 171 or 170 132,161, ematics Laboratory ing . understand- for quest humans’ and models, inquiry, scientific of character the on tives and Spacetime . Modern Cosmology Model. Standard the and gluons, force . weak the and cesses, forces . nuclear quantization. energy and radiation Blackbody time . of arrow the of matter states the matter,including of model atomic The distance . a at force and Gravity thesis . the revolutionand pernican Greek science, and the five astronomy, essences . The Co- Observational perspectives. histori- cal including space, and interactions, matter, of character fundamental the of ries 134 the instructor of permission with 133 Physics in roll en- may 171 or 170 Mathematics in rolled en- currently Students 172 . Mathematics in registration concurrent or 162 Mathematics Laboratory sciences. physical to the assumptions and methodologies of the throughoutgiven is Attention gravitation . to and oscillations to introductions laws; tion conserva- associated their and momentum energyof rotationalstudy and a motion; and sical Gravity (4) . F and S . An introduction to clas- 133 Matter,Theo- S . (4) . Energy and Space, Physics and Astronomy Student Semi- Student Astronomy and Physics nrdcoy hsc: ehnc and Mechanics Physics: Introductory ewtonian mechanics applied to linear to applied mechanics Newtonian . Introductory thermodynamics and . Introductory Courses rrqiie ay f Math- of any Prerequisite: . . dociiy ncer pro- nuclear Radioactivity, etoantc and Electromagnetic Quarks, E=mc2 . ewtonian syn- Newtonian Prerequisite: . . Perspec- Relativity taken orplantotakePhysics221. algebra . and etry Laboratory science . to approach Christian a and science, physical of nature the of discussion a x-rays, and radioactivity optics, sound, circuits, cal analysis, basic mechanics, fluids, heat, electri- data measurements, physical for instruments and techniques laboratory basic include ics body human the of aspects physical ous vari- understanding on emphasis special with applicable to a variety of health science fields, introduction to those topics in physics that are 212 taken multipletimes. be may course This topic. approved an on presentation class a option, instructor’s the 223 ratory of Physics 221, which is a prerequisite . Labo- 222 high-school algebraandtrigonometry in the life sciences . Laboratory physics of use the and sciences, physical of the methodologies and assumptions the on ods, experimental uncertainties, perspectives meth- empirical analysis, quantitative to out through- given is Attention radiation. clear nu- and physics, atomic optics, light, tism, magne- electricity, thermodynamics, waves, 221- include 222) (Physics sequence two-semester the in covered Topics physics. in work further do to intend not do who those for designed 221 or high-schoolphysics. Science Prerequisite: discussed . are technology to and experience everyday to connections areincluded; world physical the and science physical of nature radioactivity and tism, magne- electricity, resonance, light, sound, tum, and simple machines), pressure, waves, momen- torque, work, friction, ergy, force, Topicssites . (en- mechanics coveredinclude prerequi- the satisfy who students other to middle-school science specialists, but is open or elementary- be to wish who students tion teacher-educa- of needs the meet to cifically spe- designed is course The physics . in cepts provides a hands-on study of important con- Inquiry-Based Inquiry-Based Physics (4) . F Physics for the Health Sciences (4) . F A continuation A S . (4) . Physics General F . (4) Physics General . Prerequisites: High school geom- school High Prerequisites: . woin ehnc, fluids, mechanics, Newtonian ot open to those who have have who those to open Not ducation Studies 112 Studies Education . eflections on the on Reflections hs ore is course This . . Prerequisites: physics . This course
. Top . - . An 233
Physics
Equa- . Prerequisite: Not offered 2009- Newtonian mechanics, Non-linear systems and Engineering 302 . Classical Mechanics (3) . F, alternate Relativistic Electrodynamics (1) . S, - al Classical Mechanics II . (3) S, alternate Advanced Optics (3) . S, alternate years . F, alternate Electromagnetism years . (4) . F, Newtonian determinism and the question The systematic application of Maxwell’s Maxwell’s of application systematic The tions to electromagnetic radiation, including the interaction of light with matter, - electro magnetic wave propagation, polarization, in- terference and . diffraction Includes a of study technologically significant systemsas waveguides, optical such filters and fibers, laser cavities, and some electro-optical technolo- gies . Prerequisites: Physics 246 and Physics 345 or The basic equations of electromagnetism are developed and applied to simple charge and are applications Further distributions . current made to electromagnetic energy and - electro magnetic properties of matter . 2009-2010 Not offered 346 Physics 235 and Mathematics 261, 232 . Mathematics 271 231 is also or . recommended 2010 . 347 ternate . years Special relativity lated is in terms - of reformu 4-vectors and this new un- derstanding is used to explicitly articulate the relativistic nature of Maxwell’s equations . An Areas of coverage include systems of particles, of systems include coverage of Areas conservation laws, harmonic motion, central- force motion, rotational motion, and motion in non-inertial reference frames . The status of of predictability are also . addressed - Prerequi sites: Mathematics 172 (or 162) and at least concurrent enrollment in Physics 235 . - Math . is recommended ematics 261, 271 or 232 to statistical mechanics; the quantum chanical me- description of solids; introduction to nuclear physics . Prerequisites: or 172 . and Mathematics 162 134 or 235, Physics 335 years . The motion of particles and systems in Newtonian terms, covering the assumptions, goals, and methods of and describing some of its notable successes . 336 years . Continuation of Physics 335, which is a . prerequisite Coupled oscillators, moment of inertia tensors and extended bodies in ro- tation . Lagrangian mechanics, the principle of least action, and the Hamiltonian formu- lation of mechanics . chaotic motion . 345 Pre- . Each stu- Reflection, refraction, in- . A study of electric and . . Development of wave and par- Advanced Theory Courses . Prerequisites: Physics 133 and Math- physics Seminar in Physics, Technology and Introductory Introductory Physics: Electricity and Studies in Physics, Technology and So- Studies in Physics, Technology Technology Optical and Optics, Waves, S . (4) . Physics Quantum to Introduction 234 An introduction to non-classical phenomena non-classical to introduction An and their explanation in quantum mechan- light; and matter of duality Wave-particle ics . the uncertainty Heisenberg principle; Schro- edinger’s wave mechanics; spin; introduction atoms; of treatment mechanical quantum 306 requisites: requisites: Physics 235 or Physics 222 and Mathematics 162 or 172 . 295 Society (0) . F and S . This course gives stu- dents a broad overview of the fieldsof phys- ics and astronomy through guest lectures by active focused researchers, readings and dis- and Society cussions of Science, Technology, issues, and student . presentations ematics 162 or 172 . ematics 162 246 of properties basic the to Introduction S . (4) . waves and light, with applications to optical technology ticle models for light . Interactions between light and matter Magnetism (4) . F the of and energy, and fields, forces, magnetic integral form of equations, Maxwell’s which describe these fields; electric . circuits Labo- ratory terference, and . diffraction Devices and ap- plications, including lasers and other light sources, detectors, lenses, thin films,grat- ings, interferometers, polarizers, phase re- tarders, fiber optics, nonlinear crystals, and Laboratory technologies . electro-optical dent is required to make a presentation on an approved topic . Meets concurrently with physics 195 . Prerequisite: Physics 235 and at least one semester of Concur- Physics times . multiple taken be may course . 195 This . in 296 is not allowed enrollment rent 296 ciety (1) . F and S . This course is identical to Physics 295, except that each student must pursue an instructor-approved project that will produce an in-depth paper as well as an oral . presentation Prerequisite: Physics 235 This 195 . Physics of semester one least at and Concur- times . multiple taken be may course . in 295 is not allowed enrollment rent 235
Physics F (4). chanics 365 major orminorinphysics. tion program and may not be included in the This course is part of the professional educa- teaching . directed during develop that cerns con- of discussion the for forum a provides and 346, education with concurrently taken be should course This computers. and tics statis- of uses educational of considerations new developments in science education, and egies, curriculum studies, readings regarding strat- teaching are Included level . secondary the at sciences natural other the and physics principles of, and practices in the teaching of on, perspectives in course A S . (3) . Physics 359 fered 2009-2010. concurrent registration in Physics 346 . and 134 Prerequisites:Physics assumed . is ity relativ- special of understanding introductory the chair and supervising professorthe chairandsupervising departmental staff . Prerequisite: permission of the of member a of supervision the under ics S . Independent readings and research in phys- 390 is aprerequisite . which 375, Physics of continuation A years . 376 including linearalgebraisrecommended . Instructor the of permission with allowed is 231 Mathematics in registration (Concurrent 231. Mathematics and 306 ics ticles are also considered . Prerequisite: Phys- par-fundamental and state, solid the Nuclei, tronic spin and atomic spectra and structure . elec- are discussed topics Additional detail . in discussed are atoms One-electron ecules . me- chanics wave and its application to on atoms and mol- is emphasis main The years . 375 Engineering 209.Notoffered 2009-2010. or 134 Physics either and 306, Physics 231, Mathematics Prerequisite: mechanics. tistical solids and gases . Introduction to quantum sta - thermodynamic potentials with application to the and entropy of Determination canonical ensemble . the on emphasis with mechanics theory Kinetic phase. of changes poten- and systems simple some to Application tials . thermodynamic The ther of modynamics . laws the and capacities, heat state, F, and Physics . I, in Study Independent , alternate S, (3) . Mechanics Quantum , alternate F, (3). Mechanics Quantum hroyais n Saitcl Me- Statistical and Thermodynamics eia i Scnay ecig of Teaching Secondary in Seminar lent years. alternate . quations of of Equations ) A course A .) Statistical Statistical . . Not of- - eerh ih fcly ebr r Physics or member faculty a summer with research (e.g, avenue another through or course this of part as entirely done researchbe may The results . of presentation with research theoretical or experimental proved tation (0-3) . F, I, and S . Completion of an ap- 395 246 Physics Prerequisite: optics. quantum and try, electro-optical devices, non-linear optics, spectroscopy, technology, interferome- laser of fields the in projects multi-week several tation . instrumen- advanced using applications and phenomena optical investigate op- to the portunity students giving by 246 Physics in developed skills laboratory and conceptual the upon builds course This years. ternate 386 use Physics 384 and 395 as a single package . and 395 Physics in enroll concurrently may Students 306 . Physics currentregistrationin con- Prerequisite: conclusions . their senting pre- and results, their interpreting tigations, inves- open-ended conducting and signing de- then equipment, relevant with familiar becoming and topics their regarding mation infor- background learning for responsible being students with open-ended, relatively su- instructor the the of pervision under projects investigative plete com- and choose students which laboratory-based in course A years. alternate S, (2) . 384 the instructor.Notoffered 2009-2010. of permission or 235 measurements . Physics Prerequisite: laboratory in instruments specialized of use the and logic, digital fiers, ampli- operational characteristics, transistor and diode to introductions circuits, AC and measurements . Topics include a review of DC cuits and devices and to their use in scientific electronicintroductioncir-to An years . nate 381 requisite: Physics306. wave-particle duality, relativity, and gravity physics, nuclear mechanics, quantum to lated re- theories physical of confirmation or ment develop- the to led originally that experiments historic several recreate Students years . ternate 380 .
F,(2) . ElectronicInstrumentation alter- Physics Research, Writing,Research, Physics Presen- and S, al- S, (2) . Laboratory Optics Advanced F, al- (2). Physics in Experiments Great Not offered 2009-2010. aoaoy netgtos n Physics in Investigations Laboratory c suet eet fo a it of list a from selects student Each Laboratory Courses
The projects are projects The . physics
. Pre- 235
Physics . conomics 151, 221, 222, 222, 221, 151, conomics E . major requirement) foreign foreign language course 202-level beyond the nate hours department, which may include one in- one include may which department, terim course 312, or 320 272, 275, 276, 277, 279, 304, 307, 308, 307, 304, 279, 277, 276, 275, 272, 309, 319, or 328 209, 212, 310, 312, 314, 317, or 318 fulfill 33 hr economics (Recommended: 204, 203, 160, Business or 339) ernment or Washington, D .C . (mini- mum 6 hours) poster poster . presentation This course may be re- peated twice . Prerequisites: A faculty spon- . of the department sor and approval Political Science 101, 208, 212, 310, or 314 Political Science 240, 306, 312, or 320 Political Science 207, 304, and 319 Political Science 272 Political Science 251 or completion of a INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS MAJOR: RELATIONS INTERNATIONAL cog- approved nine plus hours semester 34 Twelve additional semester the hours from Twelve One from Political Science 110, 240, 306, One from Political Science 102, 207, 271, POLITICAL SCIENCE MINOr: (21 semester hours) One from Political Science 101, 202, 208, One political science elective (if needed to business/ in courses cognate approved Four One internship in either State/Local Gov- . ormally, each Normally, student is required to physics, Political Science 275, 276, 277, or 279 one include may which department, the interim course internship credit may be applied to the major mathematics 143 is strongly aged . encour- 275, 276, 277, or 279 317, or 318 The department offers a variety of courses in the areas of American politics, interna- politics, American of areas the in courses of variety a offers department The 236 POLITICAL SCIENCE MAJOR (33 semester hours) Political Science 101 Political Science 207 Political Science 240 Political Science 251* One from Political Science 102, 271, 272, Eighteen additional semester hours from A maximum of eight semester hours of *As a supplement to Political Science 251, Political Science Major: Public oncentration C Administration (33 semester hours plus four approved cognate courses) Political Science 101 Political Science 202 or 208 Political Science 207 Political Science 209 Political Science 212 Political Science 240 Political Science 251 One from Political Science 102, 271, 272, One from Political Science 208, 310, 314, tional politics, comparative politics, methods of political analysis and political theory Professors D. Koopman, J. Penning, C. Smidt, W. Stevenson D. Koopman, J. Penning, C. Smidt, W. Professors S. Goi, A. Patterson(chair) Associate Professors K. Casey J. Westra, Assistant Professor submit a formal, written report and to pres- ent results in a department seminar and/or Science Political 384) . Students may major in political science or international . relations Those who major in . of concentration in public administration also follow a program political science may
Political Science SECONDARY SOCIALSTUDIES One interimoradvisorapproved elective Interdisciplinary 375 276, 275, 272, Science, Political from One Political Science240or251 Political Science207 Political Science202 Political Science101 POLITICAL SCIENCEMINOR SECONDARY EDUCATION the within hours semester additional Six 240, 212, 208, 110, 101, Science Political 272, 271, 102, Science Political Two from Political Science272or309 Political Science207 (21 semesterhours) International relations minor One approved interim course may count as Political Science 285 may not be the ONLY cog- approved of list a from courses Three life) public and Faith Christian (The *399 Three of the following courses, at least one Economics 151or221-222 277, 279,308,or319 course interim (advisor-approved) one and/or program D.C, Washington, in mester se- the include may which department, 310, 312,314,317,or318 319, or328 309,308,307,304,279,277,276,275, major an elective in the international relations ternational relations major course in its elective category for the in- ter program semes- off-campus approved an of tion comple- OR list) cognate IR complete a for Website department the (see nates its electivecategory in course only the be not may but ect, proj- semester the of substance the on tics or international politics, depending Poli- comparative either in count may 275, 276, 277,279,399* 272, 271, 102, Science Political 309, 328, 399* 308, 307, 285, Science Political from eachcategory: . . . interims in the U .S and abroad . The depart- off-campus of variety a and programs ship intern- in enroll to encouraged are majors Political science and international relations INTERNSHIPS Political Science202 Political Science101 229 History 151or152 History 230, 210, Geography from course One Geography 110 Economics 222 Economics 221 GROUP MINOR ELEMENTARY SOCIALSTUDIES departmenthistory . Miller,Howard,D . and cial studies education advisor disciplines chosen in consultation with these a ofso- one from courses of sequence a book) . In addition, students must complete the in listed are choices course (Specific science . economics, geography, history, and political from each of the following four disciplines: courses specified two take must Students GROUP MAJOR ELEMENTARY SOCIALSTUDIES social secondary the pursuing Students Interdisciplinary 359 Interdisciplinary 375 Interdisciplinary 205 Political Science202 Political Science101 229 History 152 History 151 History Geography 210 Geography 110 Economics 222 Economics 221 GROUP MAJOR 310, or320 major orminor disciplinary the and major studies cial so- the between overlap to allowed are economics, geography, in orpoliticalscience.Courses minor a or major tory studies major must also complete a his- Teacher Education Program Guide- Program TeacherEducation Political Science . Schoone-Jongen r . . Advisors: D . 237
Political Science - ) . Re- Politics American .
) . F
Public Administration (3) . An intro- Introduction Introduction to International Urban Politics (3) . This course exam- American State and Local Politics (3 American Public Policy (3 A comparative study of American politics formed understanding of citizenship affects the way we think of ourselves as members of political communities . different 202 F and S . This course examines ent conceptions of how identity relate differ to different understandings of political community, and therefore, to the question of who and a what citizen . is The students analyze of a conceptions variety of citizenship, a drawn range of from philosophical traditions and - em pirical models . They then explore how a at the state and local levels . Attention is given localand state of development historical the to governments, their structural characteristics, and policy-making in important areas such as education, social welfare, land-use, criminal . justice, and transportation 207 (3) . F and S . This course explores different theoretical approaches to the study of inter- national politics . Students are to a introduced variety of explanatory frameworks eco- conflict, ethnic for war, as such phenomena nomic inequalities, environmental degrada- tion, international trade, and globalization . 208 ines urban politics in the United States, giv- ing attention to the historical development of urban government in America, power and politics in contemporary American and metropolitics cities, and metropolitan . reform . 2009-2010 Not offered 209 duction to public administration, focusing on political management (political environ- ment, intergovernmental relations, adminis- trative ethics), program management (plan- ning, decision-making, organizing, leading, implementing) and resources management (personnel management, budgeting, infor- mation management) . The course examines non-profit and agencies public of politics the . organizations 212 public policy is studied, focusing on 1) ways the in which social, economic, and politi- cal institutions influence policy formation, 2) methods of evaluating public policy, and 3) the historical development and current con- S .
ot N
. Four ad- Four . Emphasis is 5 both overall overall both 5 . While students . Interested students nglish Canada, 3) the 3) Canada, English . C . Smidt . Interested students should . Persons in Political Community (3) . American Politics (3) . F and S . A study This course exam- course This (3) . Politics Canadian offered 2009-2010 . offered 110 238 Political Science on the social context, constitutional founda- tions, processes, and functions of American politics . Different faculty employ a wide va- riety of teaching methods, from lectures to to simulations . small groups 102 ines Canadian national government and pol- itics, focusing on 1) the development of the Canadian state and constitution, 2) the ongo- and French of issue ing processes by which institutions and 4) in- groups formulate and implement public policy, dividual, group, and institutional behavior in ofmethods 5) and process, policy-making the politicalCanadian the evaluating system of American national politics . 101 contact J . Penning . The department offers a spring semester internship and program in Washington, D ment offers a 8 semester hour credit Intern- credit hour semester 8 a offers ment Political Government, Local or State in ship Science 380 should should contact C HONORS To graduate with honors in political sci- ence or international relations, a student at six non-interim least (1) complete must: of a minimum with overall, courses honors a attain (2) major the in courses honors four course honors each in 3 .5 of GPA minimum 3 of GPA minimum a as well as may earn more than 8 semester hours of internship credits, only 8 semester hours major the toward applied be may may ditional internship be credits taken as electives and applied toward the required for graduation . total credits COURSES To To be admitted to the major program eitherin political science or relations, a international student must have completed Political Science 101, 110, or 207 with a minimum grade of C (2 .0) . and in the major and (3) complete a senior a senior complete (3) and major in the and with conjunction in normally thesis, honors Political Science 399 .
Political Science tice, andeducation. jus- criminal welfare, social defense, as areas such key in policy public American of tent STDC 241 STDC cal thinking. politi- Western in development historical of course attempts to uncover the the major strands thinkers, political pre-modern and ern mod- representative by understood are they as justice, and authority, freedom, as cepts of political thought . By examining such con- history the to introduction An S . and F (3) . 240 and politicalunion.Notoffered 2009-2010 . structures, and movements toward economic political current development, historical to Germany and Britain, Great France, of politics and government 275 opment, andhumanrights. democracy,among relationship the to devel- Europe, Southern in governance democratic of emergence recent the hindered and to contributed factors have the that examine to designed is course 272 politics .Notoffered 2008-2009. Israeli contemporary in Jews orthodox ultra movement in the Middle in Latin America, the Islamic fundamentalist movement Theology Liberation the States, Christian the as topics such to given is Attention system . political the on effects its and manifestation, cultural development, historical its of terms in contexts cultural different across change gion as an agent of political mobilization and reli- examines course This (3) . Perspective 271 ematics 143isstrongly encouraged. dents . As a supplement to this course, Math- international politics . and comparative, analyzing American, in used tools analytical the and approaches, methodological issues, oretical the- assumptions, philosophical the of study 251 semester studyprogram inWashington, D.C preparationand orientation the An for course Global Democratization (3) . F and . S This Political Ideas in Historical Perspective F (3) . Analysis Political in Methods suy f the of study A (3). Politics European eiin n Pltc i Comparative in Politics and Religion Not recommended for first-year stu- Attention given Attention Africa . and Russia, F Washington,(1) . in D.C. Study urope, Latin America, Latin Europe, ight movement in the United the in movement Right
teto i given is Attention . East, and the role of Eastern A . .
295 unlike war, crime, or revolution? What fac- What revolution? or crime, war, unlike or like it is terrorism?How political is What include: addressed be to Questions it . to es respons- possible as well as terrorism litical po- of methods and motivations, origins, the 307 ry centu- nineteenth the through sixteenth the (3) . 306 ternational order in- security; human enforcement; peace and peacekeeping conflict; ethnic and wars civil counterproliferation; and nonproliferation, proliferation, strategy; military termination; war and war of War;causes Cold the of end the since security and peace international of practice and theory the of examination An 304 ics ofSpying. cal Politi- Domestic is topic Fall In the 2009-2010, . varies course this for Content S. and F 276 tiation techniques. and study positions international diplomacy and nego- country and issues international research Students conference . U.n. Model level national a in participation for aration F 2) . or (1 Nations United Model 285 AIDS pandemic. the and rights), women’s (including rights human threats, environmental growth, tion poverty, popula- strife, religious and ethnic corruption, rule, military are studied issues Specific others . than development economic soci- and stability,democratization of goals some states make better progress towards the why examines course The states . African the of governments and politics the of study a 279 and SouthKorea .Notoffered 2009-2010. Philippines the as such states Asian selected and Japan, China, of politics and ernment 277 development .Notoffered 2009-2010. economic of challenge the address regimes political of types different how on emphasis special with politics American Latin modern .Notoffered 2009-2010 . Economy and the Spring topic is The Special Topics in Political Science . Political Topicsin Special S . (3) Security and Peace International (3) Politics American Latin A study of the gov- the of study A (3) . Politics Asian (3) . Terrorism hs ore is course This S . (3). Politics African itr o Mdr Pltcl Thought Political Modern of History peettv pltcl hoit from theorists political Representative . Political Science hs ore explores course This S . . A study of study A Prep- . Eth-
( 239 3) .
Political Science Not cen- . th Recommended: Political . This course examines the emergence . A survey of the relationship between American Politics and Mass Media Internship in State or Local Govern- The Global Politics of Human Rights International Political Economy (3) . S . Contemporary Political Thought . (3) A . It begins with a careful analysis of the diating diating institutions such as the media which compete with political . parties In years, election students enrolled in the encouraged course to are participate in campaign of the the party or political candidate of their 2009-2010 choice . Not offered 318 (3) . F American politics and the mass communica- tions media . The course covers the way the federal government, through its regulations and its dissemination of information, affects the operations of the media, and media how influence the social the and political val- ues of Americans and the functioning of the political system . Also listed as Communica- and Sciences 318 . tion Arts 319 This course examines how competing politi- cal philosophies and ideologies explain dif- ferent economic practices of states; how po- opera- the affect institutions and forces litical tion of international markets; and how glob- al economic institutions operate . The course investigates the political controversies that surround the actions of central global eco- nomic institutions as well as the domestic political issues that international from result economic . forces Science 207, 309, Economics 222 . 320 study of representative contemporary politi- cal theorists, considering their points of em- phasis and their fundamental assumptions regarding politics and political reality . 2009-2010 offered 328 (3) . F and institutionalization of human rights in the international arena during the 20 tury idea of human rights and then examines the place of this idea in particular areas of con- cern, such as race, gender, religion, and the meeting of basic material needs . It raises as well questions regarding the assertion and defense of human rights, by examining is- sues such as genocide, displaced humanitarian persons, intervention, and the proper . of international organizations role 380 ment (4-8) . These internships, which re-
. . This course Nations; and the limitations An analytical view of American foreign foreign American of view analytical An . political science The President and Congress (3) . An Men, Women, and Politics: Domestic Principles of American Foreign Policy S . A comprehensive study of the role of An analysis of analysis An (3) . Elections and Parties Constitutional Law and Judicial Process International(3) . Law and Organizations . An examination of international - organiza explores explores how ideas about men and women is legislation and policy public way the affect made . Issues concerning the differences and such women, and men between relationships as marriage and employment will be consid- . ered An effort will be made Christian to perspective develop on a whether men and women have the same, equivalent, or The radi- . responsibilities and rights different cally legisla- recent of studies case includes course tion and court opinions and offers compari- sons between the U .S . and other states . 314 these of processes and powers the of analysis two institutions of them . between American relationship changing the and government 2009-2010 . Not offered 317 parties political of importance and nature the in- Topics . politics American to elections and cluded are party development, party organi- zation, political campaigns, electoral election and laws, behavior, voting opinion, public . Attention reforms is also given to other me- the courts in the American political system, focusing on the Supreme role Court’s in con- . stitutional interpretation 312 and International Issues (3) . F (3) . F tions and international law; their function and processes, their limits and possibilities, to the international system . their relationship and 310 240 309 policy; its domestic sources; the process of Amer- of instruments the policy; formulating ican diplomacy; the nature of . U .S relations powers, emerging allies, powers, hostile with and the United policy foreign and potential of American F (3) . tors—economic, tors—economic, political, religious, or ide- ological—feed terrorism? What methods— employ? terrorists could or new—do and old ever justify their Could the ends of terrorists means? How should nations generally, and the United States more respond specifically, causes? and its underlying to terrorism 308
Political Science mester hoursofpsychology coursecredit . se- 32 of minimum a and courses psychology 390 instructor Calvin the of permission or and fields, related science political in background course appropriate status; senior or junior, more, seminar weekly a in paper, participates summary and final a mits sub- journal, analytical an keeps intern Each semester fall the in early Services Career of Office Calvin the contacting by internships and instructor Calvin supervisor agency an of direction the under week a work of hours sixteen involve science in state or local government settings, political of tools the apply to students quire vidual vidual human functioning Adjuncts J.DeBoe,C.Kok,L.Zwart Assistant Professors S.daSilva,B.Riek,J.Yonker, E.Helder Professors C.Beversluis,J.Brink,L.DeHaan,M.Gunnoe,P. Moes,A.Shoemaker, Psychology der whomtheworkwillbedone. un- instructor the and chair the of permission or directed projects for majors . Open with the Psychology 399 One 330-levelpsychologycourse Two 300-levelpsychologycourses include (may electives psychology Three Psychology 256includinglaboratory Psychology 255 Psychology 151 PSYCHOLOGY MAJOR the generalcollegecore aswellformajororminorprograms ofstudyinpsychology as their first course in psychology majors canbeobtainedfrom thedepartment office. or they pursue graduate study in psychology and related fields . A student handbook for future expectations . Students majoring in psychology often enter human service careers allow students flexibility to select courses, which fit their present interests as well as their Students must complete a minimum of 10 10 of minimum a complete must Students The department offers a varied set of courses dealing with important facets of indi- of facets important with dealing courses of set varied a offers department The one interim) Students planning a major or minor in psychology are advised to take psychology 151 F, I, and S . F,and Study . I, Independent S. Stehouwer, D.Tellinghuisen, G.Weaver (chair) .Notoffered 2009-2010. Students apply for spring for apply Students . rrqiie: sopho- Prerequisites: . . The major and minor programs in psychology are designed to
. Psychology 151, 255, and 399 satisfy requirements for eading Reading . as part oftheirmajor 208/209, and 201 both not but 209, and 208 300-level elective. a as counted be interim any or 390 chology cluded in the ten-course major nor may Psy- to declare apsychologymajor courses psychology in 2 .00 of average point 399 foundations . philosophical and mind, Christian a veloping foundations I or theological foundations I, de- biblical standing; senior or junior requisites: faith Pre- life . Christian public of aspect particular some and their between relationship the on focuses that choosing their of project permits students to engage in a major research order national inter broader the of context the within state rary pluralistic, democratic context, and to the contempo- our in life to relate may sibilities specifically,respon- more such tians how and generally,and Christians as are responsibilities public our what addresses and reviews the course of half first The life . public and faith Christian the between ship F . This capstone course examines the relation- tdns hud riaiy ae Psychol- take ordinarily should Students Students may include Psychology 201 or 201 Psychology include may Students in- be may interim one than more Not tdns ut ae mnmm grade minimum a have must Students political science,psychology (3) . Life Public and Faith Christian The
The second half of the course course the of half second The . . eformed Chris- Reformed . 241 . -
Psychology
. - . It . Students Students . These experiences can provide provide can experiences These . One of the psychology honors honors psychology the of One . . Introductory Psychology: Perspectives terim) important background for bachelor’s degree degree bachelor’s for background important in education or graduate employment level psychology COURSES Psychology 380 provides a four-semester hour credit internship experience in one of a variety of areas of professional psycho- (see course research and/or practice logical description) includes the consideration of such issues as perception and consciousness, learning and motivation and memory, emotion, personal- stress interaction, social and development ity and adjustment . Students are introduced to to and research psychological of methods the the role of psychology in scientific endeavor and human application . Through assigned Internships demonstrated have who majors, Psychology ability in their psychology courses, are en- couraged to apply for an internship place- ment during their junior or senior year 151 provides course This S . and F (3) . Self the on an introduction to study psychology’s of the biological, affective, cognitive, and social di- mensions of human identity and behavior courses must involve an honors research paper in Psychology 356 or a comparable 390 Psychology in project honors must also achieve a minimum cumulative of 3 .5 in their psychology major GPA Honors Students wishing to graduate with honors in psychology must maintain a minimum GPA of 3 .3 (3 .5 beginning with the Class of 2007) and must complete at least six honors courses (18 semester hours mini mum) . Three of these courses must be in outside from be must three and psychology major the of Students must complete a minimum of 7 psy- semester 20 of minimum a and courses chology . course credit hours of psychology Students are encouraged to take Psychology 255 to fulfill the corerequirement in math- allows . ematics if their program One psychology elective (may be an in- . These courses are . psychology . 331, 332, 333, 334, or 335 . 331, 332, 333, 334, or 335 . one interim) All majors must complete the psychology A model plan” “four-year and a “two year Students intending to do doctoral work in Students intending to When possible, students are encouraged 242 SECONDARY EDUCATION EDUCATION SECONDARY PSYCHOLOGY MINOR Psychology 151 Psychology 201 Psychology 212 Psychology 310 At least one from Psychology 255, 330, Psychology 399 Students must complete a minimum of 6 psy- chology courses and a minimum of 18 semes- ter hours of psychology course credit 208 or 201 Psychology include may Students and 209, but not both 201 and 208/209, as of their minor part PSYCHOLOGY MINOR Psychology 151 At least one from Psychology 255, 330, Four psychology electives (may include ogy 255 during their sophomore year Psychology and 256 in the may semester Students 255 . Psychology of completion following not take Psychology 255 and 256 simultane- ously department department senior assessment during their the on Information campus . on semester last senior assessment is available from the Psy- office . chology department plan” (for those who declare their major lat- available in the er are in their college career) office . psychology department less important for masters and/or counseling for masters and/or counseling less important . programs psychology are strongly encouraged to take Psychology 356 during their junior year and to include more than one 330-level course in their program of study to postpone taking 330-level til courses after the un- completion of Psychology 256 . Psychology 399 is intended to be one of the last courses in a psychology major or minor . program
Psychology An S . and F (3) . Adulthood . and lescence 209 the instructor or 151 ogy Psychology 201 or 202 . Prerequisite: Psychol- take to plan or taken have who students to who expect to work with children . non-majors for and majors psychology all 201 study ofpersons. the to approach holistic a appreciate to and behavior human regarding claims ternative cussion, students learn to critically weigh al- reading and writing as well as classroom dis- spiritual development) spiritual development, social-emotional development, conceptual (physical development, cognitive tion is chronological (infant, toddler, etc) and puberty through conception from F and S . An overview of normal development 208 chology 208. students who have taken or plan to take Psy- non-majors . for Recommended identity ethnic and gender with tertwined culture . post-modern and passage, of rites organized traditions, historical congregations, ligious re- schools, family,peers, include examined influences Contextual adolescence . during religiousof velopment practices and identity de- the on focuses The course the God. of remainder of view person’s a attach- shape early ments how on emphasis particular with children in formation faith is to devoted course the are of 1/4 theories Approximately based . formation faith these which on theories developmental general the and Objects-Relations) faith, of stages Fowler’s (e.g, formation Faith of theories influential studying by developed and formed is faith F (3) . Formation 202 the instructor or 151 ogy to take Psychology 208 . Prerequisite: Psychol- plan or taken have who students to open Not behavior that which influence factors the and ior characteristic of each stage of development behav - the understand to is objective primary The death . to birth from development logical psycho- human of overview An S . and F (3) . Developmental Psychology I: Child (3) . Youth Faith Development and Spiritual eeomna Pyhlg I: Ado- II: Psychology Developmental eeomna Pyhlg: Lifespan Psychology: Developmental eligious identity is viewed as in- as viewed is identity Religious ducation 302, or permission of of permission or 302, Education ducation 302 or permission of permission or 302 Education . .
This course examines how examines course This . .
R ecommended for ecommended ot open to open Not Organiza- . Not open . .
scooy 5 or 151 Psychology Prerequisite: adjustment. to healthy teacher promote the allow which management, classroom and communication of methods children . age school of developmental the stressors developmental common and needs to introduction An S . 213 permission oftheinstructor or 151 Psychology Prerequisite:approaches . treatment to attention some with sification, clas- and dynamics, behaviors. causes, on is abnormal Emphasis of range wide the of 212 plan totakePsychology201or202. tor Psychology 208 or permission of the instruc- standing of human development . Prerequisite: under comprehensive a desire who majors non- and majors psychology for ommended development). spiritual development, social-emotional development, cognitive development, (physical conceptual and etc .) adolescence, late adolescence/early adulthood, middle adolescence, (early chronological is puberty through late adulthood . Organization overview of normal human development from 222 ogy 151orpermissionoftheinstructor Prerequisite:health . Psychol- treatment,and dysfunction, family on focuses also course The addressed . are family the in changes tal developmen- as well as parenthood, single and rearing, child infertility, divorce, riage, mar- preparation, marriage on perspectives Psychological conceptualizations . ternative al- and cross-cultural as well as family the of conceptualizations current and historical spectives on family life . The course examines per- and research, theory, psychological on focuses course This S . (3) . Family the and 220 mission oftheinstructor gender issues will be examined, and promis-and examined, be will issues gender and sexuality on perspectives popular and men’son women’sand Biblical development . influences cultural and physiological of ries theo- recent to given be will attention cial theory and research psychological in ity and gender have been studied as variables sexual- that ways the explores course This . ot open to students who have taken or taken have who students to open Not Psychological Perspectives on Marriage A study A S . and F (3) . Psychopathology (3) . Classroom the and Health Mental F (3). Gender and Sexuality Human uain 0, r per- or 302, Education . pai i o the on is Emphasis Psychology . Spe- . . Rec- 243 - .
Psychology (3) . Not of- . . Prerequisites: . Questions about Extensive consider- . Attention is given . . . Prerequisites: two courses in psychol- in courses two Prerequisites: . Theories of Personality (3) . F and S . Social Psychology (3) . F and . S A study History and Systems of Psychology Psychology of Systems and History ot offered 2009-2010 . . Not offered ation is given to biological, psychodynamic, social, cognitive, and trait-descriptive theo- ries of personality structure and function- ing . The course also introduces students to a variety of personality scales and invento- ries designed to identify important individ- ual differences in personality the of permission or 212 and 151 Psychology instructor fered 2009-2010 . fered 310 of how people think about, influence, and relate to one another to such topics as persuasion change, and conformity attitude and obedience, conflict group and decision-making,and stereotypes illusions of social thought, and prejudice, and altruism attraction and . aggression Prerequisite: Psychology 151 or permission of the instructor 311 A study of the enduring human ity characteristics that personal- often distinguish one person from another This course explores the historical roots of some of the current directions and tensions in the field of psychology ogy or permission of the instructor human nature and the nature of of mind study the though and addressed are knowledge ancient, medieval and modern psychological theory research research related to human action in situations, work particularly The course in includes discussions of the psy- . organizations chological processes of individuals involved in work and management (e .g ., perceptual discrimination in varying tasks, in strategies problem solving, motivation for and achievement, power and effects of compensa- tion on learning), and the social psychology of the work organization (communication patterns, decision-making processes, formance per- evaluation, conflict, andand theory psychological of stress) . relationship The practice are analyzed through case studies of organizational experiences . Also listed as Business 160 and Business 351 . Prerequisite: instruc- the of permission or 151 Psychology tor 306
.
Prereq- . (2) . S . This . Prerequisites: An in- . Prerequisites: Emphasis is on historical and . The Helping Interview: Theory and psychology Fundamentals of Research and Prac- Statistics and Research Design . (4) F Organizational Psychology (3) . A con- . Concepts and procedures taught include 244 Psychology students typically take this course this take typically students Psychology in their year sophomore 256 tice (4) . F and S . This course will hands-on, provide participatory research activities that build on the basic theories and appli- cations of Psychology 255 . Students will be conducting projects that allow the learning of fundamental practice skills in community or social science research, but also provide additional practice and theory building statistics in and basic research methods . Spe- cific concepts will include basic perspectives in social science research, the fundamentals of measurement in social sciences, sampling sta- of application design, survey techniques, tistical methods to real world situations, use of SPSS, ethical issues in research, and the critical evaluation of research methods and . results The course requires enrollment laboratory in weekly accompanying the uisites: An introductory course in one of the social sciences (e .g ., Psychology 151) Psychology 255 . and 280 Practice in Clinical Settings 255 and S . This course is an introduction to sta- tistics and computer application in - psychol ogy levels of measurement, measures of central tendency, correlation techniques, probability theory, and hypothesis tests . Lab cludes work the use of in- SPSS . software This course is intended to meet the core mathematics - re minors . and majors psychology for quirement sciences social the of one in course troductory Calvin the meeting and 151) Psychology (e .g ., in mathematics . admission requirement course focuses on psychological theory, re- search, and practice in regard to the ing help- interview current conceptualizations of interviewing techniques and . processes Theory, and issues, techniques regarding the interview are Psy- Prerequisite: settings . clinical to applied chology 212 or permission of the instructor es and problems in gender relations will also in gender relations es and problems be studied . Prerequisite: Psychology 151 or of the instructor permission 301 sideration of psychological concepts and
Psychology 312 timism, and applications of theory to learn- to theory of applications and timism, op- learned in processes decisional motives, power and achievement in differences ture cul- activity,and work gender and disorders clinical in effects incentive and drive tion, addic- in on processes effects emotional personality, drug reward, and punishment attention, desire, sexual hunger, fluencing in- mechanisms Brain include: Topics tion . motiva- of explanations social-cognitive and theory,learning physiological, of vestigation 330 of instructor permission or 151 Psychology Prerequisite: the meets course cross-cultural engagement core requirement . This discussed. be will care,business, education, and mission-relief work health cross-cultural to Applications religiosity and spirituality and interaction, psychological disorders, cross-cultural social thinking, expression, and states perception,emotional critical of aspects on researchcross-cultural to given be will attention cial spirituality and processes mental ior, behav- human of components multicultural F (3). Psychology. Cultural 322 212 and 311orpermissionoftheinstructor Psychology Prerequisites: perspective . approaches and to view them from a Christian attempt is also made to integrate these various An employed . techniques and aspects oretical and psychotherapy with an analysis of the the- counseling to approaches major of overview an includes course The disorders . emotional with dealing for methods psychotherapeutic F (3) . apy 314 ogy 255orpermissionoftheinstructor Psychol- Prerequisite: measurement . and ing test- in involved issues legal and educational, psychology, socio-cultural, nizational the and industrial/orga - and assessment, school ogy, psychol- counseling and clinical in sessment neuropsychology, as- including settings tiple mul- in used measures to exposure emotion, and development, personality, intelligence, of measures including tests used commonly of evaluation tests, of validity and reliability construction, Test include: Topics surement . mea- and testing psychological of issues tical S . An introduction to the theoretical and prac- Clinical and Counseling Assessment (3) . Theories of Counseling and Psychother and Counseling of Theories An in- An (4) . Motivation of Psychology esetvs n scooy Cross- Psychology: in Perspectives An introduction to counseling and and counseling to introduction An . . A study of the of study A . Spe- . . .
- .
ogy 151 or permission of the instructor Prerequisite:Psychol- week . each laboratory psychological theory and research . Two-hour to approaches different among relationships inter- understanding for model a as sented productivity ing in inner city classrooms and to industrial tor instruc- the of permission or 151 Psychology Prerequisite: week . each Two-hour laboratory stressed . is general in psychology for theory learning of importance The learning. ination learning, stimulus generalization, and discrim- on or limits biological performance, enhancing suppressing of methods punishment, reinforcement of and role the as issues such are Included processes . learning to relate theory and findings research how of consideration A 332 fered 2009-2010. status . senior or junior ommended: 334 or seniorstatus. instructor the of sion permis- or core biology and 151 Psychology Prerequisites:neuropsychologicaltesting . and (EEG), behavioral measures of brain function, measureselectrophysiological brain, the of gy physiolo- and anatomy basic introduce ences experi - off-campus and Laboratory research . this of light in persons of understanding our on focus also readings and discussions Class neuroscientists by way of clinical case studies . cognitive and neuropsychologists clinical of work the to introduction an includes course homosexuality and schizophrenia, sion, sexuality,memory,anxiety,emotions, language, depres- sleep, vision, to function brain of the relationship na- include topics Specific human ture . and personality, behavior, day - every understand we way the ma- on impact a jor having is that function brain of edge course explores the rapidly expanding knowl- 333 Not offered 2009-2010. tor Psychology 151 or permission of the instruc- language, and decision-making . Prerequisite: memory,of processes the on emphasis with knowledge of use acquisi- and representation, the tion, covers course The cognition . human of study the in theory and research . .Recommended:junior orseniorstatus. Cognitive Psychology (3) . F cmedd jno o sno status. senior or junior Recommended: This This S . and F (4). Behavior and Brain (4) . Processes Learning of Psychology The study of motivation is pre- is motivation of study The . . ecommended: junior junior Recommended: psychology . A survey of ot of- Not . The The . Rec- 245
Psychology . Religion ach student will student Each . These experiences Two minor concentra- minor Two . See financial aid for a descrip- a for aid financial See . Psychology and Religion (3) . F and S . Prerequi- . S and I, F, Study . Independent direction of an on-site supervisor and partici- and supervisor on-site an of direction pate in regular seminar meetings conducted by the college instructor will introduce students to service in profes- as it is to related issues of sional psychology, charac- client research, theory, psychological teristics and needs, professional standards, discipleship . Christian and author that a communicates project learning throughout the internship . ju- Prerequisites: completion nior or senior psychology major, internship the to related sequences course of specialization (information available from the psychology department), and student application . of mental approval depart- 390 chair department site: permission of the 399 This capstone course ships examines between psychology relation- and . religion includes It discussions of how several major psychologists have attempted to explain re- ligious faith and practice . The course exam- for proposed been have that frameworks ines relating Christian beliefs about persons and is Consideration explanations . psychological given to how these frameworks have to influ- related areas of investigations recent enced our experiences of Christian faith (e .g ., per- ception, moral development, and emotion) . Prerequisites: Psychology 151 and three ad- of permission or courses psychology ditional instructor the . Award tion of the Templeton
- eligion and Sociology and Religion Rec- . , religion eligion and History, or History, and Religion
psychology Plantinga, K. Pomykala (chair), J. Schneider, T. Thompson, R. Whitekettle T. Plantinga, K. Pomykala (chair), J. Schneider, Experimental Psychology (4) . S . This Health Health Psychology (4) . . S This course Internship in Psychology (4) . F and S .
The department offers The a offers department general major and in a religion teaching major for students and Philosophy, Philosophy, and 246
Professors D. Crump, *C. de Groot, A. Griffioen, A. Harlow, **W. Lee, D. Obenchain, R. **W. A. Griffioen, A. Harlow, de Groot, D. Crump, *C. Professors L. Smit Associate Professors B. Madison, S. McDonald M. Lundberg, Assistant Professors Witvliet Cioffi, J. Adjunct T. as such majors, group design may students addition, In education . secondary in Religion Laboratory each week . Prerequisite: Psychol ogy 151 or permission of the instructor considers the psychosocial and physiological processes that underlie . wellness The role of stress in cardiovascular disease, cancer, drug disorders eating and disorders sleep addiction, is . considered The centrality of immune and cardiovascular system functioning in health and illness is emphasized . Attention is given to the effectiveness of a wide variety of cop- ing strategies including pain control, physical and practice . religious topics,exercise, Across the course will emphasize current treatment procedures and research issues in the field . 335 ommended: junior or senior status . ommended: 356 course explores experimental designs the and statistical techniques related with experience hands-on have will to Students them . experimental control techniques, factorial designs and interaction effects, and the use of the analysis of variance . In addition, stu- dents will design their own experimental re- search, implement their studies and analyze the resulting . data This course is a prepara- tion for graduate-level . research sites: Psychology 255 and 256 . Prerequi- 380 Students are placed in a field experiencere- lated to a specialized area of psychological practice or research (e .g ., school or industrial-organizational psychology, ogy, psychol- counseling-rehabilitation psychology) . Stu- dents work eight hours per week under the described below and will be worked out with a departmental advisor who will help design design help will tions are offered: who A general minor advisor and a group minor in departmental missions . These a programs are with out worked be will and below described . specific needs and interests to the student’s according the program
Religion Religion 357 Two courses from Art 232, 233, Classics One electivefrom231, theologicalstudies One electivefrom biblicalstudies Interdisciplinary 234 Religion 255 Religion 250 Theological foundationscore Biblical foundationscore secondary education major grade ofC(2.0) completion of a core requirescourse program withmajor athe minimumto Admittance sor about a recommended language cognate or graduate school should consult their advi- courses (30 semester hours) generally graduateeducation, or for Christian service for professions,various for preparation as in biblical, theological, and religious studiesbackground strong a seeking students for designed is religion in major general The Religion seminar(396) (ex- religion in electives additional Two the (excluding electives 300-level Two (Religion studies religious in course One One course in historical theology (Religion (Reli- theology systematic in course One in course One (Religion Testament Old in course One GENERAL MAJOR R evaluation,andwill prepare thestudent for intensive component, revision a writing, enriched 357, 396) prior to their senior year as writingmental course (excluding program, majors must designate one depart- course interim course may be included as an elective eligion 396 studies, oranapproved interim. courses in biblical studies and theological Psychology Sociology religion 399, 153, 205, 204, Philosophy 231-233, History cluding 121&131) ies requirement and396) the fulfill stud- to religious used course 250, 255,352-355) 241-244) gion 230-237,251) 221-224) 211-214) . As partdepartmentaltheAsof writing . . This course will include additional Thegeneral major consists tenof . Students considering seminary w etmn (Religion Testament New R eligion 121, 131, . A departmental . eligion and education seminar (Religion seminar education and Religion One 300-levelelectiveinreligion (Religion studies religious in course One (Religion studies theological in course One (Religion studies biblical in course One hooia fudtos oe (Religion core foundations Theological Biblical foundationscore (Religion121) SECONDARY EDUCATION MINOR advisor fortheteachingmajor under the general major above stated as requirements program ing writ- departmental the fulfill must majors program)Teachingeducation . secondary a (It cannot count as a state-certified major in registrar the and chairs department major both by be carefully planned and must be approved certified Academic Study of ligion fulfills the requirements for the state- (30 courses semester hours) . The teaching major in re- ten of consists and secondary schools in religion teach to plan who The teaching major is for education students school setting . T envision teaching in the Christian or public they whether religiousstudies, teaching for department religion the from endorsement official receive will students subject, able certifi a as religion recognizes longer no semester . hours) (21 courses seven of consists and schools secondary in religion teach to plan who The teaching minor is for education students discipline third a from hours) semester (6 courses 2 (12–18 semester hours) in philosophy, and semester hours) in religion and 4–6 courses and religion (12–18 courses 4–6 take could philosophy in major interdisciplinary an present to wishing student a majors example, group for guidelines according the to designed be may fields other majors Interdisciplinary Interdisciplinary MAJORS for theteachingminor 357) 250, 255) 230-237; 241-244;Interdisciplinary 234) 211-214; 221-224) 131) . . Interdisciplinary majors must majors Interdisciplinary . While the State of Michigan r . Thompson is the advisor . . T . Thompson is the in religion and and religion in R Religio n eligions minor . . For For 247 - .
Religion general MINOR development and ongoing significance, this One course in biblical studies (Religion course surveys the central teachings of the 211-214; 221-224) Christian Church as rooted in the Bible, for- One course in theological studies (Religion mulated by key theologians, and summarized 230-237; 241-244; 251) in the ecumenical creeds and Reformed con- One course in religious studies (Religion fessions . 250, 255, 352-355) One 300-level elective (excluding the Intermediate Biblical Studies Courses course used to fulfill the religious stud- Prerequisite: Religion 121 or 131 ies requirement) 211 Pentateuch (3) . F and S . A study of the Two additional electives in religion (ex- first five books of the Bible . This course exam- cluding 121 and 131) ines the accounts of creation, the fall, Israel’s ancestors, the exodus, and the giving of the The general minor in religion is for stu- Law . Theological issues explored include the dents who seek to develop a biblical and nature of God, human beings, and the world, theological perspective for work in other our covenantal relationship with God, and the disciplines and for Christian service gener- presence of God in historical events . ally . This minor consists of six courses (18 semester hours), excluding 121 and 131 . 212 Old Testament Historical Books (3) . F An interim course may be included as an and S . This course explores the Old Testa- elective course . ment books of Joshua through 2 Kings, 1 and 2 Chronicles, Ezra, and Nehemiah in terms GROUP MINOR IN MISSIONS of their literary features, historical settings, Religion 251 and theological themes . Particular attention Religion 252 is devoted to the prophetic character of these Religion Sociology 253 works, which provide a theological interpre- Three courses chosen (in consultation with tation of Israel’s history . an advisor) from the following: Religion 213 Psalms and Wisdom Literature (3) . 255, 352, 353, 354, 355, Geography 320, F and S . Students examine the books of 240, Sociology 153, Economics 337, Psalms, Proverbs, Job, and Ecclesiastes . The International Development Studies 201, three focuses of the course are how to read area study courses (History 238, 241, poetry, the different categories of the Psalms 242, 245, 246, 331, 338, 371, 233-236, and their interpretation, and the role of wis- 355, and Spanish 310), an appropri- dom books in the Bible . ate interim course, and other courses approved by the advisor as part of an 214 Prophets (3) . F . The books of Old Testa- introduction to holistic missions ment prophetic literature are studied, includ- ing Isaiah, Jeremiah, Ezekiel, and selected The group minor in missions is for students minor prophets . Each book is considered in interested in missions and other cross- light of its literary characteristics and socio- cultural ministries and consists of 6 courses historical context with a view to explicating (18 semester hours) . D . Obenchain is the the text’s theological message and its contem- advisor for the missions minor . porary relevance . COURSES 221 Synoptic Gospels and Acts (3) . F and S . This is a study of Matthew, Mark, and Luke- Basic Courses Acts . After dealing with introductory issues, 121 Biblical Literature and Theology (3) . this course examines the text and context of F and S . This course is a study of the Bible the books to discern their major themes . The within its literary, historical, cultural, and relationship between the Synoptic Gospels canonical context in order to understand its and the historical Jesus is also considered . central theological teachings . 222 Johannine Literature (3) . F and S . This 131 Christian Theology (3) . F and S . A study course studies the Fourth Gospel and 1-3 of Christian theology in light of its historical John . Students consider matters of introduc-
248 Religion tion, historical context, interpretation of ma- contributions to the field of biblical studies . jor themes and distinctive theological contri- This course will study feminist approaches to butions . the Old Testament and examine key passages relating to gender issues . Prerequisite: 121 or 223 Paul’s Letters (3) . F and S . A study of an intermediate biblical studies course . Paul’s letters with particular attention to their meaning within the context of the early 321 Intertestamental Judaism (3) . Alternate Christian communities . years . A study of Jewish history, literature, and thought from 400 B .C . to A .D . 100, as a back- 224 Revelation and General Letters (3) . F ground for understanding the New Testament . and S . This course studies Revelation and the Literature studied includes the Apocrypha and general letters, including Hebrews, James, 1 Dead Sea Scrolls . Prerequisite: 121 or an inter- and 2 Peter, and Jude, in terms of their liter- mediate biblical studies course . ary features, historical setting, and theological emphasis . 323 Christian Origins (3) . F, alternate years . A historically-oriented study of selected top- Advanced Biblical Studies Courses ics on the origins of Christianity during the 307 Interpreting the Bible (3) . F, alternate first century, this course studies such mat- years . A study of the methods and principles ters as the Jewish and Greco-Roman context of biblical interpretation . Various exegetical of earliest Christianity, the historical Jesus, and hermeneutical approaches will be ex- and the history and theology of the earliest amined and evaluated in terms of their use- Christian communities . Prerequisite: 121 or fulness for understanding the meaning and an intermediate biblical studies course . message of the scriptures . Prerequisite: at least two courses in biblical studies or per- Intermediate Theological Studies mission of the instructor . Courses Prerequisite: Religion 121 or 131 309 Biblical Theology (3) . S, alternate years . 230 The Doctrine of Revelation (3) . F and A course in constructive biblical theology, fo- S . This course is designed to help students cusing on central themes, the problem of the explore Christian and Reformed concepts of Religion unity and diversity of scripture, the “center” revelation in contemporary cultural context . of biblical revelation, and proper methodol- Traditional models of general and special ogy . Issues are considered in the context of revelation and models of biblical inspiration historic and recent attempts to construct a and authority are explored and developed in biblical theology . Prerequisite: at least two the context of modern and post-modern con- courses in biblical studies or permission of cerns in philosophy, science, and non-Chris- the Instructor . tian religions . 311 History and Archaeology of Ancient Is- 231 The Doctrine of God (3) . F and S . This rael (3) . Alternate years . A study of the history course is designed to examine Christian con- of ancient Israel from the patriarchs through cepts of God in considerable depth within the Ezra in the context of recent research on this context of historic debates and modern dis- topic . This course will consider the sources for cussions . Issues considered include the possi- reconstructing the history of Israel, including bility and extent of human knowledge of God, the Old Testament, Ancient Near Eastern liter- evidence for God’s existence, the attributes of ary remains, and archaeological evidence, as God, and the nature of the Trinity . well as appropriate methods for interpreting these sources . Prerequisite: 121 or an interme- 232 The Doctrine of Creation (3) . F and S . diate biblical studies course . This course investigates Christian teaching about the creation of the world . Topics con- 313 When Women Read the Old Testament sidered include the interpretation of Genesis (3) . S . Alternate years . This course is the spe- 1 and 2, creation out of nothing, creation and cial topic for the Current Issues in Old Testa- evolution, the goodness of creation and the ment Studies course . In the last two decades, problem of evil, the image of God, the cultur- biblical interpretation by women and about al mandate and the idea of stewardship, and women has blossomed and made significant the eclipse of creation in modern thought .
religion 249 233 The Doctrine of Christ and Reconcilia- 242 Christianity in America (3) . F . Alternate tion (3) . F . The main goal of this course is to years . A study of the history and theology of provide students with an opportunity to ex- Christianity in America from the immigra- amine and reflect upon historic andR eformed tion period to the present . Attention is paid doctrines of the person and works of Christ in to the European background, the colonial era the context of contemporary analytic thought and such movements as revivalism, evangeli- and current biblical theology . Topics include calism, fundamentalism and liberalism . Not Christ as God and man in current discussion, offered 2008-2009 . New Testament Christology and the current 243 History of Christian Theology I (3) . F debates, and Reformed Christology in the and S . This is a historically oriented study of making . Christian theology in the Patristic and Medi- 234 The Doctrine of the Holy Spirit and eval periods (100-1500) . Particular attention Church (3) . F and S . This course is a study is paid to the development of key Christian of the biblical teachings, confessional formu- doctrines such as the Trinity and the Incar- lations, theological reflections, and experien- nation and to questions such as the relation- tial impact of the universal and local church ship between faith and reason . as the creation and manifestation of the Holy 244 History of Christian Theology II (3) . F Spirit, as well as the attributes and ministries and S . This is a historically oriented study of the Church universal . of Christian theology in the Reformation and 235 Eschatology (3) . S . Christian teachings Modern periods (1500 to the present) . Par- concerning the end times and last things are ticular attention is paid to the development studied in this course, including their bibli- of key Christian doctrines such as justifica- cal basis, historical formulations, and con- tion, sanctification, and the church and to temporary relevance . Topics covered include questions such as the relationship between Religion the return of Christ, the final judgment, the faith and reason . resurrection of the body, and eternal life . 251 Christianity and Religious Plurality (3) . Millennialist and dispensationalist issues are F and S . This course examines the relationship also critically analyzed both historically and of Christianity to the religions of the world . theologically . An attempt is made to understand the phe- 237 Christian Worship (3) . S . A study of the nomenon of religion from a theological per- history, theology, and practice of Christian spective by investigating how various biblical worship . This course examines the relation- and Christian writers have viewed Christian- ship between theology and worship by con- ity’s place in the religious history of the world . sidering the biblical basis for worship, the Special emphasis is placed on twentieth-cen- history of Christian liturgy, and contempo- tury attempts to confront the reality of reli- rary worship . Examples of sermons, baptis- gious pluralism . mal, and Lord’s Supper practices, hymnody, prayers, dance, art, and architecture from Advanced Theological Studies both traditional and contemporary worship 331 Theology: Theory and Method (3) . S . Al- are studied . ternate years . An investigation of the nature, 241 General Church History (3) . A survey task, and method of the discipline of system- of the history of the Christian church from atic theology . A review of the pre-modern its beginning to the present time, noting de- history of the concept of theology serves as a viations from apostolic faith and practice, the prelude to the focus of the course: the status interplay with the political, the great church of systematic theology in the post-Enlight- councils, the crises that emerge, divisions enment period . Issues discussed include the and reunions, and the confluence of forces relationships of theology to church, academy, that determine the complexion of the Chris- and society . Thinkers and approaches dealt tian church today . Not to be taken if students with include Schleiermacher, Barth, Tillich, have taken or plan to take religion 243 or Lonergan, Pannenberg, revisionism, and 244 . post-liberalism . Prerequisite: Religion 131 or an intermediate theological studies course .
250 religion 332 Theological Ethics (3) . F . Alternate eth century theology . Prerequisite: biblical and years . A study of Christian moral theory and theological foundations core, or permission of its application to selected cases . This course the instructor . examines how diverse understandings of God’s relationship to the creation inform Religious Studies how Christians think about the moral life . Ethical issues such as war, human sexuality 250 Introduction to the Study of Religion and reproduction, death and dying, and the (3) . A thematic introduction to the phenom- environment are analyzed in light of theolog- enon of religion in comparative perspective . ical commitments . Prerequisite: biblical and Issues examined include the dichotomy be- theological foundations core or permission tween the sacred and the profane, the na- of the instructor . ture of religious experience and its various expressions in life, the significance of myth 333 Studies in Roman Catholic Theology: and ritual, and differing analyses of human Contemporary Catholic Theology (3) . Al- existence . Attention is also given to ques- ternate years . A sympathetic study of Roman tions about the origin, nature, and function Catholic theology, with particular attention of religion in human life and society, and to to developments since the Second Vatican issues pertaining to the study of religion in Council (1962-1965) . Topics include scrip- the humanities and social sciences . ture and tradition; grace and justification; church, liturgy, and sacraments; ethics and 255 World Religions (3) . F and S . A histori- the church in the modern world; death and cal investigation of the nature of religion by the afterlife; Marian devotion; ecumenism; examining the chief theories and practices of ecclesiastical authority and papal infallibil- some of the world’s major, non-Christian reli- ity; and the pontificate of John Paul II . Pre- gions, including Hinduism, Buddhism, Con- requisite: 131 or an intermediate theological fucianism, Taoism, and Islam . Emphasis is studies course . placed on each tradition’s analysis of the basic human problem and the solution that it offers 341 Studies in Early and Medieval Theolo- to the problem . Some attention is also paid to
gy: Augustine and the Augustinian Tradition new, emergent religious movements and their Religion (3) . Augustine is one of the greatest figures relationship to older established traditions . in the history of Christian theology . This Prerequisite: one religion course . course studies several of his major works and the consensus which developed around 352 Judaism (3) . Alternate years . A study of his thought throughout the middle ages . The the major developments in Jewish history, class begins with an in-depth look at Augus- thought, and practice from the second tem- tine, then surveys key Augustinians through- ple era to the present . Subjects studied will out the middle ages, culminating with a include rabbinic Judaism and its literature deeper look at two of the great 13th century — the Mishnah and the Talmuds, medieval theologians, Bonaventure and Aquinas, each Jewish philosophy and mysticism, emanci- of whom appropriates Augustine in a distinc- pation, Zionism, the Holocaust, and North tive way . Prerequisite: Religion 131 or an in- American Judaism . The question of Jewish- termediate theological studies course . Christian dialogue will also be considered . Prerequisite: one religion course . 343 Studies in Reformation Theology: Cal- vin’s Institutes of the Christian Religion (3) . Al- 353 Islam (3) . F . Alternate Years . A historical ternate years . This course reads and discusses and comparative study of Islam in its diverse Calvin’s Institutes in order to understand Cal- regional and cultural settings, including the vin’s theology as a whole both within its his- Middle East, Africa, Asia and the West . Top- torical context and with regard to its continu- ics will include the life and times of Proph- ing significance . Prerequisite: Religion 131 or et Muhammad, the Quran, the division be- an intermediate theological studies course . tween Sunni and Shia, and the formation of the traditions of Hadit and Shariah . Prereq- 345 Studies in Contemporary Theology (3) . uisite: one religion course and sophomore or S . Alternate years . A study of selected figures, higher status . movements, and doctrinal topics in twenti-
religion 251 - Re- (3) . Seminar Reformed model can Prerequisites: Three electives Three . Prerequisites: . . The Contemporary American Reli- . 2008-2009 . Not offered Education 302/303 or permission of Research Research Topics in Christian Wor- Religion and Education Christianity Christianity and Culture (3) . S . This Religion Seminar (3) . . S An advanced . A seminar in perspectives, principles, and 295 which by models of survey critical a is course people God’s have defined their relationship to the world, Biblical from times to the pres- ent, with a particular emphasis on the formed tradition . Special attention is given discus- this of relevance contemporary the to sion, both in terms of ways in which differ- in and world today’s in visible are models ent terms of ways that the be applied to present concerns . Prerequisite: . foundations core biblical and theological 357 F practices in the teaching of religion on the secondary . level This course wide range of addresses pedagogical issues a that con- the front teacher of biblical, theological, and and teaching secondary in materials religious a requires major curriculum . project Prereq- uisite: the Instructor 379 ship (3) . Participation in collaborative search and re- on practice history, the theology, of Christian . worship Topics are chosen in conjunction with the scholarly initiatives of the Calvin Institute of Christian . open Enrollment to Worship qualified juniors and se- niors . Prerequisites: Biblical and theological foundations core and permission of the in- structor 396 seminar for senior majors in other qualified students . This course consid- religion and ers significant issues in biblical, theological, and religious studies and requires a paper major research of permission non-majors, for and religion in the instructor IDIS 234 analysis and description A . (3) Situation gious in developments religious American current of historical, sociological, andd theological per spective . Institutional and non-institutional developments, within and outside the Judeo- Christian tradition, will be examined .
East (China, Taiwan, (3) . Alternate years . This Other Courses and Seminars Hinduism Hinduism religion Buddhism (3) . Alternate years . A his- Confucianism (3) . S . An exploration of Introduction Introduction to Missions (3) . Alternate 252 252 years . A general introduction to missions Christian in biblical and historical perspec- tive . This course surveys the theological biblical foundations and for missions, interpretation the and church’s implementa- and tion of the task of spreading the gospel . The methods, challenges, successes, and failures of Christian missionary activity will be con- . Religion 121 or 131 . Prerequisite: sidered Korea, Korea, Japan) and Southeast Asia (Vietnam, Malaysia, Singapore, Indonesia) . The course examines early Confucian teachings, Confucianism”, “Han “Neo-Confucianism”, “New and Confucianism” for their influence government, politics, econom- on society, family, ics, education, and . art Prerequisite: one - reli or higher status . gion course and sophomore the teachings, history Confucian and range of thought and practice in 356 course introduces Hindu religious traditions by examining philosophy Hindu mythology, and society from it s beginning to the pres- ent . Topics will include the law of class karma, structure, dharma, yoga, traditions, liberation, modern reform move- devotional ments and Hindu mythology as in presented its sacred texts, including the Vedic hymns, Upanishads, and Bhagavad-Gita . Prerequi- site: one religion course and sophomore or higher status . 355 torical and doctrinal study of Theravada and Mahayana Buddhism, focusing on Buddhist views of the human predicament and its so- lution, and different teachings and Buddhists practices in various regions of Asia and . Other topics include the historical Bud- West the dha’s sermons, Buddhist cosmol- psychology, meditation, ogy, bodhisattvas, Pure Land and Zen . Prerequisite: one religion or higher status . sophomore course and 354
Religion Courses certification . for study of area nor not required tocompleteanadditional mi- the comprehensive major described here are jor for most students . Students completing quent to this one), is the recommended ma- a minor in a science discipline (listed subse- for the regular integrated science major, plus recommended for most students . The program Secondary education science studiesmajor- comprehensive Integrated sci- in advisor-approvedelective second A Biology 115 Astronomy 110or211 cation minor, plusthefollowing: the courses prescribed for the edu- elementary all including taken, be must science major—elementary education Integrated sciencestudies to minorinscience. the elementary education program wishing An advisor-approved electiveinscience SCES 313or312 SCES 112 Physics 212 Geology 112, 120, or Montana Big Sky Ge- 101 Chemistry Biology 112 (Minimum of26semesterhours) minor—elementary education Integrated sciencestudies in theTeacher EducationProgram Guidebook. in integrated science studies . More detailed descriptions of these programs can be found major (secondary education students) or at least minor must (elementary level education school students) high or middle the at course science any teach to flexibility the and to serve students in the teacher education program . Students wanting both certification is intent primary their although prerequisites, course the meeting students Calvin all Assistant Professors K.Bergwerff, C.Bruxvoort Professor J.Jadrich Science EducationStudies This major program of study is not the one ence of hours semester 38 of minimum A in students for designed is minor This ology Science the under listed Courses S) department are open to areopen department (SCES) Studies Education listed for the comprehensive integrated sci- those as same arethe major science grated inte- this for Courses physics) . or science, disciplines (biology, chemistry, complete a minor in one of the four science also must major this pursuing Students the sciences. all in certification teaching ondary education students wishing to obtain A total of at least two semesters of any com- SCES 359 (concurrent with SCES 314 SCES 214 Physics 134 take must minors (physics 222 Physics take must minors (physics 221 Physics Astronomy 110,111,or211 Geology 152or230 Geology 112, 120, or Montana Big Sky Ge- 253 Chemistry 104 Chemistry 103 Chemistry Biology 225 Biology 224 Biology 141or123 for theintegratedsciencemajor listed those as same the are major this for major—Secondary education Integrated sciencestudies Mathematics 132or171 Cognates This is the preferred program for all sec- the same courseisalsoallowed.) in enrollment of semesters (Two ogy 295, Chemistry 295, or Physics 195 Biol- courses: following the of bination physics 235) physics 133) ology science ducation studi es Education 346) Earth/space . 253
Science Education Studies
- Education Education 302-303 . A course in perspec- Methods and Pedagogies for Education 302 and at least one Science Teaching in Elementary and Seminar in Secondary Teaching of In- Integration science, science, including the use of technology and con- with examined also are materials, written sideration of the criteria for their . evaluation Additional topics include assessment, - bench marks and standards, and lesson and unit de- faithChristian of relationship The velopment . to the teaching of science in the classroom is also examined . Field experiences during nor mal course hours are included . This 313 . SCES as requirements course same the all fulfills Prerequisites: natural science course . 313 Middle School (2) . * F and S . A strate- and pedagogies, methods, the consider- of ation gies associated with teaching science in el- ementary and middle school . Curricular re- sources for teaching science, including the use of technology and written materials, are also examined with consideration of the cri- teria for their evaluation . Additional topics include assessment, benchmarks and stan- The development . unit and lesson and dards, teaching the to faith Christian of relationship examined . also is classroom the in science of Field experiences during hours are included . Prerequisites: normal course 302 and at least one natural science course . 314 alternate S, * (2) . Teachers Science Secondary years . This course explores the integration of the natural science disciplines, issues related to the of nature science, and the methods and pedagogies used in secondary science teach- ing . Theoretical components include a study of of science nature andthe cross-disciplinary relevant educational theories impacting the role of the teacher and students science classroom in settings . diverse Practical - compo nents include methodologies for lesson and teacher development and assessment, - curric ulum planning, laboratory development, and classroom . management Prerequisite: SCES 214 . Prior completion of . is recommended 359 tegrated Science (3) . F tives on, principles of, and practice in teaching of the the natural sciences at the mid- dle school and secondary level . Included are of role the strategies, management classroom the teacher, curriculum studies, readings in science education, and self-assessment strat-
- . Top-
Courses in in Courses . . Topics covered A consideration of theof consideration A I . * (3) . All the courses listed for the for listed courses the All . Scientific Analysis for Elementary Teaching Teaching Science in Elementary and n studies science educatio Communication and Learning in the 254 214 provides course This . *I (3) . Sciences Natural a systematic examination of communication and teaching strategies for natural science at the middle and high school level, including oral exposition, visual imagery, demonstra- tions, technology, and laboratory activities . Theoretical components include the under lying educational theories, scientific literacy, and the unifying themes and practices in sci- ence . Practical components include method- ologies for assessment, lesson and unit devel- opment, laboratory safety, and student - pre sentations and . At response Prerequisite: least courses in natural science . three 312 School Middle associated strategies and pedagogies, methods, with teaching science in elementary and mid- dle school . Curricular resources for teaching include scientific problem solving, testing hy- testing solving, problem scientific include potheses, and designing and carrying-out ex- are processes scientific and Science periments . limits their of terms in discussed and analyzed and their relevancy to a Christian perspective . SCES 112 of the world . Prerequisites: ics covered include scientific models, meteo- models, scientific include covered ics rology, convection, astronomy, the particu- . and change energy, of matter, late nature 113 School Teachers (4) . * F and S . This course integrates life, earth and physical science as well as the scientific process skills needed to engage in scientific inquiry Physical and Earth Science for Elemen- 112 Physical and Earth Science tary School Teachers (4) . * F and S . course This uses a guided inquiry surveying approach topics earth science, in chemistry, in and physics that are relevant for teaching in to designed is course The school . elementary knowl- background teachers prospective give edge and experiences that will help them to teach inquiry-based science effectively ence major described previously described major ence COURSES the disciplinary minor may overlap with the with overlap may minor disciplinary the for the Integrated courses science required major studies science minor must be . completed *Note: 133 Physics substitute must minors physics . Physics 221 and 222 and 235 for
Science Education Studies sociology andsocialwork. in study of programs minor or major for as well as core college general the for ments and aminorinsocialwork. in sociology, a major in social work leading to a Bachelor of Social Work (BSW) degree, patterns . Programs in the department lead to a departmental major in sociology, a minor peoples around the world and how these values become expressed in of specificvalues behavioral cultural the of study the is Anthropology practice . work social generalist for work is a professional program, the study of the knowledge, skills, and values necessary Social pursue . to want aremight groupingsmajors possible that some sociology within ence of groups on individuals . Urban, cross-cultural, criminology, and/or family influ- studies the and institutions, social relationships, group of principles the of study the is student to conduct research or independent independent or research conduct to student a for opportunity the provides course This SS . 390/590 engaging inclassroom practice. while education science on reflect to tunity Education 346,allowingstudentstheoppor- with concurrently taken is class This egies . Sociology 253 Interdisciplinary 205 Sociology 151 SOCIOLOGY MINOR SECONDARY EDUCATION Six electives Sociology 151 SOCIOLOGY MINOR Six electives Sociology 395 Sociology 320 Sociology 318 Sociology 255 Sociology 151 SOCIOLOGY MAJOR Instructor J.Kuilema Assistant Professors K.Admiraal,S.Bluhm,M.Hughes,*M.Mulder, L.Schwander(Social Associate Professors M.Ntarangwi Professors C.Kreykes Brandsen, B.Hugen(Director ofSocialWork), M.Loyd-Paige,T. Sociology andSocialWork Sociology 151, 153, 210, 255, 395 and Social Work 250, 255, and 381 satisfy require- The department offers courses in sociology, social work, and anthropology Work PracticumCoordinator), R.Venema, J.Hill,E.Marr Vanden Berg (Chair),K.Ver Beek Independent Study . (1-4) * F, I, S, and science ducation studi es, sociology andsocialwo rk One otherSociologyelective One from Sociology255or318 Psychology 310 Sociology 304 collaboration withthestudent. termined by the supervising faculty member in the project . The requirements for credit are de- directing member fromfaculty obtained the be advisor studies tion educa- science a of direction the under work honors courses (18 semester hours mini hours semester (18 courses honors six least at complete must and 3 .5 GPAof ors in sociology must maintain a minimum Sociology HONORS minimum gradeofC(2.0) a with 151 Sociology complete must dent stu- a program, major the to admission For to adepartmental majororminor cago Semester may apply some of that work Chi- the at semester a spend who Students Students wishing to graduate with hon- Permission to enroll must must enroll to Permission . . Sociology . 255 -
Sociology and Social Work A N . Once admitted 3 4 3 4 3 3 8 1 1 4 The social work . Semester hours Decisions about admission admission about Decisions . The BSW is composed of . Students who wish to pursue a BSW will will BSW a pursue to wish who Students normally make application to the - direc tor of social work by February 15 of their year sophomore work social the by made are program the to program committee and are based on the following criteria: 1) Students must have earned at least 35 semester hours of credit and either have completed or currently be enrolled in biology 115, a second SS course, psychology 151, sociology 151, and and 151, sociology 151, psychology course, must Students 2) 250; and 240 work social have a minimum grade point average 2 .5 and a minimum grade of ofC– in each of must Students 3) specified; just courses the have completed or be completing at least 50 hours of social work volunteer or paid from reference of letter a submit and service Students 4) supervisor;and appropriate an must submit a written personal statement, which includes information about commitment to theirsocial work as a vocation and their relative strengths and areas for development as potential professional social workers twelve courses and several social science cognate requirements major includes courses practice skills, theory, policy analysis, and in social experience practicum a work with along research, in a human service agency to the BSW program, students must make separate application to the . practicum The core requirements include the liberal arts offerings required of all students, with the exception of a physical world course - re duction, and an additional SSNA cognate . and cognate with along requirements, Core are specifiedprogram requirements, in the following model program: The The . . Interested Interested . Internships The program program The . . . . VandenBerg . Sociology 380 of- Upon completion of the the of completion Upon . The advisor for the sociol- the for advisor The . Students must complete an . English 101 History and the world of the west Religion 121 or 131 Biology 115 Psychology 151 Sociology 151 Language 101 and 102 Health and fitness Foundations of information technology core Developing a Christian mind (interim) sociology and social work First year Sociology majors who have - demon The bachelor of social work degree is eformed heritage eformed program, program, students are prepared for entry- positions work social professional level BSW is by program accredited the Council Education . on Social Work is carried out in the context of the mission of Calvin, which is to education offerenriched by a the insights Christianof the R 256 fers a three-semester-hour credit experience experience credit three-semester-hour a fers in a professional setting delivering applied Professional services . research or sociology settings include agencies in the fieldscriminal of justice, cross-cultural develop- ment, family service, gerontology, mental health, and urban planning ogy honors program is T ogy honors program Sociology INTERNSHIPS are courses sociology their in ability strated placement internship an for apply to invited during their senior year later for background important provide can school graduate and employment students should contact M . Mulder . mum) Three of these courses must be in sociology and three must be from outside of the major a including 395, sociology in thesis honors ap- whenever results of presentation public encouraged are students Honors . propriate to participate in department seminars and must Students . appropriate when colloquia of GPA cumulative minimum a achieve also major their in 3 .5 SOCIAL WORK (BSW) prepare to want who students for designed profes- a as service Christian of career a for worker social generalist sional
Sociology and Social Work a 400-hour practicum during their senior their during practicum 400-hour a Social WorkPracticum social workhonorsprogram isB.Hugen major work social the in 3 .5 of GPA cumulative minimum a achieve must Students required . also is results the of presentation public a with along means work capstone seminar, or another approved social 381 the (390), study independent an in developed project or thesis research ors 371, 372, or 373 . The completion of an hon- course may be chosen from Social Work 255, from Social Work 320, 350, or 360 . The third major Social in be the of outside from be must Workthree and must courses these of Three minimum) . hours semester (18 courses ors hon- six least at complete must and 3.5 of GPAminimum a maintain must work social in honors with graduate to wishing Students Social WorkHONORS ment office(SpoelhofCenter). BSW program is given in the All social work students must complete The social work courses are described on pages 252–253 . A fuller description of the Fourth year Third year Second year At least two courses must be chosen be must courses two least At . Electives Social work371,372,373,380and381 Electives Health andfitness Social Work 320,350,360,and370 Global andhistoricalstudies Social Work 255 Biblical/theological foundationsII Literature Interim elective The arts core Health andfitness Language 201and202 Rhetoric inculture Social Work 250 Social Work 240 Societal structures inNA(2ndcognate) Philosophical foundations The advisor for the for advisor The . Social Work Handbook, which can be obtained at the depart- Practicum Coordinator D more information, contact Washington the Social Work in or Program, semester Chicago the through Michigan, year Social work240 Psychology 151orSociology SOCIAL WORKMINOR Social Work 381 Social Work 380 Social Work 373 Social Work 372 Social Work 371 Social Work 370 Social Work 360 Social Work 350 Social Work 320 Social Work 255 Social Work 250 Social Work 240 SOCIAL WORKMAJOR course descriptionforfurther details. Practicums arePracticums . Westernin completed sociology andsocial work Semester hours Semester hours Semester hours . See Social Work 380 3-6 3-6 24 13 1 3 4 3 3 3 3 1 8 3 3 3 3 3 . C . For For 257
Sociology and Social Work
-
F, (3) . F, Intercultural Intercultural Communication (3) . F Social Science Statistics . (4) F and S . African Diaspora in the Americas This course is an introduction and computer application in one of to the social statistics sciences . Concepts and procedures taught in- odd years . This course examines selected top- Diaspora- African recent in arisen have that ics . Using a comparative focused model,research this course investigates the Black experiences people from a of variety of societies and nations (such as Brazil, Cuba, Haiti, Jamaica, Amer the in America) of State United the and 253 and S . An examination of the anthropologi- cal principles relating to cross-cultural com- munication . This examination requires an extensive comparison of the components of cultural systems and the nature of cultural dynamics . The areas of application include government, business, peace corps, develop- ment, and mission work, with special em- include topics Special two . last the on phasis regarding attitude appropriate an developing indigenous cultures and the management of Communica- cross-listed Also shock . culture and Sciences 253 . tion Arts 255 icas . This course begins with a presentation of a conceptual framework for understanding the African Diaspora in the Americas and in- Various perspective . Christian critical a cludes themes will be addressed at historical, using level societal and the community, individual, . ethnographic, and geo-political approaches social social meanings of our various identities (i .e ., race-ethnicity, class, and gender); how these identities affect our self-concepts; and the im- pact of these identities upon our social andsocietal . relationships The primary objectives of this course are to study the the examine to class; and social race, gender, defini- of tions impact of these social constructs on humanand interactions with other identity, behavior, understand- sociological a develop to persons; ing of and the nature of structured inequality, patterns of discrimination; to become familiar with social-scientific methods appropriate for the studying of diversity and inequality; and to understand the promise and challenge of biblical reconciliation for seeing ourselves as image bearers of God and for easing the so- cial tensions associated with diversity and in- States . equality in the United 252
. The primary The course in- course The . Sociology sociology and social work Introduction Introduction to Cultural Anthropology The Criminal Justice System (3) . S . A Diversity and Inequality in the United Perspectives and Principles Sociological ogy course offerings ogy course States (3) . F and S . This course analyzes the survey and analysis of law enforcement, the attention special with corrections and courts, given to the ethical, legal, and social issues that must be confronted when these compo- nents of the traditional criminal justice sys- justice social about bring to expected are tem to offenders, victims, and society in general . Goals of restoration and moral accountabil- . also addressed ity are 250 (3) . F and S . This course involves the study of cultural diversity around the globe, both geographically and historically cultural of elements foundational the troduces anthropology including topics of field work, participant ethnocentrism, relativism, cultural observation, ethnography, ethnology as well as theories . major The anthropological course addresses as the well diversity, as commonal- space, and time in both systems, cultural of ity through studying major components of cul- tural systems, such as kinship, religion, poli- tics, and economics . Students are exposed to particular a within place their of awareness an place culture’s their as well as context, cultural within a global and historical context . 210 258 objectives of the course are: 1) to introduce students to origins, basic concepts, theories, pro- to 2) sociology, of methods research and vide students with an overview of the struc- ture, effects, promise, and limitations of our most basic social institutions, 3) to provide students with an overview of the nature of students encourage to 4) organization, social to think analytically and critically about the society in which they live, and 5) to intro- duce students to the traditions of Christian on social life . reflection 153 151 (3) . F and S . This course is an introductory study of human social activity COURSES Social Work 350 Work Social 360 Social Work 250, 370, or Sociol- Social Work from Two
Sociology and Social Work of Abraham Kuyper will be used to focus a a Christian perspective. focus to used be will Kuyper Abraham of theology transformational The suburbs. and cities in change produce that factors social of interaction the understand to students help to be addressed will theory conflict and ism economy political urban and ecology urban of concepts basic introduce will course the of portion cal theoreti- The world . States the of parts other in United and the in cities of prospects problems, and purposes, the to introduction an 302 requirement inmathematics. admission Calvin the meeting and 151) ogy Psychol - or 151 Sociology (e .g, sciences cial sites: Anintroductory year courseinoneoftheso- junior or sophomore the in course this take usually majors Work Social and Sociology Work . Social and Sociology in majors declared with students for quirement re- Mathematics core the meet to intended is bility theory, and hypothesis tests . This course proba- techniques, correlation tendency, tral clude levels of measurement, measures of cen- 306 the Americanfamilyare alsodiscussed. of patterns divorce and marriage, courtship, contemporary The institution. an as family the of analysis historical and comparative ly 304 diversity inexpression ofChristianity the diversity,including religious of context global a in faith personal of reality the with tive . perspec- faith a from particularly approach that of understanding critical a develop to encouraged be will and religion of study the to takes anthropology approach the of ing understand- critical a develop will Students sacred . the and ritual, myth, as such beliefs religious of characteristics universal the on focusing — religion of study the to proach ap- comparative a takes course This years . 303 in which social structures generate and label and structuresgenerate social which in deviance. trolling con- as well as generating in norms social of rolethe to given is attention controlSpecial . of programs and prevention, manifestations, causes, its behavior: deviant of analysis An The Family (3) . S . An intensive cultural- Sociology of Deviance This course is is course This S. (3) . Sociology Urban Emphasis will also be given to grappling , odd S, (3). Religion of Anthropology In the applied portion, functional- portion, applied the In . pai i pt n ways on put is Emphasis
(3) . F, even years .
Prerequi- . . 311 sition forhumansociety compo- and distribution, size, population of consequences and causes the of analysis an tions in these reciprocally affect society); and (fertility, mortality, migration, growth and how varia- population of sources major affects society human of dimension socio-cultural of population explosion; a review of how understanding the an to contribute these how and growth population of theories graphic demo- major the of consideration a cludes in- society of analysis demographic to tion introduc- This years . F,even (3) . Problems 308 church . the and school the particularly institutions, arevarious Implications for deviance . drawn ships, social security,social ships, services, home nursing relation- familial elderly, the against Discrimi- nation are: included issues substantive elderly the toward react societies various how of examination cross-cultural 316 of social structure .Notoffered 2008-2009 . rest the to institution an as sport of ship relation- the and observers and participants sports understanding and describing on put sports . professional and sports, areattention cial sports,youth interscholastic society modern in sports of dynamics social-psychological and social 315 phasis . be discussed with one selected for major em- will problems social contemporary Various cal examination of social problems generally theoreti-a with begin will course The S . and 314 study ofreligion .Notoffered 2008-2009. our for means that what and perspective the historical and philosophical underpinnings of the at well as looking perspective, ciological so- a from cultures and organizations, tices, anity the to behavior human their faith and what role faith plays in shaping practice people which in ways the influences what about critically thinking and religion of aspects social the recognizing on focus will A study of the the of study A S . (3) . Sport of Sociology This course will examine beliefs, prac- beliefs, examine will course This . F (3) . Society and Religion A years . odd S (3) . Gerontology Social F (3). Problems Social Contemporary eorpy n Wrd Population World and Demography sociology andsocial work orth American experience of Christi- of experience American North Particular attention is paid paid is attention Particular . Areasreceiving . spe- . The course course The . mphasis is is Emphasis Specific . 259 .
Sociology and Social Work
- - . . This
Reformed per Each student will
. Internship experiences . Credit for this course Social Work . Community-based research . Christian norms, such as so- Societal Structures and Education Sociology Integrative Seminar (3) . S . Introduction Introduction to Social Work and So- . This class is appropriate for all students This course provides students with an oppor the level, advanced more a at re-visit, to tunity basic assumptions and concepts of the disci- pline of sociology; to explore the bearing of Christian faith, in particular a spective, on the shaping of scholarly research; spective, on the shaping of scholarly research; to consider what it means to practice sociol- ogy; and, in addition, students are challenged to synthesize, integrate, and assess what they the on reflect to and sociology in learned have and contributions role of the discipline in un- derstanding current social issues in American or I foundations biblical Prerequisites: . culture theological foundations I, developing a Chris- tian mind, philosophical foundations, Sociol- ogy 151, 255, and 318 . IDIS 205 (3) . F and S . An examination of the action between education and inter- the other sys- tems and institutions (e .g ., nomic, and cultural) political, that shape society eco- who are interested in education and society and meets a in core requirement the societal structures category a sociology major may be applied towards course will examine how education is shaped is education how examine will course institu- and systems these reshaping is and by the to given be will attention Particular tions . impact of race, class, and gender on school- ing and society projects will challenge students to examine these issues in real-life contexts as well introducing as them to social science research methodology of analysis critical this shape will justice, cial the interaction between education and soci- ety . 390 Independent Study 395 the college instructor will assist students in integrating previously sociological acquired knowledge and research skills in a setting . particular author a project that communicates learning throughout the internship . Prerequisites: Se- Sociologyof completion major, sociology nior 151, 255, and completion of or 318 and 320 . in Sociology registration concurrent 240 cial Welfare (3) . F and S . An introduction of social work and the field to the profession
. Students ot offered Not offered . Particular . An assess- Reformed Christian sociological sociology and social work Sociological Theory (3) . F Death, Dying, and Bereavement . (3) S Internship in Sociology (3) . F Social Research (3) . F and S . An assess- Special Problems and Current Issues in Students work eight hours per week under the under week per hours eight work Students direction of an on-site supervisor and - partici by conducted meetings seminar regular in pate Concerted attention will attention Concerted (3) . Justice Criminal be paid to a major criminal justice related is- those on particularly focusing problem, or sue for which a attention is given to the function of theory . in process Direction is the given research to the student in the formulation of sociologi- cal hypotheses from data . Soci- Prerequisite: ology 151 . 319 perspective is most strategic . Confronting the illus- are crime collar white and problem, drug trations of these issues . Course may be taken two times in the study of different issues and for a total of 6 semester hours . problems 320 as process ment of of the the nature research applied to the study of theoretical problems in social science . Students are guided in de- signing and conducting a research project, involving definition of the problem, consid- eration of appropriate methods, and the col- lection and analysis of data . Sociology 151 and 255 . Prerequisites: 380 are placed in an internship setting related to an area of sociological practice or . research ment of sociological theory in terms of historical its development and current role in understanding human behavior 260 housing housing needs, and employment opportuni- changes proposed of analysis an is There ties . in American society which would give assis- adults . tance to older 317 death-re- investigates course This years . even lated behavior in America and cross-cultur- ally through the lens of various sociological perspectives, seeking to understand patterns of social interaction surrounding and giving meaning to dying, death, and . bereavement include: Death meanings and anxiety, Topics religion and death-related customs, the dy- ing process, hospice as a social movement, indus- funeral the issues, legal and bioethical try and death rituals, and social understand- . ings of the process bereavement 2008-2009 . 318
Sociology and Social Work A study of the person in in person the of study A S . and F (4) . ment 350 ology 151andSocialWork 240and255. Soci- Prerequisites: description . for 320 ogy 320 vin admissionrequirement inmathematics. 151 or Psychology 151) and meeting the Cal- Sociology (e .g, sciences social the of one in year junior or sophomore the in course this take usually majors Work Social and Sociology WorkSocial . and Sociology in majors clared de- with students for requirement Math- ematics core the meet to intended is course probability theory, and hypothesis tests . This techniques, measures correlation tendency, central measurement,of of levels include taught procedures and Concepts sciences . and computer statistics application in one of to the social introduction an is course This 255 equality intheUnitedStates. in- and diversity with associated tensions cial so- the easing for and God of bearers image as ourselves seeing for reconciliation biblical of challenge and promise the understand to and inequality; and diversity of studying the for appropriate methods social-scientific with familiar become to discrimination; of patterns inequality,structured of nature the and of ing persons; to develop a sociological understand- behavior,identity, other with interactions and human on constructs social these of impact tions of defini- gender, race, social and class; to examine the the study to are course this of objectives primary The relationships . societal and social our upon identities these of pact im- the and self-concepts; our affect identities these how gender); and class, race-ethnicity, (i .e, identities various our of meanings social the analyzes course This S . and F (3) . States 250 as acareer work social considering in students aid and profession the of awareness increase to ered consid- also are issues ethical and value and roles, professional settings, Practice work . theory,the ence policy, social of practice and losophies, values, and attitudes, which influ- phi- of development the including stitution, in- social a as welfare social the of development to given is Attention welfare . social of rrqiie: n nrdcoy course introductory An Prerequisites: . Human Behavior and the Social Environ - Social Research. (3) . F and S . See Sociol- Diversity and Inequality in the United United the in Inequality and Diversity ad S. and F (4). Statistics Science Social .
serve serve population groups that are economically that programs social of understanding an ing develop- toward skills practice generalist and skills analysis policy welfare social integrates course This S . and F (3) . Practices and cies 373 or concurrent enrollment inSocialWork 371. 371, Work Social Prerequisite: communities . and organizations with issues and inter ventions, skills, practice work social of study generalist A S. and F (3). Communities and 372 uisite: SocialWork 320,350,360.and370 Prereq- backgrounds . different from with clients working to given is attention Special issues with individuals, families, and groups . and interventions, skills, practice on focuses cal and problem solving context . This course eralist social work practice within an ecologi- Groupsand Families, F (4) . 371 rent enrollment) . uisites: Social Work 240 and 350 (or concur- Prereq- backgrounds . different from people interviewing and interviewing, and tionship about ethical issues, a Christian view of rela- plays . The course also contains contextual material role videotaped in participate dents interview helping a conduct to essary nec- skills basic the students teach to course 370 and cognate,SocialWork 240. tioner practi- policy a as services social of provider texts . Students examine the role of the direct con- economic and political, historical, their in problems social defined to responses as programs and policies welfare social of tion evalua- and analysis value-critical A S. and 360 151, andSocialWork 240and250. 115, behavior human on es influenc- macro and micro assess to students enable to integrated are courses prerequisite from frameworks Theoretical cycle. life the integrated as the “person” is followed through is creatures spiritual and cultural, social, cal, psychologi- biological, as persons about edge behavior human of model ecological systems-based a using environment her/his Vulnerable Populations: Programs, Poli- Programs, VulnerablePopulations: Generalist Practice With Organizations Organizations With Practice Generalist A S . and F (3) . Interview Helping The F (3). Analysis Policy Welfare Social eeait rcie ih Individuals, With Practice Generalist nglish 101, Psychology 151, Sociology Sociology 151, Psychology 101, English . Prerequisites: history core, SSNA core sociology andsocial work Prerequisites: Biology Biology Prerequisites: . A study of gen- of study A .
Knowl- . Stu- . 261 -
Sociology and Social Work
. . Students
Vander Lei Vander e . . Prerequisites: Admission Capstone Seminar . (4) . F Social Work SL minors, and, in addition, in and, minors, ESL to the BSW program, and satisfactory comple- satisfactory and program, BSW the to . process tion of the practicum admission . 390 Independent Study and S . This course requires students to inte - work social the in courses of content the grate major and a Christian worldview draw on core concepts and principles from the and profession the from Christian faith as - profession with associated issues discuss they al role and identity 381 tivities tivities to continue to develop the knowledge, - prac work social generalist of values and skills tice . Prerequisites: Previous or concurrent en- rollment in 371, Social admission Work to the BSW program, and satisfactory completion of . admission process the practicum ormally, this is demonstrated by successful by demonstrated is this Normally,
. . Students Rodríguez are the advisors for the elementary education .
nish sociology and social work, Spa Rodríguez, A. Tigchelaar, P. Villalta P. Rodríguez, A. Tigchelaar,
F, I, andI, F, 5-S) . (5-F, Practicum Work Social 0) in Spanish 301 is required required is 301 Spanish in .0) (2 C of grade minimum A . Requirements Minor and Major Students must demonstrate competency in a world language that language world a in competency demonstrate must Students . Requirements Core
D . Zandstra and O . Leder are the advisors for the secondary education programs in 262
Professors M. Bierling, S. Clevenger, E. Miller, D. Zandstra (chair) E. Miller, M. Bierling, S. Clevenger, Professors D. TenHuisen C. Slagter, M. Pyper, Associate Professors L. Rodríguez, M. C. McGrath, K. Miller, O. Leder, M. Carrión Assistant Professors Spanish or otherwise at-risk (vulnerable . populations) Prerequisite Prerequisite content in poli- human diversity, and practice is used to teach about current cy, ofneeds the meet to intended programs social and children abused as such groups vulnerable ill . mentally persistently the and families their The course emphasizes how these - program communityseveral on draw approaches matic commu- family, the including systems support nity and faith-based organizations, churches, and state and federal . resources Prerequisite: 360 . Social Work 380 S . Students are placed in a community agency (minimum of 400 hours) under the supervi- sion of a professional social worker will engage and in - ac several social work roles is equivalent to two years of study in college . in study of years two to equivalent is completion of Spanish 202 or 203 or by examination . Students will be placed in classes at their level of ability as determined by a placement examination . It is also possible to fulfill thelanguage requirement by completing four years of study in high school with a minimum grade of C each semester for students . Programs for any concentration in the Spanish department as a prerequisite wishing to major or minor in Spanish are worked out individually with the appropriate advisor departmental (English) advises ESL minors . Spanish, and M . Pyper and M . and bilingual the advises Miller K . . programs
Spanish Spanish 301 (37-38 hours) IN SPANISH K-12 SECONDARY TEACHINGMAJOR se- or interim Spanish Advisor-approved Interdisciplinary 357 Spanish 340 Spanish 309 Spanish 308 Spanish 302 Spanish 301 (23 hours) SPANISH SECONDARY EDUCATION MINORIN Advisor-approved electivestoreach amin- Advisor-approved Spanishsemesterabroad Interdisciplinary 359 Interdisciplinary 357 Spanish 340 Spanish 309 Spanish 308 Spanish 302 Spanish 301 (34-35 hours) SPANISH SECONDARY EDUCATION MAJORIN Advisor-approved electivestoreach amin- se- or interim Spanish Advisor-approved Spanish 309 Spanish 308 Spanish 302 Spanish 301 (20 hours) SPANISH MINOR Advisor-approved electivestoreach amin- Advisor-approved Spanishsemesterabroad Spanish 395 Spanish 340or341 Spanish 309 Spanish 308 Spanish 302 Spanish 301 (31-32 hours) SPANISH MAJOR mester abroad imum of34hours imum of20hours mester abroad imum of31hours cessfully complete cessfully with ly and IDIS 301/302 must be taken concurrent- must be combined with the Spanish major, t: o a -2 nosmn, h field the endorsement, K-12 a For Note: Advisor-approved electivestoreach amin- Advisor-approved Spanishsemesterabroad Interdisciplinary 359 Interdisciplinary 357 Interdisciplinary 356 Spanish 340 Spanish 309 Spanish 308 Spanish 302 Education 303 Interdisciplinary 301/302 Interdisciplinary 205 English 338 English 335 Spanish 340 Spanish 310 (21 hours) BILINGUAL EDUCATION MINOR se- or interim Spanish Advisor-approved Interdisciplinary 356 Spanish 340 Spanish 309 Spanish 308 Spanish 302 Spanish 301 (23 hours) SPANISH ELEMENTARY EDUCATION MINORIN Advisor-approved electivestoreach amin- Advisor-approved Spanishsemesterabroad Interdisciplinary 356 Spanish 340 Spanish 309 Spanish 308 Spanish 302 Spanish 301 (31-32 hours) SPANISH ELEMENTARY EDUCATION MAJORIN mester abroad imum of31hours school. must beinanelementary for experience imum of37hours N ote: The bilingual education minor minor education bilingual The ote: Students must suc- must 303 .Students Education nglish 101 (minimum 101 English dcto 302/303 Education Spanish 263
Spanish Na- Span- acional Fran- Nacional Advanced - Pro Core Core Program. advanced ducación a Dis- a Educación . . . Villalta Engagement - require advanced Spanish program program program in Denia, Spain . - Be acional de Nacional core core Educación a . Distancia The director . All students live individually with . During the interim and spring semesterspring and interim the During gram. of Calvin each offers year, an 15- take Students Spain . Denia, in program ish 19 semester hours towards a Spanish major or minor Spanish families, participate in organized ex- cursions, and attend classes on the campus of Universidad the CREDIT/EXEMPTION EXAMS CREDIT/EXEMPTION Credit and/or exemption exams in the department will be given four times each year on the same dates as the proficiency examinations . OFF-CAMPUS PROGRAMS Spanish Studies in . Spain last the During Honduras . in Studies Spanish two weeks of August and the Calvin fall offers semester, an for majors and minors in Tegucigalpa, Hon- duras . Students take 15-18 hours towards a Spanish major or minor in courses that com- explo- an with Spanish of study intensive bine ration of the meaning of faith in the develop- ing world . All students live individually with Honduran families, participate in organized excursions, and attend classes on the campus Pedagógica Universidad the of Development Studies in Honduras . During The director director The 301 . Spanish Prerequisite: tancia . is M . Bierling . for this program Spanish Studies in Cal- years, alternate of semester Spain . fall the During vin offers a ginning Spanish students complete courses to satisfy the college core language requirement, the Global and Historical Studies requirement and the Cross Cultural ment . All students live with Spanish families, attend and excursions organized in participate classes on the campus of the Universidad cional de is C . Slagter for this program The 301 . Spanish Prerequisite: Morazán . cisco is P for this program director each test is available from the Spanish . partment de- 3 . The semester of directed teaching in sec- spring the in only available is Spanish ondary semester . ducation ducation E ESL minor for teacher certi- ESL should meet with the - appro nish Spa Note: The All students in the Spanish education and nglish 101 (minimum grade of C) and 264 Information on the scheduling and cost of 1 . Students interested in the various teacher education programs in Spanish, bilingual ed- ucation, or priate Spanish department advisor as soon as particular a in interest their declare to possible plan . and map out their four-year program 2 . bilingual programs must plete proficiency successfully exams in both oral and writ- com- ten Spanish prior to applying for the semester teaching (junior of year). directed The test for grammar and composition is given through the . department The oral proficiency test is available only through an outside agency ENGLISH AS A SECOND LANGUAGE AS A SECOND LANGUAGE ENGLISH MINOR EDUCATION (21 hours) CAS 216 340 English 334 or Spanish English 335 English 338 356 or 357 Interdisciplinary 301/302 Interdisciplinary Education 303 grade grade of C) and CAS one 101, course from 200, or . 214 Students must also complete exam . proficiency department the Spanish INFORMATION FOR EDUCATION EDUCATION FOR INFORMATION STUDENTS 303 . Students must successfully complete E one course from Communication Arts and Sciences 101, 200, or core 214 . language Students must foreign Calvin’s complete also . requirement ENGLISH AS A SECOND LANGUAGE: MINOR NON-EDUCATION (21 hours) CAS 216 English 334 or Spanish 340 English 335 English 338 301/302 Interdisciplinary Sociology 253 elective An approved fication requires a major and IDIS 301/302 requires fication with concurrently taken be must
Spanish program director, OlgaLeder of permission and 201 Spanish Prerequisite: journals . detailed keep and events, cultural cursions to Mayan ruins, attend religious and various lecture classes . Students also take ex- attending and families with living Yucatán, interim ican culture and Spanish language in Mérida, January this threeMex- spend in course immersed weeks in Students W80) . (SPAYucatán,Mexico N in Interim Spanish is e.Miller course . The Spanish advisor for this program literature a or culture, American Latin 202, Spanish offerings: following the from mally nor-credit, Spanish for course language a as (in studies development in courses take Students Honduras . gucigalpa, tional Development Studies takes place in Te- the spring semester, this program in Interna- course includes an accelerated review of es- of review accelerated an includes course The Spanish . school high threeof least years students who have successfully completed at for specifically intended and fall the in fered F 203 of acontinuation is Spanish 201or121/122. class core final This 202 amination . ex- by placement or 102 Spanish requisites: Pre- readings . literary and Cultural Spanish . written and spoken in training further and structures grammatical essential of Review 201 ing Spanish202inthespring. corerequirementforeignlanguage tak - the by pared for 201 . Students in this sequence finish sis of a placement test, are not adequately pre - of Spanish in high school, but who, on the ba- years two least at had have who students for the fall semester and January interim designed during sequence two-course A I . and F 3) . (4, 121/122 uation ofSpanish101. 102 courseinoralandwrittenSpanish. tory 101 COURSES This is a final core course in Spanish, of- Spanish, in course core final a is This . Elementary Elementary Spanish I (4) . F A contin- A S . . (4) II Spanish Elementary S and SS . and S (4) . II Spanish Intermediate ad SS. and F (4). I Spanish Intermediate (4). Spanish Intermediate Advanced nrdcoyItreit Spanish Introductory/Intermediate . Language Courses nglish), as well as English), . . An introduc-
guistics 341 uisite: Spanish301. today spoken dialects major the and language Spanish the of history the on units with contrasts and practice pronunciation priate appro- with phonology), and (phonetics ish Span- of sounds the on concentrating tics, F (3) . 340 of Spanish301. Conversation II . (3) F and S . A continuation 302 ish 202or203equivalent. Span- Prerequisite: communication . written cal accuracy cal lary acquisition and the honing of grammati- of improvement vocabu- through skills writing the and speaking on focuses quences se- minor or major the to gateway and tion introduc- This S . and F (3) . I Conversation 301 andculturalreadingsliterary . of study a as well as topics, grammar sential 308 American colonies in the early 19th century 19th early the in colonies American Spanish the of independence the to antiquity WorldHispanic fromthe of developments jor F and S . This course introduces students to ma- are required .Prerequisite: Spanish. 301 paper research and presentations Oral ment . depart- Spanish the in courses literature and prepareto cultureadvanced-level for students designed is and two of sequence a in first the normally is course This Americas . the in nies colo - Castilian the and Peninsula Iberian the economic, political, religious, to and social developments in works artistic and literary jor ma- of relationship the on center Discussions ders .Prerequisite: Spanish302. sociolin- guistics, psycholinguistics, and language disor dialects, Spanish/English gualism, bilin- acquisition, language second and first to bemade will connections Specific system . language human the of nature complex the of understanding deeper a generate to and skills communication students’ improve to order in semantics, and syntax, morphology, Spanish between similarities and ences Introduction to the Hispanic World I (4) . Advanced Grammar,Advanced and Composition, Advanced Grammar,Advanced and Composition, Advanced Spanish Syntax and Sociolin- and Syntax Spanish Advanced Culture andLiterature Courses pns Poooy n Dialectology and Phonology Spanish n nrdcin o pns linguis- Spanish to introduction An . nldd are Included pronunciation . English n xmnto o te differ the of examination An S. (3) . . xtensive practice in oral and oral in practice Extensive spanish nglish and and English Prereq- . 265 - - .
Spanish . The Renais- (3) . F and S . (3) . S . The course . Through a close (3) . S . This course . . 2009-2010 . Not offered . 2009-2010 . . Not offered This course focuses on the recent recent the on focuses course This . ot offered 2009-2010 . . Not offered Spanish Literature from the Middle Contemporary Latin American Litera- Spanish Literature of the Golden Age Advanced Cultural Topics Advanced Cultural Topics Spanish Literature from the Eighteenth the from Literature Spanish short story, and essay; poetry and short story short poetry and essay; and story, short of the . Vanguardia Oral presentations and research papers are . required Prerequisite: Spanish 308 and 309, or permission of the instructor 363 F (3) . ture literature of Latin America . The genres following are analyzed: contemporary novels, and poetry, short . stories Oral presentations and research papers are . required Prerequi- site: Spanish 308 and 309, or permission of the instructor 366 Ages to the Renaissance Medieval of world the to students introduces Spain through its . literature It will explore the ways in which this literature reflectsthe social and political interactions between the Christians, the Muslims and the Jews inhabited that the Iberian Peninsula during this period of Spanish history morals and values the works, few a of reading that shaped medieval society are examined . Daily homework, an oral presentation and a final research paper are . required Prerequi- site: Spanish 308 and 309, or permission of the instructor 367 (3) . S . This course focuses on the literature of the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries . The following genres are analyzed: Lope the of drama poetry, Baroque and sance and Calderón cycles, the origins of the mod- ern Spanish novel, and the literature of the Reformation . Counter- Oral and research papers presentations are . required Prerequi- site: Spanish 308 and 309, or permission of the instructor 368 Century to the Present focuses on the period leading up to and in- cluding the conflict of War and its the results on Spanish Spanishsociety Civil readings will reflect thesocial, political and moral struggles of the society of that period . Daily homework, an oral presentation and a final research paper are . required Prerequi- site: Spanish 308 and 309, or permission of the instructor 370
. uropean, European, Not offered . Discussions . Reading materi- . This course fo- . nish Spa Latin American Literature from Pre- Introduction Introduction to the Hispanic World II Hispanic Culture in the United States Colonial Latin American Literature (3) . . The blending of indigenous, 266 309 (4) . F and S . This course introduces students to major developments of the Hispanic World the from independence of the Spanish Ameri- can colonies to the present day 310 (3) . S . A study of the history and culture of Hispanic groups in the United States, their political, social, and religious institutions, and their value . systems The course is signed de- to assist students in understanding with- Hispanics of contributions cultural the in the broader U .S . . culture als include literary and non-literary . sources Prerequisite: Spanish 301 or permission of the instructor 361 F and African cultures during the colonial pe- riod formed and created Latin America . This course focuses on the literature of Latin America (1492-ca . 1820), as well colonial as the historical and cultural context that produced it . While many different genres and authors are examined, special emphasis is placed on colonialof nature hybrid and transatlantic the texts . An oral presentation and a pa- research per are . required Aside from the history text bewill readings all America, Latin colonial on 309, and 308 Spanish Prerequisite: Spanish . in or permission of the instructor center on the relationship of major literary and literary major of relationship the on center religious, political, economic, to works artistic Spanish and Spain in developments social and America . In addition, students develop their skills in reading and evaluating literature in a texts, second language representative through and they sharpen their skills in critical writ- ing and analysis . This course is normally the second course in a sequence of two and is de- signed to prepare students for advanced-level culture and literature courses in the Spanish . Department Oral presentations and research Spanish 301 . Prerequisites: paper required are of the instructor and 308, or permission Modernism to 1945 . (3) F 2009-2010 . 362 cuses on the literature from Pre-Modernism of to Latin 1945 . The America follow- ing genres are analyzed: Pre-Modernist po- poetry, Modernist essay; and story, short etry,
AcademicSpanish Departments and Courses eust: emsin f h department the chair of Permission requisite: 390 ent . differ- is topic the if course this repeat may Students 309. or 308 Spanish Prerequisite: Spanish . in Taught World . Hispanic the of cultures and/or history the of theme specific a of understanding deeper a fosters course this literature, and art music, film, Through DS 301 IDIS sion ofinstructor permis- or 202/203, Spanish Prerequisites: Spanish . of students background . advanced for Designed Hispanic of client the or for patient needs and practices care health of awareness cultural their increases and skills language develop students helps course The medicine. of field the to relating Spanish in communication written and oral of context cultural and terminology the to troduction Professionals W82 Prerequisite: Spanish301. Spanish . of students advanced for Designed world . Hispanic the in practices business of also context economic and cultural the considers course This economics. and business of fields the to relating Spanish in nication and commu- terminology written and oral of forms the standard to introduction An 320 least juniorstanding. at and 309, and 308 Spanish I, Foundations Theological or Biblical Foundations, sophical they have learned . Prerequisites: DCM, Philo- religious,what of implications vocational and ethical, the on reflect critically and examine Students culture . international contemporary with engage to them prepared has education their which in ways explore to and Calvin at time their during studied language tory,and his- cultures, literature, the more level, a advanced at revisit, to students for portunity op- an provide to designed is course studies integrative this major, departmental the Spanish in capstone the As S. and F (3) . World 395 I, alternate years . alternate I, (3) . Spanish Business F,Pre-Study . SS . Independent and S, I, Palabra y mundo: the Word and the the and Word the mundo: y Palabra . pns fr elhae Workers/ Healthcare for Spanish Spanish fortheProfessions iiga ad S Euain for Education ESL and Bilingual Education Courses An in- An years . alternate I, (3) . .Notoffered Interim 2009. agae Pedagogy Languages 357 IDIS Education 302/303. in registration major concurrent or of completion secondary K-12 the including languages, world in tion teaching . student to year,prior senior or junior the in taken be Should experience . aiding and tion pro-observa- for visits school Off-campus grams . and curricula, methodologies, sition, acqui- language second development, skill languages language of Study school . elementary world the in teaching of practice Theory and I. and F (3). Pedagogy Languages IDIS 356 students . non-education for required also experience in tion registra- concurrent program, education the in students For assessment . and design, lum curricu- methods, classroom areas, content in teaching asecond include topics Course of language . acquisition the influence that guistic, cognitive, affective, and social factors In this course students learn to recognize lin- settings . classroom secondary to acquisition language second of knowledge their bring English is the second language, helping them where classrooms in teach to students pares F Teachers(3) . Secondary 302 IDIS students . non-education for required also experience in tion registra- concurrent program, education the in students For assessment . and design, lum curricu- methods, classroom areas, content in teaching asecond include topics Course of language . acquisition the influence that guistic, cognitive, affective, and social factors In this course students learn to recognize lin- acquisition to language elementary classroom settings . second of knowledge their bring English is the second language, helping them where classrooms in teach to students pares TeachersElementary (3) . F xlrs o a hita apoc t edu- to approach Christian a how explores course The them . with associated troversies con- major the and methodologies various teaching world languages, offering a study of of practices and principles major the to tion Field required . is 302/303 Education Field required . is 302/303 Education Introduction to Elementary World- Introduction to Secondary World- Secondary to Introduction qie fr lmnay certifica- elementary for Required iiga ad S Euain for Education ESL and Bilingual F (3) . This course pre- course This . . This course pre- n introduc- An . Prerequisite: . spanish SL and ESL 267
AcademicSpanish Departments and Courses En- conomics 330, E (3) . S . A seminar rein- Seminar in Secondary World-
. Political Science 208 Political Science 202 360 Economics 330 or Social Work nvironmental Studies 210 Environmental Geography 310 - depen be will work course Remaining Architecture 202, Communication Arts Arts Communication 202, Architecture Track 3: Urban Policy and Sciences 303, vironmental vironmental Studies 210, 310, 351, History 356, Geography 357, Philosophy 207, Political Science 202, 208, Sociol- Spanish 310 360; Work ogy 250, Social . Students will be evaluated based on their Two of the following elective courses: of the following elective Two students students and planning lessons, materials, and activities under the supervision of the - profes sor competency in the Spanish language, - profes sional evaluations of teaching sessions and les- son plans/materials, participation in class dis- cussions, daily journals, and an oral - presenta tion . Prerequisite: Spanish 301 with a grade of B or better IDIS 359 Languages Pedagogy the forcing major principles and practices of world-languages pedagogy on the secondary level for students during their semester of directed teaching, to be taken concurrently with education 346 . This course opportunities for collaborative work on put- provides ting theoretical and pedagogical matters of immediate concern into a practical frame- work . Prerequisites: education 302/303 and successful completion of departmental pro- ficiency exams . . Prerequi- The minor consists of a curriculum of six courses, one of one courses, six of curriculum a of consists minor The . equired Required for sec- ESL secondary minor Aiding in the Foreign Language
Sociology 250 Philosophy 207 History 356 202 Architecture , urban studies nish, swahili Spa
Track 2: The Built Environment An interdisciplinary minor, urban studies An focuses interdisciplinary minor, on urban issues and locates them 1: Urban Social Development Track See the African and African Diaspora Studies department for a description of courses of description a for department Studies Diaspora African and African the See within a Christian worldview Christian a within Sociology” . “Urban 302, sociology be must which dent on the student’s interests and choice separate three includes minor The track . of of students serve specifically more to tracks . various majors and interests urban studies Minor Sociology 302 the following: course track from One three in Swahili . 268
Urban Studies Swahili ondary certification in world languages, in- cluding the registration concurrent or of completion site: in Education 302/303 . N SPA 358 cation affects second-language pedagogy and and pedagogy second-language affects cation how this pedagogy interacts intro- also with It . growth personal the learner’s guage lan- duces the prospective educator to the teach- ing of the basic skills, to issues in evaluation and assessment, and to the use of technolo- gies in the language . classroom This course should be taken in the junior or senior year, prior to student teaching . Classroom (3) . I . Students this seminar participating plan in and facilitate sessions small for group Spanish 122 . Morning include meeting with activitiesother aides and the - pro fessor, observing master teachers, and aiding master teachers in teaching . Afternoon activi- ties include leading sessions with Spanish 122
AcademicSpanish, Departments Swahili, Urbanand Courses Studies tee il e prvd n an on approved be will (these One approved interim course will be allowed with thepermissionofcommittee. allowed be also may classes specific for tutions minor studies urban an for Committee the of permission the with allowed are Special topics courses and independent studies mittee) . com- governing minor’s the of members by d hoc ad Substi- . ad hoc hoc ad basis ban studiesminor ur-an for committee hoc ad the fromproval ap- prior receive must student a credit, such creditsTosix . to up for Semester) go receive Chica- (e .g: programsoff-campus and ships intern- for credit receive also may Students . urban studi es 269
AcademicUrban StudiesDepartments and Courses (per credit hourover4) Interim CourseCharge Summer tuition,percredit hour On-campus room and21mealplan Tuition, Nursing as describedbelow Tuition, auditing,percredit hour:
Tuition, per-credit hourrates: Technology Access& Tuition andFees Financial Information (International Students) Enrollment deposit (U.S. &CanadianStudents) Enrollment deposit Deposits Tuition, full-timeload Basic Charges such studentsandtheirfamiliesprovide theCollegethrough thechurch. members of the Christian Reformed Church in to North available America is to Grant reflectDenominational a thecalled directgrant-in-aid, support special A programs. arship the Interim. during credithours 4 semester, morethan either enrollsin in student hours the unless a separate course for which there is no charge if the student completes at least 12 credit be will semester a in charged at the per-credithours hour rate creditfor the additional courses. The Interim is considered17 than more taking Those basis. hour per-credit cost fortextbooksandclassroom suppliesis$980. $8,275; the required Technology Access & Campus Activity fee is $225, and the estimated (academic year) per semester Additional CourseCharge 1/2 thenormalpercredit hourrate 570 18th hourandabove(percredit hour) 6-11 totalhours(percredit hour) 1-5 totalhours(percredit hour) Campus ActivityFee (12-17 totalcredit hours): Most Calvin College students receive financial assistance from the grant and schol- and grant the from assistance financial receive students College Calvin Most a on charged be will semester a in hours credit twelve than fewer taking Students Tuition for the academic year is $23,810; on-campus housing with a 21 meal plan is $23,810 8,275 2,000 300 570 570 900 880 570 225
Parking Permit Career fee Services Returned checkfee Parent International OrientationFee International StudentOrientationFee Orientation Fee(newstudentsonly: Visitor fee,percourse Transcript fee Knightcare Insurance
Individual MusicInstruction Housing ApplicationFee Examination fee(exemption) Examination fee(coursecredit) Off-campus program fee Application fee(paper) Application fee(online) Special Fees at thebeginning ofeachsemester. schedule unless payment is rendered in full are to be made as per the following payment (1styearstudentsandtransfers) 1st year&transfer) 3 credits persemester For 300levelconcentrates, 2 credits persemester For 200-300levelconcentrates, per semester Half-hour weeklylesson per semester One hourweeklylesson (not refundable) amns o tiin ro ad board and room tuition, for Payments Financial Information TBD 400 300 200 999 440 265 525 150 $35 40 20 271 50 55 25 25 60 50 5
Financial Information 1,278 1,278 1,279 1,279 $1,278 $3,835 $7,670 $3,835 $1,278 10 Meals 1,340 1,340 1,340 1,340 $1,340 $4,020 $8,040 $4,020 $1,340 15 Meals Room & Board 1,379 1,380 1,379 1,379 $1,379 $4,138 $8,275 $4,137 $1,379 21 Meals
4,006 4,006 4,006 4,006 $4,006 $4,006 $24,035 $12,017 $12,018 & Student Activity Fee & Student Tuition, Technology Access Access Technology Tuition, Financial Information semester hours in either the first semester or the second semester unless the student exceeds the the Note: is There if exceeds courses no for a on-campus twelve charge regular interim maintains student student the unless semester second the or semester first the either in first hours the both semester in hours semester eleven maintains student 25%. a If by interim. the discounted for be set will limit credit charge four tuition interim hour semester regular the semester, second and for will courses. per hour the be interim students charge semester regular charged Otherwise, tuition charge. in addition to any interim travel costs are Course fees and off-campus Calvin administers all billing statements electronically. Students are advised via email via advised are Students electronically. statements billing all administers Calvin The balance for total tuition, room and board charges are reduced by all financial are board or room tuition, student’s the to related directly not credits or charges Any Students are required to maintain accurate local and permanent home billing ad- re-admitted and transfer first-year, enrolling all of required is deposit enrollment An Academic Year Total for 2nd Semester Total April 20, 2010 March 16, 2010 March that their statements are available to them on KnightVision. Additionally, Students may Students Additionally, KnightVision. on them to available are statements their that give permission for others to generated, is receive statement new copies a time Each of Knightvision. in servicetheir Subscription Statement statements through Calvin’s E- student. the by designated subscribers of list a to e-mail via sent then is copy courtesy a E-Statement copies will continue to be sent each statement the service. the subscriber from removes period until the student be will student the from due balance Any semester. the for receives student a credits aid schedule payment the per as due be will payments three The payments. three into divided payment per 1% of fee payment late a to subject are time on paid not Accounts dates. due period on the outstanding balance due amount. Transcripts Students whose classes. accounts are not future paid for registering from prohibited be will schedule the to according not are issued for students with past due accounts. The ability miscellaneous to charge also be suspended. expenses to a campus billing account will This Charges. Miscellaneous of Statement the called statement billing separate a on placed billing statement is posted on online account the KnightVision on student’s a monthly in full on the 1st of each month. due are basis and all charges with placed be may account the delinquent, become account student’s a Should dresses. shall be the All fees associated with the collection process an outside collection agency. total account balance. of the student and will be added to the student’s responsibility students. This deposit serves as a confirmation ofthe towards thepayment as used is and Charges Miscellaneous student’sof planStatement the to credited to enroll and is Services Career campus) on living students (for fee, application housing fee, orientation must students First-year account. this on put might student the charges other any and Fee pay this deposit by May 1. The due date for transfer students is June 1. The enrollment 272 January 5, 2010 2nd Semester September 2, 2009 September Due Date October 20, 2009 October 20, November 20, 2009 Total for 1st Semester Total 1st Semester
Financial Information semester. credits inasemesterwillbecharged $880percredit hourforeachadditionalcourse. Interim course at the reduced rate. Dually enrolled students who are taking more than 8 rate is $285 per registered credit. Dually enrolled students are also permitted to take one college courses per semester at a reduced rate. For 2009-2010, the two dually to up enrolled take may tuition students enrolled Dually courses. college in enrolledconcurrently to thecollegemustpaytheirenrollment depositbyAugust1. deposit is not refundable after the due date. Former students who have been readmitted Institutional Withdrawals Check CashingPolicy Course Audits based ontheofficial withdrawaldateandthe resulting revised tuitioncharges. the aid they originally received to the appropriate programs. A calculation will be made and the period of time they were enrolled. Students may be required to return a portion reevaluated of for financial aid eligibility for the semester based on the revised tuition charges likely bereduced basedontherevised tuitioncharges. reviewedbe chargeswill tuition aid will their Financial and adjusted. courses those for aid are encouragedtocontacttheOfficeofAdmissionsandFinancial Aid. be depositeduponreceipt. unless prohibited bythepayer’s bankinginstitution. financialaccountbalancewithCalvinCollege. unsatisfactory nine-month period. Check cashing privileges will also be suspended if a student has an threeif suspension to subject be will privileges cashing arechecks returned any during fee percheck. permitted. not is service $5.00 checks chargeda be will cash for party check funds Canadian a presentthird who Students of Cashing check. the cashing person the to or “Cash” to payable made be must and card.$200.00 ID exceed College not may Checks revised asnecessary. There isnofinancialaidforanauditedcourse. hour fortheauditedcoursethatexceedsinterimcredit limit. semester the exceeds that credit limit. course audited the for hour credit per $285 at charged be a course. charged at$440percredit hourfortheauditedcourse. at $285percredit hourfortheauditedcourse. Tuition charges for dually enrolled students are due in full at the beginning of each of beginning the at full Tuitionin due are students enrolled dually chargesfor arebut school, high enrolledareareattending Dually who students still individuals Students who discontinue enrollment before completing 60% of a semester will be will semester a of 60% completing before enrollment discontinue who Students have will discontinuing, not but courses, more or one from withdrawing Students Students considering withdrawing who are concerned about the effect on their financial Calvin College does not accept post-dated checks. All checks, regardless of date, will All checks that are returned by the bank will automatically be deposited a 2nd time A $20 charge will be assessed on all checks returned by the bank. In addition, check Calvin valid a of presentation upon checks payroll and personal cash may Students aid financial their have will class audit an to class non-audit a switch who Students Students with more than 4 credits during the interim will be charged $285 per credit will class a audit to choose creditswho total non-audit 17 morethan with Students auditing for charge extra no incur will credits total non-audit 12-17 with Students be will class a audit to choose who credits total non-audit 11 to 6 with Students Students with 0 to 5 non-audit total credits who choose to audit a class will be charged Financial Information 273
Financial Information Calendar days 1-10 100% Calendar days 11-24 80% Calendar days 25-31 60% Calendar days 32-38 40% Calendar days days 0% After 38 calendar Scholarships Calvin participates in all federal and state financial aid programs for which our stu- Room and board charges Room will and be charges board over prorated the semester entire for students who All other charges such as, but not limited to, laboratory fees, art material fees, ap- is as follows: programs Return of funds to aid Federal Title IV —If Aid a student withdraws from the institution (discontinues) percent the on calculated is award state the in reduction —The Aid Michigan of State Institutional Aid—For students withdrawing from the institution, the reduction in financial their on effect the about concerned are who withdrawing considering Students The Financial Services Office will issue a check to the student for any credit balance Tuition charges for students withdrawing from the College will be refunded as follows: as will be refunded the College from withdrawing students for charges Tuition Scholarships – Academic scholarships recognize students with excellent academic ability and encourage superior academic work. Departmental, diversity disability, also available. and named scholarships are Need-based Scholarships and Grants – State and federal programs are available based on need as demonstrated or state on for the eligible Free not Application are who for students Federal for Student programs Aid grant (FAFSA); own its funds also Calvin provide. assistance than state and federal programs federal grants or who need more Denominational Grants - contributions membersregular This from recognizes program denominational ministry shares. to Calvin through of the Christian Reformed Church often with interest. penses and must be repaid, leave on-campus housing during the semester. leave on-campus housing non-refundable. insurance fees are plication fees, and health - percent the determine must institution the semester, the of percent 60 completing before age IV of assistance Federal the Title student has earned. is The determined percent by calendar of number the into semester the in days calendar of number total the dividing days completed as of the withdrawal date. Any unearned amount must be returned to IV program(s). the Federal Title revised the to applied is percent This award. state the by paid originally fees and tuition of original the of amount the in results and date) withdrawal the on (based charges tuition to the state. amount is returned The remaining that the student retains. state award all of total the by paid originally fees and tuition of percent the on based is aid institutional charges tuition revised the to applied is percent The scholarships. and grants awarded Calvin of institutional aid. amount in a reduced (based on the withdrawal date) and results Aid. and Financial encouraged to contact the Office of Scholarships aid are If made. been have refunds and paid been have charges all after account their on remaining off-campus for Aid pay to discontinuing Financial before student and a to made Scholarships been has of disbursement cash Office a the expenses, related notify and educationally required other is or disbursed living, cash the of portion a of repayment whether determine will the collection, Upon repaid. be to needs that overpayment an been has there if student the program(s). financial aid to the appropriate overpayment will be returned 274 1. 2. 3. 4. loans federal –Various and Canadian loans are available to assist with college ex- Scholarships and Financial Aid dents are eligible. dents In are addition, Calvin sponsors a number of its which own are programs, assistance Financial programs. state and federal supplement to used and with coordinated the following programs: is available through
Financial Information
a, eea Direct Federal Loan, Perkins Federal Grant, TEACH Federal SMARTGrant, National Federal Grant, tiveness Grant, Federal Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grant, Federal Academic Competi- applying foraidthefirsttime,aswelltothose renewal ofaid. to students who are currently attending Calvin or have attended Calvin previously and are The standards are similar to those used for academic probation and dismissal. They apply progressto receivedand is toward degreeaid completion. which for courses complete to to be eligible for financialassistance. These standards are established to encourage students Grant, and6)theFederalTEACHGrant. SMARTNational Federal the 5) Grant, Competitiveness Academic Federal the 4) Grant, student is registered. Also, for those who meet the federal need criteria: 3) the Federal Pell ter, and 2) the Denominational Grant, which is based on the number of hours for which a which is available to students taking at least 3 but fewer than 12 semester hours per semes duced amounts.Auditedclassesare excludedindeterminingeligibilityforfinancialaid. who enroll at least half time but less than full time can be considered for financial aid inmany of the named re- and departmental scholarships assume full time enrollment. Students semester hours per semester for undergraduates and 4.5 for graduate students), although The requirements are asfollows: attempted. hours semester of of number the to number relation in Calvin at the earned hours semester 2) and enrollment, continued for needed average point grade mulative private funding. Calvin Grant, Calvin Scholarship, Calvin Grant, Part-Time Adult Michigan TuitionGrant, and Scholarship Competitive Michigan Employment, www.calvin.edu 5. Academic Progress Requirements forFinancialAid Enrollment Requirements forFinancialAid should bedirected totheOffice ofAdmissionsandFinancialAid. Questions or requests for additional information regarding scholarships and financial aid for which they are eligible, including grants, scholarships, loans and student employment. Number ofCredit Hours and through Calvinstudent-employment programs. work-study state or federal through available are jobs On–campus – Employment Pell Federal are: apply standards these which to programs The – Affected Programs Students who receive financial aid must meet minimum academic standards to continue There are six exceptions to these requirements: 1) the Michigan Adult Part-Time Grant, (6 enrollment time half least programs at require aid financial and scholarships Most Application procedures for financial aid can be found online at the Financial Aid link at – Academic progress is measured by 1) a minimum cu- minimum a 1) by measured is progress Academic – Progress of Measurement 124 ormore 16 orfewer Attempted 105 –123 86 –104 68 –85 50 –67 32 –49 17 –31 . Those who apply for financial aid receive an award notice indicating the aid a, eea Drc PLUS Direct Federal Loan, Percent Completion Required 80% 77% 72% 74% 70% 68% 66% 66% a, eea ad tt Work-Study State and Federal Loan, oan, and some sources of sources some and Loan, Cumulative GPA Scholarships Required 2.00 2.00 1.75 1.90 1.60 1.45 1.30 1.00 275 -
Financial Information Scholarships Out-of-state students who meet the residency requirements for the Michigan Competi- Michigan the for requirements residency the meet who students Out-of-state The home of an unmarried student under 24 years of age is considered to be that of Students whose families are members of the Christian Reformed Church and who - circum extenuating have and progress satisfactory make to fail who Students – Appeals – Academic progress is evaluated at the end of each academic year academic each of end the at evaluated is progress Academic – Progress Evaluating In addition, financial aid is not available to undergraduate students who have attempted have who students undergraduate to available not is aid financial addition, In The student is making up incompletes. which family, the in death a or illness as such circumstances, extenuating were There required. earning the number of semester hours the student from prevented The student discontinued after the beginning of the second week of classes because of extenuating circumstances. The number of semester hours attempted is the number of hours for which a for number the not classes, of stu- week second the of beginning the at registered is dent the end of the semester. at is registered which a student In calculating the completed, percent Academic Services math courses and transfer credits are not counted in the number of semester hours attempted or earned, nor point average. cumulative grade they counted in the are in not but attempted courses of number the in counted are repeated are that Courses hours earned. the number of semester 276 Denominational Grants 1. 2. 3. Notes: 1. 2. 3. tive Scholarship Grant or are considered Tuition Michigan residents for purposes of the Denominational Grant. When the need of amount a student is total met by the the Michigan Competitive keep to reduced is Grant Denominational the Grant, Tuition or Scholarship of aid within the maximum permitted by state regulations. his or her parents. If a student’s parents are his not are parents or members her of If parents. the a denomination, student’s the grant mem- a is student the which of Church Reformed Christian the of location the on based is Students who married are ber. or 24 or older the receive grant based on their permanent residence. contribute regularly to Calvin through denominational ministry shares receive a Denomina- a receive shares ministry denominational through Calvin to regularly contribute distance the by determined is exceptions, some with grant, the of amount The Grant. tional campus. Calvin’s home from of the student’s stances should contact the Office of Admissions and Financial Aid. Those who are denied are who Those Aid. Financial and Admissions of Office the contact should stances financial aid because of failure to make satisfactory progress may appeal the decision to Aid, whose decision is final. the Committee on Scholarships and Financial to determine eligibility for the following year. Students who have not earned the number the earned not have who Students year. following the for eligibility determine to of semester hours required or the minimum grade point average required at the end of are, There semesters. subsequent for aid financial for eligible not are semester second the a for probation on aid receive can student the which under circumstances some however, as follows: are have not been met. These semester or a year if the requirements more than hours, 155 including or more credit transfer to credits, graduate students who have or his because aid financial denied is who student A hours. credit 40 than more attempted additional for considered be may amounts these exceed hours semester attempted total her financial aid if (s)he changed majors or programs. The appeal procedures listed of financial aid eligibility. reinstatement request should be followed to below
Financial Information For undergraduates enrolled atleasthalftime
For undergraduates enrolled lessthanhalftime Summer Rates at www.calvin.edu. a complete listing, see the Scholarships link dents and 5,300 to upperclass students. For stu- first-year to 1,250 annually: awarded are scholarships 6,500 than more total, In criteria. other of variety a and aspirations program of study, financial need, vocational mental scholarships consider such factors as depart - and named college’s the potential; and record academic student’s the of basis the on granted are scholarships academic general Calvin’s excellence. academic age encour- and recognize to way one as ships evaluated. is received honors and experiences tural cross-cul- roles, leadership involvements, extracurricular of quality and extent the regarding application admission student’s the from information addition, In scores. test standardized and average point grade student’s the on based awarded are scholar- ships academic general Calvin’s ship. scholar- academic renewable, a awarded are students first-year of 75% than More Calvin Scholarships
Michigan students Students from Illinois,Indiana, Ohio, Calvin College is pleased to offer scholar Students from otherstates,provinces, Michigan students For GraduateStudents For Undergraduate Students For GraduateStudents Students from otherstates,provinces, Students from Illinois,Indiana,Ohio, (Merit-Based) Scholarships Wisconsin, andOntario,Canada and countries and countries Wisconsin, andOntario,Canada General Academic The DenominationalGrantsfor2009-2010 - student ingood standingatCalvin. full-time a as at enrolled continuously is a total of four years, as long as the recipient for available is Scholarship Merit National Calvin The Corporation. Merit National Calvin as their first choice college with the designate who Finalists Merit National all to awarded are year per $10,000 totaling Scholarship Merit National Scholarships linkonCalvin’s Web site. the see details, further For requirements. renewal original and received amount inal criteria and amounts are based on the orig- Renewal students. other for interim spring the of end the at average point grade tive cumula- the and students first-year for ter semes- second of end the at average point grade cumulative the renewalis determine to used average point point grade The grade average. certain a the maintains if student renewable are scholarships These many studentsasmeetthequalifications. awardsgeneral academic scholarships as to exception of the Trustee Scholarship, Calvin tomake awards on a rolling basis. With the lectionprocess inNovember and continues se- its begins Committee Scholarship The admission. of time the at scholarships these for considered automatically are Students if payingbythe semester hour, semester hour Grant per $35 $45 $55 $25 $20 $25 $20 $35 $30 Scholarships fulltuition Grantper ifpaying semester, Scholarships $650 $400 $525 277
Financial Information - - Awards Awards of $3,000 The Entrada Scholar Entrada The Awards Awards of $6,000 are Diversity Awards may also be granted to qualified students who do not have a Calvin National Merit, Faculty Hon- Presidential, Dean’s, Trustee, ors, Honors or Knollcrest Scholarship but whose cumulative GPA meets the criteria listed on the Web college’s site. Academic Achievement are Awards only available to students who entered Calvin in 2008 earlier. or In an effort to develop a community values that cultural understanding, student a body and an diverse enhanced quality of education, Calvin offers diversity awards to incoming students. Many are recipients ethnic minority students, but some are ma- back- diverse ethnically from students jority grounds. Candidates are U.S. citizens, eligi- These citizens. Canadian or non-citizens ble Nation- the to addition in offered are awards al Merit, Presidential, Trustee, Dean’s, Fac- ulty Honors, Honors or Knollcrest Scholar ships for and those are who - renew qualify, met. are requirements able if GPA Mosaic Award ship of $4,000 is awarded to North Ameri- suc- have who students minority ethnic can cessfully completed the Entrada Scholars Program (a B- or higher in the - Pro Scholars Entrada the academic Through course). gram, students completing their junior or awarded awarded to first-year students with excel- lent academic records and college, potential whose ethnic, cultural for and/or so- cio-economic backgrounds will contribute to a more culturally diverse student body at Calvin. These awards are renewable for up to four additional years with a GPA of 2.50 or higher. Multicultural Award are awarded each year to dents who have of a 3.00 high school GPA first-year stu- or higher, are granted regular admission to the college and are not selected the have to who Those Award. Mosaic a ceive re- GPA required but are not granted regular indi- award the for reviewed are admission four to up for renewed are Awards vidually. additional years with a of cumulative GPA 2.00 or higher. Scholarship Entrada $500- Students Scholarships Scholarships of Scholarships of Scholarships Scholarships of Scholarships of up Scholarships of up to up of Scholarships Students must be admitted Academic Achievement Awards Scholarships 278 $2,000. who significantly exceed the renewal cri- teria of their original ship academic are scholar- eligible for additional achievement academic awards ranging from up to $1,500 are awarded to first-year stu- dents who are not selected to receive one of the scholarships listed previously. The Knollcrest Scholarship is available for up of 3.00. to five years with a Calvin GPA Awards Achievement Academic by February 1 to be considered for the scholarships Trustee Scholarship. Trustee Cal- a with years five to up for available are of 3.50. vin GPA Presidential Scholarship $10,000 are awarded to who select are in students the top 3% class of the and incoming whose demonstrate exceptional, high quality admissions in- materials volvements, leadership, honors and cross- and cultural experiences in school, church community. up to $7,500 are awarded to top scholar- not selected to ship re- candidates who are ceive a National Merit or Scholar- Trustee to up for available is scholarship This ship. five years if therecipient maintains a Cal- of 3.50. vin GPA Dean’s Scholarship to $6,000 are awarded to first-year schol- ars who are not selected to receive one of the scholarships listed above. The Dean’s Scholarship is available for up to five years of 3.40. with a Calvin GPA Scholarship Honors Faculty of up to $4,500 are awarded to first-year students who are not selected to a receive National Merit, Trustee, Presidential or Dean’s Scholarship. This available scholarship for up to five years with a Calvin is of 3.30. GPA Scholarship Honors $3,000 are awarded to first-year students who are not selected to receive a Nation- al Merit, Trustee, Presidential, Dean’s or Faculty Honors Scholarship. The Honors Scholarship is available for up to five years of 3.20. with a Calvin GPA Knollcrest Scholarship Trustee Trustee Scholarship
Financial Information Calvin byMay1. to admitted be should applicants transfer il i lns vial at available links Aid cial Finan- or Scholarships the via found be can scholarships these of descriptions full with database searchable A $500-10,000. from departmental and awards vary in criteria and range in amounts scholarships Named bringing in promising studentstocampus. and many, for reach within education Calvin a keep to helping in tal instrumen- are scholarships departmental and Named students. to million $2.4 than more providing awarded, are scholarships special these of 1,200 year,over Each well Christ’sKingdom. advance ultimately and paths career and vocations chosen their in study, students of encourage fields certain and financial support to students, promote awards, Calvin donors provide recognition these Through scholarships. departmental differentand 550 named from over benefit also students Calvin college, the of friends Thanks to the gifts of generous alumni and Maximum consideration for named and named considerationforMaximum depending on the scholarship level. 3.50, to 3.00least at GPACalvin of a with of GPA 2.50.Transfer college scholarships a willrenewedbe with year per $3,000 of are also considered for Multicultural Awards for academic scholarships. Transfer students requiredconsideredhigherisbe orto3.00 of GPA college Typically, GPA. previous a applicant’sthecollege with alongstudents based selection on the with same criteria $7,500 used for to first-year $1,000 from ing for academic scholarships in amounts rang- considered are students transfer Admitted 2.00 orhigher. cumulativeGPAof a withadditional years four to up renewablefor is it school;high followingCalvinenrollScholarsatwho da Entra- successful to awarded is scholarship This living. and learning college ex- perience to summer the during weeks four for Calvin to come school high of year senior Named andDepartmentalScholarships To receive maximum consideration, maximum receiveTo Transfer Scholarships www.calvin.edu. ing how God can use a new generation of generation new a use can God how ing explor- leadership, congregational and try minis- to call the consider can they ence, experi- this Through expenses. travel and as living well internship summer cover to as $1,000 fellowship summer $4,000 a receiveand seminar spring a in participate year.Students senior their throughout ties one of Calvin’s ministry-related opportuni- gregation and commit to mentor or lead in internship in an outstanding teaching con- summer ten-week a in participate Fellows ship and Christian ministry. Twelve Jubilee leader- spiritual toward are inclined who strongly students encourage to eager ni ment, is supported by faithful Calvin alum- the from grant a with lished estab- Program, Fellowship Jubilee The lect “sciencedivision”or“provost’s office.” tion, go to informa- more For settings. off-campus and on-campus in programs, these in participate students 100 over year, Each weeks. nine humanitiesand studentsreceive $3,300for science social work; of weeks ten for stipend $3,700 a receive students Science journal. professional a in paper scientific a co-author postersessions and professional meetings or findings in present their students may ect, proj- the of completion the At mentoring. al thinking. A faculty member provides person- synthetic creative,and analytical servational, ob- requires which problem significant a on working and research originalperforming experience hands-on receive Studentsects. proj- research current on weeks ten or nine an opportunity to work alongside faculty for socialsciences and humanities give students Summer fellowships in the natural sciences, Aid or from the specific department. from the Office of Admissions and Financial quired as well. All forms re- are is aid availablefinancial for online,application an ation, consider a is need financial where arships schol- For quirementsonline. aredescribed re - eligibility and procedures Application apply byMarch 1. currentstudentstowho and February 1 by apply who students admitted to newly given is scholarships departmental www.calvin.edu, A-Z index, and se- Student Fellowships Scholarships illy Endow- Lilly 279 -
Financial Information Calvin Calvin has www.calvin.edu from the Office of Admissions and Financial Aid. Admissions need- for apply to deadlines Recommended based aid: First-year students: February 15 (April 1 for Canadians). students: Upper-class 1 (April 1 for Canadians). March Applying by these dates will ensure maxi- mum consideration for all programs which for the student qualifies. Applications consid- also are dates these after submitted limited. though some funds may be ered, Calvin and Knollcrest Grants The college established a program of scholarship and finan- have who students for assistance grant grant other for eligible not are but need cial or whose need cannot be met withprograms other grant programs. Awards range $200 from to $15,000, depending on need and other financial aidreceived. The program is only. students undergraduate to open Programs Off-Campus for Grants Calvin The college provides need-based grants to students enrolled in This involved. cost off-campus additional is there when courses well as courses interim off-campus includes ac- or semester the for programs selected as ademic year where the cost is the of higher amount thanThe campus. on student a for in- cost additional the on based varies grant The need. financial student’s the and volved and annually determined is grant maximum 2008-2009. in $960 was Canadian Exchange Grant Additional information may be required to Additional information may be required complete the financial aid application pro- cess at Calvin. Application forms and in- formation about the criteria used to deter- mine eligibility for need-based aid is avail- able at established an exchange adjustment partially which students Canadian - pro for gram offsets the difference between the U.S. and is grant the of amount The dollar. Canadian on and is dependent periodically evaluated conditions. current Canada Student Loans government sponsors The an interest-free loan Canadian maxi- a with citizens Canadian for program mum loan of $6,900 per year (Canadian), (op- Finan- Form Application Aid Canadian (Free Calvin FAFSA Supplemental the the Student Awards Latin, medicine, music, biol- Outside Scholarships Outside Scholarships Need-Based Financial Aid Calvin Scholarships cial Aid Form. tional) may also be completed to more carefully and completely communicate additional financial circumstances. for Federal Student Aid). Canadian citizens: • Complete 280 Other scholarships may also be awarded to awarded be also may scholarships Other Calvin students by specific organizations, businesses, churches and dents families. are encouraged to explore Stu- opportu- search To communities. local their in nities may sites Web these scholarships, other for be helpful: www.finaid.org/scholarships/ www.studentaid.ed.gov www.collegeboard.com www.fastweb.com/ www.fastaid.com Significant need-based financial aid is avail- able to students from Calvin, the federal government, and various state and - provin cial governments. Applications for need-based aid must be filed each year as follows: U.S. citizens and eligible non-citizens: • Complete Some departments also offer awards student for achievement in specific fields of study (history, mathematics, philosophy, English, ogy, psychology, missions, chemistry/bio- chemistry, classics, education, Dutch and Greek). These awards frequently go to se- niors. Additional information is available involved. the departments through Christian leaders in communities through- communities in leaders Christian search information more For world. the out . at www.calvin.edu “Jubilee Fellows” • The
Financial Information least halftime. at enrolled be to ceases student the after months six begins loans both on payment Re- disbursed. is it time the from interest accrues loan unsubsidized the while time, half least at enrolled is student the while interest-free is loan subsidized The ment. interest rates and are backed fixed by the federal govern- have loans Both need. cial finan- on based not The is loan loan. unsubsidized unsubsidized the in amounts increased for eligible are program sidized sub- the in amount maximum the for ble eligi- not are who students and students Stafford Unsubsidized Federal $2,000 a for eligible also are Loan Stafford Subsidized Federal maximum the receive who students Dependent students. graduate for year per maximum first-year $8,500 and students for year a per $3,500 from of amount ranging level, and class need financial Stafford on dependent Subsidized is loan the of amount The expenses. education with assist to citizens non- eligible and citizens U.S. to program subsi- throughthis loans unsubsidized and dized provides government federal The Program Loan Stafford Direct Federal the greatest need. with applicants to given being preference with need, on depends student’seligibility The citizens. U.S. for program supported federally approved this under in agencies or off-campus Calvin by for eligible employment are expenses college for help pay to employment need who Program Students Work-Study College Federal tained a cumulative GPA of 3.00 or higher. Second-year students must also have main- Education. of Secretary the by recognized and agency education local or state the by determined as program, school high ous rigor- a completed successfully have who Grant, Pell Federal a for eligible students for to study undergraduate of year $1,300 second the to up and study dergraduate un- of provide year first $750toupthe for will Grant Competitiveness Academic An Federal Academic Competitiveness Grant of Education. Offices provincialfrom Application available are forms province. the on depending a. Independent Loan.
The federal maximum is $4,000 per year. need. financial on based $1,750 and $500 receivebetween Calvin at students eligible in an undergraduate program. Federal Pell- enrolled be must and U.S. the of residents cipients must be U.S. citizens or permanent Re- programs. Grant State and Pell the in assistance grant enough receive not do or for eligible not are but aid need-based for grants are awarded to students who qualify These students. need high for college the to funds provides government, federal the Grant portunity Op- Educational Supplemental Federal part oftheloanmaybecancelled. or all cases, some in and, interest deferred be can and repayment conditions, tain loans for years cer-Under requirelargerpayments. which ten of period payment re- maximum a with months, three every $120 is repayment minimum The interest. simple 5% is repayment during rate terest in- the and student, time half a least at be to ceases borrower the after months nine begins Repayment time. half least at lege col- in enrolled is borrower the as long as on the loan, and repayment can be deferred charged interest no is There need. nancial fi- with students to loans long-term vides U.S. citizens and permanentresidents, pro- program, for government federal This the by sponsored Loans Perkins Federal in undergraduate programs are eligible. 2010) to high need students. Only students (2009- year per $5,350 grant to up of assistance provide to designed is U.S., the of residents permanent and citizens U.S. for government federal the by funded gram, Pro- Grant Pell The Grants Pell Federal required forthemajor. coursework in 3.00 least at of GPA lative cumu- a maintained have also must dent mined critical to national security. The deter-stu- language foreign a in or gineering; en- or technology mathematics, sciences; computer or life physical, in majoring and Grant Pell Federal to a for study eligible students undergraduate of years fourth thirdthe of each for and $4,000 to up vide Grant Mathe- matics Access to and Retain Talent (SMART) Science National Federal A National SMART Grant will pro- will Grant SMART National A This program,This by funded Scholarships 281
Financial Information The Michigan Nursing Scholarship is a $4,000 award available to Michigan residents en- Nursing Program. A rolled in lim- Calvin’s ited number of scholarships are available available made funding on based year each by the state. Students must apply for con- sideration each year. Students receiving a scholarship have to agree to work as a di- Michi- eligible an in nurse care patient rect gan facility one year for each year of assis- tance. Failure to fulfill the work commit- ment will in result the scholarship becom- repaid. be ing a loan that must Michigan Promise Scholarship The State $4,000 to up of awards provides Michigan of to Michigan high school graduates for suc- cessfully completing two years of postsec- ondary education beginning with the high school graduating class of 2007. dents All who took stu- the Michigan Merit Exam to up (MME) have receive the opportunity - require eligibility all meet they if $4,000 to ments and up to are eligible to receive half of years two first the in scholarship their of postsecondary enrollment (in installments of $1,000 each year). stitutions stitutions in the state. Competitive Schol- arships are awarded on the basis of ACT scores and need and can be used in both public and private colleges in Tuition Grants the are awarded solely state. on the basis of need and can be used only at pri- are Scholarships Competitive colleges. vate available only to undergraduate students; as graduate for available are Grants Tuition work. well as undergraduate Michigan Nursing Scholarship
The State of Michigan pro- Michigan of State The Scholarships 282 Federal Teacher Education Assistance for for Assistance Education Teacher Federal College and Higher Education (TEACH) funded Program, Grant TEACH Grant The grants provides government, Federal the by of up to $4,000 per year to students who intend to teach in a public ementary or or private secondary school el- that serves students from low-income families. Recipi- ents must maintain a cumulative GPA 3.25 of or higher. Recipients of the TEACH Grant must teach for at least four academic years within eight calendar years of com- pleting the program of If recipients a Grant. TEACH received they study for which fail to complete this service obligation, all amounts of TEACH Grants that have been received will be converted to a Federal Di- Loan. Unsubsidized Stafford rect Program Grant Part-Time Adult Michigan This program provides a limited amount of grant assistance to needy adult Michigan - students in who enrolled an are undergrad eli- be To basis. time part a on program uate gible, a student must have been out of high for at at school two be least years, enrolled least three but fewer than twelve semester hours, and qualify for financial aidindependent student. Grants of up as an to $600 per year are available for not more than 24 is not enough When there months of study. money to provide awards to all eligible ap- plicants, preference is given to those with need. financial greatest the Michigan Competitive Scholarships and Grants Tuition vides awards (up to $2,100 in 2008-2009) in- eligible attending residents Michigan to
Financial Information Financial Information
283 Directory 284
Directory Region 10 Region 9 Region 8 Region 7 Region 6 Region 5 Region 4 Region 3 Regions 1and2 Board ofTrustees Office ofthePresident Presidents Administration David VanRandwyk, B.S. William R.Ryckbost, M.B.A. Roger N.Brummel,Ph.D. Richard Vanden Berg, D.Ed. William J.Katt,J.D. David A.Zylstra,M.Div. Poel,M.D. Mary Karen L.Wynbeek, M.A. Dale H.Venhuizen, B.S. Peter J.Schuurman,M.Div. Laurens Vandergrift, Ph.D. Alyce Oosterhuis, Ph.D. Executive AssociatetothePresident Senior ExecutiveAssociatetothe President President Gaylen J.Byker, J.D.,Ph.D.,1995- Anthony J.Diekema,Ph.D.,1976-95 William Spoelhof,Ph.D.,1951-76 Schultze,B.D.,1940-51 Henry Johannes Broene, M.A.,1939-40 Ralph Stob,Ph.D.,1933-39 Rienk B.Kuiper, M.A.,B.D.,1930-33 Johannes Broene, M.A.,1925-30 John J.Hiemenga,M.A.,B.D.,1919-25 At Large Trustees Alumni Trustees Region 12 Region 11 Thelma Venema, B.A. Jack Veltkamp, D.D.S. Janice K.VanDyke-Zeilstra, B.A. Michelle L.Van Dyke,B.A. David Vander Ploeg,J.D. Terry L.VanDerAa, B.A. Scott A.Spoelhof,M.B.A. W.Harry Lew, M.Div. Bastian A.Knoppers,B.A. Bradley Haverkamp,M.B.A. Christine A.Metzger, M.A. Moses Chung,D.Div., D.Min. Ruth M.Palma,M.A. Ralph Luimes,M.E. Ronald E.Baylor, J.D. Jack Van DerSlik,Ph.D. Thomas J.Nobel,Jr. CPA Craig D.Klamer, B.A. Randall D.Engle,Ph.D. Darlene K.Meyering,B.A. Board of Trustees Robert A.Berkhof,M.S. Gaylen J.Byker, Ph.D. 285
Directory Henry Aay, Ph.D. Henry Aay, Uko Zylstra, Ph.D. Andras Visky, Ph.D. Andras Visky, Karin Y. Maag, Ph.D. Karin Y. David I. Smith, Ph.D. Beryl L. Hugen, Ph.D. Shirley J. Roels, Ph.D. Michael J. Stob, Ph.D. Janel M. Curry, Ph.D. Janel M. Curry, Gail G. Heffner, Ph.D. Gail G. Heffner, Susan M. Felch, Ph.D. Susan M. Felch, Ph.D. James K. Rooks, Ph.D. . Meyer, Ed.D. Nancy L. Meyer, John D. Witvliet, Ph.D. John D. Witvliet, Corwin E. Smidt, Ph.D. Corwin E. Smidt, Ph.D. Mark F. Williams, Ph.D. Williams, Mark F. Joel A. Carpenter, Ph.D. Joel A. Carpenter, Debra J. Buursma, Ph.D. James M. Penning, Ph.D. Quentin J. Schultze, Ph.D. W. Harry Plantinga, Ph.D. W. Randall L. Bytwerk, Ph.D. Donald G. DeGraaf, Ph.D. Thomas L. Steenwyk, M.A. James R. Timmer, Jr., Ph.D. Jr., James R. Timmer, Matthew S. Walhout, Ph.D. Matthew S. Walhout, Randall G. VanDragt, Ph.D. Randall G. VanDragt, issa M. Schwander, M.S.W. Lissa M. Schwander, William H. Katerberg, Ph.D. H. Katerberg, William Claudia D. Beversluis, Ph.D. Claudia D. Herman J. DeVries, Jr., Ph.D. Jr., Herman J. DeVries, Michelle R. Loyd-Paige, Ph.D. Keith N. Vander Linden, Ph.D. Keith N. Vander Cheryl Kreykes Brandsen, Ph.D. Brandsen, Cheryl Kreykes Glenn E. Triezenberg, M.S.W., M.B.A. M.S.W., Glenn E. Triezenberg, Kathi Groenendyk, Ph.D., Karen E. Saupe, Ph.D. Ph.D., Karen Kathi Groenendyk, . Holberg, Ph.D. Kenneth D. Bratt, Ph.D., Jennifer L. Holberg, Administration Academic Dean for Social Sciences Academic Disciplines and Contextual Dean for Natural Sciences Academic and Mathematics Effectiveness Dean for Institutional Affairs Dean for Multicultural and Scholarship Dean for Research Academic Dean for Arts, Languages, Dean for Arts, Academic and Education Services of Academic Registrar and Director Calvin Institute of Christian Worship Lectureship Calvin Worldview Center for Social Research Library Christian Classics Ethereal Provost Athletics for Men Community Engagement Cultural Engagement Cross Mind Developing a Christian Foundations in Technology Education Program Graduate Teacher Honors Program Programs Off-Campus Program Education Teacher Program Writing Ph.D. Ruth Groenhout, and Seminars (acting director) Academic Conferences Chemistry Brummel Chair in Organic Gary Chair in Christian Perspectives & Henrietta Byker on Political, Social, and Economic Thought Calvin Center for Christian Scholarship H. DeKruyter Chair in Faith and Communication Arthur Lunen Center for Executive Management in Van Christian Schools Athletics for Women Program Social Work Ecosystem Preserve John & Judy Spoelhof Institute for Christian Leadership in Business in Residence Spoelhof Teacher-Scholar William Paul B. Henry in Christianity and Politics Chair Paul B. Henry Institute for the Study of Christianity and Politics and Learning Kuyers Institute for Christian Teaching H. H. Meeter Center for the Study of Calvinism Meijer Chair in Dutch Language and Culture Frederik American Studies in Western Mellema Program Christianity Nagel Institute for the Study of World Queen Juliana Chair of the Language and Culture of the Netherlands 286 Academic AffairsAcademic Academic Programs Centers, Institutes, and Named Chairs
Directory Student Life Programs Enrollment andExternal Advancement Services Information Administration andFinance Director ofHealthServices Director ofStudentActivities Director LearningCenter ofService Director ofCampusSafety Director ofCareer Development Director andCounselor, Broene CounselingCenter Dean ofResidenceLife Dean ofStudentsforJudicialAffairs Dean ofStudentDevelopment College Chaplain Vice President forStudentL ife Producer ofInnerCompass Coordinator Series oftheJanuary Coordinator ofArtist Series Director ofPre-College Programs Director ofAdmissionsandFinancialAid Director ofInstitutionalandEnrollment Research Vice President forEnrollment and Director ofPlannnedandMajorGifts Director ofFoundationRelations Director ofCommunicationsandMarketing Director ofAlumni,Parent andCommunityRelations Vice President forAdvancement Curator oftheArchives Information Technology SecurityOfficer Director ofInstructionalResources Director oftheHekmanLibrary Director ofAdministrativeTechnology andServices Director ofAcademicTechnology Services Vice President forAdministration, College Architect Director ofHospitality Director ofConferences andCampusEvents Director ofPhysicalPlant Director ofHumanResources Director ofFinancialServices Vice President forAdministration, External Programs Finance andInformationServices Finance andInformationServices Nancy A.VerMerris, M.S.N., W.H.N.P.-C. Glenn E.Triezenberg, M.S.W., M.B.A. Sally J.Vander Ploeg,J.D.,C.P.A. Shirley Vogelzang Hoogstra,J.D. Kenneth D.Erffmeyer, M.B.A. Michael J.Van Denend,M.A. Randall G.Nieuwsma,M.A. Henry E.DeVriesHenry II,Ph.D. E.DeVriesHenry II,Ph.D. Randall L.Wolthuis, Ph.D. Jane E.Hendriksma,M.A. Rhae-Ann Booker, M.S.W. Thomas A.Van Eck,M.A. Glenn A.Remelts,M.L.S. Kenneth W. Heffner, A.B. Richard H.Harms,Ph.D. Jeffrey P. Bouman,Ph.D. Philip D.Beezhold,B.A. Samuel L.Wanner, B.A. Lois J.Konyndyk,M.A. William T. Corner, B.A. Darlene Meyering,A.B. Administration Frank L.Gorman,B.A. Philip L.deHaan,A.B. Jazmyne Fuentes,B.A. Todd K.Hubers,M.A. C. Robert Crow, M.A. Dale D.Kuiper, M.M. Robert L.Myers,A.B. Zachary Jansen,B.A. Zachary Mary S.Hulst,Ph.D. Mary Craig R.Farrell, B.S. Dawn C.Bush,M.S. Jeffrey A.Stob,B.A. Kristi Potter, A.B. John Witte, M.A. 287
Directory
Business – David Cook, chair chair and Ministry Studies – John Witvliet, Congregational Linde, chair Economics – Scott Vander – Brian Bolt, chair Dance, and Sport Health, Physical Education, Recreation, chair Vugt, Van History – William Philosophy – Delvin Ratzsch, chair Political Science – Amy Patterson, chair Religion – Kenneth Pomykala, chair chair VandenBerg, – Todd Sociology and Social Work Biology – David DeHeer, chair Biology – David DeHeer, Louters, chair Chemistry and Biochemistry – Laurence Adams, chair Computer Science – Joel Leest, chair Engineering – Steve Vander Studies – Johnathan Bascom, chair and Environmental Geography, Geology, chair Mathematics and Statistics – Michael Stob, Nursing – Mary Doornbos, chair Molewyk – Deborah Haarsma, chair Physics and Astronomy chair Psychology – Glenn Weaver, Art and Art History – David Diephouse, Jo-Ann Van Reeuwyk, co-chairs History Jo-Ann Van – David Diephouse, and Art Art Kenneth Bratt, chair anguages – Classical L – Helen Sterk, chair and Sciences Communication Arts chair Keeley, Education – Robert Lei, co-chairs Vander Kopple, Elizabeth Vande English – William chair – Jolene Vos-Camy, French chair – Jolene Vos-Camy, anguages and Literatures Germanic and Asian L Polman, chair Music – Bert chair Spanish – Dianne Zandstra, Administration
288
– CherylDivision of Social Sciences and Contextual Disciplines Brandsen, academic dean
dean and Mathematics – Uko Zylstra, academic Division of Natural Sciences anguages, and Education – Mark Williams, academic dean academic Williams, Education – Mark Languages, and Arts, Division of Department and Division Organization Division and Department
Directory for thesecondsemesterare indicated bydoubleasterisks(**). leave on those and (*), asterisk an by indicated are semester first the for leave on those Faculty members on leave of absence for the academic year are indicated by a dagger (†), Faculty Willis P. DeBoer, D.Th. Peter P. DeBoer, M.A., Ph.D. Gordon L.DeBlaey, M.A.,Ph.D. Elsa Cortina, DoctoraenPedagogía, M.A. M.A.,Ph.D. Barbara Carvill, Conrad J.Bult,A.M.L.S. Herman H.Broene, Ph.D. Herbert J.Brinks,M.A.,Ph.D. M.Brink,M.A.,Ph.D. Daryl Wallace H.Bratt,M.A., Ph.D. Al D.Bratt,M.S.,Ph.D. James Bradley, Ph.D.,M.S. James P. Bosscher, M.A.,Ph.D. Bette D.Bosma,M.A.,Ph.D. Helen Bonzelaar, M.A.,Ph.D. Robert Bolt,M.A.,Ph.D. Martin Bolt,M.A.,Ph.D. Edgar G.Boevé,M.S.D. Warren J.Boer, M.A.,D.Min. Donald A.Boender, M.A. John D.Beebe,M.A.,Ph.D. J.Baron,Henry M.A.,Ph.D. Claude-Marie Baldwin-Vos, M.A.,Ph.D. Martinus A.Bakker, M.A.,Ph.D. M. JoyDeBoerAnema,M.S.W. Emeriti Professor ofReligionandTheology, Emeritus Professor ofEducation, Emeritus Professor ofSociology, Emeritus Professor ofSpanish,Emerita Professor ofGermanic Languages,Emerita Assistant Director oftheLibrary, Emeritus Professor ofChemistry, Emeritus Curator, ColonialOriginsCollection, Professor ofHistory, Emeritus Professor ofMathematics,Emeritus Professor ofGermanicLanguages,Emeritus Professor ofBiology, Emeritus Professor ofMathematicsandStatistics, Professor ofEngineering,Emeritus Professor ofEducation,Emerita Professor ofArt,Emerita Professor ofHistory, Emeritus Professor ofPsychology, Emeritus Professor ofArt,Emeritus Director ofBroene Center, Emeritus Dean ofMen,Emeritus Professor ofBiology, Emeritus Professor ofEnglish,Emeritus Professor ofFrench, Emerita Professor ofGermanicLanguages,Emeritus Associate Registrar, Emerita Emeritus Emeritus Department and DivisionO rganization Henry Holstege,Jr.,Henry Ph.D. Hoeks,Ed.D. Henry Cornelius P. Hegewald,M.A.,D.A.G. George Harris,M.A.,Ph.D. George G.Harper, M.A.,Ph.D. John E.Hamersma,M.S.M.,S.M.D. Roger D.Griffioen,Ph.D. Samuel E.Greydanus, M.A. Edna C.Greenway, M.A.,Ph.D. Alan I.Gebben,M.A.T., M.S.,Ph.D. Edward E.Ericson,Jr., M.A.,Ph.D. Johanna Z.Duyst,A.M.L.S. Anthony J.Diekema,M.A.,Ph.D. Derald D.DeYoung, M.M.,Ph.D. Robert L.DeVries, M.A.,Ph.D. Peter Y. DeJong,M.A.,Ph.D.,M.S.W. Corrine E.Kass,M.A., Ph.D. Carl W. Kaiser, M.S. Wayne G.Joosse,M.A.,Ph.D. Anamarie L.Joosse,M.A.,Ed.S. Robert A.Jensen,M.F.A. Lester B.Ippel P.Henry Ippel,M.A.,Ph.D. Gertrude A.Huizenga,M.A.,M.M.,Ph.D. Carl J.Huisman,M.F.A. Ralph J.Honderd, M.A.,Ph.D. Philip C.Holtrop, Ph.D. Professor ofSociology, Emeritus Academic AdministrationAssociate,Emeritus Professor ofReligionandTheology, Emeritus Professor ofGermanicLanguages,Emeritus Professor ofClassicalLanguages,Emeritus Professor ofEnglish,Emeritus Professor ofMusic,Emeritus Professor ofPhysics,Emeritus Professor ofHistory, Emeritus Professor ofSpanish,Emerita Professor ofBiology, Emeritus Professor ofEnglish,Emeritus Librarian, Emerita President, Emeritus Professor ofMusic,Emeritus Professor ofPoliticalScience,Emeritus Professor ofSocialWork, Emeritus Professor ofEducation,Emerita Associate Professor of Music,Emeritus Professor ofPsychology, Emeritus Counselor, Broene Center, Emerita Professor ofArt,Emeritus Controller, Emeritus Professor ofHistory, Emeritus Professor ofMusic,Emerita Professor ofArt,Emeritus Professor ofPhysicalEducation,Emeritus Professor ofReligionandTheology, Emeritus 289
Directory Emeritus Emeritus Emeritus Professor of English, Emeritus of English, Professor Professor of English, Emerita Professor Emeritus of Psychology, Professor of Physical Education, Emeritus Professor of Music, Emeritus Professor of Physical Education, Emeritus Professor Emeritus of Recreation, Professor Arts and Sciences, of Communication Professor Emeritus of Business, Professor for Academic Administration, President Vice Professor of Sociology, Emeritus of Sociology, Professor of Music, Emeritus Professor of Education, Emeritus Professor Dean of Student Life, Emeritus Emeritus of Psychology, Professor of Political Science, Emeritus Professor of Education, Emerita Professor Emeritus Programs, of Off-Campus Director Emeritus of Religion and Theology, Professor Professor of Sociology, Emeritus of Sociology, Professor Emeritus Center, of Social Research Director Emeritus of History, Professor Emeritus of Sociology, Professor of Music, Emerita Associate Professor Emeritus of Psychology, Professor of Mathematics, Emeritus Professor of Music, Emeritus Professor of Sociology and Social Work, Professor Professor of Education, Emerita Professor Emeritus of Religion and Theology, Professor of Business, Emeritus Professor Steven J. Van Der Weele, M.S., Ph.D. Der Weele, Steven J. Van Henrietta Ten Harmsel, M.A., Ph.D. Henrietta Ten M.A., Ph.D. H. Terborg, Robert M.A., Ph.D. James R. Timmer, M.M., Ph.D. G. Dale Topp, M.A. David B. Tuuk, Andel, M.A., Re.D. Glen E. Van M.Ed., Ph.D. Guchte, Vande Marten Guchte, M.B.A., Ed.D. Peter Vande M.A., Ph.D. Berg, John Vanden J. William Smit, M.A., Ph.D. J. William Ph.D. M.A., Calvin R. Stapert, LeRoy D. Stegink, M.A., Ph.D. K. Stob, B.D., Th.M., Ed.D. William Roger J. Stouwie, M.A., Ph.D. M.A., Ph.D. Charles E. Strikwerda, M.A., Ed.D. Gloria G. Stronks, M.A., Ph.D. J. Stronks, William Th.B. Sweetman, Jr., Leonard Rodger R. Rice, M.A., Ph.D. Rodger R. Rice, B.D., M.A., Ph.D. Frank C. Roberts, M.A., Ph.D. A. Rottman, Theodore Ruth K. Rus, M.M. M.A. A. Sanderson, B.D., S.T.M., William Carl J. Sinke, M.S., Ph.D. Ph.D. J. Slenk, M.A., Howard M.S.W. Donald H. Smalligan, M.B.A., Arden R. Post, M.Ed., Ed.D. R. Post, Arden B.D., D.Th. John H. Primus, M.B.A, C.P.A. Donald E. Pruis, ty acul F Emeritus Sciences, Emeritus Sciences, Emerita Emeritus Emeritus Science, Emeritus Sciences, Emeritus Assistant Professor of Physical Education, Assistant Professor Emeritus of Chemistry, Professor Vice President for Student Affairs, Emeritus for Student Affairs, President Vice Chaplain, Emeritus Professor of Classical Languages, Emeritus Professor of Art, Emeritus Professor of Communication Arts and Professor Professor of Philosophy, Emeritus of Philosophy, Professor of English, Emerita Professor Dean for Multicultural Affairs, Emerita Dean for Multicultural Affairs, Emerita of Sociology, Professor of Education, Emeritus Professor Professor of Computer Science, Emeritus Professor Counselor, Student Academic Services, Emerita Services, Academic Student Counselor, of Music, Emeritus Associate Professor of Communication Arts and Professor Professor of Economics, Emeritus Professor Emeritus of Hekman Library, Director Director of Student Academic Services, Director Emeritus of Geology, Professor Professor of Mathematics and Statistics, Professor of Education, Emeritus Professor Professor of Chemistry, Emeritus of Chemistry, Professor of Computer Science, Emeritus Professor Professor of Mathematics and Computer Professor of Germanic Languages, Emeritus Professor Professor of Physics, Emeritus Professor Professor of Biology, Emerita of Biology, Professor and of Communication Arts Professor 290 Jeffrey R. Pettinga, M.A. Jeffrey Kenneth Piers, B.Sc., hons., Ph.D. Bernard E. Pekelder, Th.B., M.A. E. Pekelder, Bernard Chris S. Overvoorde, M.F.A. Chris S. Overvoorde, Thomas J. Ozinga, Ph.D. Charlotte F. Otten, M.A., Ph.D. Charlotte F. Otten, M.A., Ph.D. T. Robert Donald Oppewal, M.A., Ph.D. Clifton J. Orlebeke, M.A., Ph.D. arry R. Nyhoff, M.S, Ph.D. Larry R. Nyhoff, Barbara Omolade, M.A., Ph.D. Merle R. Mustert, M.M. Merle R. Mustert, Ann J. Noteboom, M.A., Ph.D. George N. Monsma, Jr., M.A., Ph.D. N. Monsma, Jr., George Marvin E. Monsma, M.A., M.A.L.S. Beverly H. Morrison, Ph.D. Clarence Menninga, M.A., Ph.D. Clarence Philip R. Lucasse, M.A., Ph.D. Ph.D. James J. MacKenzie, M.S., averell, M.S., Ph.D. Laverell, David W. C. Leestma, M.A., Ph.D. Sanford James L. Lamse, M.A., Ph.D. Ph.D. Arie Leegwater, Albion J. Kromminga, Ph.D. Albion J. Kromminga, M.S.E., Info. and Cont. E. Jack Kuipers, Beverly J. Klooster, M.S., Ph.D. M.S., J. Klooster, Beverly M.A., M.F.A. James D. Korf,
Directory Lambert J.Van Poolen,M.S.M.E.,Ph.D.,P.E. Yvonne H.Van Ee,M.A.T, Ph.D. William Van Doorne,M.S.,Ph.D. Gordon L.Van Harn,Ph.D. Kristen R.Admiraal,M.S.W. (Albany, 2003) Joel C.Adams,M.S.,Ph.D.(Pittsburgh, 1986, Adel S.Abadeer, M.A.(Assyut,1980)M.A.,PhD. Aay,Henry Ph.D.(Clark,1978) Active Paul J.Zwier, M.A.,Ph.D. E.Zwaanstra,M.S.W.Mary A.Zuidema,M.A,P.E.D.Marvin Doris J.Zuidema,M.A. Davis A.Young, M.S.,Ph.D. Charles R.Young III,M.Div., Ph.D. John W. Worst, Ph.D. Donald R.Wilson, M.Div., M.A.,Ph.D. Jack Wiersma, M.S.,Ph.D. Richard F. Wevers, M.A.,Ph.D. Johan G.Westra, M.A.,Ph.D. Ronald A.Wells, M.A.,Ph.D. AnnWalters,Mary M.A.,Ph.D. Clarence P. Walhout, M.A.,Ph.D. Clarence J.Vos, Th.B.,Th.M.,D.Th. Marjorie A.Viehl, M.S.N.,Ph.D. John Verwolf, M.Ed. Howard J.Van Till, Ph.D. 1988) (Boston, 1985,1993) Assistant Professor of Social Work Professor ofComputer Science Associate Professor of Economics Professor ofGeographyandEnvironmental Frederik MeijerChairinDutchLanguage Professor ofMathematics,Emeritus Associate Professor ofSocialWork, Emerita Professor ofPhysicalEducation,Emeritus Professor ofPhysicalEducation,Emerita Professor ofGeology, Emeritus Professor ofArt,Emeritus Professor ofMusic,Emeritus Professor ofSociology, Emeritus Professor ofEducation,Emeritus Professor ofClassicalLanguages,Emeritus Professor ofPoliticalScience,Emeritus Professor ofHistory, Emeritus Professor ofEnglish,Emerita Professor ofEnglish,Emeritus Professor ofReligionandTheology, Emeritus Professor ofNursing,Emerita Director ofCareer Development,Emeritus Professor ofPhysics,Emeritus Professor ofEngineering,Emeritus Professor ofEducation,Emerita Professor ofChemistry, Emeritus Professor ofBiology, Emeritus Provost, Emeritus Studies and Culture Jerry G.Bergsma,Jerry M.A.(Western Michigan,1996) Bruce R.Berglund, M.A.(MinnesotaState,1994), David E.Benson,Ph.D.(Illinois,1997) Daniel H.Bays,M.A.,Ph.D.(Michigan,1967, Johnathan B.Bascom,M.A.(KansasState,1983), Debra L.Bakker, M.A.(Western Michigan,1989), Judith A.Baker, M.S.N.(GrandValley State,1998) Patrick M.Bailey, M.S.(GrandValley State,2003) Andrew W. Bailey, M.S.(Tennessee, 1999) Richard Baez,M.A.,Psy.D. (AzusaPacific,1995, Adejoke B.Ayoola, M.S.N.(ObafemiAwolowo, Eric J.Arnoys,Ph.D.(MichiganState,1998) **Roy M.Anker, M.A.(Illinois,1968),Ph.D. Carolyn E.Anderson,Ph.D.(California-Irvine, You-Kyong Ahn,M.Arch., Ph.D.(Texas A&M, Marlys J.Admiraal,M.A.(Michigan,1970) Douglas G.Blomberg, Ph.D.(Sidney, 1980), Ronald L.Blankespoor, Ph.D.(IowaState,1971) Curtis L.Blankespoor, Ph.D.(Cornell,1994) David A.Billings,M.A.(Northern Illinois,1993), Marilyn R.Bierling,M.A.(Michigan,1974),Ph.D. Claudia D.Beversluis,M.A.,Ph.D.(Loyola,1981, Kenneth A.Bergwerff, M.Ed.(GrandValley State, Ph.D. (Kansas,1999) 1971) Ph.D. (Iowa,1989) H.S.D. (Indiana,1995) 2004) 1998), Ph.D.(MichiganState,2007) (Michigan State,1973) 2003) 2003, 2007) M.Ed., D.Ed.(Monash,1995,2004) Ph.D. (Loyola,2000) (Michigan State,1990) 1983) 1988) Associate Professor ofPhysicalEducation Associate Professor ofHistory Associate Professor ofChemistry Professor ofHistory Professor ofGeography Professor ofPhysicalEducation Assistant Professor ofNursing Assistant Professor ofComputerScience Assistant Professor ofRecreation Counselor, Broene CounselingCenter Assistant Professor ofNursing Associate Professor ofChemistry and Professor ofEnglish Assistant Professor ofChemistry Assistant Professor ofArtandArchitecture Adjunct, English Associate Professor of Education Professor ofChemistry Professor ofBiology Assistant Professor ofPhilosophy Professor ofSpanish Professor ofPsychology Provost Assistant Professor ofScienceEducation Biochemistry F acul ty 291
Directory Political, Social, and Economic Thought Studies Studies Ministry Studies Ministry Professor of Biology Professor Byker Chair in Christian Perspectives on of Geography and Environmental Professor of Psychology Assistant Professor Adjunct, Psychology of Recreation Professor of Religion Professor of Psychology Professor Professor of Spanish Professor of Business and Accounting Professor and Ministry Adjunct, Congregational of Philosophy Associate Professor Dean of Student Development of Religion Professor Professor of History Professor Instructor of Spanish Visiting of Political Science Assistant Professor Instructor of Physical Education and of Congregational Assistant Professor of Philosophy Professor Professor of Communication Arts and Sciences of Communication Arts Professor of Business Assistant Professor 1996), Ph.D. (Central Michigan, 2006) (South Dakota, 1985) 1992) (Oregon, Dame, 1989) School, 1974), Ph.D. (Notre 1979), C.P.A., M.B.A. (Grand Valley State, M.B.A. (Grand Valley 1979), C.P.A., 1992) 1968) 1997) (Purdue, Scotland, 1988) Ph.D. (Aberdeen, 1985) (Missouri, 2007) 2007) Dame, 1983, 1985) 1980), M.A., Ph.D. (Notre 1987) 1974), Ph.D. (New York, 1973, 1975) 1977, 1984) David H. DeHeer, Ph.D. (Arizona, 1972) David H. DeHeer, Sérgio P. da Silva, M. A. (University of Sao Paulo, P. Sérgio James B. DeBoe, M.A. (Roosevelt, 1982), Ph.D. Donald G. De Graaf, M.S. (Indiana, 1986), Ph.D. M.A. (Chicago Divinity *Christiana de Groot, 1990, 1994) Laura G. DeHaan, M.S., Ph.D. (Purdue, David A. Cook, M.S.Acc. (Western Michigan, David A. Cook, M.S.Acc. (Western B.D. (Calvin Theological Seminary, Dale J. Cooper, 1991), Ph.D. M.A. (Yale, Kevin J. Corcoran, M.A. (Slippery Rock, 1987) Crow, C. Robert (Regent College, 1985), David M. Crump, M.Div. M.A., Ph.D. (Minnesota, 1981, M. Curry, †Janel Martin O. Carrión, M.P.P. (Johns Hopkins, 2003) (Johns Hopkins, Carrión, M.P.P. O. Martin (Azuza Pacific, 1995), M.A. M.A. Kimberly Casey, Michigan, 2005) M.S. (Western Mark C. Christner, 1993, Ph.D. (Princeton, Cioffi, M.Div., V. Todd State, Kentucky J. Clark, M.A. (Western †Kelly State, M.A. (Michigan Sandra K. Clevenger, . Bytwerk, M.A., Ph.D. (Northwestern, (Northwestern, M.A., Ph.D. L. Bytwerk, Randall 2001) (Xavier, M.B.A. C.P.A., Marilyn S. Cain, Ph.D. (Johns Hopkins, M.A., A. Carpenter, †Joel ty acul F Communication Arts and Sciences Education Disciplines Services Adjunct Associate Professor of Adjunct Associate Professor President Associate Professor of Education Associate Professor Assistant Professor of Art Assistant Professor Adjunct, Germanic Languages and Literature Assistant Professor of Chemistry and Science of Chemistry Assistant Professor Professor of Psychology Professor of Engineering Professor Professor of Music Professor Professor of Social Work Professor of History Professor of Classical Languages Professor Dean for Social Sciences and Contextual Director of Service Learning Center Director Assistant Professor of Nursing Assistant Professor of Biology Professor Associate Professor, Student Academic Associate Professor, Professor of Physical Education Professor of Mathematics Associate Professor Associate Professor of Education Associate Professor Assistant Professor of Sociology Assistant Professor Ph.D. (Pennsylvania, 1993) 1986, 2000) Ph.D. (Queens, 2002) 1989), Ph.D. (Michigan State, 2005) Urbana, 1988, 1991) Ph.D. (Iowa State, 2005) 1997) 1985) 1974, 1978) Ph.D. (Michigan, 2004) 1981), Ph.D. (Michigan State, 2001) 1999) M.Ed. (Calvin, 2004) 2001) 1993) Ph.D. (North Carolina-Greensboro, Carolina-Greensboro, Ph.D. (North 1993) 1996) 1996, 2000) Bilt, 2005) Ph.D. (Vander 292 Gaylen J. Byker, J.D., M.A. (Michigan, 1976, 1979), Gaylen J. Byker, Randall J. Buursma, M.A., Ph.D. (Michigan State, Mary E. Buteyn, M.A. (Wisconsin-Madison, 1983),Mary M.A. (Wisconsin-Madison, E. Buteyn, Michigan, Debra J. Buursma, M.A. (Western Mandy A. Burrow, M.F.A. (George Washington, 2006) Washington, (George M.F.A. Mandy A. Burrow, Randall J. Brouwer, M.S.E.E., Ph.D. (Illinois- Randall J. Brouwer, 1994), (Drake, M.A.T. Crystal N. Bruxvoort, **Keith D. Brautigam, M.M., D.M. (Indiana, 1982, 1972, 1974) John H. Brink, M.S., Ph.D. (Purdue, Kenneth D. Bratt, M.A., Ph.D. (Princeton, 1973, †James D. Bratt, M.A., M.Phil. Ph.D. (Yale, 1973, D. Bratt, M.A., M.Phil. Ph.D. (Yale, †James Jeffrey P. Bouman, M.A. (Slippery Rock, 1989), P. Jeffrey (Michigan, Brandsen, M.S.W. Cheryl Kreykes Debra A. Bossenbroek, M.S.N. (Michigan State, Debra A. Bossenbroek, 1975) Hessel Bouma III, Ph.D. (Texas, Jack A. Bosscher, M.A. (Michigan State, 1977), M.A. (Michigan Jack A. Bosscher, **Michael D. Bolt, M.S., Ph.D. (Chicago, 1995, **Michael D. Bolt, M.S., Brian R. Bolt, M.A.T. (North Carolina-Chapel Hill, Carolina-Chapel (North M.A.T. Brian R. Bolt, Sheila Bluhm, M.A., Ph.D. (Western Michigan, Michigan, Ph.D. (Western Bluhm, M.A., Sheila Roads, 1999), M.A. (Royal J. Boerema, Albert
Directory Roger L.DeKock,Ph.D.(Wisconsin, 1970) Richard G.DeJong,S.M.,Sc.D.(Massachusetts Randall J.DeJong,M.S.(MichiganState,1997), †Robert H.Eames,M.B.A.(Wisconsin, 1980) Pennylyn Dykstra-Pruim, M.A., Ph.D. (Wisconsin, †KaiLonnie .Dunsmore, Ph.D. (Michigan State, Kristin KobesDuMez,M.A.,Ph.D.(Notre Dame, Jack M.DuMez,M.A.(Marquette, 1998) David L.DornbosJr., M.S.(Ohio State,1984), MolewykDoornbos,M.S.(Michigan,1983), Mary Leanne W. Doornbos, M.Ed.(Calvin,2008) David J.Diephouse,M.A.,Ph.D.(Princeton,1971, Umit S.Dhuga,M.A.,M.Phil.,Ph.D.(Columbia, Rebecca KonyndykDeYoung, M.A.,Ph.D.(Notre Vicki L.DeVries, M.A.,Ph.D.(MichiganState, Rick E.Devries,Ph.D.(Notre Dame,1999) Herman J.DeVries Jr., M.A.,Ph.D.(Cincinnati, E.DeVriesHenry II,M.S.,Ph.D.(Cornell,1978, **Bert deVries, B.D.(CalvinTheological Leonard DeRooy, M.S.E.(Michigan,1986),P.E. Kathleen L.DeMey, M.A.(SouthFlorida,1990) Institute ofTechnology, 1974,1977) Ph.D. (NewMexico,2003) 1989, 1995) 2002) 1998, 2004) Ph.D. (IowaState,1988) Ph.D. (Wayne State, 1993) 1974) 2002, 2005,2006) Dame, 1995,2000) 1999, 2006) 1990, 1996) 1993) 1967) Seminary, 1960),M.A.,Ph.D.(Brandeis,1965, (State ofMichigan) Associate Professor ofBusiness Assistant Professor of Germanic Languages Assistant Professor of Education Assistant Professor ofHistory Assistant Professor, StudentAcademic Associate Professor ofBiology Professor ofNursing Academic Counselor Instructor ofEnglishasaSecondLanguage Professor ofHistory Assistant Professor ofClassicalLanguages Associate Professor ofPhilosophy Assistant Professor ofFrench Assistant Professor ofEconomics Associate Professor ofGermanicLanguages Queen JulianaChairoftheLanguageand Vice President forAdministration,Finance Professor ofHistory Professor ofEngineering Reference andInstructionLibrarian Professor ofChemistry Professor ofEngineering Assistant Professor ofBiology Services Culture oftheNetherlands and InformationServices Debra L.Freeberg, M.A.,Ph.D.(Pittsburgh, 1980, Gerard FondseJr., M.A.(MichiganState,1978) E.Flikkema,M.S.N.(GrandValleyMary State, Earl D.Fife,M.A.(North Carolina-Greensboro, **Glenn W. Fetzer, M.A.(Auburn,1982),M.Phil., R. JohnD.Ferdinands, Ph.D.(Purdue, 1988) Susan M.Felch,M.A.(Wheaton,1974),Ph.D. J.Feenstra,M.S.N.(WayneCheryl State,1979), P. MarkFackler, M.A.(Minnesota,1971), Gayle E.Ermer, M.S.E.(Wisconsin, 1987),Ph.D. Kenneth D.Erffmeyer, M.B.A.(Minnesota,1988) Tiffany J.Engle,M.M.(Ithaca,2001),D.M.A. Chad A.Engbers,M.A.,Ph.D.(Catholic,1995, L †Margaret J.Edgell,M.A.(Columbia,1980) Margaret J.Goetz,M.S.,M.A.(OhioState,1987, Sheri E.Geddes,C.P.A., M.B.A.(Iowa,1998) Daniel E.García, M.A.(Wheaton,1997), M.F.A. Herbert R.Fynewever, Ph.D.(Wisconsin, 1998) Brian Fuller, M.F.A. (North Carolina, 1992) David Fuentes,M.M.(Iowa,1983),Ph.D. ynn B.Elliott,M.Div. (PrincetonTheological 1995) 1989) 1973), Ph.D.(Wesleyan, 1977) 1988) Ph.D. (CityUniversityofNewYork, 1984, (Catholic, 1991) Ph.D. (MichiganState,1996) (Wheaton, 1978),Ph.D.(Illinois,1982) (Michigan State,1994) (Michigan State,2005) 2003) Seminary, 1993) 1989), Ph.D.(Michigan1999) (Ohio, 2003) (Brandeis, 1988) Assistant Professor ofEnglish Associate Professor ofNursing Professor ofMathematicsandComputer Professor ofFrench Professor ofMathematics Professor ofEnglish Professor ofNursing Professor ofCommunicationArtsandSciences Professor ofEngineering Vice President ofAdvancement Assistant Professor ofMusic Assistant Professor ofEnglish Adjunct, Congregational andMinistry Associate Professor ofBusiness Associate Professor of CommunicationArts Assistant Professor of Business Assistant Professor ofCommunicationArts Associate Professor ofChemistry Associate Professor ofCommunicationArts Professor ofMusic Professor ofCommunicationArtsandSciences Science Studies and Sciences and Sciences and Sciences F acul ty 293
Directory Studies Professor of Business Professor Professor of Social Work Professor of Sociology Assistant Professor of English Assistant Professor Chaplain and Ministry Adjunct, Congregational of English Associate Professor and Science Education of Physics Professor of Mathematics Professor Professor of Education Professor of Economics Professor of English Associate Professor of Biology Professor for Student Life President Vice of History Professor Professor of English Professor of Engineering Professor of Art Professor of Philosophy Professor of Engineering Professor Assistant Professor of Psychology Assistant Professor for Judicial Affairs Dean of Students of Asian Languages Associate Professor Institute, 1992) Ph.D. (Arizona, 2000, 2006) Ph.D. (Illinois, 2006) 1993) 1991) Assistant Professor of Sociology Assistant Professor 1981, 1986) 1997) 1986) 1987) 1973), Ph.D. (Kansas, 1989) 1983) 1995) 2006) Ph.D. (Iowa, 1984) State, 1972, 1975) Calvin C. Jen, M.Arch. (Michigan, 1978) Calvin C. Jen, M.Arch. Jennifer Steensma Hoag, M.F.A. (Rochester M.F.A. Jennifer Steensma Hoag, 1996), M.A., (Tufts, D. Hughes, M.A. Martin Nancy L. Hull, M.A. (Michigan State, 1983) 1995), (Calvin Seminary, Mary M.Div. S. Hulst, Brian A. Ingraffia, M.A., Ph.D. (California, 1986, James R. Jadrich, M.A., Ph.D. (California, 1983, M.S., Ph.D. (Chicago, 1967, 1971) Thomas L. Jager, Dame, M.A., Ph.D. (Notre **Roland G. Hoksbergen, 1991, M.A., Ph.D. (Washington, Jennifer L. Holberg, (Cornell, 1991) Ph.D. Arlene J. Hoogewerf, Hoogstra, J.D. (Connecticut, Shirley Vogelzang M.A., Ph.D. (Indiana, 1982, Douglas A. Howard, Michigan, (Western Beryl L. Hugen, M.S.W. Donald R. Hettinga, M.A., Ph.D. (Chicago, 1977, M.A., Ph.D. (Chicago, Donald R. Hettinga, Ph.D. (Illinois, 1991, Matthew K. Heun, M.S., Dame, 2004, M.A., Ph.D. (Notre Hill, Jonathan P. (Princeton, 1981) David A. Hoekema, Ph.D. J. Hoeksema, M.S.E. (Michigan, 1978), Robert Ph.D. (Michigan Thomas B. Hoeksema, M.A., Emily J. Helder, M.A. (Wayne State, 2006) M.A. (Wayne J. Helder, Emily State, 1984) M.A. (Michigan Jane E. Hendriksma, 1980) M.A. (Indiana, R. Herzberg, Lawrence ty acul F and Sciences Director of Community Engagement of Community Director Adjunct, Education Assistant Professor of Music Assistant Professor Services Academic Student Director, Associate Curator of Heritage Hall of Physics Associate Professor Professor of Religion Professor Professor of Philosophy Professor Assistant Professor of Economics Assistant Professor of Art History Assistant Professor Assistant Professor of Philosophy Assistant Professor of Mathematics Professor Associate Professor of Physics Associate Professor Professor of Physics Professor of Physics and Astronomy Associate Professor Professor of Philosophy Professor of Psychology Professor Associate Professor of Communication Arts Associate Professor Professor of Biology Professor of Religion Professor Professor of Art Professor Associate Professor of Political Science Associate Professor of Nursing Assistant Professor (Illinois, 1971) 2005) D.Ed. (Illinois, 2006) 1976), Ph.D. (Michigan State, 1984) (Duquesne, 1979, 1988) Dame, 1991, 1987), M.A., Ph.D. (Notre Seminary, 1994) Madison, 1968, 1972) (Duke, 2001) 1996), M.Div. Ph.D. (Harvard, 1994) Ph.D. (Harvard, 1999, 2003) Institute of Technology, 1997) Institute of Technology, 1993) (Marquette, 1988) (Marquette, Ph.D. (Penn State, 1999) Polytechnic, 1992, 1995) Polytechnic, 294 Bruce A. Hekman, M.A. (Michigan, 1967), Ph.D. Janice B. Heerspink, M.A. (Michigan State, 1981) 1980, M.A., Ph.D. (Pittsburgh, Gail G. Heffner, Paul E. Harper, M.A., Ph.D. (Princeton, 1990, 1996) Paul E. Harper, 1996), Phillip M. Hash, M.M. (Northwestern, Richard H. Harms, M.A. (Western Michigan, H. Harms, M.A. (Western Richard ee P. Hardy, M.A. (Pittsburgh, 1980), M.A., Ph.D. M.A. (Pittsburgh, Hardy, Lee P. (Princeton Theological M.Div. Daniel C. Harlow, Craig A. Hanson, M.A., Ph.D. (Chicago, 1996, 2003) Charles R. Hampton, M.A., Ph.D. (Wisconsin- Ph.D. (Chicago, 1992, M.P.P., Becky R. Haney, oren D. Haarsma, M.S. (Washington, 1987), D. Haarsma, M.S. (Washington, Loren Dame, Matthew C. Halteman, M.A., Ph.D. (Notre Deborah B. Haarsma, Ph.D. (Massachusetts Deborah B. Haarsma, Ph.D. . Gunnoe, M.A., Ph.D. (Virginia 1990, Marjorie L. Gunnoe, M.A., Ph.D. (Virginia 1983) Stanley L. Haan, Ph.D. (Colorado, Ruth E. Groenhout, Ph.D. (Notre Dame, 1993) Ph.D. (Notre Ruth E. Groenhout, Arie J. Griffioen, M.A. (Iowa, 1983), Ph.D. Arie J. Griffioen, M.A. (Iowa, 1994), A&M, M.A. (Texas Kathi Groenendyk, Anna Greidanus, M.F.A. (Michigan State, 1988) (Michigan State, M.F.A. Anna Greidanus, M.S., Ph.D. (Virginia Keith A. Grasman, Simona Goi, Ph.D. (Minnesota, 1999) (Minnesota, Goi, Ph.D. Simona State, 1967) M.S.N. (Michigan Bethany A. Gordon,
Directory aura M. Kapitula, Ph.D. (Maryland, 1991) Laura M.Kapitula,Ph.D.(Maryland, †Clarence W. Joldersma,M.Phil.(Institute Mark N.Jensen,M.A.,Ph.D.(Notre Dame,2002, *Won W. Lee,M.Div. (Princeton,1990),M.A., Olga H.Leder, M.Ed.(GrandValley, 1999) Muriel M.Larson,M.A.(Augustana,2000) Johanna C.Kuyvenhoven,M.A.(Trent, 1995), Tracy Kuperus,M.A.,Ph.D.(Illinois,1991,1995) Joseph A.Kuilema,M.S.W. (Michigan,2006) Irene B.Kraegel,Psy.D. (Chicago,2003) 1984), M.A.,Ph.D.(Catholic,1988,1992) *Douglas L.Koopman,M.T.S. (Wesley Seminary, Janice B.Koop,M.S.(MichiganState,1972), Irene Konyndyk,M.A.(MichiganState,1973) Sarah E.McClure Kolk,M.A.(Illinois-Urbana- Cynthia J.Kok,M.S.,Ph.D.(Purdue, 1993,1996) David S.Koetje,Ph.D.(Purdue, 1991) Lewis S.Klatt,M.Div. (Gordon-Conwell, 1991), Young R.Kim,M.A.,Ph.D.(Michigan,2001,2006) Jong-Il Kim,M.S.,Ph.D.(Washington State,1993, Hyesook Kim,M.M.(SeoulNational,1981),M.M., **Robert J.Keeley, M.A.(Colorado,1982),Ph.D. William H.Katerberg, M.A.(Notre Dame,1990), Todd 1991) M.Kapitula,Ph.D.(Maryland, Professor ofReligion (Toronto, 1987,1994) for ChristianStudies,1983),M.Ed.,Ph.D. 2006) Ph.D. (Claremont, 1996, 1998) Ph.D. (BritishColumbia,2005) Ph.D. (Colorado,1978) Champaign, 1999),M.A.I.(Michigan,2004) 2003) M.A.L.A. (St.John’s, 1998),Ph.D.(Georgia, 1996) D.M.A. (PeabodyConservatory, 1983,1990) (Denver, 1989) M.A., Ph.D.(Queenís,1991,1996) Assistant Professor of Spanish Assistant Professor of Nursing Associate Professor ofEducation Adjunct, InternationalDevelopmentStudies Instructor ofSocialWork Counselor, Broene CounselingCenter Professor ofPoliticalScience Professor ofMathematics Assistant Professor ofFrench Instruction Librarian Adjunct, Psychology Counselor, Broene CounselingCenter Professor ofBiology Assistant Professor ofEnglish Assistant Professor ofHistory Associate Professor ofPhysicalEducation Professor ofMusic Professor ofEducation Associate Professor ofHistory Professor ofMathematicsandStatistics Assistant Professor ofMathematicsand Professor ofEducation Assistant Professor ofPhilosophy Statistics Mary W.Mary McCampbell,M.A.(Tennessee, 1995), Stephen F. Matheson,M.S.(Rutgers,1990),Ph.D. Elisha M.Marr, M.A.,Ph.D.(MichiganState, Megan Marie,M.A.(KansasState,2003) Brian P. Madison,M.Div. (Princeton,2002) Beth L.Macauley, M.A.,Ph.D.(Florida,1989,1998) Karin Y. Maag,M.Phil,Ph.D.(St.Andrews, 1990, M.Luttikhuizen,M.Phil.(Institute Henry Matthew D.Lundberg, M.T.S. (CalvinTheological Michelle R.Loyd-Paige,M.S.,Ph.D.(Purdue, 1983, Laurence L.outers,M.S.(Minnesota,1974), Francene L.ewis,M.A..S.(Michigan,1986) David J.Leugs,M.F.A. (Michigan,1987) Youngkhill Lee,M.S.(Yonsei, 1985),Ph.D. Gregory F. Mellema, Ph.D.(Massachusetts,1974), Robert L.Medema,M.B.A.(Michigan,1972),C.P.A. Steven C.McMullen,B.A.(Bethel,2004),Ph.D. Christopher A.McGrath,M.A.(MichiganState, Linda M.McFadden,n.(Emory, 1974), Suzanne McDonald,M.A.(Oxford, 1996)Ph.D. Darla Assistant Professor ofEnglish Assistant Professor ofSociology Assistant Professor ofEnglish M.A., Ph.D.(Newcastle,2002,2006) (Arizona, 1996) 2003, 2006) 1994) (Virginia, 1990,1997) for ChristianStudies,1989),M.A.,Ph.D. Seminary, 2005) Seminary, 2000), Ph.D. (Princeton Theological 1989) Ph.D. (Iowa,1984) (Oregon, 1990) M.B.A. (Michigan,1978) (North Carolina, 2008) 1990) M.B.A. (GrandValley State,1988) (St. Andrews, 2006) Associate Professor ofBiology Instructor ofReligion Associate Professor ofCommunicationArts Professor ofHistory Professor ofArtHistory Assistant Professor ofReligion Professor ofSociology Dean forMulticulturalAffairs Professor ofBiochemistry Librarian Assistant Professor ofCommunicationArts Associate Professor ofRecreation Professor ofPhilosophy Associate Professor of Businessand Assistant Professor of Economics Assistant Professor ofSpanish Reference andAcquisitionsLibrarian Assistant Professor ofReligion Assistant Professor ofChemistry and and Sciences and Sciences Accounting Biochemistry L. McCarthy, Ph.D. (Colorado-Boulder, 1998) F acul ty 295
Directory ynchburg, 2000), P.E. (State 2000), P.E. ynchburg, and Sciences and Sciences and Sciences Professor of Philosophy Professor of Music Associate Professor of Hekman Library Director of Engineering Professor of Communication Arts Assistant Professor of Psychology Assistant Professor of English Associate Professor Professor of Religion Professor of Nursing Assistant Professor of Communication Arts Assistant Professor of Mathematics Associate Professor Services Librarian Electronic of Spanish Associate Professor Adjunct, Biology Professor of Political Science of Political Professor of Communication Arts and Sciences Professor of Religion Professor of Computer Science Professor of Music Professor Associate Professor of Political Science Associate Professor Arts of Communication Associate Professor 1979), M.A. (Kansas State, 1989) 1985), M.B.A. (L of Iowa) 1995) (Grand Valley, 2002) (Grand Valley, 2005) (Utah, 1986) 1974, 1975) 1975) 1989) (Wisconsin-Madison, 1990) 1988) 1981) 1981), M.A., Ph.D. (Claremont Seminary, Graduate School, 1988, 1992) (Pennsylvania State, 1999) (Pennsylvania David R. Reimer, D.M.A. (Ohio State, 2003) David R. Reimer, Michigan, Glenn A. Remelts, M.L.S. (Western England, Ph.D. (Manchester, Ribeiro, Paulo F. M.A. (Wheaton, 1999) Amy D. Richards, 2007) 2005, Blake M. Riek, M.A., Ph.D. (Delaware, Debra K. Rienstra, M.A., Ph.D. (Rutgers, 1991, Renae Boss Potts, B.S.N. (Calvin, 1984), M.S.N. Prince, M.A. (Michigan State, 2004) W. Robert 1995) Randall J. Pruim, Ph.D. (Wisconsin, State, 2003) Steven J. Putt, M.L.I.S. (Wayne 1985, M.A., Ph.D. (Michigan State, J. Pyper, Marcie Hector D. Quemada, M.A. (Kansas, 1979), Ph.D. Delvin L. Ratzsch, M.A., Ph.D. (Massachusetts, *James M. Penning, M.A., Ph.D. (Kentucky, 1974, M.A., Ph.D. (Kentucky, *James M. Penning, 1982), Ph.D. *Carl J. Plantinga, M.A. (Iowa, Richard J. Plantinga, 1985, M.A., Ph.D. (McMaster, Harry Ph.D. (Wisconsin-Madison, Plantinga, W. (Minnesota, 1969, Polman, M.A., Ph.D. F. Bertus (Calvin Theological Kenneth E. Pomykala, M.Div. Amy S. Patterson, Ph.D. (Indiana, 1996) (Indiana, Patterson, Ph.D. Amy S. Ph.D. A&M, 1995), M.A. (Texas E. Pauley, Garth ty acul F Sciences Statistics Professor of Religion Professor Arts and of Communication Professor Assistant Professor of Computer Science Assistant Professor Associate Professor of Sociology Associate Professor of Biology Professor Instructor of Music of Computer Science Assistant Professor Professor of Engineering Professor of Classical Languages Assistant Professor Associate Professor of Music Associate Professor of Computer Science Assistant Professor Assistant Professor of English Assistant Professor Professor of Chemistry Professor of Mathematics and Assistant Professor Associate Professor of Sociology Associate Professor Studies and Ministry Adjunct, Congregational Professor of Physics and Astronomy Professor of Mathematics Associate Professor Professor of Psychology Professor Professor of Spanish Professor of Spanish Assistant Professor Professor of History Professor Professor of Physical Education Professor 1981) 1992), Ph.D. (California-Davis, 2008) 1984) Ph.D. (Harvard, 1981) M.A., Ph.D. (Illinois, 1995, 1998) 1994, 2001) 1978), M.M. (Philippines, 1993), D.M.A. (Michigan State, 2005) 1991) 2001) Milwaukee, 1997, 2003) 1985) 2001, 2007) Christian, 1982) (Texas 1991) (Northern Colorado, 1986) (Northern 1975, 1987) 296 ondon, King’s College, Michael J. Page, Ph.D. (London, King’s . Nyhoff, M.A. (California-Berkeley, M.A. (California-Berkeley, L. Nyhoff, Jeffrey 1974), 1972, Diane B. Obenchain, M.A. (Stanford, Richard A. Nyhof, M.S., Ph.D. (Michigan State, 1976, Victor T. Norman, M.S., Ph.D. (Purdue, 1989, 1994) Norman, M.S., Ph.D. (Purdue, T. Victor Mwenda G. Ntarangwi, M.A. (Kenyatta, 1990), Edward G. Nielsen, M.S.E. (Michigan, 1966) Edward David C. Noe, Ph.D. (Iowa, 2003) B.A. (Wheaton, 1981) G. Nordling, Robert Serita M. Nelesen, M.S. (Texas, 2006) Serita M. Nelesen, M.S. (Texas, Linda Naranjo-Huebl, M.A., Ph.D. (Colorado, de Manila, M.S. (Ateneo Navarro, Joel M. P. *Marilyn J. R. Myers, M.S. (Brown, 2001) *Marilyn J. R. Myers, M.S. (Brown, Mark A. Muyskens, Ph.D. (Wisconsin-Madison, Mark A. Muyskens, Ph.D. (Wisconsin-Madison, Christopher G. Moseley, Ph.D. (North Carolina, Carolina, Ph.D. (North Christopher G. Moseley, (Wisconsin- M.A., Ph.D. Mulder, *Mark T. awrence A. Molnar, M.A., Ph.D. (Harvard, 1981, Ph.D. (Harvard, M.A., A. Molnar, Lawrence . Miller, M.A., Ph.D. (Michigan State, M.A., Ph.D. (Michigan L. Miller, Karen State, 1979), Ph.D. Paul E. Moes, M.S. (Montana **Edward Miller Jr., M.A., Ph.D. (Indiana, 1976, M.A., Ph.D. (Indiana, Miller Jr., **Edward . Meyer, M.S. (Arizona, 1979), Ed.D. 1979), Ed.D. (Arizona, M.S. L. Meyer, Nancy Carolina, M.A., Ph.D. (North Daniel R. Miller,
Directory Maria N.Rodríguez,M.Ed.(GrandValley State, Lourdes E.Rodríguez,M.Ed.(GrandValley State, F. Corey Roberts, M.A.,Ph.D.(Indiana- Thomas L.Scofield,M.S.,Ph.D.(MichiganState, Lissa M.Schwander, M.S.W. (Rutgers,1997) Quentin J.Schultze,M.A.,Ph.D.(Illinois,1976, Robert P. Schoone-Jongen,M.A.(Kentucky, 1973), Samuel L.Schoofs,M.S.(Georgia Instituteof John R.Schneider, M.A.(FullerTheological D.Schmidt,M.A.,Ph.D.(Illinois,1981,1985) Gary Lugene .Schemper, M.Div. (CalvinTheological **Kurt C.Schaefer, A.M.,Ph.D.(Michigan,1982, Charsie RandolphSawyer, M.A.,D.M.A. Karen E.Saupe,M.A.(Wright State,1987),Ph.D. *Stephanie L.Sandberg, M.A.,Ph.D.(California- Carol L.Rossman,M.S.N.(SaginawValley State, John A.Ross,M.S.(EasternIllinois,1994) James Rooks,M.Ed.,Ed.D.(Toronto, 1987,1998) *William D.Romanowski,M.A.(Youngstown Shirley J.Roels,M.B.A.(Michigan,1977),C.M.A. 1998) 2005) Bloomington, 1997,2002) 1994, 1998) 1978) Ph.D. (Delaware, 2007) Technology, 2006) Seminary, 1976),Ph.D.(Cambridge,1987) Seminary, 1980),M.L.I.S.(Dominican,1999) 1984) (Michigan, 1980,1996) (Rochester, 1996) Santa Barbara,1994,1998) 1998), D.N.P. (Oakland,2008) 1990) State, 1981),Ph.D.(BowlingGreen State, 1979, Ph.D.(MichiganState,1993) Associate Professor ofMathematicsand Assistant Professor of Social Work Professor ofCommunication Artsand Arthur H.DeKruyterChairinFaithand Assistant Professor ofHistory Instructor ofEngineering Professor ofReligion Professor ofEnglish Theological Librarian Professor ofEconomics Professor ofMusic Professor ofEnglish Associate Professor ofCommunicationArts Associate Professor ofNursing Assistant Professor ofPhysicalEducation Associate Professor ofEducation Professor ofCommunicationArtsandSciences Professor ofCongregational andMinistry Assistant Professor ofSpanish Assistant Professor ofSpanish Assistant Professor ofGermanicLanguages Statistics Sciences Communication and Sciences Studies and Literature **Christopher R.Smit,M.A.,Ph.D.(Iowa,1999, E.Smidt,M.A.,Ph.D.(Iowa,1971,1975) Corwin Cynthia G.Slagter, M.A.(NewYork, 1990),Ph.D. Raymond L.Slager, M.S.(Western Michigan, Dianne E.Slager, M.S.N.(GrandValley State, James R.Skillen,M.A.(Gordon-Conwell, 2000), Ronald J.Sjoerdsma, M.A.(Iowa,1979),Ph.D. S. KumarSinniah,Ph.D.(Pittsburgh, 1991) Janice S.Simonson,M.S.(Oakland,1979),Ph.D. April XiuhuaSi,M.S.(Dalian,1999),Ph.D.(Texas John G.Shortt, M.A.,Ph.D.(London,1980,1990) *Allen L.Shoemaker, M.S.,Ph.D.(Illinois,1979, Anding Shen,Ph.D.(JohnsHopkins,2004) Pearl Shangkuan,M.M.(Westminster Choir Otto H.Selles,M.A.(McMaster, 1988),D. delíU. John A. Sparks, M.S. (Slippery Rock,2000) John A.Sparks,M.S.(Slippery Peter J.Snyder, M.B.A.(Kansas,1993),M.A. James K.A.Smith,M.Phil.(Institutefor David I.Smith,M.Phil.(InstituteforChristian Laura A.Smit,M.Div. (CalvinTheological 2004) (Indiana, 2001) 1970), C.P.A. 2002) Ph.D. (Cornell,2006) (California-Los Angeles,1994) (Michigan State,1998) A&M, 2005) 1980) College, 1988),D.M.A.(Rutgers,1998) (Paris-IV Sorbonne,1994) Milwaukee, 2008) (Wheaton, 2001),Ph.D.(Wisconsin- 1999) Christian Studies,1995),Ph.D.(Villanova, Studies, 1997),Ph.D.(London,2000) Seminary, 1987),Ph.D.(Boston,1998) Professor ofPoliticalScience Paul B.Henry ChairinChristianityand Associate Professor ofSpanish Professor ofBusinessandAccounting Assistant Professor ofNursing Assistant Professor ofEnvironmental Studies Professor ofEducation Professor ofChemistry Professor ofEducation Assistant Professor ofEngineering Adjunct, Education Professor ofPsychology Assistant Professor ofBiology Professor ofMusic Professor ofFrench Assistant Professor of PhysicalEducation Assistant Professor of Business Adjunct, Congregational andMinistry Associate Professor ofPhilosophy Associate Professor ofGermanicLanguages Associate Professor ofReligion Associate Professor ofCommunicationArts Politics and Sport Studies and Sciences F acul ty 297
Directory Statistics Government Documents Librarian Associate Professor of Chemistry Associate Professor of Economics Professor of Engineering Professor of English Professor of Economics Professor Science of Computer Professor Adjunct, Communication Arts and Sciences Associate Professor of Engineering Associate Professor of Art Assistant Professor of Physics Professor of English Professor of Sociology Professor of English Professor Director of Career Development of Career Director of Mathematics and Associate Professor of Biology Professor of English Assistant Professor of Engineering Associate Professor Associate Professor of Physical Education Associate Professor of English Professor State, 1975, 1982) 1991), Ph.D. (Illinois-Urbana, 1995) State, 1987, 1995) 1984, 1989) (Colorado, 1993) 1966) Seminary, 1998, 2006) 1979) 1973, 1980) 1992, 1996) Buffalo, (Chicago Divinity School, 1975) 2000) (Northwestern, College, 1973), M.B.A. (Northwestern, 1986) M.B.A. (Northwestern, College, 1973), 1994) of Technology, 1979) Evangelical, 1998) (Trinity 1994, 2001), M.Div. Urbana, 1997, 1999) Urbana, 1997, 1999) 1993, 1995) 1973) Diane D. Vander Pol, M.L.S. (Rutgers, 1970) Diane D. Vander Evert M. Van Der Heide, M.A., Ph.D. (Wayne Der Heide, M.A., Ph.D. (Wayne M. Van Evert Leest, M.S.E.E. (Michigan Tech, Steven H. Vander Lei, M.A., Ph.D. (Arizona Elizabeth A. Vander Dame, Linde, M.A., Ph.D. (Notre Scott H. Vander Linden, M.S. (Iowa, 1985), Ph.D. Keith N. Vander B.D. (Calvin Theological Meer, Lewis Vander **Elizabeth A. Van Arragon, M. Arts, Ph.D. (Iowa, Arragon, M. Arts, **Elizabeth A. Van 1975, Baak, M.A., Ph.D. (Harvard, David A. Van Kopple, M.A., Ph.D. (Chicago, J. Vande William M.A., Ph.D. (New York- Berg, M. Vanden Todd Bosch, M.A. (Ohio, 1972), M.A. James Vanden Griend, M.S., Ph.D. *Douglas A. Vander Glenn E. Triezenberg, M.S.W. (George Williams Williams (George M.S.W. Glenn E. Triezenberg, Institute Ph.D. (Massachusetts James M. Turner, State, 1976, John L. Ubels, M.S., Ph.D. (Michigan Ph.D. (Illinois at Chicago, Urban, M.A., *David V. M.S., Ph.D. (Illinois- Antwerp, Jennifer J. Van M.S., Ph.D. (Illinois- Antwerp, G. Van Jeremy James R. Timmer, Jr., M.S., Ph.D. (New Mexico, Ph.D. (New M.S., Jr., R. Timmer, James Ph.D. (Ohio, 1971, M.A., John H. Timmerman, ty . Steenwyk, M.A. (Michigan State, 1990) State, (Michigan M.A. Steenwyk, L. acul F Sciences Assistant Professor of Spanish Assistant Professor of Biology Professor Professor of Economics Professor Assistant Professor of Education Assistant Professor of Religion Professor Associate Professor of Spanish Associate Professor Counselor, Broene Counseling Center Broene Counselor, of History Assistant Professor Assistant Professor of Chemistry Assistant Professor of Psychology Professor Professor of Engineering Professor of Mathematics Professor Professor of Political Science Professor Dean for Institutional Effectiveness of Mathematics Professor Professor of Communication Arts and Professor Professor of Psychology Professor Registrar and Director of Academic Services Registrar and Director of Education Assistant Professor Associate Professor of Music Associate Professor of Physics Professor Professor of Geology Professor Professor of Art Professor of Business Assistant Professor 1970) of Technology, 1975) of Technology, 1999) Theological Seminary, 1986, 1988), Ph.D. Theological Seminary, (Princeton, 1996) Urbana, 1991, 2005) (Calvin Theological Seminary, 1997) (Calvin Theological Seminary, 1994) 1968), P.E. ( State of Texas) 1968), P.E. 1978), Ph.D. (Virginia, 1984) 1978), Ph.D. (Virginia, 1977, 1978) Ph.D. (Iowa, 1986) 1978, 1980) (Michigan, 1990) (Chicago, 1993) 298 Peter V. Tigchelaar, M.S., Ph.D. (Illinois, 1966, Tigchelaar, Peter V. John P. Tiemstra, Ph.D. (Massachusetts Institute Tiemstra, John P. M.A., Ph.D. (Indiana, 1995, Alisa J. Tigchelaar, Thomas R. Thompson, M.Div., Th.M. (Calvin Thomas R. Thompson, M.Div., Dwight E. TenHuisen, M.A., Ph.D. (Illinois- Dwight E. TenHuisen, 2005) M.A. (Grand Valley, Marjorie A. Terpstra, Sarah E. TenBroek, M.S.W. (Grand Valley, 2006) (Grand Valley, M.S.W. Sarah E. TenBroek, M.Div. 1080), (Arizona, M.A. Harmsel, Ten Wayne Donald J. Tellinghuisen, M.A., Ph.D. (Iowa, 1991, Donald J. Tellinghuisen, Gary W. Talsma, M.S., Ph.D. (Purdue, 1975, 1986) 1975, M.S., Ph.D. (Purdue, Talsma, Gary W. 2004) Carolina, Ph.D. (North Chad D. Tatko, Michael J. Stob, M.S., Ph.D. (Chicago, 1975, 1979) Sykes, M.S., Ph.D. (Maryland, 1965, J. Aubrey William R. Stevenson, Jr., M.A. (East Carolina, M.A. (East Carolina, R. Stevenson, Jr., William R. Scott Stehouwer, M.A., Ph.D. (Wayne State, (Wayne M.A., Ph.D. R. Scott Stehouwer, 1979), Kentucky, Helen M. Sterk, M.A. (Western Thomas Colorado, 1980) Phillip B. Stegink, M.A. (Northern Steven D. Steenwyk, M.S., Ph.D. (Michigan State, Steven D. Steenwyk, M.S., Ralph F. Stearley, M.S. (Utah, 1985), Ph.D. M.S. (Utah, 1985), Ph.D. Stearley, Ralph F. 1983), Ph.D. (Temple, H. Steele, M.Mus. Timothy Franklin D. Speyers, M.S. (Pratt Institute, 1977) M.S. (Pratt D. Speyers, Franklin (Michigan, 1999) B.A. Jason M. Stansbury,
Directory Judith M.Vander Woude, M.A.(Central VanderMary Wal, M.S.N.(GrandValley State,2002) Daniel Vandersteen, M.S.W. (Western Michigan, Jolene E.Vos-Camy, M.A.,Ph.D.(Indiana,1994, Andras Visky, D.L.A.(Budapest,2004) Pablo Villalta, M.Ed.(Calvin,2002) Susan K.Verwys, M.A.(Chicago,1978) Kurt A.Ver Beek,M.S.(AzusaPacific,1991), Gerard A.Venema, Ph.D.(Utah,1975) William E.Van Vugt, M.A.(KentState,1981), Ellen R.Van’t Hof,M.A.(Western Michigan,1975) Jo-Ann Van Reeuwyk,M.A.(SimonFraser, 1990) Steven J.Van Oostenbrugge,M.B.A.(Davenport, Nancy L.Van Noord, M.A.,Ph.D.(MichiganState, Katherine ElliotvanLiere, M.A.(Cambridge, Frans A.vanLiere, M.Div., M.A.,Ph.D. Gerald K.Van Kooten,M.S.(ArizonaState,1975), Jason E.VanHorn, M.S.(Texas A&M,2003), Christina J.Van Dyke,M.A.,Ph.D.(Cornell, Leonard D.Van Drunen,Ph.D.(Purdue, 1985) Randall G.Van Dragt,M.S.(Cornell,1971),Ph.D. Deanna vanDijk,M.A.,Ph.D.(Waterloo, 1993, Kevin N.Vande Streek, M.A.(SouthDakota,1987) Michigan, 1986),Ph.D.(Wayne State,1998) 1973) 2000) Ph.D. (Cornell,1996) Ph.D. (LondonSchoolofEconomics,1986) 2002) 1976, 1984) 1988, Ph.D.(Princeton,1995) (Groningen, 1988,1989,1995) Ph.D. (California-SantaBarbara,1980) Ph.D. (OhioState,2007) 1997, 2000) (Rhode Island,1986) 1998) Professor ofFrench William Spoelhof Teacher-Scholar in Visiting Professor ofCommunication Arts Assistant Professor of Spanish Assistant Professor ofEducation Professor ofSociology Professor ofMathematics Professor ofHistory Associate Professor ofDance Associate Professor ofArt Assistant Professor ofBusiness Adjunct, HPERDS Professor ofHistory Professor ofHistory Professor ofGeology Assistant Professor ofGeography Associate Professor ofPhilosophy Associate Professor ofBusiness Professor ofBiology Associate Professor ofGeography Professor ofPhysicalEducation Professor ofCommunicationArtsand Assistant Professor ofNursing Counselor, Broene CounselingCenter Residence and Sciences Sciences Mark F. Williams, M.A.(North Carolina-Chapel Jennifer Hardy Williams, M.A., Ph.D.(California- Richard W. Whitekettle,M.A.R.,Th.M. Joel H.Westra, M.A.Ph.D.(Chicago,2000,2004) John T. Wertz, Ph.D.(MichiganState,2006) W. Wayne Wentzheimer, M.S.,Ph.D.(Pennsylvania, Glenn D.Weaver, M.Div. (PrincetonTheological Eric M.Washington M.A.(Miami,1993) David P. Warners, M.S.(Wisconsin, 1989),Ph.D. Amber L.Warners, M.S.,Ph.D.(MichiganState, *Dean A.Ward, Ph.D.(Virginia, 1987) Julie Walton, M.A.(BallState,1982),Ph.D. Matthew S.Walhout, M.S.,Ph.D.(Maryland, Julie A.Voskuil, M.B.A.(Western Michigan, Randall L.Wolthuis, M.A.,Ph.D.(MichiganState, Benita Wolters-Fredlund, M.A. (BritishColumbia, Adam R.Wolpa, M.A.,M.F.A., (Iowa,2000,2001) John D.Witvliet, M.T.S. (CalvinTheological John Witte, M.A.(BowlingGreen, 1993) Jeffrey T. Winkle, Ph.D.(Northwestern, 2002) Amy M.Wilstermann, Ph.D.(Vanderbilt, 2002) Professor ofBiology Hill, 1977),Ph.D.(Illinois,1982) 1997,2004) Irvine, 1994), M.Phil.,Ph.D.(Yale, 1992,1995) (Westminster TheologicalSeminary, 1986, 1966, 1969),P.E. (StateofPennsylvania) 1974, 1978) Seminary, 1972),M.A.,Ph.D.(Princeton, (Michigan, 1997) 1996, 2005) 1994) (Maryland, 1990, 1994) 2002), C.P.A. 1985, 1987) 1999), Ph.D.(Toronto, 2005) Ph.D. (Notre Dame,1995,1997) Seminary, 1992),M.M.(Illinois,1993),M.A., Professor ofClassicalLanguages Dean forArts,Languages,andEducation Assistant Professor ofEnglish Professor ofReligion Assistant Professor ofPoliticalScience Assistant Professor ofBiology Professor ofEngineering Professor ofPsychology Assistant Professor ofHistory Associate Professor ofPhysicalEducation Professor ofEnglish Associate Professor ofHPERDS Professor ofPhysics Dean forResearch andScholarship Associate Professor ofBusinessand Director, Broene Counseling Center Assistant Professor of Music Assistant Professor of Art Adjunct, Religion Professor ofMusic,Congregational and Dean ofResidenceLife Assistant Professor ofClassicalLanguages Associate Professor ofBiology Accounting Ministry Studies F acul ty 299
Directory Dean for Natural Sciences and Mathematics Dean for Natural of Biology Professor Assistant Professor of English Assistant Professor Adjunct, Psychology Theological Seminary, 1994, 1996, 1997) Seminary, Theological 1972) Amsterdam, Universiteit, Jane C. Zwart, M.A., Ph.D. (Boston, 2002, 2009) 2002, Ph.D. (Boston, M.A., Zwart, Jane C. (Fuller M.A., M.A., Psy.D. Lavonne M. Zwart, Ph.D. (Vrije M.S. (Michigan, 1968), Uko Zylstra, Assistant Professor of Nursing Assistant Professor of Spanish Professor Professor of Philosophy Professor of Psychology Assistant Professor Associate Professor of Engineering Associate Professor 1993, 2001) Minnesota) 1973, 1978) 300 . Zandee, M.S.N. (Wayne State, 1993) (Wayne Gail L. Zandee, M.S.N. Ph.D. (Michigan State, Dianne M. Zandstra, M.A., Julie E. Yonker, Ph.D. (Stockholm, 2003) Julie E. Yonker, David B. Wunder, M.S. (Iowa, 1994) P.E. (State of (State 1994) P.E. M.S. (Iowa, B. Wunder, David Ph.D. (Pittsburgh, M.A., Stephen J. Wykstra,
Directory Classical Languages Christian LiberalArts Education Christian Community Chinese Chimes Chemistry Chaplain Certification, Teacher Career Development Canada StudentLoans Campus Safety Calvin NationalMeritScholarships Calendar Business Broene CounselingCenter Book Store Board ofTrustees Biology Biochemistry Bachelor ofScienceDegrees Bachelor ofArts Degrees Auditing ofCourses Audio-Visual Department Athletics Astronomy Asian Studies Art Architecture Pre-Professional Program Archaeology Application forDegree Application forCertificates Appeals, Student Alumni Association African andDiasporaStudies Advising, Academic Advanced Placement(AP)Examination Adult Education Transfer Students Admission ApplicationFee Admission Administration Adding aCourseDeadline ACT (Testing Program) Accreditation andAffiliation Accountancy Access Program Academic Writing Program Academic Standing Academic Services Academic Scholarships Academic Probation Academic Forgiveness Policy Academic Dismissal Academic Calendar Academic Advising Index Standards Special Conditions Procedures Policy Nondiscriminatory International Students Entrance ExaminationInformation Enrollment Deposit Application Fee 30, 273 65, 83 52, 75 119 285 277 285 271 285 277 90 36 89 12 83 13 13 23 75 17 20 65 39 39 18 12 63 63 55 43 54 35 35 23 19 52 18 30 42 27 25 26 25 30 27 25 25 25 25 42 42 32 51 32 29 32 18 2 7 5 4 9 5 High School,Model Program Hekman Library Health, PhysicalEducation,Recreation, Health Services Health Insurance Greek Grants andScholarships Graduate Programs, Education Grading Systems Governance oftheCollege Good-standing, Academic German Geology Geography General Scholarships Gender Studies Full-Time StudentStatus,Definitionof French Forestry (NaturalResource Programs) Fine Arts Financial Aid Family EducationalRightsandPrivacyAct FAFSA Faculty, Directory of Faculty HonorsScholarships Environmental Studies Environmental Science Enrollment Deposit English asaSecondLanguage English Engineering E-mail Education Economics Dutch Dual Enrollment Dropping aCourseDeadline Dismissal, Academic Departmental ExemptionExaminations Department Scholarships Department andDivisionOrganization Pre-ProfessionalDentistry Program Denominational Grants Dean’s List Curriculum Center Course Credits andExemption Examinations Core Curriculum Continuing Education Congregational Studies andMinistry Computer Services Computer Science Compliance withLegalRequirements Communication Arts andSciences College-Level ExaminationProgram (CLEP) Classification, Grade-Level Enr Grants andScholarships Enrollment Requirements Denominational Grants Application Procedures Academic Progress ollment in Seminary Classes ollment inSeminary Dance, andSports (FERPA) 164 277 124 162 154 154 277 153 149 277 275 276 275 275 274 280 289 279 146 146 146 138 125 119 114 113 279 288 276 110 103 301 26 19 17 17 90 31 32 31 46 12 34 31 20 27 32 30 44 32 18 30 36 42 20 93 30 31 29 9 4 9
Directory 9 11 10 31 26 24 34 11 23 53 34 27 27 17 18 23 27 30 55 13 17 48 43 46 32 45 43 26 32 11 19 23 25 31 93 32 18 119 119 271 268 110 164 231 236 241 236 164 274 246 274 278 280 253 255 262 119 271 34, 271 4, 32, 273
Certification for Benefits Certification Student Life Student Load Student Profile Student Protest Student Records Student Senate Summer School Swahili Student Government Certification Teacher Policy Transcript Non-traditional Credit, Transfer Students Transfer Health Travel and Fees Tuition Urban Studies Administration Veterans Visitors (B.F.A.) Arts Visual Classes and College From Withdraw Ministry Youth Teacher Education Programs Programs Education Teacher Fee Transcript Tutoring Use of Vehicles, Worship Physical Education Education Physical Program Transfer Physician Assistant Physics Programs Transfer Pre-professional Academic Probation, Programs Combined-Curriculum Professional Programs Degree Professional Students of First-Year Profile Psychology Residence Life Rhetoric Center Safety (Campus) Program) (Testing SAT Aid Scholarships and Financial Sociology and Social Work Standing, Academic Student Academic Services Student Conduct Program Transfer Physical Therapy Political Science Programs Pre-professional Public Administration Recreation Refunds Religion Repeating a Course Scholarships, Academic Scholarships, Department Science Education Studies SeminaryClasses, Enrollment Spanish Special Education Special Fees Speech Pathology and Audiology 8 4 4 43 11 32 20 14 18 18 12 39 31 30 27 12 16 17 90 44 18 19 31 40 18 44 12 44 40 23 12 46 12 30 33 45 17 11 10 41 10 17 175 183 187 236 189 191 124 192 197 198 279 280 209 214 227 Program Pre-Professional (MIAA) Association (NCAA) Curriculum Program 302 History History of the College Honors Program Housing Requirements Dates Important Incomplete Deadlines Incompletes Technology Information Worship Institute of Christian Instructional Graphics Center Instructional Resources Athletic Program Intercollegiate Courses Interdisciplinary Interim Interim Grades International Baccalaureate Studies International Development International Relations International Students Intramural Athletics January Series, The iterature Japanese Language and L Insurance Knightcare Latin Latin American Studies Program Law Pre-Professional Learning Support Library Load, Student Study of Concentration Major Programs Master of Education (M.Ed.) Mathematics and Statistics Media Productions Medicine and Dentistry Medieval Studies Athletic Association Michigan Intercollegiate Program Ministry Pre-Professional of Concentration Minor Programs Regulations Motor Vehicle Music Named Scholarships National Collegiate Athletic Programs Transfer Natural Resources Need-Based Financial Aid Student (Chimes) Newspaper, Nondiscriminatory Policy Normal Progress Nursing Occupational Therapy Combined Programs Off-Campus Program Optometry Transfer Student Organizations, Orientation for New Students Overlaps (Major/Minor) Orientation Passport, Program Pharmacy Transfer Philosophy
Directory East half of campus map continues on next page ➜
Addresses Calvin College is located on the East Beltline (M37) between Lake Drive and Burton Street. Mail for all offices should be addressed: Calvin College, 3201 Burton St., S.E., Grand Rapids, Michigan 49546. When possible, the specific office or purpose should be indicated on the envelope — Admissions, Scholarships, Housing, etc. Mail for students should be addressed: Student’s name, student’s residence hall, Calvin College, 3201 Burton St., S.E., Grand Rapids, Michigan 49546. The address of the Calvin Theological Seminary is 3233 Burton St., S.E., Grand Rapids, Michigan 49546.
Although each office and student room has its own phone number, any office or room can be reached through the general college and seminary phone number: (616) 526-6000. The FAX number for the college is: (616) 526-8551. 303 West half of campus map continues on
previous page ➜
304